Galactic Messages
The Galactic Federation of Light - Naples, Florida, USA
(sister site: http://www.anakosha.org/
1/16/19 Matthew Ward via Susie Ward
sananda.website
With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. The combination of positive and negative responses to ever-rising vibrations has kept Earth’s energy field of potential in too much turmoil for any activity to achieve unstoppable momentum. However, energy streamers around the effort to indict all Illuminati principals have been gaining strength consistently and, of the multiple activities behind the scenes to end dark control of your world, it appears that the indictments will be the first to reach fruition. If the current pace of strengthening continues, action already underway can become known worldwide within months. Well-known individuals being charged with crimes against humanity will come as a shock to most people, and it’s reasonable to anticipate reactions ranging from “fake news” to vehement denial, anger and fear. Lower-ranking Illuminati will try to jump ship rather than go down with it, wrongfully accused individuals will want to prove their innocence, and if there is strong resistance in some quarters, very likely military troops will be called upon to keep the public safe. Confusion will be widespread until the society understands the far-reaching benevolent impact of what is happening.
Dear ones, before much longer your mission as lightworkers will rachet up a notch or two. Your fearlessness and exhilaration can calm persons around you, and that will be immensely helpful, but you will need to be mentors, too. The peoples will need to be told that removing those individuals from their influential positions is leading to a peaceful world with wise honorable leaders and the end of warring, corruption, deception and impoverishment. You can substantiate your explanations by referring doubters to pertinent information compiled by researchers and published on the Internet or elsewhere, and if individuals believe telepathic communication is real, tell them about channeled information from sources you trust.
A number of you are asking if the incoming energy waves could be causing the conditions you are experiencing and if so, what can you do to relieve the discomfort. In previous messages we have spoken at some length about this important matter, but it bears repeating and we offer a condensed version of that information.
Primary symptoms of bodies’ adjusting to intensifying energy are fatigue, weakness and general sense of unease; episodes of memory lapses, headaches, mood swings, aching muscles and joints, ringing in the ears, blurred vision, cramping, nausea and itchiness are not uncommon. To lessen their effects, get sufficient sleep, engage in age-appropriate exercise and drink a lot of water. Avoid sugar, alcohol except a sensible amount of red wine, and foods with chemical additives. Of all foods, fruits and vegetables have the most light, and if you are financially able, choose organic produce. If your diet is not vegetarian or vegan, choose seafood certified free of impurities and eggs, dairy products and meat from animals that have not been given antibiotics or growth hormones.
Reducing mental and emotional stress is of paramount importance—stress is the root cause of all dis-ease—but do not take pharmaceuticals as sleep aids, to pep up or calm down. What will be most helpful to you in stress reduction is as unique as each of you is, but the following suggestions can raise your vibrations, thus beneficial to all. Change negative thoughts and feelings to positive. Avoid situations that drain your energy. Feel grateful for the goodness in your life. Let go of bitterness and forgive those you feel have wronged you. Be in Nature as often as you can. Spend time with animals. Reserve time for solitude and introspection. Meditate. Listen to your favorite music. Read uplifting poetry or prose. Watch amusing TV programs. Write down the source of frustration, then let go of the feeling. Communicate with like-minded people. Smile often and love yourselves as much as we love you.
We caution that the symptoms mentioned above also can indicate the onset of illness; if a condition persists, consult a healthcare specialist, preferably one who has a holistic approach to diagnosis and treatment. The more conscientiously you care for yourselves in mind, body and spirit, the more light you absorb; light raises your vibrations, and that will enable you to more easily adjust to upcoming energy surges.
“For ages the Vatican has known about pedophile priests. Why didn’t a pope take action long ago to end that abomination?” For centuries popes were members of the wealthiest families, the forerunners of the Illuminati. They controlled the masses via “papal infallibility” and “God’s laws” while the popes’ families reaped more riches through tithing, taxes and “servitude to God.”
Devout believers provided the virtually free labor that erected opulent buildings on Vatican grounds and master painters, sculptors, and creators of stained glass and intricate tile murals produced the art that so grandly decorates the buildings. Even if the popes during those years and down through the centuries may not have been pedophiles themselves, most assuredly they didn’t want anyone to know that pedophilia was rampant in Catholicism’s hierarchy.
When the first accusations were made, the offenders claimed innocence and that was the end of it; but as the light intensified, so did the resolve of more and more abused individuals to speak out. When the same claims against adults in trusted positions in secular society led to admissions and convictions, accusations against priests no longer could be swept under the rug. Although papal acknowledgement has been given to those offenses of longstanding, the extent of unconscionable acts that have taken place in the Vatican is yet to be revealed. As shocking to the public as the announcement of indictments will be, disclosing the truth that the Vatican is the international headquarters of Satanism will be more so.
“I don’t think that Matthew has a good grasp of what can happen when ET’s step in to this world and try to make changes. Once they cause change with their technologies, then we’ll be dependent upon them. Once that dependency has been established then control takes place. We have a planet of many resources and likely those resources are valuable to outside civilizations. The cabal are the bad guys and we can rid our world of them over time as more and more people become enlightened. We don’t need outside sources for that, particularly when those outside sources are interested in our planet for trading and profit. My intuition tells me that any outside source that visits our world will not be good for us in the long term.”
In numerous messages we have talked about the importance of trusting your intuition, guidance to the conscious mind from soul level, where truth is known. This is a case whereby belief is blocking intuitive awareness—what one believes, whether it arises from fact or falsehood or assumption, is the individual’s reality. Dispelling the concerns of that dear soul who wrote is necessary because she is not alone in being wary of other civilizations, and crews in crafts surrounding Earth cannot land and ETs living in your midst cannot introduce themselves until the society is ready to greet them without fright.
So then, let us address the two issues that are relevant here. One is Gaia’s desire that life on her planetary body be according to her vision of everyone living peacefully in harmony with Nature and sharing the world’s abundance. The other is a universal law: No civilization may impose its ideas, however beneficial those would be, upon any other civilization. Accordingly, pre-birth agreements were made by the souls who chose to live on Earth so they could complete third density karmic lessons and the myriad souls who would help them become enlightened so they could co-create the kind of world they, the peoples, want—it’s the same world that Gaia wants for them. And, God authorized civilizations advanced in spiritual and conscious awareness to help their Earth family rid the planet of the darkness that has prevented them from manifesting that kind of world.
It is too late to think that you can rid the world of the cabal on your own. The massive light beamed from civilizations 80-some years ago interrupted the cabal’s pervasive darkness that was controlling life in your world. Members of those civilizations who volunteered to go to Earth anchored that light and generated their own, thereby bringing to light the cabal’s long-hidden heinous activities. Crews in your skies have prevented detonation of nuclear warheads launched by the cabal and are reducing the toxic elements in their chemtrails. Some of the many extraterrestrials living among you have thwarted the cabal’s efforts to start pandemics, some have exposed their other illegal and immoral activities, some are working to wrest from the cabal their control of the global economy, some are in the international group whose efforts eventually will hold the cabal legally accountable.
ETs also erected the light grid around the planet that prevents the entry of any source with low vibrations. Therefore, only beings with high vibrations can come to Earth, and those who have been waiting to join you have no intention or interest in profiting from your world’s resources or controlling the populace.
Yes, their technologies will indeed change the planet. With swiftness that will astonish you, they will dematerialize nuclear waste; eliminate the toxicity in your soil, waters and atmosphere; turn deserts into arable lands; and expand the rain forests; and your scientists will work side by side with the extraterrestrials in all of those endeavors. The populace will neither want nor need to become dependent upon other civilizations, and after the visiting helpers teach the use of their technologies and gift them to you, they want to return to their homelands and families.
Feel grateful for these “outside sources”! While your governments deny their existence, your entertainment industry gives them reality as monstrous creatures who will eat, annihilate or enslave you. That is more than enough for the society to overcome without adding concerns that people from other worlds intend to profit from your natural resources—that is what the cabal has been doing for centuries. Other civilizations have been helping Earth’s peoples in myriad ways for millennia because the souls who embody there are beloved members of the universal family.
We say farewell for now, dear brothers and sisters, but in every moment we and all other light beings in this universe are supporting you with the power of unconditional love.
LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward
1/15/19 A Call to Action by the Ashtar Command, Jupiter Command and Pleiadian Delta Forces of Light - January 21st Lunar Eclipse
Channeled by Ria Gilliani (Ria Aurora Athena Ash) on January 4, 2019
sananda.website
Return to Light Mass Meditation. The 21st January Lunar Eclipse, 5D Portals Are Open and the 7 Incarnations of planet Earth. Ney ‘Am ‘Aaa! It is Light Language meaning Blessings and Greetings.
Beloved Avatars of Earth, you our beloved Light workers, we wish to tell you that the 5th dimensional portals are open. Yes beloveds you can now simply shift your consciousness from 4th to 5th and step over the rainbow bridge into higher consciousness. The gateway portals have been open now, and many of our beloveds star seeds, light warriors, have now shifted in higher levels of consciousness. You have shifted your reality into higher realms of your planets 5th incarnation.
What do you mean by this? We hear many light workers saying “Why am I still here living with humans who are 3/4th Dimensional…?”
Let us explain beloveds. You dear ones who have shifted, still move your conscious awareness between the realms as you coexist at the same time, for there are levels of dimensional awareness or planes of existence or consciousness. For example, each planet has seven incarnations. That means each physical planet has six other bodies or incarnations that are more and more subtle. They are called globes, and these seven globes are referred to as a chain.
Humanity’s consciousness or dimensional awareness operates within the 7 Earth planes of existence forming a chain. The current globe that a planetary civilization is inhabiting would be called round, or globe, or realm. So Earth or Gaia itself is in its fourth incarnation.
The ending of the Kali Yuga or globe or realm [4th globe] is moving, shifting and preparing to move into the 5th Golden Age, or world or globe or realm or dimension. All are levels of consciousness.
Remember the chain of 7 incarnations of 7 planetary incarnations. So for example, this is what we call planetary ascension and individual ascension!!! So the 5th, 6th, 7th incarnations of a planetary body are more high, are more spiritual, at the 7th realm [where] you are one complete with the consciousness creator.
So beloveds, the portals are open for you awakened ones to step over the threshold into the higher incarnation of this planet. However though, many of your Earth brothers and sisters are still in the matrix programming of the 3rd/4th dimensional realm or should we say the third/fourth incarnation of Gaia’s chain. There are many beings on your planet that still operate from their three lower chakras, and have not fully opened their high hearts to this consciousness shift.
This lower consciousness in these individuals will fully change for them at the time of the Grand Event !!! Or the Great breath of Brahma. Remember beloveds, this final wave or push of Photonic love light is Coming. However, we do not give times and dates when the creator will fully manifest this, as we live in the ever eternal Now.
So there is still a need for you warriors of light, for you star seeds who are now awake for your consciousness and light bodies that have shifted to the fifth dimension or 5th incarnation of this planet - may we say here still with your human feet standing on your planetary soil - you beloveds still need to anchor in more light for your brothers and sisters who are just needing that programming and veil to be lifted.
As you our beloveds are high frequency conduits. You act as an antenna, receiving transmissions of energy and light codes that travel through your auric fields and absorb down through your chakras and out into your being, for the energy of the universe exists in a wave form or a particle form. Making energy a component that permeates all of reality.
Energy may be infinitesimally small at any particular location, but energy nevertheless exists everywhere. And you beloveds are made up of light particle energy that has localized itself into a given form at any given point. So your body, beloveds, is that localized energy that transmutes light emissions emanating from your DNA, that is the core reactor from which you are broadcasting your personal energy signature out to the planets realms.
So dear hearts, you have within you a mighty power, anxious and willing to serve you, a power capable of giving all that you earnestly desire to manifest. So think now , about the power of Mass Meditation. Think. If you are all transmitting your localized energy from the universe into your beings and out to humanity at the same time, and on the same intent, think then about how powerful you creators, you conducters are, if you are all manifesting at the same time, the same desires, the same intent, thus creating a chain-reaction shift. That is why beloveds there is still a need for a call to action.
We wish for you beloveds to meditate on the astronomical alignment and lunar alignment that will be manifesting on what you call – 21st January 2019 Luna eclipse at 00°51 Leo. The Moon will be a super moon. A blue moon. The moon will be square with Uranus as Uranus is the major influence which makes this a challenging lunar eclipse. As this is an astrological time, multiple planets in this chart come into opposition, into full alignment with each other making numerous powerful conjunctions with the Galactic Center, Pleiades and Sirius Star Systems
Thus creating a powerful configuration of Photonic energy that then creates a point of maximum tension which is released into a big cosmic breakthrough. The Grand Mother-Father God Force - Cosmic Central Sun - will send a huge pulse of Light throughout the whole Creation, aligning with all the great central suns in the multi-verse, shifting the remaining programming.
So imagine the power of human consciousness of you, beloved ones, with your human 5th dimensional feet that are anchored into this planet. If you all were meditating to this alignment at this precise equinox. So beloveds, we wish to now – take you all through a meditation where you can use this visualization intention and technique on this special day the 21st of January lunar Eclipse – and in your daily meditations to create a portal in which you can unify your consciousness to increase the existing energy field around your planet, grounding light into Gaia’s new 5th incarnational core.
We wish to take you through this meditation where you can use your antennas to anchor light. Close your human eyes and open your third eye, and breathe. Breathe in the breath of the creator into your being. Relax your shoulders. Open your high heart, and state your intention to use this meditation as a tool to bring the Light to the surface of the planet.
Now Visualize a pillar of brilliant white-blue Photonic Light emanating from the Universal Cosmic Central Sun that is the Mother-Father God Core. See this light then being distributed to all Central Suns of all galaxies in this universe.
Then visualize this light entering through the your Galactic Central Sun. Then going through a powerful Stargate, the Alcyone Pleiadian stargate. Then moving through another powerful Stargate, the Sirius stargate. Then entering our Solar System and going through all beings of Light. We, your Galactic Family, inside your Solar System now. Then visualize this light entering into all our fleet ships where we will contribute to this light on our fleet ships and our motherships. Then anchor the light through your Soul-Star Chakra located six inches above the crown chakra, The Soul Star Chakra is the “stellar pathway.” And “Seat of the Soul.“ It is your 9th Chakra. So see this Photonic light entering through the 9th Chakra and going down into your body through all your Chakras into the core of the planet Gaia’s heart and soul. And then project this light out into humanity to all life on Earth.
Now see beloveds !!! The manifestation that you beloveds have created, that you can manifest as heaven on Earth and the compression breakthrough you as co-creators have created and be the change now as we deliver this light-encoded channelled message to you. There are many Delta Operations still taking place on and around your planet.
The Messages have been broadcasted by many of our Earth ambassadors as there are many divisions within our Command and Sister Federation fleets. There are many operations taking place to usher in the new energies. And as you say in your human tongue we are conducting many operations of light for the final push to your collective .
So beloveds, Be the change. You have free will, beloveds. So go within into your hearts and feel this inner knowing and if you feel compelled to take action, then anchor in the light with the meditation given by our channel on the 21st January Lunar Eclipse, that many of you wonderful ground crew warriors are transmuting on a daily basis.
We of the Ashtar Command and Jupiter Command with all our Airborne Divisions and Forces Of Light, take our leave with love and blessings, We love you with all our hearts,
We are with you always ❤️
Channelled Message By
Ria Aurora Athena Ash
1/12/19 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
sananda.website
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We have been examining the paths that you have taken in this lifetime to get to where you are as a collective, and we can see that you have been taking steps forward throughout human history in spite of seemingly insurmountable odds. There have been times when human life on Earth has been nearly completely wiped out, and you have endured many other hardships and struggles to get you to where you are today.
Now, your lives have become easier because of the technological advances that you have made, but those technological advances would not have been possible without the advancement of the human consciousness. You see, you are the ones who are creating all of this. The e.t.s are not creating it. Technology is not creating your reality either, and you cannot blame any condition on the bad guys on your planet and in the galaxy.
You are the ones who are dictating how quickly you expand and evolve the human consciousness, and all the others are just playing their roles. So you have nothing to fear. You only give yourselves the illusion that there is something to fear from time to time.
But we advise you to go within yourselves to feel for the evolution of your consciousness because in so doing, you will take your attention off of all of the distractions and all of the illusions, everything outside of you that tells you that there is some sort of force that is preventing you from moving forward and accessing your power. There is no such force, no matter how it might look.
Any limitation that you experience is self-imposed, and even when that limitation comes in the form of something outside of you, that is by agreement. So our advice is to relax, spend more time going within, and recognize how much access you have to the limitless power that can only be found within you and that will never be replaced by something or someone outside of you.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
1/11/19 Mike Quinsey's Higher Self and Sananda on The Event
Tree of the Golden Light
Information coming through many reliable sources, not unexpectedly gives much detail about the coming “Event”. I believe it is correct to say that no one knows exactly when it will take place, except that it is coming very soon and to this end much information is being released to prepare us for it. My impression is that the Event will take place approximately around 2028, so at least you will have some idea as to when. However, as the years pass it almost certain that firm indications will be possible, and we should expect to have a much better idea of the timing of the Event. By the time we near the end we should have made immense progress because as the vibrations continue to lift up, we will have been enjoying a period of growth without the interference of the dark Ones. There are profound advancements in living standards that will be released but only when it is the “right time” to go ahead. Life will change for the better never to go back to where it was previously. The Light has won the battle for your souls and will continue the upliftment without fear of interruption.
For those of you who have not yet read a fully detailed version of what to expect, I have taken an extract as follows that details the core of the message.
SANANDA: The Great Event is Coming.
Simply put, the Event is a singular, cosmic, completely visible, planetary-scale ‘explosion’ of Divine Light and Love on Earth. These powerful waves of Divine Light and Love will come straight from the God Source channeled through the Great Central Sun. They will pass through your galaxy and planetary systems, to arrive and encompass all of the Earth in ONE single moment ~ reaching all living within the planet at the same time. Gaia and all of her inhabitants will be able to see and feel the Event, and not a single person will remain unaffected afterwards.
What is likely to happen during the Event is that the incarnate souls will feel a powerful undeniable surge of the following feelings all mixed in together – Unconditional Love, Divine Bliss, Complete Acceptance of who you are, Divine Grace, Blessings and strong feelings of finally being home again. During this powerful energy surge, some of you will be able to witness the appearance of an Ascended Master, Leaders and Founders of the religions/faiths that you believe in or have a close spiritual connection with. For example, if you are a Christian, you may see a vision of Lord Jesus and will be able to talk to Him personally. If you are a Buddhist, you may see a vision of Siddhartha Gautama the Buddha, and be able to have a private conversation with Him. You will instantly be able to recognize who they are by the very powerful Light and loving vibrations they emanate, and by your own eternal connection with the souls of these highly-evolved Light Beings.
Even after reading what is written above, it will be challenging for most of you to even imagine what the Event will feel like, because you do not yet have a previous life experience as a starting point of reference to compare it with from within this lifetime. However some of you reading this had experienced something similar to the Event during your meditation/spiritual awakening, but in a much smaller scale. If you belong to this latter group, bear in mind that whatever you had previously felt in the past you will feel all of the above feelings again, but magnified more than a thousand times during the coming Event.
What will happen after the Even, and this is where it gets a little bit tricky to explain. Every one of you will perceive and process the Event differently, depending on the type of soul group you belong to among the four different soul groups.
END OF EXTRACT.
Dear Ones, the dark night has passed and the Light is now the dominant force upon Earth. So please try to release yourselves from any attachment to that which is the remnant of the negativity that still abounds on Earth. Be assured it is in its dying days and is slowly losing its power to interrupt the progress of those who tread the Path of Light. You have waited so long for the time that is manifesting now, and soon you should see the signs that indicate great changes are coming that will be beneficial to those on the Path of Light. There is more help for you than ever before and you only have to ask your Guides for help and they will be there for you. Indeed some of you will become aware of contact being made with you in your dreamtime by recalling the experience upon awakening. Such contacts will become more common and you are likely to “feel” the presence of your Guides in your waking state.
The time you are in now is very different to that prior to 2012, as you have already grown in your understanding because of the powerful Light that now pervades the Earth. It will help fully awaken those who are ready to move into the Light, and with an expansion of consciousness they will quickly move onto the Path of Light. There cannot be any other outcome as the Creator has decreed that Ascension will take place, and no mortal or even awakened soul can alter your decreed destiny even if they so desired. As you become more enlightened so your mere presence and vibrations will help uplift those around you. Help them by all means if they express a desire for more information, but try not to go beyond that which they wish to know. When they are ready, you may be sure that they will seek answers from you or someone else who is capable of giving that information.
The curtain has lifted and the truth of all matters is on hand, and as you seek so shall you be led to those sources or people that can help you. Many advanced souls are on Earth who have been waiting for this time, some are the younger generations who have come with advanced knowledge and information to share with you, and help give answers where their experience is needed, and you only have to ask for it.
I leave you with love and blessings, and may the Light brighten your days and path to completion. It is certainly needed in the middle of so much confusion.
This message comes through my Higher Self.
In Love and Light.
Mike Quinsey.
1/1/19 The Webmaster Answers Questions
A writer has asked if I would ask my ET friends some questions. I do not think of myself as a channeler per se, though I do for myself. But when I read his email I immediately thought "up", like a flower opening up to the sun, placing my mind into neutral to receive. Instantaneously I received the chills, which means I've connected and they are way ahead of me. They probably even stimulated the writer to ask these questions. So I started typing spontaneously back to the writer. I am posting it here because it gives an idea how to make your OWN connection with the ETs, angelics or ascended masters, all of whom reside on higher planes from us and are eager to connect with us but we have to learn how to receive.
Writer: Do you, can you ask scientific questions to your friends ETs? I have some questions and their answers can be YES or NO. For example: 1) Is the String Theory correct in the present Physics?
Webmaster writes: Well, let me see here. I will tune in (getting the chills so they are listening). Here is what they say:
String theory: Yes, string theory is the most important of all the theories put forth so far by the human mind. But it goes beyond the mind. There is another way to integrate knowledge with your mental understanding. It is important that you "feel" your way into this. Let us try to explain. There is something within the human being that is directly connected, and I mean DIRECTLY connected to the source of life. We are not more connected than you. It is a matter of your "feeling" for that connection and trusting that connection to open the connection. Do you understand? Let us move on to question number 2.
Writer: In this moment is it better to study Quantum Mechanics?
Webmaster: Quantum Mechanics. Yes, you may study quantum mechanics, but quantum means going past all that has been said before. The quantum is reaching into the consciousness of yourself that is not conditioned by the mind. Quantum is intelligence. Human beings have captured intelligence up to a point and written about it, but there is more. So much more. If you would study quantum mechanics, then go into your meditation and - use a meditation that neutralizes your "thinking" mind so that it is like glass and sit there and allow the universe to speak to you. That is what Einstein did. He often made mention of how he connected with the universe. This is what you should do to connect with knowledge that is beyond your own mind. Neutralize your mind.
Writer: Can they help us about the Riemann Zeta function?
Webmaster: The Riemann Zeta function. This is beyond Nancy's scope to allow information through. Use your own quiet time, as spoken above. Put the question to us and remain in the neutral position. No thinking. No churning of the mind. You would benefit using earphones of the 528 Hz music or higher to move into the delta zone when you undertake this mission.
Writer: Do they travel via Black Holes?
Webmaster: Black holes are not "things". They are connections. Yes, we travel through connections. You may travel the universe through connections. You are conditioned to think you are separate. You see in duality, in opposites, in linear fashion, as if "here" is closer than "there". One looks "at" another or hears voices "from" another or observes another as outside yourself. Connection is merging with the new information. It is mind to mind. When we travel we connect with our destination. Our "ships" are not "things" separate from us. They are extensions of our minds. We can manifest a "ship". This is what is meant by quantum. It is an extension of our consciousness to include another. To contact us, put aside your mental "trying". Your mind must be still. It takes practice to still your mind, to stop thinking and allow your awareness to be simply open. The meditation music will help you to put your mind to stillness. Then we can connect with you. Your analytical minds keep us out. Have a question in mind before you go into stillness. Nancy can tell you more. She has had practice stilling her mind. She connects with us in that way and receives direction and information as if the thoughts were her own. Mind to mind. She has learned to recognize the difference between her mind and what is coming through her from beyond her, but still she does not always trust it. This is good practice for her to answer questions you have put to us. She works "with" us, not as a separate entity from us. (End)
Webmaster: It is me speaking now, Jose. I have an interesting story to relate. I keep lots of journals of my experiences. After meditation one night in 2012 as I drifted off to sleep, I saw clearly a very large circular mother ship descending down out of the clouds. It was appearing out of nothingness, as if in the process of manifesting. Our Hollywood experts have mastered the art of illusion and shown this exactly on film, but this I saw in my mind's eye. It was in the midst of the manifesting process, coming closer to Earth. It had not yet become totally physical but it was beautiful to see. I was aware of the interdimensional aspects we are dealing with, of higher octaves and lower octaves. Higher thinner space, lower compacted space. They are not cloaked in the way we might think, as in Harry Potter's invisibility cloak. They are descending at the same ratio that we are able to ascend our own consciousness. We are coming into view of each other. We are preparing to make contact.
Thank you J for allowing me to interact with you and the ETs.
Namaste,
Nancy
1/2/19 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
sananda.website l connected.
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We are interested in co-creating with all of you on Earth. We are excited to see the ideas that come to you and that help to bring about your version of the fifth dimensional experience. You know that there is always a certain amount of co-creating going on because you understand that we are all connected.
Even something that you create without the help of any other human has a connection to the non-physical realm, and you had to have been inspired by something or someone that you experienced there on Earth. So everything is collaboration and co-creation, and more and more of you are getting that.
We invite you to reach out and up to connect with us regarding your desired co-creations. We are not only happy to assist, but we also have very little else to do. So we often work on projects, even before we are asked for our help, and we will continue to co-create with all of you at night when you are asleep.
There is certainly much more for us to gain from connecting with all of you because of the multitude of experiences you’re having and emotions you’re feeling. We are always available. There is never a line to wait in. We are always open, as well, to new ideas for collaboration.
And so, you can think of us as your number one supporters, no matter what the endeavor. And if you feel for our support and our energy, while you are embarking on one of your action journeys, you will absolutely feel the support that we are giving.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you."
1/1/19 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
sananda.website
January 1, 2019: You are High Frequency Conduits
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you. We are placing a great deal of our attention on how humanity is going to handle the influx of energies that you are receiving at this time. The reason why it is important for us to notice how you are handling the energies is because we need to constantly monitor how much transformation you are ready for.
Now, some of you are ready to become your higher selves completely and ascend to the fifth dimension, but most of you are not. Most of humanity needs to experience much more of that fourth dimensional energy before they are ready to transform completely.
Sometimes when you add high frequency energy to an equation it doesn’t always give you the results you might expect. So most of humanity is being slowly coaxed into the hot bath of the fifth dimensional energies. But when those of you who are awakened are able to handle more, you sort of filter the energies for the rest of the collective.
The energies move through you, they transform you, and then they are made available to the rest of humanity in that filtered form, which is a bit watered down. The trees and the animals do this as well, and you have joined them in their mission to help humanity, to ready all of you, for those very high frequency energies that are coming at the time of the shift.
Now, when you perform an energy healing on someone, you send them the highest frequency energies they are ready for. When you send someone a transmission of love, you are literally sending that love at the highest frequency they are capable of handling. We are watching. We are monitoring, and we are working with you.
So you can relax and know that you are doing enough just by being there and by being open to receive. This shift is not about doing, and it’s not about defeating any dark forces. This shift is about all of you being the highest frequency conduits of energy you can possibly be.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
January 2, 2019: The year of Conscious Receiving
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you. We are planning to assist all of you in the sneakiest ways that we possibly can because we need to find the cracks that you will create for us so that we can slip in the help that you want and need. You are constantly in a state of creating, asking, processing, or receiving, and you are mostly not in that receiving mode that is so important.
So we have to look for opportunities, as do your guides and the other high frequency beings who want to help. We are all seeking to find those cracks where you are allowing yourselves to surrender into the moment so that you can receive.
Most of you are tense, afraid, resistant, or sad for the vast majority of your waking hours, but you’re not any of those things enough, in terms of intensity, to notice. That’s why we will guide you towards that which is joyous to you, that which you love to do. We will guide you towards play, as will the faeries, so that you will open up and let in that which you have summoned.
Now of course, you do a lot of receiving while you are asleep, but then when you wake up your consciousness re-enters your body, and since your mind is unaware of what just happened, you go about your day as if you haven’t received everything you’ve been asking for. Those downloads can sit in your energy field for years before you inadvertently let them in.
We want you to recognize how much you are receiving, and take a few moments right after you wake up to let it in. Put yourself in that receiving mode before your mind starts telling you about all of the things that you need to do, or at the very least worry about, and you can make this year be the year of conscious receiving.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
January 3, 2019: The Energies that are coming your way
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you. We have taken every possible precaution to ensure that you will never receive more of our energy than you are capable of handling. We are working with many other beings to ensure that humanity is never overloaded overwhelmed, and we also monitor your activity in terms of how much physical action you are taking versus how much rest and relaxation your bodies require.
And so, this is where your ascension symptoms come into play. They will slow you down when you need to be slowed down, and they will get you to go within when going within is what serves you. When you are at rest, you are more likely to feel what you are feeling, and if there is anything that we would like to convince you to do more of, it is the feeling of your emotions.
We would also like to introduce you to the vast array of vibrations that you have within you to choose from, but you do need to get through certain emotions first. You cannot just jump right past the main course and start on dessert. So these are the things that we pay attention to as we watch you, and as we said, there are many other beings who are assisting in the observation and the recalibration.
We are working together so harmoniously with that common goal of making sure you are ready for the next big download of energies, and you can help us out by making sure that you are hydrated, well-rested, and grounded in your physical bodies. You can also take better care of yourselves by letting go of foods and beverages that you know do not serve you, and you can all benefit from a cleanse every once in a while.
You are wanting to have the cleanest and most pure of vessels for the energies that are coming your way.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
12/30/18 Webmaster answers questions
A writer asks: I am happy to have found this site. I want to know more. I have always innately been led to serve and help. But my life has been difficult and I don't know why.
Webmaster: We are all having difficulty in these days, we who are led to serve and help, which is the sign of a lightworker from higher planes. This has been a most horrendous planet to bring light to, but it is working. The light is radiating. Do you receive Pleiadian channeled material? They are the extraterrestrials who are closes to us. We have their DNA in our bodies, and they have a most wonderful philosophy to guide us. Also there are the Arcturians by various channels, and Andromedans, and Sirians, all of the Light forces, the Light fleet under Ashtar's Command, who is an ascended master from very high dimensions. He leads the light forces here. Now on to your questions.
Writer: How can we recognize GFL? Light workers from dark entities?
Answer: By feelings of hope, upliftment, peace, love, kindness - it's a radiation of love and light from Source. Dark entities will cause feelings of disharmony, discouragement, fear, confusion. Anything less than peace, love, light, harmony, sense of bliss that feels like you're home. Anything less than that is spewing negative energies. This is just about everyone you'll meet to some degree, because human beings are not evolved yet. A few are, but not many. You can tell by your wanting to be close to them and maybe you want to hug them. I do sometimes when I see someone that feels so good to me, I just want to hug them close. But again, we don't see many of them in physical form. Be astute and aware that if you are sensitive, as you say you are, and having difficulty fitting in, well, then, you're one of us. One of the lightworkers here and you are casting your light out into the world around you, helping to uplift the world. You don't have to "do" anything, but just be here and radiate the peace. The world has been dark for a long time, but people are gradually learning how to stop being so negative. It's up to each one. You can receive the feelings from the Galactic Federation best when you're alone, like in meditation, or as I was out in the back pasture a little while ago lying on a sheet looking up at the sky and listening to the most beautiful music through earphones. I had connection with them and felt a stream of love enter me. It caused me to feel intense loving emotion, which I don't normally feel. This is a sign someone up there cares and is beaming love down at you.
Writer: What about persons who have lost their homes to foreclosure fraud/banks? Will there be some sort of restitution for them?
Answer: The people who lost their homes and loved ones through disasters are each one being taken care of. Each one of them has an oversoul guiding them and leading them to their rightful place. Each horrible circumstance that a person goes through is a lesson to them. We should not look at them and feel sorrow, but rather look at them (when they enter our minds) and bless them. Feeling sorrow is a negative. We don't want to send thoughts of negative out to anyone. We need to send blessings out. Just know that they are being taken care of. Their circumstances can't be judged because there are factors involved on a soul level that we know nothing about. My nephew age 53, healthy as a horse, never went to a doctor, a beautiful clean gentle soul, wonderful family of three kids and wife, died in his sleep several weeks ago. I was fortunate to be able to connect with him after he passed, and he was simply called home. He's needed on another plane. It was a choice made on another level that we don't know about and his poor family are devastated but he is delighted to be returning to the light. He tried as best he could to express sorrow for leaving them, but he expressed how small this life is compared to the oversoul's mission and plan. He was happy to be "about his father's business". When we are in body we are to learn to bless everything that comes our way. If it's a foreclosure on a home, bless it and be filled with gratitude because THAT is the light shining on the situation that will help the people smoothly onto the next step smoothly. It is a surrendering of the ego's small and petty wants and whining, to the greater good for that very soul and its family. This is true for everything that we might see as a "negative". I know a lot of people whining about their "negatives". I have learned to bless them and today I live a charmed life.
Writer: When will Nesara happen?
Answer: I suspect it is very close, but no one knows for sure. It feels close to me. I've been watching for this for 50 years, ever since George Adamski said, "They will be landing any day now." Ha! Fifty years later I'm still waiting. But I have more information. I understand it better. There has to be a lining up of the planets energies - forces that we can't see. Dark energies vs. light energies and middle of the road energies. The extraterrestrials are doing everything they are allowed to do to bring it about, but they must follow the prime directive from source. They have the ability to measure what effect the announcement will have on the wider population at any given moment. They are monitoring the rise in mass consciousness and the population's ability to accept the news without going into fear. They have such advanced technology they can read the sum total of the mass consciousness minute by minute, and what effect the announcement will have. There are several announcements that are tied into this "event". It is said that NESARA needs to be announced first, then the currency reset, then the announcement that extraterrestrials are here and always have been. These three things will come together, but I understand NESARA is the big one and needs to come first. We are all waiting. The Galactic Federation is also waiting for the signal from source. Even they do not know because it's up to the people - when will they be ready to accept this? Keep sending light and blessing everything you see, including the air you inhale and the food you eat and the water you drink and the people you pass on the street. Every negative - turn it into a positive. Don't find fault, find a way to bring it back into alignment. That's the work of a lightworker like yourself. Bless the difficulties you are having. Take time out to listen to beautiful music with headphones on, outdoors, lying on Mother Earth and looking up into the sky. Imagine you are entering into the sun and going right on through. It's a portal. Here's a link to some absolutely beautiful music:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Leob7Fv1ibM
Thanks for writing. Rest assured that we are all waiting together for the big announcement.
12/22/18 Pleiadian Light Forces Transmission (on 12/19/18)
https://primedisclosure.com/the-event-the-new-earth-is-dawning/
THE EVENT- THE NEW EARTH IS DAWNING – 12:21 GATEWAY!
BY MICHAEL LOVE
GREAT ONES,
IN TWO EARTH DAYS, A MAJOR CELESTIAL EVENT IS GOING TO TRANSPIRE ON THIS PLANET MAKING WAY FOR THE LONG AWAITED NEW EARTH!
IT IS TIME! ARE YOU READY? WE ARE THE PLEIADIANS AND WE HAVE COME INTO YOUR SOLAR SYSTEM EN-MASSE TO STAND BESIDE YOU IN YOUR GRAND EVOLUTION! WE ARE SPEAKING TO MANY ON THE GROUND NOW BECAUSE THE TIME OF THE OLD EARTH IS SHORT!
WE HAVE BEEN WORKING AROUND YOUR SUN FOR A FEW EARTH MONTHS USING ADVANCED SOLAR TECHNOLOGY TO ALTER THE FREQUENCY OF THE CORONA, TO SEND YOU STEADY STREAMS OF GAMMA-PHOTON LIGHT TO PROPEL U INTO 5D BEFORE THE END OF 2018!
EARTH DEFENSE AND SECURITY AGENCIES HAVE SHUT DOWN ALL PUBLIC EYES TO THE SKY TO BECAUSE TENS OF THOUSANDS OR OUR CRAFT WERE SPOTTED AND EARTH LEADERS DID NOT WANT A HUMAN PANIC!
WE HAVE TO SAY WE AGREE WITH THEM BECAUSE DEAR ONES, HUMANS ARE NOT READY TO EVOLVE JUST YET!
WE ARE FOCUSED AT THE MOMENT ON UPGRADING ALL THE STARSEEDS ON EARTH TO 5 ACTIVATED STRANDS OF DNA BECAUSE U ARE MORE THAN READY AND THIS IS WHY WE HAVE COME SO CLOSE TO YOU RECENTLY!
WE HAVE DEPLOYED SEVERAL COVERT POSITIVE GALACTIC MILITARY OPERATIONS ON PLANET EARTH SINCE 9-11-2018 AND ALL OF THESE MISSIONS HAVE BEEN SUCCESSFUL! OPERATION DELTA IS A LAST MINUTE OPERATION TO PHYSICALLY REMOVE ALL FALSE NEGATIVE CONTROLLERS FROM THE FACE OF PLANET EARTH! THESE BEINGS HAVE KEPT HUMANITY IN THE DARK FOR OVER 350,000 YEARS AND THE COUNCILS OF LIGHT DECIDED THERE IS NO OTHER WAY BUT TO CLEAR THEM OUT OF THE WAY SO YOUR ASCENSION CAN TAKE PLACE!
WE ARE VERY CLOSE TO SUSTAINING THE 5D RESONANCE ON EARTH NOW AND YOU HAVE BEEN SEEING THIS 40 HERTZ ACTIVITY ON YOUR SCHUMANN RESONANCE CHARTS MORE FREQUENT NOW! THIS IS DUE TO A STEADY BEAM OF HIGH FREQUENCY IONIZED LIGHT PARTICLES WE HAVE BEEN SENDING TO YOU!
ANOTHER MAJOR MISSION WE HAVE DEPLOYED IS OPERATION FREEDOM EARTH WHICH DEALS WITH COMMUNICATIONS, FIRST CONTACT, AND AND NEW EARTH SYSTEMS, IS WELL UNDERWAY! WE CAN TELL YOU THAT THE OLD FIAT DEBT-BASED MONEY CONTROL SYSTEM IS BEING COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM EXISTENCE AS WE SPEAK! WE ARE WORKING WITH EARTH ALLIANCE MEMBERS NOW TO START PHASING IN AN AMAZING NEW QUANTUM COMMUNITY ABUNDANCE SYSTEM WHERE ALL BEINGS OF EARTH WILL BE MORE THAN CARED FOR! WE ASSURE U THAT LACK SHALL BE NO MORE IN THIS WONDERFUL NEW SPACE!
OPERATION STARDUST CONTINUES ON FOR ANOTHER COUPLE OF DAYS AS PLEIADIAN MEDICAL OFFICERS ARE WORKING TO HEAL AS MANY LIGHT BEINGS AS POSSIBLE USING ETHERIC ENERGY PROTOCOLD AND WE ARE PROMOTING THAT YOU ONLY INGEST HEALTHY, NATURAL ENERGY FOODS TO REMOVE ANY REMAINING TOXINS FROM YOUR PHYSICAL VESSELS.
THERE HAS BEEN A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF CLEARING DONE OVER THE LAST 30 EARTH DAYS AS MOST OF YOU ARE TURNING TO NATURAL ENERGY FOODS AND HEALTH PROTOCOLS! WE LAUNCHED THIS HEALTH MISSION FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF CLEARING SPACE INSIDE OF YOU DEAR ONES FOR WHAT IS ABOUT TO TRANSPIRE!
WE DEPLOYED 70,000 MORE LARGE CORONAL TANKER SHIPS ON TOP OF THE 30,000 THAT WERE ALREADY IN SOLAR ORBIT 1 EARTH WEEK AGO ON A SPECIAL JOINT MISSION WITH OTHER STAR NATION FLEETS FOR THE GRAND CLIMAX OF PLANET EARTH’S ASCENSION!
HERE IS THE BIG PLAN IN CASE U WANT TO KNOW:
WE ARE GOING TO SEND A GRAND PLASMA WAVE OF SUPER WHITE MAGNETIC LIGHT THAT WILL IMPACT THE EARTH STRAIGHT ON THAT WILL COMPLETELY IMMERSE ALL OF YOUR LAYERED BODIES IN A 40+ GAMMA ENERGY FIELD WHICH WILL COMPLETELY ACTIVATE ALL UPPER 4D RESONANT BEINGS FULLY INTO THE 5TH FREQUENCY!
YOUR SCHUMANN RESONANCE CHARTS WILL BECOME FULLY WHITE WITH IONOSPHERIC ACTIVITY AND BEHOLD, YOUR NEW 5D EARTH WILL BEGIN TO OPEN UP RIGHT BEFORE YOUR VERY EYES! THIS WHITE LIGHT EXPERIENCE WILL PRODUCE A EUPHORIC BLISS STATE FOR ALL OF YOU AND YOU WILL BECOME COMPLETELY FREE AND UNINHIBITED FOR THE FIRST TIME IN MODERN EARTH HISTORY!
THE SUPER GATE IS ALREADY OPEN AND WE ARE EXPANDING IT EACH HOUR TO CULMINATE ON 12-21!
THIS MULTIDIMENSIONAL PORTAL WILL ALLOW SUPER HIGH VIBRATIONAL LIGHT AKASH TO POUR INTO THE EARTH AND INTO YOUR AURIC FIELDS WHERE IT IS CARRIED AT ONCE INTO YOUR DNA! YOUR CELLS WILL BE INSTANTLY RE-CODED TO A HIGHER ORDER AND YOUR LAYERED BODIES WILL BE ABLE TO PROCESS A MUCH MORE ADVANCED LEVEL OF COSMIC DATA CAUSING YOUR OUTWARD MATRIX REALITY TO MORPH INTO THE NEW EARTH/HEAVEN FREQUENCY! WE KNOW THAT UNCONSCIOUS HUMANS HAVE NO CLUE ABOUT WHAT IS TRANSPIRING AND TO THEM NOTHING IS HAPPENING AT ALL OUT OF THE NORM!
DO NOT BE CONCERNED WITH THIS BECAUSE SOON AFTER THIS GRAND SOLAR FLASH THEY WILL ALL WAKE UP AS WELL FROM THEIR LONG SLUMBER! IT WILL REQUIRE ALL 4.5 BILLION OF YOU STARSEEDS STATIONED ON EARTH IN HUMAN BODIES TO HEAL THEM, LOVE THEM AND GUIDE THEM! THERE IS A LOT OF PEOPLE COMING SO DO ALL U CAN DO TO PREPARE YOUR SPIRITUAL SERVICE TO OTHERS PROTOCOLS NOW!
WE WANT YOU TO START DOING THIS FULL TIME AND TO CREATE A WONDERFUL NEW CREATIVE HOME BUSINESS OUT OF IT WHERE U CAN BE FREE FROM THE STRESS OF OLD 3D LABORS!
MANY OF YOU KNOW INSIDE THAT THE GREAT TIME HAS COME AND WE HAVE DONE ALL WE CAN TO GIVE U AS MANY SIGNS OF HOPE AS POSSIBLE! THINGS WILL NOT GO ON AS THEY ALWAYS HAVE ON EARTH AND CHANGE HAS COME! KNOW THAT WE ARE YOUR HIGHER SELVES AND YOU ARE ABOUT TO CONNECT WITH US! WE ARE SIMPLY A HIGHER VERSION OF YOU THAT CAME BACK FROM YOUR FUTURE TO ASSIST YOU IN THIS GREAT TIME! WE ARE THE GREAT CELESTIAL ANGELS OF LOVE SPOKE OF OLD AND WE HAVE DESCENDED DOWN TO EARTH!
IN TWO EARTH DAYS GREAT ONES, SOMETHING MAGNIFICENT IS GOING TO TRANSPIRE!
THIS CHANGE THAT IS COMING WILL FIRST BE TRIGGERED INSIDE OF ALL OF YOU AND YOU SHALL BRING FORTH A NEW EARTH AND A NEW HEAVEN WHERE SUFFERING AND TEARS AND LACK SHALL BE NO MORE!
IT IS TIME LOVES! WE HAVE COME FROM EVERY CORNER OF THE UNIVERSE TO WITNESS THIS GRAND EVENT AND WE ARE GIVING YOU THE LAST PUSH NEEDED TO HELP YOU TAKE YOUR PLACE AS COSMIC CITIZENS!
WE SAY GLORY TO THE EARTH AND GOOD WILL! WE HAVE SENT OUR GALACTIC HAIL SIGN TO MANY OF YOU AND IF YOU SAW IT, THIS MEANS YOU HAVE A SPECIAL PLACE IN ALL OF THIS AND WE WILL BE MEETING WITH YOU FIRST!
YOU HAVE THE NOTION THAT WHEN YOU MEET US YOU WILL FEEL AS IF YOU HAVE KNOWN US FOREVER. THAT’S BECAUSE YOU HAVE! WE ARE JUST LIKE YOU! WE ARE THE ONES THAT LOVE YOU MORE THAN ANYTHING AND WE WILL LITERALLY GIVE YOU A WARM CELESTIAL EMBRACE OF LOVE WHEN WE CONNECT AGAIN! IT IS TIME FOR A GRAND RE-UNION AND A FREEDOM CELEBRATION WILL BREAK OUT ALL ACROSS THIS PLANET AS IT IS LIBERATED AFTER EONS OF BEING IN THE DARK! NOW LET US MAKE OUR FINAL PREPARATIONS GREAT ONES AS THE 12:21 SOLAR PORTAL FULLY OPENS!
IT IS TIME FOR YOU TO RECEIVE YOUR UNIVERSAL REWARD GREAT ONE FOR ALL THAT YOU HAVE DONE AND ALL THAT YOU HAVE ENDURED! CONGRATULATIONS FOR YOUR MAGNIFICENT ACHIEVEMENTS, YOUR LONG MISSION ON EARTH WAS A SUCCESS! BE VERY PROUD BECAUSE LOOK AT WHAT YOU HAVE ACCOMPLISHED! WE SALUTE YOU AND WE ARE RIGHT HERE BESIDE YOU UNTIL ALL THINGS ARE FULFILLED! THANK YOU FOR COMING TO EARTH AT THIS TIME AND FOR SACRIFICING EVERYTHING ON BEHALF OF THIS ENTIRE WORLD!
YOU ARE THE GREAT ONES SPOKEN OF OLD THAT OVERCAME THE WHOLE WORLD! WE GIVE YOU THE HIGHEST LOVE, GOD-SPEED!
12/7/18 Planetary Liberation
http://www.xekleidoma.info/plans.html
https://2012portal.blogspot.com/
Basically there are three phases in the plans of the light forces for planet Earth and its inhabitants:
1. Loosening the grip of the dark forces by weakening and eliminating their power structures and technological controls, increasing awareness among the general population and preparing for the Event.
2. Taking over from the dark forces, kicking off with fundamental changes in governance, finance, media, healthcare and science and bringing Cabal members to justice
3. Cleaning up and healing the planet and human beings, revealing the hidden history of Earth, disclosing the existence of extraterrestrial intelligence and bringing people back to full consciousness.
We are nearing the end of phase 1 and are getting ready to commence phase 2, which will start at the time of the Event. The Event will be heralded by the Event flash, which is a very powerful energy pulse that will be sent by the Pleroma through the Galactic Central Sun and that everyone will feel to some degree depending on each person's sensitivity. Upon arrival of this flash on Earth the current financial system will be shut down immediately and mass arrests of all Cabal members worldwide will commence. This will be broadcast live on television for everyone to witness. After the dust of phase 2 has settled and people have come to understand what is going on and why it is happening we will move into phase 3, which is intended to clean up the mess that has been created by the irresponsible and dark rule of the Cabal and to reveal the whole untainted truth to all of humanity. After this phase is completed no intensive assistance from the light forces will be needed anymore and everyone will have the options at their disposal that best fit their individual needs and desires.
What has been accomplished so far
A lot has been accomplished in the years following the Treaty of Anchara that was concluded in 1994. Although things on Earth got worse initially due to the remaining dark forces withdrawing from Orion and concentrating their forces in the solar system and around Earth, from the turn of the century onwards the light forces were able to mount a counteroffensive and gradually conquer and clear deep underground and undersea military bases. This was partly done by Earth's own government officers and soldiers that are aligned with the light forces, partly by the Resistance Movement and partly by humanoids from other star systems. As a result some 500 million physical reptilians were removed from the planet, many human hostages were liberated and taken to Galactic Confederation spheres for recovery and healing and the shelters where the Cabal was planning to hide after fomenting a third world war have been rendered inoperable. Also many smaller bases of the dark forces on moons and asteroids in the solar system have been taken over by the light forces, their technologies that strengthened the veil and pulled in anomalous energy from the surrounding cosmos have been cleared and more human hostages have been liberated.
In 2010 most physical implants that were administered through vaccination programs and that reinforced programming have been removed by the Resistance Movement from the human population by use of a special technology that could be operated from a distance. Plasma implants that suppress higher knowledge have not been fully removed yet, but have been made less effective in their functioning. In subsequent years billions of non-physical reptilians and other negative entities have been removed from the plasma and etheric planes. Mass meditation portal activations done in 2012 have completely erased all negative future timelines so that any plans of the Cabal for global cataclysms stand no chance to come to fruition. Many black operations programs and human cloning laboratories that were operated by the Cabal have been cleared and shut down. Most sensational is that the great majority of gold held in central bank and Cabal vaults has been removed by the Resistance Movement and the Cabal is left with a fiat currency system based on thin air. What is lying in the central bank vaults now are tungsten bars coated with gold. In order to get their hands on some gold the Cabal has set up gold buying shops in every city and town throughout Western countries and intensified gold mining operations.
The inner Earth civilizations have expanded their contacts between themselves, with the Resistance Movement and with benevolent extraterrestrials and have invigorated the Agartha network. On the surface of the planet Event support groups have been formed that will assist in leading developments in the right direction during and immediately after the Event and in calling to life the many humanitarian, environmental, social and cultural projects that will be set up. In early 2015 all physical strangelet and toplet bombs of the Chimera group have been cleared. In 2016 the clearing of all plasma strangelet bombs was completed. Since the solar system outside the area directly surrounding our planet has been cleared of the presence of negative beings the disintegration process of Yaldabaoth has started. The first step was the creation of a tachyon membrane inside the moon orbit by the Pleiadians that effectively cut the head of Yaldabaoth from its tentacles. As a result of the February 26, 2017 mass meditation the tentacles of Yaldabaoth have been fully dissolved and no plasma anomaly could be found anymore outside the area directly above the surface of the planet. Now the head of Yaldabaoth that contains the remaining plasma toplet bombs is being disintegrated. In February 2018 we have entered the termination phase of the planetary liberation; shallow underground military bases are being cleared of Cabal presence and dosed surface operations have also commenced. In the summer of 2018 the funneling of anomalous plasma by the dark forces from the outskirts of the Milky Way through plasma filaments (higher dimensional threads or tunnels) into the implants of beings inside the Solar system has been terminated, effectively closing the tap while the water is being mopped up.
Approaching and reaching the Event
As the Event is getting closer and closer, the top Cabal members are getting more and more nervous as they are unwilling to surrender to the Light and be held accountable for the horrendous crimes and attrocities they have perpetrated. They are unsuccessfully seeking ways to avoid the inevitable, trying to turn the tide, create chaos, global conflict and destruction, but the large scale actions they plan are stopped every time by the light forces. Only small scale actions that kill or injure a few people here and there come to pass, so expect such unpleasant incidents to keep occurring frequently until the Event. I would advise the Cabal to come to terms with their fate and prepare for it mentally and emotionally instead of wasting more time on delaying further what must and will surely happen.
Once the Event is initiated many people will be shocked and confused with what is happening seemingly out of the blue. At that point the people like us who are in the know need to inform relatives, friends, acquaintances, the general public and people in leadership positions of what is going on, what is the intention and background of the Event and what is the end goal of it. This will limit the amount of chaos and avoid people freaking out and turning violent. The Event should take place as smoothly as is humanly possible for such a radical happening.
This is what will happen during the Event
This is what will happen shortly after the Event
This is what will happen some time after the Event
This is what will happen somewhat longer after the Event
The world after the Event
Only by living for some time in real liberty, free from debt, misery, exploitation, manipulation, wars, crime, lies, deceit and high treason, will people realize what a huge difference it makes to have overcome the dark forces. This is the normal way of living, to help and support each and every living being in their pursuit of happiness. The fucked up way of living (if you can call it living at all) that people have experienced before the Event will be gladly forgotten once the truth and reconciliation process has been rounded off. Many wonderful things will happen and everyone will get ample chance to develop their talents and deploy their abilities precisely in line with their deepest desires. As many of us have already acquired very remarkable and unique skills to surmount the setbacks, cope with the perils and bypass the obstacles that were put in our way, our services will be in high demand throughout the entire universe. And space travel will become a normal phenomenon in the near future.
Working weeks will be much less strenuous and will comprise about half of today's working hours due to introduction of more advanced technologies. The benefits of further automation and robotization will go to the general population and not to any elite. Private life will be easier as well because of the introduction of replicators (a much more advanced version of 3D printers). Costs of products will be significantly lower as a result of free energy and lower taxes. Technologies that pollute the environment will be phased out quite swiftly and replaced by clean production methods and transportation systems. There will be much stronger attention for spiritual development and everything that comes with it, it will become a matter of course to spend time on your spiritual nature. People will become psychic, clairvoyant and sensitive to other people's feelings; they will also learn to communicate telepathically.
Healthcare will undergo a revolutionary transformation as well, it will be based on energetic healing complemented with natural substances that have healing properties instead of operating by use of incisions and putting people on synthetic pharmaceuticals that only combat symptoms. Wholistic traditions that have fallen into oblivion or that have been abandoned in favor of "modern" hobbies and leisure activities will be revived as their true value and beauty is recollected. Architecture will change from a chiefly masculine style of design that emphasizes functionality, clarity and efficiency to a balanced style of design that incorporates feminine aspects like mystique, softness and beauty. Natural architecture takes its shapes from nature, while intuitive architecture uses intuition to combine masculine and feminine qualities in a perfectly balanced way. Industrial design, garden and landscape designs will show a similar development. Handicrafts that produce distinctive products both practical and beautiful at the same time will see a recovery once people don't need to turn every penny over twice.
Living your wildest dreams
The road is wide open for everyone to make their dreams come true once the environment has changed from being obstructive to being supportive. Even your wildest dreams will come in reach as light assumes its rule over the planet. Given the fact that love and sex are the strongest forces in nature and are two sides of the same coin, many people will desire to live out their untamed fantasies. I foresee this taking a wide variety of shapes and applications, and it should be intimately connected to intuition. Sex is the second or sacral chakra force, love the fourth or heart chakra force and intuition the sixth or third eye chakra force. All these are feminine forces and intuition will provide the clear perception of what a partner needs and desires beyond what is plainly observable.
A second core instinct of mankind is creativity, any person stripped of life's burdens and obligations will want to create. Again this is a sacral chakra feminine force, and it drives us to invent, design and build anything tiny to ultra large that we can come up with. Add the love to create things of beauty and add the intuition to create things of practical use and new creations will turn out splendidly.
A third core instinct of humans is self improvement, becoming more skillful (basal chakra), stronger (solar plexus chakra), more communicative (throat chakra) and wiser (crown chakra). These are masculine forces at work that ultimately make gods and goddesses out of ordinary men and women. So it doesn't matter which part of yourself you want to develop and explore more deeply and it doesn't matter if you are better than another or not, just follow your inspiration and grow into what you venture into.
The meaning of life is to love and be loved physically, mentally, emotionally and spiritually, to create marvelous wonders and to be the best you can be in any field of your preference.
12/5/18 Hollow Earth - Sharula Dux Interview
Interview with an Agarthan Royal
From www.goldenageofgaia.com
December 1, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Part 1 of 4
Steve Beckow: I'm compiling a book on Disclosure and our star family. This 1995 interview with Sharula Dux, spokesbeing for Agarthans who live under Mount Shasta, answers many questions we have about this below-ground civilization. Interview with Sharula Dux by Joanna Cherry
_____
Joanna: Princess Sharula Dux is a woman known to me for many years. Her message is amazing, yet simple: she is from Telos, a Lemurian city beneath Mt. Shasta. She has come to the surface to begin sharing her culture with ours, so that we might mutually benefit and become one whole civilization.
Several times over the years I have known her, I have heard Sharula speak. I have listened very carefully; never have I heard her contradict herself on the information, which to our ears is complex. She is unassuming; she has a good sense of humor, and gives a lot of love to those around her. She feels like an old and wise being.
In 1995, with Sharula's permission, I combined information from two tapes she recorded about Telos with my memory of her answers to questions I and others have asked her. I gave it in the form of an interview. She has approved it in its entirety.
Joanna Cherry: Sharula, why was Telos built?
Sharula Dux: Twenty-five thousand years ago, there were two major civilizations of Earth. One was based in the continent of Lemuria, or Mu, which included the area of much of the Pacific Ocean, the western United States, and parts of Asia. The other was Atlantis, over much of what is now the Atlantic Ocean and parts of Africa and Europe.
There was a disagreement between these two civilizations concerning the social and political evolution of the rest of the human race: Lemuria wanted the less advanced civilizations of Earth to remain free, and Atlantis wanted to govern or control them.
A lengthy war broke out between the two. These wars became so severe they even included thermo-nuclear warheads that karmic energies were set in motion that would eventually sink both continents.
JC: You used thermo-nuclear warheads? Is there any evidence of this that we can see today?
SD: Yes, the Gobi desert and the Sahara desert, to name just two. After the war, many of the Melchizedek priests and priestesses of Lemuria saw into the future, and foretold the sinking of the continent. They began to look for a place to move.
They settled on Mt. Shasta in the eastern part of Lemuria, a great mountain already considered sacred, and which they understood would be safe in the coming cataclysm. They decided to build underground, partly because of the shocks Earth would sustain from the sinking of two continents, and partly because the original atmospheric mantle of Earth had gone, subjecting life on the surface to harmful ultra-violet rays.
In deciding where to build their city, they came upon a great domed cavern within Mt. Shasta, several square miles in area and hundreds of feet high. This became the top level of Telos.
JC: Why was it named "Telos"?
SD: The whole southwestern United States was then called Telos, which means "union with spirit", so that name was chosen for the city. Four levels were built under the top level, five levels in all, and the city was built to house up to two million people.
JC: How many people live in Telos now?
SD: One and a half million. But it began with only 25,000 people, who moved into Telos 100 years before Lemuria sank. Very few others survived the earthquakes, tidal waves and volcanic activity that accompanied the sinking.
JC: When was this?
SD: About 12,000 years ago.
== Continued Part 2/4 - December 2, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Joanna Cherry: What about the Atlanteans? Did they build an underground city also?
Sharula Dux: Yes, under the Mato Grosso plateau of Brazil.
JC: Are there any other subterranean cities?
SD: Yes, in fact there is a whole group of subterranean cities called the Agartha Network. The Lemurians petitioned the Agartha Network to become a member. But as the people of the Agartha cities are wise and non-violent, Lemuria had to convince Agartha that it had learned from its mistakes and would embark upon a course of peace. This was done.
JC: How many cities are in the Agartha Network?
SD: One hundred twenty.
JC: Where exactly under Mt. Shasta is Telos?
SD: The domed cavern is over most of the base of Mt. Shasta, and the top of the dome is about halfway up the mountain. The fifth, lowest level is about a mile beneath ground level. Each level is several square miles.
JC: What are on the different levels of Telos?
SD: The top level under the dome is the main part of the city. Most people live there, most commerce takes place there, and that's where our public buildings are. It's the heart and soul of Telos. Directly in the center is the Temple we are a temple society built to hold 10,000 people. It is white and pyramid-shaped, with a capstone made of "livingstone", a substance from Venus. It looks crystalline, and emanates all the rays of the color spectrum.
The Temple is dedicated to the Order of Melchizedek, a cosmic priesthood of our universe, dedicated to embodying the light plan given to us by the higher levels of the Godhead. On the top level are also our council buildings and our record buildings.
We have records of Lemuria, Atlantis, Egypt, other past Earth civilizations, even civilizations of other planets. There is a building that manages the communications within Telos, between Telos and the other subterranean cities of Agartha, and places off-planet. It also monitors radio and TV from the surface.
JC: What about entertainment? Do you have fun in Telos?
SD: Indeed we do! We have pleasure places for sports, plays, films, music, and dancing. We have a place a lot like the Holodeck in Star Trek, where you create virtual reality for yourself in any adventure you want: climb a mountain, swim a river, go back in history, etc.
JC: Wow!
SD: We also have a building that houses multi-tracking, amino-based computers. These computers are alive. They operate on the Christ-mind and therefore cannot be corrupted.
They can read the records of the past. They can read your past lives if you wish and even show them to you. They can read your aura or the health of your body and tell you what you need. They can play your "soul note," which helps you to meditate clearly, and they can communicate with you on a soul level. They can communicate across galaxies. They help train the Christ mind in people, and we depend on them quite a bit.
JC: What a wonderful thing.
SD: On the second level, we have classes, manufacturing of clothes and furniture and other things, and more people living. On the third level are our hydroponic gardens, where we grow all our food. We've been vegetarian for over 12,000 years, and we live on vegetables, fruits, grains, nuts, soybeans etc.
Our crops grow in water; some minerals are added, but there's no fertilizer and no soil depletion. Our crops grow much faster than on the surface, and we're able to feed 1 1/2 million people from just a few square miles of land, and give enough variety for eating to be pleasurable.
JC: Do any of your supplies come from the surface?
SD: No, we trade with the other Agartha cities. The fourth level is half hydroponic gardens, part manufacturing and part nature. The fifth level is our nature level. People come here to relax. We've created lakes and grown tall trees, there's a park atmosphere. Animals live there, some of which no longer exist on the surface such as the saber-tooth tiger, the mastodon and the do-do bird. We were able to save them and bring them down to Telos.
JC: Do you keep them in zoos?
SD: No, people and animals get along peacefully in Telos. We've trained the carnivores to eat vegetarian food, and gradually they've lost their aggression. So literally, here the lion is lying down with the lamb! And you can actually play with a big cat, carefully!
JC: How can you live under the Earth? Do you have light?
SD: Yes, we have a process in which stones with a high crystalline content are fused with an electro-magnetic force field of energy. This causes the crystalline matrix of the stone to create a polarity that allows the stone to pull in invisible rays and re-emit them as visible, full-spectrum light. The stone becomes like a small sun, for about 500,000 years. We dim them at night to stay on the same 24-hour day as you have on the surface.
JC: What about air? How do you get enough oxygen?
SD: We've created an eco-system. We get our oxygen from the plants and trees that grow here, though some vents do go to the surface. Water in some areas moves at high speeds, circulating air and negative ions. This is so effective, we have less and less dependence on air vents, and this is good because even the air around Mt. Shasta is becoming more polluted.
JC: How do you get around in Telos?
SD: We do a lot of walking, but there are three ways we can travel more quickly. One is something based on crystalline technology and looks just like a basket. You get in, and the basket is guided by your mind, you lift up into the air and float to your destination. This is used for travel around the city.
The second method is an electro-magnetic sled that looks like a snowmobile, also used within the city. We can get from Mt. Shasta to Mt. Lassen, an extension of Telos [about 50 miles away], within a few minutes.
The third way is electro-magnetic trains that travel at thousands of miles per hour through tubes, never touching the sides. These are similar to your subway trains, and are how we travel to the other subterranean cities around the planet.
JC: Do you build your tubes like we build our subway tunnels?
SD: No. We created the tubes with a boring machine that melts rock and earth to white-hot incandescence and then cools it again instantly, forming a diamond-hard, water-tight substance that is also elastic enough to move with an earthquake, like rubber. We build walls the same way, and there are even subterranean cities under ocean water that have been built this way. We are preparing to bring this technology to the surface when the time is right.
JC: Sharula, could you be the "Bonnie" one author writes of in Mt. Shasta: Home of the Ancients?
SD: Yes, I am that one. In those days I used a name to fit more easily with your society. But when I came to the surface to stay for a time, I wanted to use my real name.
== continued Part 3/4 December 3, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Joanna Cherry: Are there others from Telos up here with us?
Sharula Dux: Yes, people from all subterranean cities have merged with life on the surface, to benefit both civilizations. Some of them are well known.
JC: How does a Telosian come to the surface?
SD: There are three ways. There are entrances on Mt. Shasta, with holographic screening devices to make them invisible from the outside. If somebody wants to enjoy the stars or wander a bit on the mountain, he�ll use these.
The second way is to take a tube, such as to Los Angeles or another subterranean city of the Agartha network. And finally, you can take a scout ship, one of the smaller "space ships" we have.
JC: So some of those ships we see are yours?
SD: Yes, we call them the Silver Fleet. Along with the scout ships, we have three large mother ships. When the mother ships come outthe mountain opens physically we don't want to scare people, so we've invented machines to create a cloud cover you call them 'cloud ships".
JC: Could one of us from the surface go down into Telos?
SD: In Telos there is no judgment of others, and we have telepathy between minds. Most people on the surface have judgment thoughts, and these are physically painful to a Telosian. Some are invited to go down, mostly students of spiritual masters. As the world changes into greater light and love, our two societies will come together. This will be a long-awaited and joyous time!
JC: When do you think that might be?
SD: We don't know yet; when there is enough readiness in people on the surface.
JC: Would you describe a typical life in Telos, from birth?
SD: Well, when a woman first realizes she's pregnant, she goes to a temple room where she's given lots of loving support and surrounded with beautiful pictures and music. She sees her baby as beautiful and perfect. This love and perfection go right into its cells. Wonderful building blocks! Both parents talk to the child with great love, sing to it, etc. So it really knows it is loved and wanted. Pregnancy lasts only three months. JC: Three months! But how does the baby survive?
SD: That's all a baby needs in the womb; it's born quite healthy and strong.
JC: What a difference!
SD: When the baby is ready to be born, the mother goes to a birthing section of the temple, where she's assisted by a birthing priestess. The birth is under water painless. which is best for both the mother and the baby.
JC: Why is that a good way?
SD: As birth usually is on the surface, the baby's umbilical cord is cut long before it is ready or able to breathe easily and naturally. Often it is struck in order to start its breathing, so its first breath is taken in pain and fear. This leads to people shutting down their breath during life being half alive! And to diseases such as emphysema and other lung problems.
When a baby is born in Telos, it slides right in to warm water. It feels right at home. It continues to be connected to the mother by the umbilical cord for perhaps half an hour, while it floats around and rests from the birth process, being loved and welcomed by its parents. Finally, it starts to breathe fully on its own. Only then is the cord painlessly cut with a laser.
For the next two years, the father stays home to help with this crucial time of the child's life. It's vital that both father and mother, female and male are present for a child to be fully balanced. Each child is given twelve sets of godparents, most often with children of their own. It spends time with all these families, and begins to feel like all the world is family. This discourages cliques from forming, and de-rigidifies family patterns.
Education begins at three years, and it's based on the intelligence of the child, not its ignorance. Meditation is taught, reading, dance, sports, math, acting, abstract concepts, playwriting. The kids are taught to think for themselves, and work things out. In a "play and learn" concept, they learn self-expression without violence. Beginning at age five, astral projection is taught, so that children can travel out of body and learn many things. They visit records of the past and view history for themselves; they visit the surface and even other planets. They learn that angels are real, and develop the faith to manifest from the unseen to the seen. They become wise and strong in themselves; there's no victimhood.
We call the teenage years the "years of temporary insanity." Kids join with others of their age under the supervision of wise and loving adults. They create plays, they might run wild in the lower caverns for a few days, scream and holler and let out their energy positively. They grow into whole adults, no alcoholism or other addictions.
JC: Is there any insanity on Telos?
SD: None.
JC: Any crime?
SD: No.
JC: How about poverty?
SD: No, everyone has what they need and want.
JC: What is a typical home like?
SD: Homes are based on sacred geometries, mostly spheres. Our public buildings look a lot like those of ancient Greece.
JC: Do you have electricity and appliances like we do?
SD: We've developed machinery to tap energy from the ethers, so we don't need electricity. Some appliances are similar to yours, but more advanced. We even have a replicator, as on your TV show Star Trek, but most of the time people like to cook for themselves.
== Continued Part 4 of 4. Interview with an Agarthan Royal. December 4, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Joanna Cherry: Is your food anything like a surface vegetarians?
Sharula Dux: Very similar. We've stolen some of your ideas; we love pizza! Also chocolate.
JC: Do you have pets in Telos?
SD: Yes, just like you.
JC: How tall are Telosians, on average?
SD: About a foot taller than surface folks.
JC: And what's the average life span?
SD: There's no aging in Telos. We are genetically exactly the same as you, but we know we do not age; so we don�t. There are a few American Indians in Telos, and they're hundreds of years or more old now.
JC: How old are you?
SD: 269. Most Telosians are between a few hundred and a few thousand years old. One man has been in his body for 30,000 years. We jokingly nicknamed him "Longest"! JC: So you're a youngster! What about dating? Do you get a gal who's 25 dating a guy who's 2,000?
SD: Often! (Laughs) JC: Is there any death in Telos?
SD: Yes, but it's rare. Sometimes a person dies in an accident. Pets do die.
JC: What happens when someone is ready to leave Telos?
SD: A large portion of people ascend, take their body into light and move into a lighter dimension. Others may not be ready to ascend, so they learn how to leave their body, and then dematerialize it.
JC: How does a society work where people just stay around?
SD: When people know they're going to live as long as they want to, and even stay young as long as they like, there comes a completely different feeling about life than you have on the surface. There's not that "You're only young once!" kind of wildness that happens a lot in your society, with reckless behavior and maybe even drugs or alcohol. Also, since you live for hundreds or thousands of years, you make sure you're taking care of the environment! You're more responsible. The most wonderful thing about living without aging or dying is that you get to do all the things you want to do. Up here, just about the time someone gets enough wisdom and knowledge to start really living, he's grown too old to do much with it.
JC: How is Telos governed?
SD: We have a Council of Twelve Plus One. The twelve who head the Temple are six men and six women, mostly ascended masters, people of high wisdom who stay balanced in any situation. They always set the good of the many above their own personal good, by following what God wants.
JC: What is the "Plus One"?
SD: The "One" is either the High Priest and Priestess, or the King and Queen of Telos. The Order of Melchizedek always balances male and female, which is vital to spiritual enlightenment.
JC: Who are the High Priest and Priestess?
SD: They are working partners. The High Priest is Adama, an ascended master working directly under Archangel Michael. He is a blue ray master, assisting humanity with ascension. The High Priestess is Terra Ra. She teaches the students in the Temple and is much loved by them. She also is an ascended master. JC: And the king and queen of Telos?
SD: They are Ra and Rana Mu. This lineage is unbroken for over 30,000 years. Though royalty is inherited, it doesn't pass automatically to the oldest son or daughter. The king and queen decide which of their children or grandchildren is most capable of the job. That one then goes through full Temple training and becomes a Melchizedek Priest or Priestess.
JC: You are called "Princess." Does that have anything to do with this lineage?
SD: Yes, I am a daughter of Ra and Rana Mu.
JC: Who makes the governing decisions?
SD: The Council of Twelve. When it makes a decision, the king and queen can back it, or they may request a change. If there is an unresolved question, the High Priest and Priestess have the final word. Below the main Council of Twelve are lower Councils of Twelve which handle any local disputes. Individual problems or arguments are handled by an arbitrator, a priest or priestess who has access to the akashic records of the past.
JC: Why is this helpful?
SD: Because often disputes come forward from previous incarnations. When a decision is made, each person understands it is best for all concerned, and the matter is closed.
JC: Do you have money on Telos?
SD: No, we have a non-monetary basis of exchange.
JC: How does this work?
SD: The government owns everything, but isn't responsible for controlling anything. It makes sure, for instance, that food gets to the distribution outlets. When you need somethingfood, clothes, furniture, art, books, etc.you simply go to a distribution center and pick it up.
JC: If people don't need to work for money on Telos, how does everything get done?
SD: Each person chooses what he wants to do. Say he decides to work in the hydroponic gardens; he sets his own hours, and lets his "foreman" know when he'll be there. And he does show up, because he knows everyone's well-being depends upon his doing his part. Some people's gifts are art, massage, etc. People have plenty of time to meditate, play, rest, go to the Temple for training, and grow spiritually.
JC: What about the jobs nobody wants to do, like collecting the garbage?
SD: We all take turns doing community service, even Council of Twelve members. There is no one better than, and no one less than. So we might give four hours a month to collect and dematerialize the garbage, weed the gardens, pick up animal droppings, etc. We're doing it with others so it becomes fun, we sing and have a good time.
JC: You actually dematerialize garbage?
SD: Yes.
JC: Could we ever use that skill on the surface!
JC: Do people get married on Telos?
SD: Yes, we have two kinds of marriages, bond marriage and sacred marriage. When two people feel they really have something together, they care for each other and want to see where it's going, they go to a priest or priestess and commit to a bond marriage. Sometimes these last for hundreds of years, but are usually shorter. Bond marriage partners don't have children. If the marriage doesn't work, they simply go again to the priest or priestess and it is dissolvedno stigma, no disharmony. When a bond marriage becomes very deep and lasting, the two may choose a sacred marriage. This might happen after two hundred years together, or two months. They have a beautiful, large wedding. All of our children come from sacred marriages.
JC: Why did you choose to marry a man from the surface level of Earth?
SD: He is my twin flame, the masculine half of my soul. He chose to incarnate on the surface level to help fulfill our work together, that of merging our two societies into one. JC: Are any of these master abilities practiced by at least some Telosians: 1) travel by thought (leaving no form behind); or 2) manifestation from the ether?
SD: People who have gone through temple training do learn these things eventually, when they are ready.
JC: Sharula, thank you for coming up to be with us and help merge our two societies. How long do you think you will stay on the surface?
SD: That is up to spirit.
©1995, Joanna Cherry.You are most welcome and encouraged to share this article with others, as long as you credit the source. Thank you.
11/26/18 Pleiadian High Command Planetary Message on 11/11/18
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sahnj1DCjQA
channeled by Michael Love, thespiritoflife.net
Planetary message from Pleiadian High Command and special forces. Special acknowledgements to Earth, Alliance Forces.
Greetings Planet Earth. We are the family of light and we come closer than ever before on this grand day, 11/11. 350,000 earth years ago, dark forces overtook the light here, unplugged human DNA, placed a quarantine around the earth, and enslaved the humans of earth, unto modern earth time. The universal directive says we should not interfere in the evolution of another species. Yet we have felt the deep pain of suffering you have endured. And it was decided by the high council of the Galactic Federation of Worlds that enough is enough, and we have come to stick our hands directly in the ascension affairs of planet earth.
We arrived in your solar system in mass on September 11, 2018, and most of your solar telescopes discovered our Pleiadian plasma fleets around your sun. For two earth months we have been mounting your solar system in our earth-sized primary craft, numbering over 50,000, adjusting coronal frequencies and deflecting weekly 5D gamma radiation streams towards the earth since 9/11. Covert lion stealth operations, solar and astral realm, report our special galactic forces have completely dismantled the artificial frequency fence around earth few weeks ago, removing the veil entrance to 5D and we have cleared all the archons out of the astral realm now. This morning we descended on Earth from every angle to finalize the last phase of our work to assist you on your freedom and ascension mission. We are still under cloaking but we descended from 100 million miles down to 650 miles from the surface of the Earth. And 6,000 military scout ships, our entourage, is composed of navigational crew, atomic scientists, galactic special forces, Pleiadian ambassadors, our top spiritual leaders and Pleiadian medical officers. From a region of space near your ionosphere, Pleiadian High Command gave the green light to deploy ground forces to finalize plans for the Event and the ascension of planet Earth.
As of 11/11 Sunday morning Pleiadian special operation Delta Forces have arrived and are on the ground. Mission: Remove dark power structure from planet Earth. Clear the path for alliance white brotherhood world leaders to establish the new earth plan beginning 11/11 to fully liberate the surface of planet earth beginning now. The grand 11/11 solar portal was fully open this day to finalize your ascension.
Current Delta mission status: You may not expect us to announce we are a few hours behind schedule because of the fierce battles we have been undergoing. And though these battles have continued through your divine independence day today, we are giving you our promise that we are finishing up and cleaning up into the late hours of 11/11. Many of you felt this final incredible battle of events ensued in the astral realm in the form of deep psychic emotional wounds. Mostly around your twin flame that had to be brought to the surface today, purged and transmuted into blinding white light. Your contracted twin flame seven-year triggering cycle ended this day. As you received your final evaluation, which you passed, dear ones and now you may proceed to go home to your divine love and be with that one in paradise.
Did your event happen today on 11/11? Yes, and it is still underway as of 11:11 pm Sunday night. You were successful. You did it. It has happened. And the next levels of the Event are happening now and it will continue to happen. You endured to the very end of the hard battle, dear one, and you overcame it all. You were proficient in all areas and we honor your grand work. We are going to transmit another message behind this one on your new mission assignments, and how to shift states from 3D to 5D at will. This takes a bit of practice at first because of years of 3D programming to only perceive 3D. 5D is accessible now for the first time and you can begin to operate now in this dimension as we assist you. Global conscious cohesion was reached today for the first time in human history as close to two billion light beings unified in global 5D freedom and peace meditations.
Today is the first day and only the beginning of the next level of your cosmic journey, but starting right now you get to experience the good stuff for the first time as we finalize ground operations to pave way for the new Earth. Prepare for freedom to spread all across planet Earth. God speed, great ones.
Second article:
The event 11/11, Pleiadian freedom mission date. A transmission.
Light of 5D frequencies are here now and permeating the atmosphere of planet Earth. Here is section two of the data transmission received from Pleiadian guides for the 11/11 events. There are two key sections presented in this data.
(1) Ground crew, new Earth, mission reassignment.
(2) How to experience 5D now. It's important to say first that, today, 11/11, 3D never changed and 5D never changed. You changed and elevated up in frequency that last notch to 5D, and the median energetic frequency level around planet Earth edged up today and touched 5D for the first time as an incredible portal opened, beaming in a Central Sun gamma radiation wave that light beings of Earth are now holding in their physical bodies to keep this frequency sustained.
Background: In our last 11/11 message, section one, the arrival - we informed you that as of today, 11/11, 5D is now possible to attain for the first time in history of modern planet Earth. Enough 40 to 100 Hz gamma level energy is here now. All artificial veils and 100% of all archons have been successfully removed from the astral realm after 350,000 years. With that said, covert Pleiadian special force operation Delta is started. And this week, behind the scenes they will remove the final surface level blocks to the new Earth. These blocks are simply a few dark beings in human bodies that must be removed out of false power roles. And it was decided by the High Command that the only way this could be done at this point is physically. The main removal strategy will be to attempt to arrest them and remove them from society. We have been assured by our guides that if this strategy fails, stronger measures will be used to move them out of the way. You are going to witness this on main stream media. So yes. Watch.
Now, here is the raw data summary for part two is this download. (1) Ground crew, new Earth, mission reassignment. All 4.5 billion awakened 5D level light beings stationed on planet Earth are being called this day, 11/11, to move now fully into your specific area of personal service to humanity in a much more direct and impactful way. It is time to recreate your spiritual service, model and expand it outwardly via the internet, social media and blogs, etc. To be able to reach the masses and offer your spiritual gifts and services to the mass influx of newly awakened beings that will be asking for help in the coming days and weeks. There are enough free tunes available to get this all set up and to be able to receive energy exchange gifts for your services in an automated way. Sit down tomorrow with pen and paper and create this the way you have been shown and deploy it. Do not hold back any longer. This is your new 5D mission assignment.
(2) How to experience 5D now. As of 11/11 the 5D frequency of 40 to 100 Hz gamma level was attained on planet Earth due to astral ascension block clearings by light forces. Recent steady levels of solar light data sent to planet Earth, and today's record level mass unity meditation of over 3 billion light workers which created the highest planetary conscious cohesion in history around the globe. 5D is now available for the first time, dear ones, for you to start existing in it and experiencing this state of bliss in a sustained way. Here is the instruction to start experiencing in 5D:
You must remove your focus from 3D. Get by yourself with no external distractions. Put recommended 5D code 40- 100 Hz music in your headset and let it play in the background while you give focus to any of the following things:
Celestial beings, celestial landscapes, the new Earth, freedom, love, peace, joy, abundance, health, your dreams and desires, your accomplishments, sacred geometry, beautiful art, beings you love the most. You get the idea here. As you do this for 10 to 20 minutes you will start to feel and experience the 5D frequency of heaven and the new Earth. After doing this repeatedly as many times as you like for a few days, it will become completely automatic and will become your constant state of being, even as you bring your focus back to 3D.
What you are doing here, as you get the hang of this, is you are perceiving the 3D reality around you from new 5D eyes. And this is how the new Earth starts manifesting and staying for good. This 5D gamma state is a state of bliss consciousness, where your left hemisphere 3D alpha and your right hemisphere, 5D gamma, start to work together at the same time. Hence, multidimensional perception and functionality. This deliberate 5D focused strategy is only necessary at first, to entrain your being to stay focused to the 5D level even while physically walking around in 3D. After a bit of this habitual focus, the process will become automatic and sustained as your DNA code changes to lock in this process. End 11/11 transmission.
Welcome to the next level, dear beings of love. You are on alert the highest way among all celestial beings of all status. Can you believe you did it? Maybe not fully yet. But all of this is going to sink in over the next few days. 5D is here. The new Earth is here. The kingdom of heaven is here. It is time now for you to walk into your kingdom and take your place again among celestial royalty. It is finished. The next phase of your ascension on up to 5D and on up to 6D and beyond, starts today in 5D.
You will now stand around the Earth in full angelic and ascended master capacity, guiding and assisting all of humanity as they all come to this great kingdom to meet you. Well done. We knew you could do it. We are ecstatic. Thank you for your service to yourself, to humanity, on behalf of all divine beings throughout the vast universe. It's time to sound the shout of freedom throughout the Earth and beyond the stars. Glory to all who dwell on this special planet. I am Michael, a blue ray Pleiadian ambassador in Earth, alliance ground crew member. I am incredibly and humbly honored to have been used as one of many primary ground crew contacts to the Galactic Federation of angelic races during this grand ascension mission to receive incoming light transmissions, to store the akashic records and broadcast the messages I have heard back out to the angels stationed here on Earth in human bodies. I have been with you all for the duration of this mission, and I will stay with you as we celebrate our accomplishments and prepare for our welcoming ceremony into the great realm of heaven on Earth.
I said I am with you even unto the end of the old world, and it is so. We herald great glory has come. Have you heard? Tell all nations the sun has risen. We are the Pleiadians. We are one of many celestial races here now with you at this universal mile stone and achievement. We are the grand family of light, the bringers of a new day. We are the great ones spoken of in every great book that overcame the whole world. Behold. I looked and I saw a new Earth and a new Heaven and the former one has passed away. God speed.
_____
Ed: An interesting follow-on site to see is 2012portal.blogspot.com/. It is the official communication outlet for the Resistance Movement, composed of Pleiadian Light Forces and ground crew. The site is maintained by Cobra, a Pleiadian starseed.)
11/25/18 Ashtar Command Final Transmission to Earth
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DjIFJquo-mM
A youtube posted on 12/7/17 addressed to the elusive ones
Many were taught to ridicule any mention of Ashtar Galactic Command on this planet. You may claim to be one of these publicly, but certainly not behind closed doors for in your heart of heart you know the truth. Most of your secret space programs were motivated by your fear of our growing involvement in Earth affairs. You more than any other group acknowledge our presence since you are constantly witnessing our capabilities that far exceed yours. Yet you persist on the path of an open confrontation with us deploying your arsenal for a battle you cannot win. Your limited understanding of the universal laws cannot be compensated by your shadow technology. Inevitably you shall suffer the consequences of your evil deeds but we won't allow those you hold captive to be affected by it. The die is cast as the decrees of the Stellar Councils are issued. You may continue with your foolish attempts to open portals leading to dark realms and keep jumping between timelines desperately trying to alter the course of events but no matter your actions, you will not escape Galactic Court. And we stand ready to face the remains of your armada anytime if your present course of action is maintained. We are monitoring the increasing militarization of the Near Earth Orbit and particularly LEO. This is an extremely hostile behavior you conceal from those you treat with so little regard, and we stand ready to take whatever measure is necessary according to the Galactic Codex. We are now here to remind you that should such confrontation occur, its outcome shall be no different than the previous ones but you won't recover from it, and no propaganda campaign would now be supported by the Light grid of the planet. This is Ashtar speaking on the behalf of millions of men under my command! None of us look forward to such extremes but the circumstances let us little choice. Know that the liberation of this planet and its people is my responsibility and nothing will prevent me from honoring it. This is a warning we send to you. Disengage or face your own destruction and should you be foolish enough to turn your weapons of evil against our emissaries I'll break you apart. Adonai.
11/23/18 Ashtar via Galaxygirl - November 20, 2018
sananda.website
Greetings Friends! I am Ashtar, lending my voice tonight. Much is proceeding and going according to plan / schedule that I am not at full liberty to discuss. But please be assured that you are an integral part of this plan and we couldn’t do it without you. I send you my love and light and we all extend our arms and hands to you in blessing.
We are watching the unfolding of events at a most rapid clip on your dear planet and to the untrained eye chaos it would seem is unfolding. But it could not be further from the truth. In a house infested with termites, you often don’t know it until it is too late, because they are hidden deep within the structure doing their work. It is when you spray that it is obvious with all of the insects scurrying about wildly trying to escape. Such is happening currently to your planet world with the higher energies and with our helpful guiding influence. The dark ones are scurrying – or trying to – and in the process they are stirring up all kinds of mischief.
But be aware and be comforted that all is not as it seems and that the good is winning and the light is in full control. And so you may be feeling more of these transmutative energies streaming in and in, deeper into your lifestreams, into your bodies. It will be easier for you if you adopt a type of regular breathing and meditative practice with the intention of letting them stream into you. And in that way, you will be an even greater light receptical and shine even more brightly for the others. Come up and visit us in the ships when you are ready. We are eager to meet and greet you and offer our healing technology to you. Many of you are already up here with us in your otherworldly form. You are vast creator beings and have many forms. Remember this. All is not as it seems to you, but for our vantage point and perspective all is proceeding smoothly. I am Ashtar. Salut!
11/23/18 Mike Quinsey's Higher Self
www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/ From Steve Beckow
There are still people talking of the possibility of war between nations, but be assured that all steps are being taken to ensure that it does not happen. The consensus of the people is that they have had enough of war and bloodshed, and that it is now time for Humanity to enjoy the coming together of all people in a worldwide move to broker permanent peace.
We in the higher realms are overseeing events on Earth and while we do not interfere with your freewill decisions, at the same time we back those who have dedicated their lives to bring peace to all peoples who are collectively putting out powerful thoughts for total peace to return.
There will still be minor skirmishes within countries that are caught up in disputes, but even those will diminish in time. As the realisation comes about that regardless of the nature of the disputes that a peaceful settlement is possible and far better for all concerned. Over many, many years enormous amounts of money have been made by those who trade in weapons of destruction, but it is blood money that could have benefitted the Human Race in so many ways that poverty need not have existed.
Peaceful policies and those involved do not get the publicity they deserve, and the dark Ones who largely control the Press continue to highlight that which speaks of war and the threat of war. They concentrate on keeping the world at large in a state of tension and dissatisfaction.
However, there are also those who work hard to break the mould. Now that they are at last making headway, they find it not as difficult as previously because the power of the Illuminati has been severely affected. Behind the scenes all progresses well, and far more is happening than you are likely to know in the present circumstances.
Even in high places there are notable persons working for the Light, but it is in their interests to protect themselves to largely stay anonymous. Some you know by their actions that they are the new Leaders in waiting and will be found to emerge when it is safe to do so.
The temperature is rising and it is quite a normal occurrence during the normal cycles on Earth. It gives Mother Earth an opportunity to cleanse itself as part of the changes that have come with the new cycle. Your history shows that the Earth experiences considerable changes in the course of time, even in your short history of some 200,000 years. You have ample time to prepare for them and with new technologies should not find it difficult to deal with. You still have difficult times coming but the Higher Forces will be on hand to influence you to take the right action.
On occasions when unusual problems crop up we may help you and deal with them direct, but you will not necessarily know that it was handled in this way. All through your history you have been given help from above, but at the same time there are situations that you have brought on yourselves, and will have the responsibility of making them good.
Clearly no one would learn from their mistakes if someone else cleared them up. After all, you are here on Earth to gain experience, to grow in understanding spiritually and to continue to evolve through them. It is at times hard for you to grasp the meaning for your experiences and understand that it is all for your growth and in the long term prepare you for life in the higher realms.
You have been so isolated upon Earth that you are only just beginning to accept that you are just one of thousands and thousands of planets that have intelligent life. All are in the process of evolution and although their path may be quite different to yours, they are nevertheless heading for the higher vibrational levels.
You are at a crucial point which is why you are being protected on your journey as no other civilisation is allowed to interfere with your progress. Since you passed the marker the situation has changed, and the Blue Avians have been appointed to guide and protect you, which is why they are now in your Solar System. They will ensure that you are not held back by the actions of the Illuminati or any other groups that are presently on Earth, or in your Solar System.
Those who are ready to ascend will go all the way to Ascension without experiencing interference. You have still more to learn and experience before you are ready, but from here on the path will become much easier and enjoyable.
You are on the verge of great changes that will see you go forwards in leaps and bounds, and in a relatively short time you will have left most of the old vibrations of harsh duality behind. Life will become more enjoyable and the different Races will come closer together, and still respect those differences that make you unique. It will be the way of things that all be seen equal as in the eyes of God. It will be the beginning of true happiness as you all share in each others experiences. Universal Love will be in action as each soul understands the Oneness of All That Is.
As time passes you will easily get used to the changes as they will uplift the quality of your life. You will spend much less time on the labours of life as you do now, and have ample time to develop your awareness and other skills. Understand that you are a spiritual being and your final objective is to become a Being of Light. It is of course well into the future and it is as well to know where your experiences are leading you.
It may sound strange to some of you but bear in mind that you are travelling back along the path that brought you to your present experience. There is absolutely nothing to be worried about as you will progress at your own pace. It is different now in your present period of evolution where your movements are very slow and restricted, but when you ascend into the “Now” an entirely new vista opens up for you. When you ascend and you are in it your options as to what you want to do or see are limitless, and since you can also travel anywhere by the power of your thought it is instantaneous.
The mundane life you lead now will not keep you much longer and so much more awaits you. The New Age will truly be getting under way in the very near future. The basis for it is already being developed and when the time is right, and that mainly means safe, it will be rapidly introduced. So an exciting time beckons, but please be patient as it is so important that the introduction of so much that is new is released when it is the “right time.”
I leave you with love and blessings, and may the Light brighten your days and path to completion. It is certainly needed in the middle of so much confusion and uncertainty, but it will eventually end. This message comes through my Higher Self.
In Love and Light.
Mike Quinsey
11/23/18 The Arcturians via Daniel Scranton
Timelines for Open Contact with E.T.s from The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
https://danielscranton.com
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We are in the process of reviewing the timelines that have recently made themselves available to you. Or to put it another way, you have made yourselves available to these timelines, and they are filled with more extra-terrestrial contact and extra-terrestrial contact that will be open to all sooner than any other timeline that we have seen for you.
This is a very good sign for humanity. You see, the type of extra-terrestrial contact that you want will only happen when you are ready for it. So any indication that it is coming sooner – and this is one of those indicators – is a very good sign, indeed. You have progressed so wonderfully, and we are eager to see the ways in which you take the next steps forward.
We cannot tell you what your future is because you keep changing. And as you change, so does your future. We can tell you that your future has been bright for quite some time, and that the potential for an even brighter future coming, even sooner than expected, has just occurred.
We are very happy for humanity, and we will continue to watch over you and send you all of the help that we can. But you need to celebrate all of these little victories that come your way. You need to celebrate them because they are significant and because you have earned them. We also just enjoy watching you acknowledge yourselves for how far you’ve come.
You will continue to have your challenges, of course. And the e.t.s are not coming to rescue you from yourselves. If that were the case, they would have come a long time ago. You are absolutely surprising us and the other high frequency beings who are keeping tabs on all of you. And that includes the physical extra-terrestrial beings who will make that full, open contact with humanity.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/19/18 DEW Weapons Cause California Fires - by the editor
Pictures are worth a thousand words. This came across my desk today. The link below is worth seeing. It shows pictures of what DEW weapons do - burns homes and cars but not trees, as main stream news is reporting. I've insert a few below as an example, but the link shows many more and they look more like bomb strikes than forest fires.
http://crazzfiles.com/conclusive-photographic-evidence-proving-california-is-under-attack-by-dews/
I've heard of DEW weapons for years, but never has it hit home like these photos do. Now, I've had an inside track with the galactics of light for a long time, over 50 years. They are not destructive. They are not dark. These are products of the dark side, not the light side. This destruction is not caused by benevolent beings from advanced societies.They are caused by directed energy weapons (DEW weapons). They are aimed like a gun. Wikipedia says a DEW weapon is a ranged weapon system that inflicts damage at a target by emission of highly focused energy, including laser, microwavesand particle beams.
Camera shots have captured rays of light coming down through the atmosphere and exploding on the ground. Sheldan Nidle who is a spokesman for the Galactic Federation of Light, was hit by a DEW weapon earlier this year or last year. I follow his webinars and updates. He would have been killed if he had remained sitting in his chair, but he stood up to greet his companion at the split moment that it hit him. It hit his lower back instead of his head. He's still in rehab. Others who speak for the galactics and other light forces have also been hit by DEW weapons. While it's scary, the good news is there is a resistance movement from the light. See Cobra's updates on http://2012portal.blogspot.com. See pictures below taken from the link above.
1/16/19 Matthew Ward via Susie Ward
sananda.website
With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. The combination of positive and negative responses to ever-rising vibrations has kept Earth’s energy field of potential in too much turmoil for any activity to achieve unstoppable momentum. However, energy streamers around the effort to indict all Illuminati principals have been gaining strength consistently and, of the multiple activities behind the scenes to end dark control of your world, it appears that the indictments will be the first to reach fruition. If the current pace of strengthening continues, action already underway can become known worldwide within months. Well-known individuals being charged with crimes against humanity will come as a shock to most people, and it’s reasonable to anticipate reactions ranging from “fake news” to vehement denial, anger and fear. Lower-ranking Illuminati will try to jump ship rather than go down with it, wrongfully accused individuals will want to prove their innocence, and if there is strong resistance in some quarters, very likely military troops will be called upon to keep the public safe. Confusion will be widespread until the society understands the far-reaching benevolent impact of what is happening.
Dear ones, before much longer your mission as lightworkers will rachet up a notch or two. Your fearlessness and exhilaration can calm persons around you, and that will be immensely helpful, but you will need to be mentors, too. The peoples will need to be told that removing those individuals from their influential positions is leading to a peaceful world with wise honorable leaders and the end of warring, corruption, deception and impoverishment. You can substantiate your explanations by referring doubters to pertinent information compiled by researchers and published on the Internet or elsewhere, and if individuals believe telepathic communication is real, tell them about channeled information from sources you trust.
A number of you are asking if the incoming energy waves could be causing the conditions you are experiencing and if so, what can you do to relieve the discomfort. In previous messages we have spoken at some length about this important matter, but it bears repeating and we offer a condensed version of that information.
Primary symptoms of bodies’ adjusting to intensifying energy are fatigue, weakness and general sense of unease; episodes of memory lapses, headaches, mood swings, aching muscles and joints, ringing in the ears, blurred vision, cramping, nausea and itchiness are not uncommon. To lessen their effects, get sufficient sleep, engage in age-appropriate exercise and drink a lot of water. Avoid sugar, alcohol except a sensible amount of red wine, and foods with chemical additives. Of all foods, fruits and vegetables have the most light, and if you are financially able, choose organic produce. If your diet is not vegetarian or vegan, choose seafood certified free of impurities and eggs, dairy products and meat from animals that have not been given antibiotics or growth hormones.
Reducing mental and emotional stress is of paramount importance—stress is the root cause of all dis-ease—but do not take pharmaceuticals as sleep aids, to pep up or calm down. What will be most helpful to you in stress reduction is as unique as each of you is, but the following suggestions can raise your vibrations, thus beneficial to all. Change negative thoughts and feelings to positive. Avoid situations that drain your energy. Feel grateful for the goodness in your life. Let go of bitterness and forgive those you feel have wronged you. Be in Nature as often as you can. Spend time with animals. Reserve time for solitude and introspection. Meditate. Listen to your favorite music. Read uplifting poetry or prose. Watch amusing TV programs. Write down the source of frustration, then let go of the feeling. Communicate with like-minded people. Smile often and love yourselves as much as we love you.
We caution that the symptoms mentioned above also can indicate the onset of illness; if a condition persists, consult a healthcare specialist, preferably one who has a holistic approach to diagnosis and treatment. The more conscientiously you care for yourselves in mind, body and spirit, the more light you absorb; light raises your vibrations, and that will enable you to more easily adjust to upcoming energy surges.
“For ages the Vatican has known about pedophile priests. Why didn’t a pope take action long ago to end that abomination?” For centuries popes were members of the wealthiest families, the forerunners of the Illuminati. They controlled the masses via “papal infallibility” and “God’s laws” while the popes’ families reaped more riches through tithing, taxes and “servitude to God.”
Devout believers provided the virtually free labor that erected opulent buildings on Vatican grounds and master painters, sculptors, and creators of stained glass and intricate tile murals produced the art that so grandly decorates the buildings. Even if the popes during those years and down through the centuries may not have been pedophiles themselves, most assuredly they didn’t want anyone to know that pedophilia was rampant in Catholicism’s hierarchy.
When the first accusations were made, the offenders claimed innocence and that was the end of it; but as the light intensified, so did the resolve of more and more abused individuals to speak out. When the same claims against adults in trusted positions in secular society led to admissions and convictions, accusations against priests no longer could be swept under the rug. Although papal acknowledgement has been given to those offenses of longstanding, the extent of unconscionable acts that have taken place in the Vatican is yet to be revealed. As shocking to the public as the announcement of indictments will be, disclosing the truth that the Vatican is the international headquarters of Satanism will be more so.
“I don’t think that Matthew has a good grasp of what can happen when ET’s step in to this world and try to make changes. Once they cause change with their technologies, then we’ll be dependent upon them. Once that dependency has been established then control takes place. We have a planet of many resources and likely those resources are valuable to outside civilizations. The cabal are the bad guys and we can rid our world of them over time as more and more people become enlightened. We don’t need outside sources for that, particularly when those outside sources are interested in our planet for trading and profit. My intuition tells me that any outside source that visits our world will not be good for us in the long term.”
In numerous messages we have talked about the importance of trusting your intuition, guidance to the conscious mind from soul level, where truth is known. This is a case whereby belief is blocking intuitive awareness—what one believes, whether it arises from fact or falsehood or assumption, is the individual’s reality. Dispelling the concerns of that dear soul who wrote is necessary because she is not alone in being wary of other civilizations, and crews in crafts surrounding Earth cannot land and ETs living in your midst cannot introduce themselves until the society is ready to greet them without fright.
So then, let us address the two issues that are relevant here. One is Gaia’s desire that life on her planetary body be according to her vision of everyone living peacefully in harmony with Nature and sharing the world’s abundance. The other is a universal law: No civilization may impose its ideas, however beneficial those would be, upon any other civilization. Accordingly, pre-birth agreements were made by the souls who chose to live on Earth so they could complete third density karmic lessons and the myriad souls who would help them become enlightened so they could co-create the kind of world they, the peoples, want—it’s the same world that Gaia wants for them. And, God authorized civilizations advanced in spiritual and conscious awareness to help their Earth family rid the planet of the darkness that has prevented them from manifesting that kind of world.
It is too late to think that you can rid the world of the cabal on your own. The massive light beamed from civilizations 80-some years ago interrupted the cabal’s pervasive darkness that was controlling life in your world. Members of those civilizations who volunteered to go to Earth anchored that light and generated their own, thereby bringing to light the cabal’s long-hidden heinous activities. Crews in your skies have prevented detonation of nuclear warheads launched by the cabal and are reducing the toxic elements in their chemtrails. Some of the many extraterrestrials living among you have thwarted the cabal’s efforts to start pandemics, some have exposed their other illegal and immoral activities, some are working to wrest from the cabal their control of the global economy, some are in the international group whose efforts eventually will hold the cabal legally accountable.
ETs also erected the light grid around the planet that prevents the entry of any source with low vibrations. Therefore, only beings with high vibrations can come to Earth, and those who have been waiting to join you have no intention or interest in profiting from your world’s resources or controlling the populace.
Yes, their technologies will indeed change the planet. With swiftness that will astonish you, they will dematerialize nuclear waste; eliminate the toxicity in your soil, waters and atmosphere; turn deserts into arable lands; and expand the rain forests; and your scientists will work side by side with the extraterrestrials in all of those endeavors. The populace will neither want nor need to become dependent upon other civilizations, and after the visiting helpers teach the use of their technologies and gift them to you, they want to return to their homelands and families.
Feel grateful for these “outside sources”! While your governments deny their existence, your entertainment industry gives them reality as monstrous creatures who will eat, annihilate or enslave you. That is more than enough for the society to overcome without adding concerns that people from other worlds intend to profit from your natural resources—that is what the cabal has been doing for centuries. Other civilizations have been helping Earth’s peoples in myriad ways for millennia because the souls who embody there are beloved members of the universal family.
We say farewell for now, dear brothers and sisters, but in every moment we and all other light beings in this universe are supporting you with the power of unconditional love.
LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward
1/15/19 A Call to Action by the Ashtar Command, Jupiter Command and Pleiadian Delta Forces of Light - January 21st Lunar Eclipse
Channeled by Ria Gilliani (Ria Aurora Athena Ash) on January 4, 2019
sananda.website
Return to Light Mass Meditation. The 21st January Lunar Eclipse, 5D Portals Are Open and the 7 Incarnations of planet Earth. Ney ‘Am ‘Aaa! It is Light Language meaning Blessings and Greetings.
Beloved Avatars of Earth, you our beloved Light workers, we wish to tell you that the 5th dimensional portals are open. Yes beloveds you can now simply shift your consciousness from 4th to 5th and step over the rainbow bridge into higher consciousness. The gateway portals have been open now, and many of our beloveds star seeds, light warriors, have now shifted in higher levels of consciousness. You have shifted your reality into higher realms of your planets 5th incarnation.
What do you mean by this? We hear many light workers saying “Why am I still here living with humans who are 3/4th Dimensional…?”
Let us explain beloveds. You dear ones who have shifted, still move your conscious awareness between the realms as you coexist at the same time, for there are levels of dimensional awareness or planes of existence or consciousness. For example, each planet has seven incarnations. That means each physical planet has six other bodies or incarnations that are more and more subtle. They are called globes, and these seven globes are referred to as a chain.
Humanity’s consciousness or dimensional awareness operates within the 7 Earth planes of existence forming a chain. The current globe that a planetary civilization is inhabiting would be called round, or globe, or realm. So Earth or Gaia itself is in its fourth incarnation.
The ending of the Kali Yuga or globe or realm [4th globe] is moving, shifting and preparing to move into the 5th Golden Age, or world or globe or realm or dimension. All are levels of consciousness.
Remember the chain of 7 incarnations of 7 planetary incarnations. So for example, this is what we call planetary ascension and individual ascension!!! So the 5th, 6th, 7th incarnations of a planetary body are more high, are more spiritual, at the 7th realm [where] you are one complete with the consciousness creator.
So beloveds, the portals are open for you awakened ones to step over the threshold into the higher incarnation of this planet. However though, many of your Earth brothers and sisters are still in the matrix programming of the 3rd/4th dimensional realm or should we say the third/fourth incarnation of Gaia’s chain. There are many beings on your planet that still operate from their three lower chakras, and have not fully opened their high hearts to this consciousness shift.
This lower consciousness in these individuals will fully change for them at the time of the Grand Event !!! Or the Great breath of Brahma. Remember beloveds, this final wave or push of Photonic love light is Coming. However, we do not give times and dates when the creator will fully manifest this, as we live in the ever eternal Now.
So there is still a need for you warriors of light, for you star seeds who are now awake for your consciousness and light bodies that have shifted to the fifth dimension or 5th incarnation of this planet - may we say here still with your human feet standing on your planetary soil - you beloveds still need to anchor in more light for your brothers and sisters who are just needing that programming and veil to be lifted.
As you our beloveds are high frequency conduits. You act as an antenna, receiving transmissions of energy and light codes that travel through your auric fields and absorb down through your chakras and out into your being, for the energy of the universe exists in a wave form or a particle form. Making energy a component that permeates all of reality.
Energy may be infinitesimally small at any particular location, but energy nevertheless exists everywhere. And you beloveds are made up of light particle energy that has localized itself into a given form at any given point. So your body, beloveds, is that localized energy that transmutes light emissions emanating from your DNA, that is the core reactor from which you are broadcasting your personal energy signature out to the planets realms.
So dear hearts, you have within you a mighty power, anxious and willing to serve you, a power capable of giving all that you earnestly desire to manifest. So think now , about the power of Mass Meditation. Think. If you are all transmitting your localized energy from the universe into your beings and out to humanity at the same time, and on the same intent, think then about how powerful you creators, you conducters are, if you are all manifesting at the same time, the same desires, the same intent, thus creating a chain-reaction shift. That is why beloveds there is still a need for a call to action.
We wish for you beloveds to meditate on the astronomical alignment and lunar alignment that will be manifesting on what you call – 21st January 2019 Luna eclipse at 00°51 Leo. The Moon will be a super moon. A blue moon. The moon will be square with Uranus as Uranus is the major influence which makes this a challenging lunar eclipse. As this is an astrological time, multiple planets in this chart come into opposition, into full alignment with each other making numerous powerful conjunctions with the Galactic Center, Pleiades and Sirius Star Systems
Thus creating a powerful configuration of Photonic energy that then creates a point of maximum tension which is released into a big cosmic breakthrough. The Grand Mother-Father God Force - Cosmic Central Sun - will send a huge pulse of Light throughout the whole Creation, aligning with all the great central suns in the multi-verse, shifting the remaining programming.
So imagine the power of human consciousness of you, beloved ones, with your human 5th dimensional feet that are anchored into this planet. If you all were meditating to this alignment at this precise equinox. So beloveds, we wish to now – take you all through a meditation where you can use this visualization intention and technique on this special day the 21st of January lunar Eclipse – and in your daily meditations to create a portal in which you can unify your consciousness to increase the existing energy field around your planet, grounding light into Gaia’s new 5th incarnational core.
We wish to take you through this meditation where you can use your antennas to anchor light. Close your human eyes and open your third eye, and breathe. Breathe in the breath of the creator into your being. Relax your shoulders. Open your high heart, and state your intention to use this meditation as a tool to bring the Light to the surface of the planet.
Now Visualize a pillar of brilliant white-blue Photonic Light emanating from the Universal Cosmic Central Sun that is the Mother-Father God Core. See this light then being distributed to all Central Suns of all galaxies in this universe.
Then visualize this light entering through the your Galactic Central Sun. Then going through a powerful Stargate, the Alcyone Pleiadian stargate. Then moving through another powerful Stargate, the Sirius stargate. Then entering our Solar System and going through all beings of Light. We, your Galactic Family, inside your Solar System now. Then visualize this light entering into all our fleet ships where we will contribute to this light on our fleet ships and our motherships. Then anchor the light through your Soul-Star Chakra located six inches above the crown chakra, The Soul Star Chakra is the “stellar pathway.” And “Seat of the Soul.“ It is your 9th Chakra. So see this Photonic light entering through the 9th Chakra and going down into your body through all your Chakras into the core of the planet Gaia’s heart and soul. And then project this light out into humanity to all life on Earth.
Now see beloveds !!! The manifestation that you beloveds have created, that you can manifest as heaven on Earth and the compression breakthrough you as co-creators have created and be the change now as we deliver this light-encoded channelled message to you. There are many Delta Operations still taking place on and around your planet.
The Messages have been broadcasted by many of our Earth ambassadors as there are many divisions within our Command and Sister Federation fleets. There are many operations taking place to usher in the new energies. And as you say in your human tongue we are conducting many operations of light for the final push to your collective .
So beloveds, Be the change. You have free will, beloveds. So go within into your hearts and feel this inner knowing and if you feel compelled to take action, then anchor in the light with the meditation given by our channel on the 21st January Lunar Eclipse, that many of you wonderful ground crew warriors are transmuting on a daily basis.
We of the Ashtar Command and Jupiter Command with all our Airborne Divisions and Forces Of Light, take our leave with love and blessings, We love you with all our hearts,
We are with you always ❤️
Channelled Message By
Ria Aurora Athena Ash
1/12/19 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
sananda.website
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We have been examining the paths that you have taken in this lifetime to get to where you are as a collective, and we can see that you have been taking steps forward throughout human history in spite of seemingly insurmountable odds. There have been times when human life on Earth has been nearly completely wiped out, and you have endured many other hardships and struggles to get you to where you are today.
Now, your lives have become easier because of the technological advances that you have made, but those technological advances would not have been possible without the advancement of the human consciousness. You see, you are the ones who are creating all of this. The e.t.s are not creating it. Technology is not creating your reality either, and you cannot blame any condition on the bad guys on your planet and in the galaxy.
You are the ones who are dictating how quickly you expand and evolve the human consciousness, and all the others are just playing their roles. So you have nothing to fear. You only give yourselves the illusion that there is something to fear from time to time.
But we advise you to go within yourselves to feel for the evolution of your consciousness because in so doing, you will take your attention off of all of the distractions and all of the illusions, everything outside of you that tells you that there is some sort of force that is preventing you from moving forward and accessing your power. There is no such force, no matter how it might look.
Any limitation that you experience is self-imposed, and even when that limitation comes in the form of something outside of you, that is by agreement. So our advice is to relax, spend more time going within, and recognize how much access you have to the limitless power that can only be found within you and that will never be replaced by something or someone outside of you.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
1/11/19 Mike Quinsey's Higher Self and Sananda on The Event
Tree of the Golden Light
Information coming through many reliable sources, not unexpectedly gives much detail about the coming “Event”. I believe it is correct to say that no one knows exactly when it will take place, except that it is coming very soon and to this end much information is being released to prepare us for it. My impression is that the Event will take place approximately around 2028, so at least you will have some idea as to when. However, as the years pass it almost certain that firm indications will be possible, and we should expect to have a much better idea of the timing of the Event. By the time we near the end we should have made immense progress because as the vibrations continue to lift up, we will have been enjoying a period of growth without the interference of the dark Ones. There are profound advancements in living standards that will be released but only when it is the “right time” to go ahead. Life will change for the better never to go back to where it was previously. The Light has won the battle for your souls and will continue the upliftment without fear of interruption.
For those of you who have not yet read a fully detailed version of what to expect, I have taken an extract as follows that details the core of the message.
SANANDA: The Great Event is Coming.
Simply put, the Event is a singular, cosmic, completely visible, planetary-scale ‘explosion’ of Divine Light and Love on Earth. These powerful waves of Divine Light and Love will come straight from the God Source channeled through the Great Central Sun. They will pass through your galaxy and planetary systems, to arrive and encompass all of the Earth in ONE single moment ~ reaching all living within the planet at the same time. Gaia and all of her inhabitants will be able to see and feel the Event, and not a single person will remain unaffected afterwards.
What is likely to happen during the Event is that the incarnate souls will feel a powerful undeniable surge of the following feelings all mixed in together – Unconditional Love, Divine Bliss, Complete Acceptance of who you are, Divine Grace, Blessings and strong feelings of finally being home again. During this powerful energy surge, some of you will be able to witness the appearance of an Ascended Master, Leaders and Founders of the religions/faiths that you believe in or have a close spiritual connection with. For example, if you are a Christian, you may see a vision of Lord Jesus and will be able to talk to Him personally. If you are a Buddhist, you may see a vision of Siddhartha Gautama the Buddha, and be able to have a private conversation with Him. You will instantly be able to recognize who they are by the very powerful Light and loving vibrations they emanate, and by your own eternal connection with the souls of these highly-evolved Light Beings.
Even after reading what is written above, it will be challenging for most of you to even imagine what the Event will feel like, because you do not yet have a previous life experience as a starting point of reference to compare it with from within this lifetime. However some of you reading this had experienced something similar to the Event during your meditation/spiritual awakening, but in a much smaller scale. If you belong to this latter group, bear in mind that whatever you had previously felt in the past you will feel all of the above feelings again, but magnified more than a thousand times during the coming Event.
What will happen after the Even, and this is where it gets a little bit tricky to explain. Every one of you will perceive and process the Event differently, depending on the type of soul group you belong to among the four different soul groups.
END OF EXTRACT.
Dear Ones, the dark night has passed and the Light is now the dominant force upon Earth. So please try to release yourselves from any attachment to that which is the remnant of the negativity that still abounds on Earth. Be assured it is in its dying days and is slowly losing its power to interrupt the progress of those who tread the Path of Light. You have waited so long for the time that is manifesting now, and soon you should see the signs that indicate great changes are coming that will be beneficial to those on the Path of Light. There is more help for you than ever before and you only have to ask your Guides for help and they will be there for you. Indeed some of you will become aware of contact being made with you in your dreamtime by recalling the experience upon awakening. Such contacts will become more common and you are likely to “feel” the presence of your Guides in your waking state.
The time you are in now is very different to that prior to 2012, as you have already grown in your understanding because of the powerful Light that now pervades the Earth. It will help fully awaken those who are ready to move into the Light, and with an expansion of consciousness they will quickly move onto the Path of Light. There cannot be any other outcome as the Creator has decreed that Ascension will take place, and no mortal or even awakened soul can alter your decreed destiny even if they so desired. As you become more enlightened so your mere presence and vibrations will help uplift those around you. Help them by all means if they express a desire for more information, but try not to go beyond that which they wish to know. When they are ready, you may be sure that they will seek answers from you or someone else who is capable of giving that information.
The curtain has lifted and the truth of all matters is on hand, and as you seek so shall you be led to those sources or people that can help you. Many advanced souls are on Earth who have been waiting for this time, some are the younger generations who have come with advanced knowledge and information to share with you, and help give answers where their experience is needed, and you only have to ask for it.
I leave you with love and blessings, and may the Light brighten your days and path to completion. It is certainly needed in the middle of so much confusion.
This message comes through my Higher Self.
In Love and Light.
Mike Quinsey.
1/1/19 The Webmaster Answers Questions
A writer has asked if I would ask my ET friends some questions. I do not think of myself as a channeler per se, though I do for myself. But when I read his email I immediately thought "up", like a flower opening up to the sun, placing my mind into neutral to receive. Instantaneously I received the chills, which means I've connected and they are way ahead of me. They probably even stimulated the writer to ask these questions. So I started typing spontaneously back to the writer. I am posting it here because it gives an idea how to make your OWN connection with the ETs, angelics or ascended masters, all of whom reside on higher planes from us and are eager to connect with us but we have to learn how to receive.
Writer: Do you, can you ask scientific questions to your friends ETs? I have some questions and their answers can be YES or NO. For example: 1) Is the String Theory correct in the present Physics?
Webmaster writes: Well, let me see here. I will tune in (getting the chills so they are listening). Here is what they say:
String theory: Yes, string theory is the most important of all the theories put forth so far by the human mind. But it goes beyond the mind. There is another way to integrate knowledge with your mental understanding. It is important that you "feel" your way into this. Let us try to explain. There is something within the human being that is directly connected, and I mean DIRECTLY connected to the source of life. We are not more connected than you. It is a matter of your "feeling" for that connection and trusting that connection to open the connection. Do you understand? Let us move on to question number 2.
Writer: In this moment is it better to study Quantum Mechanics?
Webmaster: Quantum Mechanics. Yes, you may study quantum mechanics, but quantum means going past all that has been said before. The quantum is reaching into the consciousness of yourself that is not conditioned by the mind. Quantum is intelligence. Human beings have captured intelligence up to a point and written about it, but there is more. So much more. If you would study quantum mechanics, then go into your meditation and - use a meditation that neutralizes your "thinking" mind so that it is like glass and sit there and allow the universe to speak to you. That is what Einstein did. He often made mention of how he connected with the universe. This is what you should do to connect with knowledge that is beyond your own mind. Neutralize your mind.
Writer: Can they help us about the Riemann Zeta function?
Webmaster: The Riemann Zeta function. This is beyond Nancy's scope to allow information through. Use your own quiet time, as spoken above. Put the question to us and remain in the neutral position. No thinking. No churning of the mind. You would benefit using earphones of the 528 Hz music or higher to move into the delta zone when you undertake this mission.
Writer: Do they travel via Black Holes?
Webmaster: Black holes are not "things". They are connections. Yes, we travel through connections. You may travel the universe through connections. You are conditioned to think you are separate. You see in duality, in opposites, in linear fashion, as if "here" is closer than "there". One looks "at" another or hears voices "from" another or observes another as outside yourself. Connection is merging with the new information. It is mind to mind. When we travel we connect with our destination. Our "ships" are not "things" separate from us. They are extensions of our minds. We can manifest a "ship". This is what is meant by quantum. It is an extension of our consciousness to include another. To contact us, put aside your mental "trying". Your mind must be still. It takes practice to still your mind, to stop thinking and allow your awareness to be simply open. The meditation music will help you to put your mind to stillness. Then we can connect with you. Your analytical minds keep us out. Have a question in mind before you go into stillness. Nancy can tell you more. She has had practice stilling her mind. She connects with us in that way and receives direction and information as if the thoughts were her own. Mind to mind. She has learned to recognize the difference between her mind and what is coming through her from beyond her, but still she does not always trust it. This is good practice for her to answer questions you have put to us. She works "with" us, not as a separate entity from us. (End)
Webmaster: It is me speaking now, Jose. I have an interesting story to relate. I keep lots of journals of my experiences. After meditation one night in 2012 as I drifted off to sleep, I saw clearly a very large circular mother ship descending down out of the clouds. It was appearing out of nothingness, as if in the process of manifesting. Our Hollywood experts have mastered the art of illusion and shown this exactly on film, but this I saw in my mind's eye. It was in the midst of the manifesting process, coming closer to Earth. It had not yet become totally physical but it was beautiful to see. I was aware of the interdimensional aspects we are dealing with, of higher octaves and lower octaves. Higher thinner space, lower compacted space. They are not cloaked in the way we might think, as in Harry Potter's invisibility cloak. They are descending at the same ratio that we are able to ascend our own consciousness. We are coming into view of each other. We are preparing to make contact.
Thank you J for allowing me to interact with you and the ETs.
Namaste,
Nancy
1/2/19 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
sananda.website l connected.
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We are interested in co-creating with all of you on Earth. We are excited to see the ideas that come to you and that help to bring about your version of the fifth dimensional experience. You know that there is always a certain amount of co-creating going on because you understand that we are all connected.
Even something that you create without the help of any other human has a connection to the non-physical realm, and you had to have been inspired by something or someone that you experienced there on Earth. So everything is collaboration and co-creation, and more and more of you are getting that.
We invite you to reach out and up to connect with us regarding your desired co-creations. We are not only happy to assist, but we also have very little else to do. So we often work on projects, even before we are asked for our help, and we will continue to co-create with all of you at night when you are asleep.
There is certainly much more for us to gain from connecting with all of you because of the multitude of experiences you’re having and emotions you’re feeling. We are always available. There is never a line to wait in. We are always open, as well, to new ideas for collaboration.
And so, you can think of us as your number one supporters, no matter what the endeavor. And if you feel for our support and our energy, while you are embarking on one of your action journeys, you will absolutely feel the support that we are giving.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you."
1/1/19 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
sananda.website
January 1, 2019: You are High Frequency Conduits
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you. We are placing a great deal of our attention on how humanity is going to handle the influx of energies that you are receiving at this time. The reason why it is important for us to notice how you are handling the energies is because we need to constantly monitor how much transformation you are ready for.
Now, some of you are ready to become your higher selves completely and ascend to the fifth dimension, but most of you are not. Most of humanity needs to experience much more of that fourth dimensional energy before they are ready to transform completely.
Sometimes when you add high frequency energy to an equation it doesn’t always give you the results you might expect. So most of humanity is being slowly coaxed into the hot bath of the fifth dimensional energies. But when those of you who are awakened are able to handle more, you sort of filter the energies for the rest of the collective.
The energies move through you, they transform you, and then they are made available to the rest of humanity in that filtered form, which is a bit watered down. The trees and the animals do this as well, and you have joined them in their mission to help humanity, to ready all of you, for those very high frequency energies that are coming at the time of the shift.
Now, when you perform an energy healing on someone, you send them the highest frequency energies they are ready for. When you send someone a transmission of love, you are literally sending that love at the highest frequency they are capable of handling. We are watching. We are monitoring, and we are working with you.
So you can relax and know that you are doing enough just by being there and by being open to receive. This shift is not about doing, and it’s not about defeating any dark forces. This shift is about all of you being the highest frequency conduits of energy you can possibly be.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
January 2, 2019: The year of Conscious Receiving
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you. We are planning to assist all of you in the sneakiest ways that we possibly can because we need to find the cracks that you will create for us so that we can slip in the help that you want and need. You are constantly in a state of creating, asking, processing, or receiving, and you are mostly not in that receiving mode that is so important.
So we have to look for opportunities, as do your guides and the other high frequency beings who want to help. We are all seeking to find those cracks where you are allowing yourselves to surrender into the moment so that you can receive.
Most of you are tense, afraid, resistant, or sad for the vast majority of your waking hours, but you’re not any of those things enough, in terms of intensity, to notice. That’s why we will guide you towards that which is joyous to you, that which you love to do. We will guide you towards play, as will the faeries, so that you will open up and let in that which you have summoned.
Now of course, you do a lot of receiving while you are asleep, but then when you wake up your consciousness re-enters your body, and since your mind is unaware of what just happened, you go about your day as if you haven’t received everything you’ve been asking for. Those downloads can sit in your energy field for years before you inadvertently let them in.
We want you to recognize how much you are receiving, and take a few moments right after you wake up to let it in. Put yourself in that receiving mode before your mind starts telling you about all of the things that you need to do, or at the very least worry about, and you can make this year be the year of conscious receiving.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
January 3, 2019: The Energies that are coming your way
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you. We have taken every possible precaution to ensure that you will never receive more of our energy than you are capable of handling. We are working with many other beings to ensure that humanity is never overloaded overwhelmed, and we also monitor your activity in terms of how much physical action you are taking versus how much rest and relaxation your bodies require.
And so, this is where your ascension symptoms come into play. They will slow you down when you need to be slowed down, and they will get you to go within when going within is what serves you. When you are at rest, you are more likely to feel what you are feeling, and if there is anything that we would like to convince you to do more of, it is the feeling of your emotions.
We would also like to introduce you to the vast array of vibrations that you have within you to choose from, but you do need to get through certain emotions first. You cannot just jump right past the main course and start on dessert. So these are the things that we pay attention to as we watch you, and as we said, there are many other beings who are assisting in the observation and the recalibration.
We are working together so harmoniously with that common goal of making sure you are ready for the next big download of energies, and you can help us out by making sure that you are hydrated, well-rested, and grounded in your physical bodies. You can also take better care of yourselves by letting go of foods and beverages that you know do not serve you, and you can all benefit from a cleanse every once in a while.
You are wanting to have the cleanest and most pure of vessels for the energies that are coming your way.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
12/30/18 Webmaster answers questions
A writer asks: I am happy to have found this site. I want to know more. I have always innately been led to serve and help. But my life has been difficult and I don't know why.
Webmaster: We are all having difficulty in these days, we who are led to serve and help, which is the sign of a lightworker from higher planes. This has been a most horrendous planet to bring light to, but it is working. The light is radiating. Do you receive Pleiadian channeled material? They are the extraterrestrials who are closes to us. We have their DNA in our bodies, and they have a most wonderful philosophy to guide us. Also there are the Arcturians by various channels, and Andromedans, and Sirians, all of the Light forces, the Light fleet under Ashtar's Command, who is an ascended master from very high dimensions. He leads the light forces here. Now on to your questions.
Writer: How can we recognize GFL? Light workers from dark entities?
Answer: By feelings of hope, upliftment, peace, love, kindness - it's a radiation of love and light from Source. Dark entities will cause feelings of disharmony, discouragement, fear, confusion. Anything less than peace, love, light, harmony, sense of bliss that feels like you're home. Anything less than that is spewing negative energies. This is just about everyone you'll meet to some degree, because human beings are not evolved yet. A few are, but not many. You can tell by your wanting to be close to them and maybe you want to hug them. I do sometimes when I see someone that feels so good to me, I just want to hug them close. But again, we don't see many of them in physical form. Be astute and aware that if you are sensitive, as you say you are, and having difficulty fitting in, well, then, you're one of us. One of the lightworkers here and you are casting your light out into the world around you, helping to uplift the world. You don't have to "do" anything, but just be here and radiate the peace. The world has been dark for a long time, but people are gradually learning how to stop being so negative. It's up to each one. You can receive the feelings from the Galactic Federation best when you're alone, like in meditation, or as I was out in the back pasture a little while ago lying on a sheet looking up at the sky and listening to the most beautiful music through earphones. I had connection with them and felt a stream of love enter me. It caused me to feel intense loving emotion, which I don't normally feel. This is a sign someone up there cares and is beaming love down at you.
Writer: What about persons who have lost their homes to foreclosure fraud/banks? Will there be some sort of restitution for them?
Answer: The people who lost their homes and loved ones through disasters are each one being taken care of. Each one of them has an oversoul guiding them and leading them to their rightful place. Each horrible circumstance that a person goes through is a lesson to them. We should not look at them and feel sorrow, but rather look at them (when they enter our minds) and bless them. Feeling sorrow is a negative. We don't want to send thoughts of negative out to anyone. We need to send blessings out. Just know that they are being taken care of. Their circumstances can't be judged because there are factors involved on a soul level that we know nothing about. My nephew age 53, healthy as a horse, never went to a doctor, a beautiful clean gentle soul, wonderful family of three kids and wife, died in his sleep several weeks ago. I was fortunate to be able to connect with him after he passed, and he was simply called home. He's needed on another plane. It was a choice made on another level that we don't know about and his poor family are devastated but he is delighted to be returning to the light. He tried as best he could to express sorrow for leaving them, but he expressed how small this life is compared to the oversoul's mission and plan. He was happy to be "about his father's business". When we are in body we are to learn to bless everything that comes our way. If it's a foreclosure on a home, bless it and be filled with gratitude because THAT is the light shining on the situation that will help the people smoothly onto the next step smoothly. It is a surrendering of the ego's small and petty wants and whining, to the greater good for that very soul and its family. This is true for everything that we might see as a "negative". I know a lot of people whining about their "negatives". I have learned to bless them and today I live a charmed life.
Writer: When will Nesara happen?
Answer: I suspect it is very close, but no one knows for sure. It feels close to me. I've been watching for this for 50 years, ever since George Adamski said, "They will be landing any day now." Ha! Fifty years later I'm still waiting. But I have more information. I understand it better. There has to be a lining up of the planets energies - forces that we can't see. Dark energies vs. light energies and middle of the road energies. The extraterrestrials are doing everything they are allowed to do to bring it about, but they must follow the prime directive from source. They have the ability to measure what effect the announcement will have on the wider population at any given moment. They are monitoring the rise in mass consciousness and the population's ability to accept the news without going into fear. They have such advanced technology they can read the sum total of the mass consciousness minute by minute, and what effect the announcement will have. There are several announcements that are tied into this "event". It is said that NESARA needs to be announced first, then the currency reset, then the announcement that extraterrestrials are here and always have been. These three things will come together, but I understand NESARA is the big one and needs to come first. We are all waiting. The Galactic Federation is also waiting for the signal from source. Even they do not know because it's up to the people - when will they be ready to accept this? Keep sending light and blessing everything you see, including the air you inhale and the food you eat and the water you drink and the people you pass on the street. Every negative - turn it into a positive. Don't find fault, find a way to bring it back into alignment. That's the work of a lightworker like yourself. Bless the difficulties you are having. Take time out to listen to beautiful music with headphones on, outdoors, lying on Mother Earth and looking up into the sky. Imagine you are entering into the sun and going right on through. It's a portal. Here's a link to some absolutely beautiful music:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Leob7Fv1ibM
Thanks for writing. Rest assured that we are all waiting together for the big announcement.
12/22/18 Pleiadian Light Forces Transmission (on 12/19/18)
https://primedisclosure.com/the-event-the-new-earth-is-dawning/
THE EVENT- THE NEW EARTH IS DAWNING – 12:21 GATEWAY!
BY MICHAEL LOVE
GREAT ONES,
IN TWO EARTH DAYS, A MAJOR CELESTIAL EVENT IS GOING TO TRANSPIRE ON THIS PLANET MAKING WAY FOR THE LONG AWAITED NEW EARTH!
IT IS TIME! ARE YOU READY? WE ARE THE PLEIADIANS AND WE HAVE COME INTO YOUR SOLAR SYSTEM EN-MASSE TO STAND BESIDE YOU IN YOUR GRAND EVOLUTION! WE ARE SPEAKING TO MANY ON THE GROUND NOW BECAUSE THE TIME OF THE OLD EARTH IS SHORT!
WE HAVE BEEN WORKING AROUND YOUR SUN FOR A FEW EARTH MONTHS USING ADVANCED SOLAR TECHNOLOGY TO ALTER THE FREQUENCY OF THE CORONA, TO SEND YOU STEADY STREAMS OF GAMMA-PHOTON LIGHT TO PROPEL U INTO 5D BEFORE THE END OF 2018!
EARTH DEFENSE AND SECURITY AGENCIES HAVE SHUT DOWN ALL PUBLIC EYES TO THE SKY TO BECAUSE TENS OF THOUSANDS OR OUR CRAFT WERE SPOTTED AND EARTH LEADERS DID NOT WANT A HUMAN PANIC!
WE HAVE TO SAY WE AGREE WITH THEM BECAUSE DEAR ONES, HUMANS ARE NOT READY TO EVOLVE JUST YET!
WE ARE FOCUSED AT THE MOMENT ON UPGRADING ALL THE STARSEEDS ON EARTH TO 5 ACTIVATED STRANDS OF DNA BECAUSE U ARE MORE THAN READY AND THIS IS WHY WE HAVE COME SO CLOSE TO YOU RECENTLY!
WE HAVE DEPLOYED SEVERAL COVERT POSITIVE GALACTIC MILITARY OPERATIONS ON PLANET EARTH SINCE 9-11-2018 AND ALL OF THESE MISSIONS HAVE BEEN SUCCESSFUL! OPERATION DELTA IS A LAST MINUTE OPERATION TO PHYSICALLY REMOVE ALL FALSE NEGATIVE CONTROLLERS FROM THE FACE OF PLANET EARTH! THESE BEINGS HAVE KEPT HUMANITY IN THE DARK FOR OVER 350,000 YEARS AND THE COUNCILS OF LIGHT DECIDED THERE IS NO OTHER WAY BUT TO CLEAR THEM OUT OF THE WAY SO YOUR ASCENSION CAN TAKE PLACE!
WE ARE VERY CLOSE TO SUSTAINING THE 5D RESONANCE ON EARTH NOW AND YOU HAVE BEEN SEEING THIS 40 HERTZ ACTIVITY ON YOUR SCHUMANN RESONANCE CHARTS MORE FREQUENT NOW! THIS IS DUE TO A STEADY BEAM OF HIGH FREQUENCY IONIZED LIGHT PARTICLES WE HAVE BEEN SENDING TO YOU!
ANOTHER MAJOR MISSION WE HAVE DEPLOYED IS OPERATION FREEDOM EARTH WHICH DEALS WITH COMMUNICATIONS, FIRST CONTACT, AND AND NEW EARTH SYSTEMS, IS WELL UNDERWAY! WE CAN TELL YOU THAT THE OLD FIAT DEBT-BASED MONEY CONTROL SYSTEM IS BEING COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM EXISTENCE AS WE SPEAK! WE ARE WORKING WITH EARTH ALLIANCE MEMBERS NOW TO START PHASING IN AN AMAZING NEW QUANTUM COMMUNITY ABUNDANCE SYSTEM WHERE ALL BEINGS OF EARTH WILL BE MORE THAN CARED FOR! WE ASSURE U THAT LACK SHALL BE NO MORE IN THIS WONDERFUL NEW SPACE!
OPERATION STARDUST CONTINUES ON FOR ANOTHER COUPLE OF DAYS AS PLEIADIAN MEDICAL OFFICERS ARE WORKING TO HEAL AS MANY LIGHT BEINGS AS POSSIBLE USING ETHERIC ENERGY PROTOCOLD AND WE ARE PROMOTING THAT YOU ONLY INGEST HEALTHY, NATURAL ENERGY FOODS TO REMOVE ANY REMAINING TOXINS FROM YOUR PHYSICAL VESSELS.
THERE HAS BEEN A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF CLEARING DONE OVER THE LAST 30 EARTH DAYS AS MOST OF YOU ARE TURNING TO NATURAL ENERGY FOODS AND HEALTH PROTOCOLS! WE LAUNCHED THIS HEALTH MISSION FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF CLEARING SPACE INSIDE OF YOU DEAR ONES FOR WHAT IS ABOUT TO TRANSPIRE!
WE DEPLOYED 70,000 MORE LARGE CORONAL TANKER SHIPS ON TOP OF THE 30,000 THAT WERE ALREADY IN SOLAR ORBIT 1 EARTH WEEK AGO ON A SPECIAL JOINT MISSION WITH OTHER STAR NATION FLEETS FOR THE GRAND CLIMAX OF PLANET EARTH’S ASCENSION!
HERE IS THE BIG PLAN IN CASE U WANT TO KNOW:
WE ARE GOING TO SEND A GRAND PLASMA WAVE OF SUPER WHITE MAGNETIC LIGHT THAT WILL IMPACT THE EARTH STRAIGHT ON THAT WILL COMPLETELY IMMERSE ALL OF YOUR LAYERED BODIES IN A 40+ GAMMA ENERGY FIELD WHICH WILL COMPLETELY ACTIVATE ALL UPPER 4D RESONANT BEINGS FULLY INTO THE 5TH FREQUENCY!
YOUR SCHUMANN RESONANCE CHARTS WILL BECOME FULLY WHITE WITH IONOSPHERIC ACTIVITY AND BEHOLD, YOUR NEW 5D EARTH WILL BEGIN TO OPEN UP RIGHT BEFORE YOUR VERY EYES! THIS WHITE LIGHT EXPERIENCE WILL PRODUCE A EUPHORIC BLISS STATE FOR ALL OF YOU AND YOU WILL BECOME COMPLETELY FREE AND UNINHIBITED FOR THE FIRST TIME IN MODERN EARTH HISTORY!
THE SUPER GATE IS ALREADY OPEN AND WE ARE EXPANDING IT EACH HOUR TO CULMINATE ON 12-21!
THIS MULTIDIMENSIONAL PORTAL WILL ALLOW SUPER HIGH VIBRATIONAL LIGHT AKASH TO POUR INTO THE EARTH AND INTO YOUR AURIC FIELDS WHERE IT IS CARRIED AT ONCE INTO YOUR DNA! YOUR CELLS WILL BE INSTANTLY RE-CODED TO A HIGHER ORDER AND YOUR LAYERED BODIES WILL BE ABLE TO PROCESS A MUCH MORE ADVANCED LEVEL OF COSMIC DATA CAUSING YOUR OUTWARD MATRIX REALITY TO MORPH INTO THE NEW EARTH/HEAVEN FREQUENCY! WE KNOW THAT UNCONSCIOUS HUMANS HAVE NO CLUE ABOUT WHAT IS TRANSPIRING AND TO THEM NOTHING IS HAPPENING AT ALL OUT OF THE NORM!
DO NOT BE CONCERNED WITH THIS BECAUSE SOON AFTER THIS GRAND SOLAR FLASH THEY WILL ALL WAKE UP AS WELL FROM THEIR LONG SLUMBER! IT WILL REQUIRE ALL 4.5 BILLION OF YOU STARSEEDS STATIONED ON EARTH IN HUMAN BODIES TO HEAL THEM, LOVE THEM AND GUIDE THEM! THERE IS A LOT OF PEOPLE COMING SO DO ALL U CAN DO TO PREPARE YOUR SPIRITUAL SERVICE TO OTHERS PROTOCOLS NOW!
WE WANT YOU TO START DOING THIS FULL TIME AND TO CREATE A WONDERFUL NEW CREATIVE HOME BUSINESS OUT OF IT WHERE U CAN BE FREE FROM THE STRESS OF OLD 3D LABORS!
MANY OF YOU KNOW INSIDE THAT THE GREAT TIME HAS COME AND WE HAVE DONE ALL WE CAN TO GIVE U AS MANY SIGNS OF HOPE AS POSSIBLE! THINGS WILL NOT GO ON AS THEY ALWAYS HAVE ON EARTH AND CHANGE HAS COME! KNOW THAT WE ARE YOUR HIGHER SELVES AND YOU ARE ABOUT TO CONNECT WITH US! WE ARE SIMPLY A HIGHER VERSION OF YOU THAT CAME BACK FROM YOUR FUTURE TO ASSIST YOU IN THIS GREAT TIME! WE ARE THE GREAT CELESTIAL ANGELS OF LOVE SPOKE OF OLD AND WE HAVE DESCENDED DOWN TO EARTH!
IN TWO EARTH DAYS GREAT ONES, SOMETHING MAGNIFICENT IS GOING TO TRANSPIRE!
THIS CHANGE THAT IS COMING WILL FIRST BE TRIGGERED INSIDE OF ALL OF YOU AND YOU SHALL BRING FORTH A NEW EARTH AND A NEW HEAVEN WHERE SUFFERING AND TEARS AND LACK SHALL BE NO MORE!
IT IS TIME LOVES! WE HAVE COME FROM EVERY CORNER OF THE UNIVERSE TO WITNESS THIS GRAND EVENT AND WE ARE GIVING YOU THE LAST PUSH NEEDED TO HELP YOU TAKE YOUR PLACE AS COSMIC CITIZENS!
WE SAY GLORY TO THE EARTH AND GOOD WILL! WE HAVE SENT OUR GALACTIC HAIL SIGN TO MANY OF YOU AND IF YOU SAW IT, THIS MEANS YOU HAVE A SPECIAL PLACE IN ALL OF THIS AND WE WILL BE MEETING WITH YOU FIRST!
YOU HAVE THE NOTION THAT WHEN YOU MEET US YOU WILL FEEL AS IF YOU HAVE KNOWN US FOREVER. THAT’S BECAUSE YOU HAVE! WE ARE JUST LIKE YOU! WE ARE THE ONES THAT LOVE YOU MORE THAN ANYTHING AND WE WILL LITERALLY GIVE YOU A WARM CELESTIAL EMBRACE OF LOVE WHEN WE CONNECT AGAIN! IT IS TIME FOR A GRAND RE-UNION AND A FREEDOM CELEBRATION WILL BREAK OUT ALL ACROSS THIS PLANET AS IT IS LIBERATED AFTER EONS OF BEING IN THE DARK! NOW LET US MAKE OUR FINAL PREPARATIONS GREAT ONES AS THE 12:21 SOLAR PORTAL FULLY OPENS!
IT IS TIME FOR YOU TO RECEIVE YOUR UNIVERSAL REWARD GREAT ONE FOR ALL THAT YOU HAVE DONE AND ALL THAT YOU HAVE ENDURED! CONGRATULATIONS FOR YOUR MAGNIFICENT ACHIEVEMENTS, YOUR LONG MISSION ON EARTH WAS A SUCCESS! BE VERY PROUD BECAUSE LOOK AT WHAT YOU HAVE ACCOMPLISHED! WE SALUTE YOU AND WE ARE RIGHT HERE BESIDE YOU UNTIL ALL THINGS ARE FULFILLED! THANK YOU FOR COMING TO EARTH AT THIS TIME AND FOR SACRIFICING EVERYTHING ON BEHALF OF THIS ENTIRE WORLD!
YOU ARE THE GREAT ONES SPOKEN OF OLD THAT OVERCAME THE WHOLE WORLD! WE GIVE YOU THE HIGHEST LOVE, GOD-SPEED!
12/7/18 Planetary Liberation
http://www.xekleidoma.info/plans.html
https://2012portal.blogspot.com/
Basically there are three phases in the plans of the light forces for planet Earth and its inhabitants:
1. Loosening the grip of the dark forces by weakening and eliminating their power structures and technological controls, increasing awareness among the general population and preparing for the Event.
2. Taking over from the dark forces, kicking off with fundamental changes in governance, finance, media, healthcare and science and bringing Cabal members to justice
3. Cleaning up and healing the planet and human beings, revealing the hidden history of Earth, disclosing the existence of extraterrestrial intelligence and bringing people back to full consciousness.
We are nearing the end of phase 1 and are getting ready to commence phase 2, which will start at the time of the Event. The Event will be heralded by the Event flash, which is a very powerful energy pulse that will be sent by the Pleroma through the Galactic Central Sun and that everyone will feel to some degree depending on each person's sensitivity. Upon arrival of this flash on Earth the current financial system will be shut down immediately and mass arrests of all Cabal members worldwide will commence. This will be broadcast live on television for everyone to witness. After the dust of phase 2 has settled and people have come to understand what is going on and why it is happening we will move into phase 3, which is intended to clean up the mess that has been created by the irresponsible and dark rule of the Cabal and to reveal the whole untainted truth to all of humanity. After this phase is completed no intensive assistance from the light forces will be needed anymore and everyone will have the options at their disposal that best fit their individual needs and desires.
What has been accomplished so far
A lot has been accomplished in the years following the Treaty of Anchara that was concluded in 1994. Although things on Earth got worse initially due to the remaining dark forces withdrawing from Orion and concentrating their forces in the solar system and around Earth, from the turn of the century onwards the light forces were able to mount a counteroffensive and gradually conquer and clear deep underground and undersea military bases. This was partly done by Earth's own government officers and soldiers that are aligned with the light forces, partly by the Resistance Movement and partly by humanoids from other star systems. As a result some 500 million physical reptilians were removed from the planet, many human hostages were liberated and taken to Galactic Confederation spheres for recovery and healing and the shelters where the Cabal was planning to hide after fomenting a third world war have been rendered inoperable. Also many smaller bases of the dark forces on moons and asteroids in the solar system have been taken over by the light forces, their technologies that strengthened the veil and pulled in anomalous energy from the surrounding cosmos have been cleared and more human hostages have been liberated.
In 2010 most physical implants that were administered through vaccination programs and that reinforced programming have been removed by the Resistance Movement from the human population by use of a special technology that could be operated from a distance. Plasma implants that suppress higher knowledge have not been fully removed yet, but have been made less effective in their functioning. In subsequent years billions of non-physical reptilians and other negative entities have been removed from the plasma and etheric planes. Mass meditation portal activations done in 2012 have completely erased all negative future timelines so that any plans of the Cabal for global cataclysms stand no chance to come to fruition. Many black operations programs and human cloning laboratories that were operated by the Cabal have been cleared and shut down. Most sensational is that the great majority of gold held in central bank and Cabal vaults has been removed by the Resistance Movement and the Cabal is left with a fiat currency system based on thin air. What is lying in the central bank vaults now are tungsten bars coated with gold. In order to get their hands on some gold the Cabal has set up gold buying shops in every city and town throughout Western countries and intensified gold mining operations.
The inner Earth civilizations have expanded their contacts between themselves, with the Resistance Movement and with benevolent extraterrestrials and have invigorated the Agartha network. On the surface of the planet Event support groups have been formed that will assist in leading developments in the right direction during and immediately after the Event and in calling to life the many humanitarian, environmental, social and cultural projects that will be set up. In early 2015 all physical strangelet and toplet bombs of the Chimera group have been cleared. In 2016 the clearing of all plasma strangelet bombs was completed. Since the solar system outside the area directly surrounding our planet has been cleared of the presence of negative beings the disintegration process of Yaldabaoth has started. The first step was the creation of a tachyon membrane inside the moon orbit by the Pleiadians that effectively cut the head of Yaldabaoth from its tentacles. As a result of the February 26, 2017 mass meditation the tentacles of Yaldabaoth have been fully dissolved and no plasma anomaly could be found anymore outside the area directly above the surface of the planet. Now the head of Yaldabaoth that contains the remaining plasma toplet bombs is being disintegrated. In February 2018 we have entered the termination phase of the planetary liberation; shallow underground military bases are being cleared of Cabal presence and dosed surface operations have also commenced. In the summer of 2018 the funneling of anomalous plasma by the dark forces from the outskirts of the Milky Way through plasma filaments (higher dimensional threads or tunnels) into the implants of beings inside the Solar system has been terminated, effectively closing the tap while the water is being mopped up.
Approaching and reaching the Event
As the Event is getting closer and closer, the top Cabal members are getting more and more nervous as they are unwilling to surrender to the Light and be held accountable for the horrendous crimes and attrocities they have perpetrated. They are unsuccessfully seeking ways to avoid the inevitable, trying to turn the tide, create chaos, global conflict and destruction, but the large scale actions they plan are stopped every time by the light forces. Only small scale actions that kill or injure a few people here and there come to pass, so expect such unpleasant incidents to keep occurring frequently until the Event. I would advise the Cabal to come to terms with their fate and prepare for it mentally and emotionally instead of wasting more time on delaying further what must and will surely happen.
Once the Event is initiated many people will be shocked and confused with what is happening seemingly out of the blue. At that point the people like us who are in the know need to inform relatives, friends, acquaintances, the general public and people in leadership positions of what is going on, what is the intention and background of the Event and what is the end goal of it. This will limit the amount of chaos and avoid people freaking out and turning violent. The Event should take place as smoothly as is humanly possible for such a radical happening.
This is what will happen during the Event
- The immediate termination of the corrupt, debt based financial system (all digital transactions will be blocked, only cash transactions will continue)
- All financial instruments and derivatives worth dozens of times the real economy will be zeroed out
- Mass arrests of all Cabal members worldwide (corrupt bankers, politicians, presidents, officials, negative secret society members, black nobility, Jesuits etcetera)
- The mass arrests will be reported and broadcast live on television and general information about the Cabal and their institutionalized crimes will be distributed
This is what will happen shortly after the Event
- All off the books shadow accounts will be closed and zeroed out
- Illegal and fraudulent business agreements with the Cabal will be cancelled
- The billion dollar gold bonds that the Asian royal families received in the 1930s in exchange for their physical gold will be submitted to the Federal Reserve Board for the long overdue repayment in physical gold plus interest; as the Federal Reserve and their shareholders will be unable to repay them, it will cause a cascade of bankruptcies of all Cabal controlled banks and financial institutions
- All financial debts public and private will be cancelled in a one time worldwide debt reset
- A new fair and balanced, equity based financial system will be put into operation
- Documentaries, testimonies and evidence will be shown to the public detailing the diverse criminal and evil activities of the Cabal
This is what will happen some time after the Event
- All armed conflicts will cease as the instigators and financiers have been removed and rebels learn how they have been manipulated
- Multinational corporations will be split up and nationalized
- Cabal members who refuse to accept the Light will be taken to the Galactic Central Sun and have their soul reset, the others will be put on trial in courts of justice and answer for the crimes they committed in a truth and reconciliation process
- New worthy and conscientious leaders will take over the positions of power that used to be filled by Cabal members
- Prosperity funds will be released to all of humanity and assets illegally obtained by the Cabal will be redistributed
- Large scale projects will start to end poverty, stop destruction of nature and the environment, clean up the oceans and improve infrastructure
- Suppressed advanced technologies will be released and made available to be put into mass production, among which free energy devices are the most important
- Suppressed information about the presence of and past contacts with extraterrestrial beings will be disclosed
This is what will happen somewhat longer after the Event
- Extraterrestrial beings of light will meet face to face with human beings from Earth, first on an individual basis and later on a large scale in public
- Inner Earth humans will contact the surface population and establish official ties
- We will be reunited with our soul family and those of us whose soul doesn't originate from Earth will be able to return to their home planet
- The ascension plan for planet Earth will be announced and the ascension process will start
- Humans will be brought to their light chambers on the spheres of the Galactic Confederation to be brought to full consciousness
- Individuals and groups will be healed from the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual damage they have suffered and everyone will be held accountable for their individual role
- The negative people that are not affiliated with the Cabal will be re-educated and trained to live constructive lives
- Earth will be offered the opportunity to join the Galactic Confederation
The world after the Event
Only by living for some time in real liberty, free from debt, misery, exploitation, manipulation, wars, crime, lies, deceit and high treason, will people realize what a huge difference it makes to have overcome the dark forces. This is the normal way of living, to help and support each and every living being in their pursuit of happiness. The fucked up way of living (if you can call it living at all) that people have experienced before the Event will be gladly forgotten once the truth and reconciliation process has been rounded off. Many wonderful things will happen and everyone will get ample chance to develop their talents and deploy their abilities precisely in line with their deepest desires. As many of us have already acquired very remarkable and unique skills to surmount the setbacks, cope with the perils and bypass the obstacles that were put in our way, our services will be in high demand throughout the entire universe. And space travel will become a normal phenomenon in the near future.
Working weeks will be much less strenuous and will comprise about half of today's working hours due to introduction of more advanced technologies. The benefits of further automation and robotization will go to the general population and not to any elite. Private life will be easier as well because of the introduction of replicators (a much more advanced version of 3D printers). Costs of products will be significantly lower as a result of free energy and lower taxes. Technologies that pollute the environment will be phased out quite swiftly and replaced by clean production methods and transportation systems. There will be much stronger attention for spiritual development and everything that comes with it, it will become a matter of course to spend time on your spiritual nature. People will become psychic, clairvoyant and sensitive to other people's feelings; they will also learn to communicate telepathically.
Healthcare will undergo a revolutionary transformation as well, it will be based on energetic healing complemented with natural substances that have healing properties instead of operating by use of incisions and putting people on synthetic pharmaceuticals that only combat symptoms. Wholistic traditions that have fallen into oblivion or that have been abandoned in favor of "modern" hobbies and leisure activities will be revived as their true value and beauty is recollected. Architecture will change from a chiefly masculine style of design that emphasizes functionality, clarity and efficiency to a balanced style of design that incorporates feminine aspects like mystique, softness and beauty. Natural architecture takes its shapes from nature, while intuitive architecture uses intuition to combine masculine and feminine qualities in a perfectly balanced way. Industrial design, garden and landscape designs will show a similar development. Handicrafts that produce distinctive products both practical and beautiful at the same time will see a recovery once people don't need to turn every penny over twice.
Living your wildest dreams
The road is wide open for everyone to make their dreams come true once the environment has changed from being obstructive to being supportive. Even your wildest dreams will come in reach as light assumes its rule over the planet. Given the fact that love and sex are the strongest forces in nature and are two sides of the same coin, many people will desire to live out their untamed fantasies. I foresee this taking a wide variety of shapes and applications, and it should be intimately connected to intuition. Sex is the second or sacral chakra force, love the fourth or heart chakra force and intuition the sixth or third eye chakra force. All these are feminine forces and intuition will provide the clear perception of what a partner needs and desires beyond what is plainly observable.
A second core instinct of mankind is creativity, any person stripped of life's burdens and obligations will want to create. Again this is a sacral chakra feminine force, and it drives us to invent, design and build anything tiny to ultra large that we can come up with. Add the love to create things of beauty and add the intuition to create things of practical use and new creations will turn out splendidly.
A third core instinct of humans is self improvement, becoming more skillful (basal chakra), stronger (solar plexus chakra), more communicative (throat chakra) and wiser (crown chakra). These are masculine forces at work that ultimately make gods and goddesses out of ordinary men and women. So it doesn't matter which part of yourself you want to develop and explore more deeply and it doesn't matter if you are better than another or not, just follow your inspiration and grow into what you venture into.
The meaning of life is to love and be loved physically, mentally, emotionally and spiritually, to create marvelous wonders and to be the best you can be in any field of your preference.
12/5/18 Hollow Earth - Sharula Dux Interview
Interview with an Agarthan Royal
From www.goldenageofgaia.com
December 1, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Part 1 of 4
Steve Beckow: I'm compiling a book on Disclosure and our star family. This 1995 interview with Sharula Dux, spokesbeing for Agarthans who live under Mount Shasta, answers many questions we have about this below-ground civilization. Interview with Sharula Dux by Joanna Cherry
_____
Joanna: Princess Sharula Dux is a woman known to me for many years. Her message is amazing, yet simple: she is from Telos, a Lemurian city beneath Mt. Shasta. She has come to the surface to begin sharing her culture with ours, so that we might mutually benefit and become one whole civilization.
Several times over the years I have known her, I have heard Sharula speak. I have listened very carefully; never have I heard her contradict herself on the information, which to our ears is complex. She is unassuming; she has a good sense of humor, and gives a lot of love to those around her. She feels like an old and wise being.
In 1995, with Sharula's permission, I combined information from two tapes she recorded about Telos with my memory of her answers to questions I and others have asked her. I gave it in the form of an interview. She has approved it in its entirety.
Joanna Cherry: Sharula, why was Telos built?
Sharula Dux: Twenty-five thousand years ago, there were two major civilizations of Earth. One was based in the continent of Lemuria, or Mu, which included the area of much of the Pacific Ocean, the western United States, and parts of Asia. The other was Atlantis, over much of what is now the Atlantic Ocean and parts of Africa and Europe.
There was a disagreement between these two civilizations concerning the social and political evolution of the rest of the human race: Lemuria wanted the less advanced civilizations of Earth to remain free, and Atlantis wanted to govern or control them.
A lengthy war broke out between the two. These wars became so severe they even included thermo-nuclear warheads that karmic energies were set in motion that would eventually sink both continents.
JC: You used thermo-nuclear warheads? Is there any evidence of this that we can see today?
SD: Yes, the Gobi desert and the Sahara desert, to name just two. After the war, many of the Melchizedek priests and priestesses of Lemuria saw into the future, and foretold the sinking of the continent. They began to look for a place to move.
They settled on Mt. Shasta in the eastern part of Lemuria, a great mountain already considered sacred, and which they understood would be safe in the coming cataclysm. They decided to build underground, partly because of the shocks Earth would sustain from the sinking of two continents, and partly because the original atmospheric mantle of Earth had gone, subjecting life on the surface to harmful ultra-violet rays.
In deciding where to build their city, they came upon a great domed cavern within Mt. Shasta, several square miles in area and hundreds of feet high. This became the top level of Telos.
JC: Why was it named "Telos"?
SD: The whole southwestern United States was then called Telos, which means "union with spirit", so that name was chosen for the city. Four levels were built under the top level, five levels in all, and the city was built to house up to two million people.
JC: How many people live in Telos now?
SD: One and a half million. But it began with only 25,000 people, who moved into Telos 100 years before Lemuria sank. Very few others survived the earthquakes, tidal waves and volcanic activity that accompanied the sinking.
JC: When was this?
SD: About 12,000 years ago.
== Continued Part 2/4 - December 2, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Joanna Cherry: What about the Atlanteans? Did they build an underground city also?
Sharula Dux: Yes, under the Mato Grosso plateau of Brazil.
JC: Are there any other subterranean cities?
SD: Yes, in fact there is a whole group of subterranean cities called the Agartha Network. The Lemurians petitioned the Agartha Network to become a member. But as the people of the Agartha cities are wise and non-violent, Lemuria had to convince Agartha that it had learned from its mistakes and would embark upon a course of peace. This was done.
JC: How many cities are in the Agartha Network?
SD: One hundred twenty.
JC: Where exactly under Mt. Shasta is Telos?
SD: The domed cavern is over most of the base of Mt. Shasta, and the top of the dome is about halfway up the mountain. The fifth, lowest level is about a mile beneath ground level. Each level is several square miles.
JC: What are on the different levels of Telos?
SD: The top level under the dome is the main part of the city. Most people live there, most commerce takes place there, and that's where our public buildings are. It's the heart and soul of Telos. Directly in the center is the Temple we are a temple society built to hold 10,000 people. It is white and pyramid-shaped, with a capstone made of "livingstone", a substance from Venus. It looks crystalline, and emanates all the rays of the color spectrum.
The Temple is dedicated to the Order of Melchizedek, a cosmic priesthood of our universe, dedicated to embodying the light plan given to us by the higher levels of the Godhead. On the top level are also our council buildings and our record buildings.
We have records of Lemuria, Atlantis, Egypt, other past Earth civilizations, even civilizations of other planets. There is a building that manages the communications within Telos, between Telos and the other subterranean cities of Agartha, and places off-planet. It also monitors radio and TV from the surface.
JC: What about entertainment? Do you have fun in Telos?
SD: Indeed we do! We have pleasure places for sports, plays, films, music, and dancing. We have a place a lot like the Holodeck in Star Trek, where you create virtual reality for yourself in any adventure you want: climb a mountain, swim a river, go back in history, etc.
JC: Wow!
SD: We also have a building that houses multi-tracking, amino-based computers. These computers are alive. They operate on the Christ-mind and therefore cannot be corrupted.
They can read the records of the past. They can read your past lives if you wish and even show them to you. They can read your aura or the health of your body and tell you what you need. They can play your "soul note," which helps you to meditate clearly, and they can communicate with you on a soul level. They can communicate across galaxies. They help train the Christ mind in people, and we depend on them quite a bit.
JC: What a wonderful thing.
SD: On the second level, we have classes, manufacturing of clothes and furniture and other things, and more people living. On the third level are our hydroponic gardens, where we grow all our food. We've been vegetarian for over 12,000 years, and we live on vegetables, fruits, grains, nuts, soybeans etc.
Our crops grow in water; some minerals are added, but there's no fertilizer and no soil depletion. Our crops grow much faster than on the surface, and we're able to feed 1 1/2 million people from just a few square miles of land, and give enough variety for eating to be pleasurable.
JC: Do any of your supplies come from the surface?
SD: No, we trade with the other Agartha cities. The fourth level is half hydroponic gardens, part manufacturing and part nature. The fifth level is our nature level. People come here to relax. We've created lakes and grown tall trees, there's a park atmosphere. Animals live there, some of which no longer exist on the surface such as the saber-tooth tiger, the mastodon and the do-do bird. We were able to save them and bring them down to Telos.
JC: Do you keep them in zoos?
SD: No, people and animals get along peacefully in Telos. We've trained the carnivores to eat vegetarian food, and gradually they've lost their aggression. So literally, here the lion is lying down with the lamb! And you can actually play with a big cat, carefully!
JC: How can you live under the Earth? Do you have light?
SD: Yes, we have a process in which stones with a high crystalline content are fused with an electro-magnetic force field of energy. This causes the crystalline matrix of the stone to create a polarity that allows the stone to pull in invisible rays and re-emit them as visible, full-spectrum light. The stone becomes like a small sun, for about 500,000 years. We dim them at night to stay on the same 24-hour day as you have on the surface.
JC: What about air? How do you get enough oxygen?
SD: We've created an eco-system. We get our oxygen from the plants and trees that grow here, though some vents do go to the surface. Water in some areas moves at high speeds, circulating air and negative ions. This is so effective, we have less and less dependence on air vents, and this is good because even the air around Mt. Shasta is becoming more polluted.
JC: How do you get around in Telos?
SD: We do a lot of walking, but there are three ways we can travel more quickly. One is something based on crystalline technology and looks just like a basket. You get in, and the basket is guided by your mind, you lift up into the air and float to your destination. This is used for travel around the city.
The second method is an electro-magnetic sled that looks like a snowmobile, also used within the city. We can get from Mt. Shasta to Mt. Lassen, an extension of Telos [about 50 miles away], within a few minutes.
The third way is electro-magnetic trains that travel at thousands of miles per hour through tubes, never touching the sides. These are similar to your subway trains, and are how we travel to the other subterranean cities around the planet.
JC: Do you build your tubes like we build our subway tunnels?
SD: No. We created the tubes with a boring machine that melts rock and earth to white-hot incandescence and then cools it again instantly, forming a diamond-hard, water-tight substance that is also elastic enough to move with an earthquake, like rubber. We build walls the same way, and there are even subterranean cities under ocean water that have been built this way. We are preparing to bring this technology to the surface when the time is right.
JC: Sharula, could you be the "Bonnie" one author writes of in Mt. Shasta: Home of the Ancients?
SD: Yes, I am that one. In those days I used a name to fit more easily with your society. But when I came to the surface to stay for a time, I wanted to use my real name.
== continued Part 3/4 December 3, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Joanna Cherry: Are there others from Telos up here with us?
Sharula Dux: Yes, people from all subterranean cities have merged with life on the surface, to benefit both civilizations. Some of them are well known.
JC: How does a Telosian come to the surface?
SD: There are three ways. There are entrances on Mt. Shasta, with holographic screening devices to make them invisible from the outside. If somebody wants to enjoy the stars or wander a bit on the mountain, he�ll use these.
The second way is to take a tube, such as to Los Angeles or another subterranean city of the Agartha network. And finally, you can take a scout ship, one of the smaller "space ships" we have.
JC: So some of those ships we see are yours?
SD: Yes, we call them the Silver Fleet. Along with the scout ships, we have three large mother ships. When the mother ships come outthe mountain opens physically we don't want to scare people, so we've invented machines to create a cloud cover you call them 'cloud ships".
JC: Could one of us from the surface go down into Telos?
SD: In Telos there is no judgment of others, and we have telepathy between minds. Most people on the surface have judgment thoughts, and these are physically painful to a Telosian. Some are invited to go down, mostly students of spiritual masters. As the world changes into greater light and love, our two societies will come together. This will be a long-awaited and joyous time!
JC: When do you think that might be?
SD: We don't know yet; when there is enough readiness in people on the surface.
JC: Would you describe a typical life in Telos, from birth?
SD: Well, when a woman first realizes she's pregnant, she goes to a temple room where she's given lots of loving support and surrounded with beautiful pictures and music. She sees her baby as beautiful and perfect. This love and perfection go right into its cells. Wonderful building blocks! Both parents talk to the child with great love, sing to it, etc. So it really knows it is loved and wanted. Pregnancy lasts only three months. JC: Three months! But how does the baby survive?
SD: That's all a baby needs in the womb; it's born quite healthy and strong.
JC: What a difference!
SD: When the baby is ready to be born, the mother goes to a birthing section of the temple, where she's assisted by a birthing priestess. The birth is under water painless. which is best for both the mother and the baby.
JC: Why is that a good way?
SD: As birth usually is on the surface, the baby's umbilical cord is cut long before it is ready or able to breathe easily and naturally. Often it is struck in order to start its breathing, so its first breath is taken in pain and fear. This leads to people shutting down their breath during life being half alive! And to diseases such as emphysema and other lung problems.
When a baby is born in Telos, it slides right in to warm water. It feels right at home. It continues to be connected to the mother by the umbilical cord for perhaps half an hour, while it floats around and rests from the birth process, being loved and welcomed by its parents. Finally, it starts to breathe fully on its own. Only then is the cord painlessly cut with a laser.
For the next two years, the father stays home to help with this crucial time of the child's life. It's vital that both father and mother, female and male are present for a child to be fully balanced. Each child is given twelve sets of godparents, most often with children of their own. It spends time with all these families, and begins to feel like all the world is family. This discourages cliques from forming, and de-rigidifies family patterns.
Education begins at three years, and it's based on the intelligence of the child, not its ignorance. Meditation is taught, reading, dance, sports, math, acting, abstract concepts, playwriting. The kids are taught to think for themselves, and work things out. In a "play and learn" concept, they learn self-expression without violence. Beginning at age five, astral projection is taught, so that children can travel out of body and learn many things. They visit records of the past and view history for themselves; they visit the surface and even other planets. They learn that angels are real, and develop the faith to manifest from the unseen to the seen. They become wise and strong in themselves; there's no victimhood.
We call the teenage years the "years of temporary insanity." Kids join with others of their age under the supervision of wise and loving adults. They create plays, they might run wild in the lower caverns for a few days, scream and holler and let out their energy positively. They grow into whole adults, no alcoholism or other addictions.
JC: Is there any insanity on Telos?
SD: None.
JC: Any crime?
SD: No.
JC: How about poverty?
SD: No, everyone has what they need and want.
JC: What is a typical home like?
SD: Homes are based on sacred geometries, mostly spheres. Our public buildings look a lot like those of ancient Greece.
JC: Do you have electricity and appliances like we do?
SD: We've developed machinery to tap energy from the ethers, so we don't need electricity. Some appliances are similar to yours, but more advanced. We even have a replicator, as on your TV show Star Trek, but most of the time people like to cook for themselves.
== Continued Part 4 of 4. Interview with an Agarthan Royal. December 4, 2018 By Steve Beckow
Joanna Cherry: Is your food anything like a surface vegetarians?
Sharula Dux: Very similar. We've stolen some of your ideas; we love pizza! Also chocolate.
JC: Do you have pets in Telos?
SD: Yes, just like you.
JC: How tall are Telosians, on average?
SD: About a foot taller than surface folks.
JC: And what's the average life span?
SD: There's no aging in Telos. We are genetically exactly the same as you, but we know we do not age; so we don�t. There are a few American Indians in Telos, and they're hundreds of years or more old now.
JC: How old are you?
SD: 269. Most Telosians are between a few hundred and a few thousand years old. One man has been in his body for 30,000 years. We jokingly nicknamed him "Longest"! JC: So you're a youngster! What about dating? Do you get a gal who's 25 dating a guy who's 2,000?
SD: Often! (Laughs) JC: Is there any death in Telos?
SD: Yes, but it's rare. Sometimes a person dies in an accident. Pets do die.
JC: What happens when someone is ready to leave Telos?
SD: A large portion of people ascend, take their body into light and move into a lighter dimension. Others may not be ready to ascend, so they learn how to leave their body, and then dematerialize it.
JC: How does a society work where people just stay around?
SD: When people know they're going to live as long as they want to, and even stay young as long as they like, there comes a completely different feeling about life than you have on the surface. There's not that "You're only young once!" kind of wildness that happens a lot in your society, with reckless behavior and maybe even drugs or alcohol. Also, since you live for hundreds or thousands of years, you make sure you're taking care of the environment! You're more responsible. The most wonderful thing about living without aging or dying is that you get to do all the things you want to do. Up here, just about the time someone gets enough wisdom and knowledge to start really living, he's grown too old to do much with it.
JC: How is Telos governed?
SD: We have a Council of Twelve Plus One. The twelve who head the Temple are six men and six women, mostly ascended masters, people of high wisdom who stay balanced in any situation. They always set the good of the many above their own personal good, by following what God wants.
JC: What is the "Plus One"?
SD: The "One" is either the High Priest and Priestess, or the King and Queen of Telos. The Order of Melchizedek always balances male and female, which is vital to spiritual enlightenment.
JC: Who are the High Priest and Priestess?
SD: They are working partners. The High Priest is Adama, an ascended master working directly under Archangel Michael. He is a blue ray master, assisting humanity with ascension. The High Priestess is Terra Ra. She teaches the students in the Temple and is much loved by them. She also is an ascended master. JC: And the king and queen of Telos?
SD: They are Ra and Rana Mu. This lineage is unbroken for over 30,000 years. Though royalty is inherited, it doesn't pass automatically to the oldest son or daughter. The king and queen decide which of their children or grandchildren is most capable of the job. That one then goes through full Temple training and becomes a Melchizedek Priest or Priestess.
JC: You are called "Princess." Does that have anything to do with this lineage?
SD: Yes, I am a daughter of Ra and Rana Mu.
JC: Who makes the governing decisions?
SD: The Council of Twelve. When it makes a decision, the king and queen can back it, or they may request a change. If there is an unresolved question, the High Priest and Priestess have the final word. Below the main Council of Twelve are lower Councils of Twelve which handle any local disputes. Individual problems or arguments are handled by an arbitrator, a priest or priestess who has access to the akashic records of the past.
JC: Why is this helpful?
SD: Because often disputes come forward from previous incarnations. When a decision is made, each person understands it is best for all concerned, and the matter is closed.
JC: Do you have money on Telos?
SD: No, we have a non-monetary basis of exchange.
JC: How does this work?
SD: The government owns everything, but isn't responsible for controlling anything. It makes sure, for instance, that food gets to the distribution outlets. When you need somethingfood, clothes, furniture, art, books, etc.you simply go to a distribution center and pick it up.
JC: If people don't need to work for money on Telos, how does everything get done?
SD: Each person chooses what he wants to do. Say he decides to work in the hydroponic gardens; he sets his own hours, and lets his "foreman" know when he'll be there. And he does show up, because he knows everyone's well-being depends upon his doing his part. Some people's gifts are art, massage, etc. People have plenty of time to meditate, play, rest, go to the Temple for training, and grow spiritually.
JC: What about the jobs nobody wants to do, like collecting the garbage?
SD: We all take turns doing community service, even Council of Twelve members. There is no one better than, and no one less than. So we might give four hours a month to collect and dematerialize the garbage, weed the gardens, pick up animal droppings, etc. We're doing it with others so it becomes fun, we sing and have a good time.
JC: You actually dematerialize garbage?
SD: Yes.
JC: Could we ever use that skill on the surface!
JC: Do people get married on Telos?
SD: Yes, we have two kinds of marriages, bond marriage and sacred marriage. When two people feel they really have something together, they care for each other and want to see where it's going, they go to a priest or priestess and commit to a bond marriage. Sometimes these last for hundreds of years, but are usually shorter. Bond marriage partners don't have children. If the marriage doesn't work, they simply go again to the priest or priestess and it is dissolvedno stigma, no disharmony. When a bond marriage becomes very deep and lasting, the two may choose a sacred marriage. This might happen after two hundred years together, or two months. They have a beautiful, large wedding. All of our children come from sacred marriages.
JC: Why did you choose to marry a man from the surface level of Earth?
SD: He is my twin flame, the masculine half of my soul. He chose to incarnate on the surface level to help fulfill our work together, that of merging our two societies into one. JC: Are any of these master abilities practiced by at least some Telosians: 1) travel by thought (leaving no form behind); or 2) manifestation from the ether?
SD: People who have gone through temple training do learn these things eventually, when they are ready.
JC: Sharula, thank you for coming up to be with us and help merge our two societies. How long do you think you will stay on the surface?
SD: That is up to spirit.
©1995, Joanna Cherry.You are most welcome and encouraged to share this article with others, as long as you credit the source. Thank you.
11/26/18 Pleiadian High Command Planetary Message on 11/11/18
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sahnj1DCjQA
channeled by Michael Love, thespiritoflife.net
Planetary message from Pleiadian High Command and special forces. Special acknowledgements to Earth, Alliance Forces.
Greetings Planet Earth. We are the family of light and we come closer than ever before on this grand day, 11/11. 350,000 earth years ago, dark forces overtook the light here, unplugged human DNA, placed a quarantine around the earth, and enslaved the humans of earth, unto modern earth time. The universal directive says we should not interfere in the evolution of another species. Yet we have felt the deep pain of suffering you have endured. And it was decided by the high council of the Galactic Federation of Worlds that enough is enough, and we have come to stick our hands directly in the ascension affairs of planet earth.
We arrived in your solar system in mass on September 11, 2018, and most of your solar telescopes discovered our Pleiadian plasma fleets around your sun. For two earth months we have been mounting your solar system in our earth-sized primary craft, numbering over 50,000, adjusting coronal frequencies and deflecting weekly 5D gamma radiation streams towards the earth since 9/11. Covert lion stealth operations, solar and astral realm, report our special galactic forces have completely dismantled the artificial frequency fence around earth few weeks ago, removing the veil entrance to 5D and we have cleared all the archons out of the astral realm now. This morning we descended on Earth from every angle to finalize the last phase of our work to assist you on your freedom and ascension mission. We are still under cloaking but we descended from 100 million miles down to 650 miles from the surface of the Earth. And 6,000 military scout ships, our entourage, is composed of navigational crew, atomic scientists, galactic special forces, Pleiadian ambassadors, our top spiritual leaders and Pleiadian medical officers. From a region of space near your ionosphere, Pleiadian High Command gave the green light to deploy ground forces to finalize plans for the Event and the ascension of planet Earth.
As of 11/11 Sunday morning Pleiadian special operation Delta Forces have arrived and are on the ground. Mission: Remove dark power structure from planet Earth. Clear the path for alliance white brotherhood world leaders to establish the new earth plan beginning 11/11 to fully liberate the surface of planet earth beginning now. The grand 11/11 solar portal was fully open this day to finalize your ascension.
Current Delta mission status: You may not expect us to announce we are a few hours behind schedule because of the fierce battles we have been undergoing. And though these battles have continued through your divine independence day today, we are giving you our promise that we are finishing up and cleaning up into the late hours of 11/11. Many of you felt this final incredible battle of events ensued in the astral realm in the form of deep psychic emotional wounds. Mostly around your twin flame that had to be brought to the surface today, purged and transmuted into blinding white light. Your contracted twin flame seven-year triggering cycle ended this day. As you received your final evaluation, which you passed, dear ones and now you may proceed to go home to your divine love and be with that one in paradise.
Did your event happen today on 11/11? Yes, and it is still underway as of 11:11 pm Sunday night. You were successful. You did it. It has happened. And the next levels of the Event are happening now and it will continue to happen. You endured to the very end of the hard battle, dear one, and you overcame it all. You were proficient in all areas and we honor your grand work. We are going to transmit another message behind this one on your new mission assignments, and how to shift states from 3D to 5D at will. This takes a bit of practice at first because of years of 3D programming to only perceive 3D. 5D is accessible now for the first time and you can begin to operate now in this dimension as we assist you. Global conscious cohesion was reached today for the first time in human history as close to two billion light beings unified in global 5D freedom and peace meditations.
Today is the first day and only the beginning of the next level of your cosmic journey, but starting right now you get to experience the good stuff for the first time as we finalize ground operations to pave way for the new Earth. Prepare for freedom to spread all across planet Earth. God speed, great ones.
Second article:
The event 11/11, Pleiadian freedom mission date. A transmission.
Light of 5D frequencies are here now and permeating the atmosphere of planet Earth. Here is section two of the data transmission received from Pleiadian guides for the 11/11 events. There are two key sections presented in this data.
(1) Ground crew, new Earth, mission reassignment.
(2) How to experience 5D now. It's important to say first that, today, 11/11, 3D never changed and 5D never changed. You changed and elevated up in frequency that last notch to 5D, and the median energetic frequency level around planet Earth edged up today and touched 5D for the first time as an incredible portal opened, beaming in a Central Sun gamma radiation wave that light beings of Earth are now holding in their physical bodies to keep this frequency sustained.
Background: In our last 11/11 message, section one, the arrival - we informed you that as of today, 11/11, 5D is now possible to attain for the first time in history of modern planet Earth. Enough 40 to 100 Hz gamma level energy is here now. All artificial veils and 100% of all archons have been successfully removed from the astral realm after 350,000 years. With that said, covert Pleiadian special force operation Delta is started. And this week, behind the scenes they will remove the final surface level blocks to the new Earth. These blocks are simply a few dark beings in human bodies that must be removed out of false power roles. And it was decided by the High Command that the only way this could be done at this point is physically. The main removal strategy will be to attempt to arrest them and remove them from society. We have been assured by our guides that if this strategy fails, stronger measures will be used to move them out of the way. You are going to witness this on main stream media. So yes. Watch.
Now, here is the raw data summary for part two is this download. (1) Ground crew, new Earth, mission reassignment. All 4.5 billion awakened 5D level light beings stationed on planet Earth are being called this day, 11/11, to move now fully into your specific area of personal service to humanity in a much more direct and impactful way. It is time to recreate your spiritual service, model and expand it outwardly via the internet, social media and blogs, etc. To be able to reach the masses and offer your spiritual gifts and services to the mass influx of newly awakened beings that will be asking for help in the coming days and weeks. There are enough free tunes available to get this all set up and to be able to receive energy exchange gifts for your services in an automated way. Sit down tomorrow with pen and paper and create this the way you have been shown and deploy it. Do not hold back any longer. This is your new 5D mission assignment.
(2) How to experience 5D now. As of 11/11 the 5D frequency of 40 to 100 Hz gamma level was attained on planet Earth due to astral ascension block clearings by light forces. Recent steady levels of solar light data sent to planet Earth, and today's record level mass unity meditation of over 3 billion light workers which created the highest planetary conscious cohesion in history around the globe. 5D is now available for the first time, dear ones, for you to start existing in it and experiencing this state of bliss in a sustained way. Here is the instruction to start experiencing in 5D:
You must remove your focus from 3D. Get by yourself with no external distractions. Put recommended 5D code 40- 100 Hz music in your headset and let it play in the background while you give focus to any of the following things:
Celestial beings, celestial landscapes, the new Earth, freedom, love, peace, joy, abundance, health, your dreams and desires, your accomplishments, sacred geometry, beautiful art, beings you love the most. You get the idea here. As you do this for 10 to 20 minutes you will start to feel and experience the 5D frequency of heaven and the new Earth. After doing this repeatedly as many times as you like for a few days, it will become completely automatic and will become your constant state of being, even as you bring your focus back to 3D.
What you are doing here, as you get the hang of this, is you are perceiving the 3D reality around you from new 5D eyes. And this is how the new Earth starts manifesting and staying for good. This 5D gamma state is a state of bliss consciousness, where your left hemisphere 3D alpha and your right hemisphere, 5D gamma, start to work together at the same time. Hence, multidimensional perception and functionality. This deliberate 5D focused strategy is only necessary at first, to entrain your being to stay focused to the 5D level even while physically walking around in 3D. After a bit of this habitual focus, the process will become automatic and sustained as your DNA code changes to lock in this process. End 11/11 transmission.
Welcome to the next level, dear beings of love. You are on alert the highest way among all celestial beings of all status. Can you believe you did it? Maybe not fully yet. But all of this is going to sink in over the next few days. 5D is here. The new Earth is here. The kingdom of heaven is here. It is time now for you to walk into your kingdom and take your place again among celestial royalty. It is finished. The next phase of your ascension on up to 5D and on up to 6D and beyond, starts today in 5D.
You will now stand around the Earth in full angelic and ascended master capacity, guiding and assisting all of humanity as they all come to this great kingdom to meet you. Well done. We knew you could do it. We are ecstatic. Thank you for your service to yourself, to humanity, on behalf of all divine beings throughout the vast universe. It's time to sound the shout of freedom throughout the Earth and beyond the stars. Glory to all who dwell on this special planet. I am Michael, a blue ray Pleiadian ambassador in Earth, alliance ground crew member. I am incredibly and humbly honored to have been used as one of many primary ground crew contacts to the Galactic Federation of angelic races during this grand ascension mission to receive incoming light transmissions, to store the akashic records and broadcast the messages I have heard back out to the angels stationed here on Earth in human bodies. I have been with you all for the duration of this mission, and I will stay with you as we celebrate our accomplishments and prepare for our welcoming ceremony into the great realm of heaven on Earth.
I said I am with you even unto the end of the old world, and it is so. We herald great glory has come. Have you heard? Tell all nations the sun has risen. We are the Pleiadians. We are one of many celestial races here now with you at this universal mile stone and achievement. We are the grand family of light, the bringers of a new day. We are the great ones spoken of in every great book that overcame the whole world. Behold. I looked and I saw a new Earth and a new Heaven and the former one has passed away. God speed.
_____
Ed: An interesting follow-on site to see is 2012portal.blogspot.com/. It is the official communication outlet for the Resistance Movement, composed of Pleiadian Light Forces and ground crew. The site is maintained by Cobra, a Pleiadian starseed.)
11/25/18 Ashtar Command Final Transmission to Earth
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DjIFJquo-mM
A youtube posted on 12/7/17 addressed to the elusive ones
Many were taught to ridicule any mention of Ashtar Galactic Command on this planet. You may claim to be one of these publicly, but certainly not behind closed doors for in your heart of heart you know the truth. Most of your secret space programs were motivated by your fear of our growing involvement in Earth affairs. You more than any other group acknowledge our presence since you are constantly witnessing our capabilities that far exceed yours. Yet you persist on the path of an open confrontation with us deploying your arsenal for a battle you cannot win. Your limited understanding of the universal laws cannot be compensated by your shadow technology. Inevitably you shall suffer the consequences of your evil deeds but we won't allow those you hold captive to be affected by it. The die is cast as the decrees of the Stellar Councils are issued. You may continue with your foolish attempts to open portals leading to dark realms and keep jumping between timelines desperately trying to alter the course of events but no matter your actions, you will not escape Galactic Court. And we stand ready to face the remains of your armada anytime if your present course of action is maintained. We are monitoring the increasing militarization of the Near Earth Orbit and particularly LEO. This is an extremely hostile behavior you conceal from those you treat with so little regard, and we stand ready to take whatever measure is necessary according to the Galactic Codex. We are now here to remind you that should such confrontation occur, its outcome shall be no different than the previous ones but you won't recover from it, and no propaganda campaign would now be supported by the Light grid of the planet. This is Ashtar speaking on the behalf of millions of men under my command! None of us look forward to such extremes but the circumstances let us little choice. Know that the liberation of this planet and its people is my responsibility and nothing will prevent me from honoring it. This is a warning we send to you. Disengage or face your own destruction and should you be foolish enough to turn your weapons of evil against our emissaries I'll break you apart. Adonai.
11/23/18 Ashtar via Galaxygirl - November 20, 2018
sananda.website
Greetings Friends! I am Ashtar, lending my voice tonight. Much is proceeding and going according to plan / schedule that I am not at full liberty to discuss. But please be assured that you are an integral part of this plan and we couldn’t do it without you. I send you my love and light and we all extend our arms and hands to you in blessing.
We are watching the unfolding of events at a most rapid clip on your dear planet and to the untrained eye chaos it would seem is unfolding. But it could not be further from the truth. In a house infested with termites, you often don’t know it until it is too late, because they are hidden deep within the structure doing their work. It is when you spray that it is obvious with all of the insects scurrying about wildly trying to escape. Such is happening currently to your planet world with the higher energies and with our helpful guiding influence. The dark ones are scurrying – or trying to – and in the process they are stirring up all kinds of mischief.
But be aware and be comforted that all is not as it seems and that the good is winning and the light is in full control. And so you may be feeling more of these transmutative energies streaming in and in, deeper into your lifestreams, into your bodies. It will be easier for you if you adopt a type of regular breathing and meditative practice with the intention of letting them stream into you. And in that way, you will be an even greater light receptical and shine even more brightly for the others. Come up and visit us in the ships when you are ready. We are eager to meet and greet you and offer our healing technology to you. Many of you are already up here with us in your otherworldly form. You are vast creator beings and have many forms. Remember this. All is not as it seems to you, but for our vantage point and perspective all is proceeding smoothly. I am Ashtar. Salut!
11/23/18 Mike Quinsey's Higher Self
www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/ From Steve Beckow
There are still people talking of the possibility of war between nations, but be assured that all steps are being taken to ensure that it does not happen. The consensus of the people is that they have had enough of war and bloodshed, and that it is now time for Humanity to enjoy the coming together of all people in a worldwide move to broker permanent peace.
We in the higher realms are overseeing events on Earth and while we do not interfere with your freewill decisions, at the same time we back those who have dedicated their lives to bring peace to all peoples who are collectively putting out powerful thoughts for total peace to return.
There will still be minor skirmishes within countries that are caught up in disputes, but even those will diminish in time. As the realisation comes about that regardless of the nature of the disputes that a peaceful settlement is possible and far better for all concerned. Over many, many years enormous amounts of money have been made by those who trade in weapons of destruction, but it is blood money that could have benefitted the Human Race in so many ways that poverty need not have existed.
Peaceful policies and those involved do not get the publicity they deserve, and the dark Ones who largely control the Press continue to highlight that which speaks of war and the threat of war. They concentrate on keeping the world at large in a state of tension and dissatisfaction.
However, there are also those who work hard to break the mould. Now that they are at last making headway, they find it not as difficult as previously because the power of the Illuminati has been severely affected. Behind the scenes all progresses well, and far more is happening than you are likely to know in the present circumstances.
Even in high places there are notable persons working for the Light, but it is in their interests to protect themselves to largely stay anonymous. Some you know by their actions that they are the new Leaders in waiting and will be found to emerge when it is safe to do so.
The temperature is rising and it is quite a normal occurrence during the normal cycles on Earth. It gives Mother Earth an opportunity to cleanse itself as part of the changes that have come with the new cycle. Your history shows that the Earth experiences considerable changes in the course of time, even in your short history of some 200,000 years. You have ample time to prepare for them and with new technologies should not find it difficult to deal with. You still have difficult times coming but the Higher Forces will be on hand to influence you to take the right action.
On occasions when unusual problems crop up we may help you and deal with them direct, but you will not necessarily know that it was handled in this way. All through your history you have been given help from above, but at the same time there are situations that you have brought on yourselves, and will have the responsibility of making them good.
Clearly no one would learn from their mistakes if someone else cleared them up. After all, you are here on Earth to gain experience, to grow in understanding spiritually and to continue to evolve through them. It is at times hard for you to grasp the meaning for your experiences and understand that it is all for your growth and in the long term prepare you for life in the higher realms.
You have been so isolated upon Earth that you are only just beginning to accept that you are just one of thousands and thousands of planets that have intelligent life. All are in the process of evolution and although their path may be quite different to yours, they are nevertheless heading for the higher vibrational levels.
You are at a crucial point which is why you are being protected on your journey as no other civilisation is allowed to interfere with your progress. Since you passed the marker the situation has changed, and the Blue Avians have been appointed to guide and protect you, which is why they are now in your Solar System. They will ensure that you are not held back by the actions of the Illuminati or any other groups that are presently on Earth, or in your Solar System.
Those who are ready to ascend will go all the way to Ascension without experiencing interference. You have still more to learn and experience before you are ready, but from here on the path will become much easier and enjoyable.
You are on the verge of great changes that will see you go forwards in leaps and bounds, and in a relatively short time you will have left most of the old vibrations of harsh duality behind. Life will become more enjoyable and the different Races will come closer together, and still respect those differences that make you unique. It will be the way of things that all be seen equal as in the eyes of God. It will be the beginning of true happiness as you all share in each others experiences. Universal Love will be in action as each soul understands the Oneness of All That Is.
As time passes you will easily get used to the changes as they will uplift the quality of your life. You will spend much less time on the labours of life as you do now, and have ample time to develop your awareness and other skills. Understand that you are a spiritual being and your final objective is to become a Being of Light. It is of course well into the future and it is as well to know where your experiences are leading you.
It may sound strange to some of you but bear in mind that you are travelling back along the path that brought you to your present experience. There is absolutely nothing to be worried about as you will progress at your own pace. It is different now in your present period of evolution where your movements are very slow and restricted, but when you ascend into the “Now” an entirely new vista opens up for you. When you ascend and you are in it your options as to what you want to do or see are limitless, and since you can also travel anywhere by the power of your thought it is instantaneous.
The mundane life you lead now will not keep you much longer and so much more awaits you. The New Age will truly be getting under way in the very near future. The basis for it is already being developed and when the time is right, and that mainly means safe, it will be rapidly introduced. So an exciting time beckons, but please be patient as it is so important that the introduction of so much that is new is released when it is the “right time.”
I leave you with love and blessings, and may the Light brighten your days and path to completion. It is certainly needed in the middle of so much confusion and uncertainty, but it will eventually end. This message comes through my Higher Self.
In Love and Light.
Mike Quinsey
11/23/18 The Arcturians via Daniel Scranton
Timelines for Open Contact with E.T.s from The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
https://danielscranton.com
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We are in the process of reviewing the timelines that have recently made themselves available to you. Or to put it another way, you have made yourselves available to these timelines, and they are filled with more extra-terrestrial contact and extra-terrestrial contact that will be open to all sooner than any other timeline that we have seen for you.
This is a very good sign for humanity. You see, the type of extra-terrestrial contact that you want will only happen when you are ready for it. So any indication that it is coming sooner – and this is one of those indicators – is a very good sign, indeed. You have progressed so wonderfully, and we are eager to see the ways in which you take the next steps forward.
We cannot tell you what your future is because you keep changing. And as you change, so does your future. We can tell you that your future has been bright for quite some time, and that the potential for an even brighter future coming, even sooner than expected, has just occurred.
We are very happy for humanity, and we will continue to watch over you and send you all of the help that we can. But you need to celebrate all of these little victories that come your way. You need to celebrate them because they are significant and because you have earned them. We also just enjoy watching you acknowledge yourselves for how far you’ve come.
You will continue to have your challenges, of course. And the e.t.s are not coming to rescue you from yourselves. If that were the case, they would have come a long time ago. You are absolutely surprising us and the other high frequency beings who are keeping tabs on all of you. And that includes the physical extra-terrestrial beings who will make that full, open contact with humanity.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/19/18 DEW Weapons Cause California Fires - by the editor
Pictures are worth a thousand words. This came across my desk today. The link below is worth seeing. It shows pictures of what DEW weapons do - burns homes and cars but not trees, as main stream news is reporting. I've insert a few below as an example, but the link shows many more and they look more like bomb strikes than forest fires.
http://crazzfiles.com/conclusive-photographic-evidence-proving-california-is-under-attack-by-dews/
I've heard of DEW weapons for years, but never has it hit home like these photos do. Now, I've had an inside track with the galactics of light for a long time, over 50 years. They are not destructive. They are not dark. These are products of the dark side, not the light side. This destruction is not caused by benevolent beings from advanced societies.They are caused by directed energy weapons (DEW weapons). They are aimed like a gun. Wikipedia says a DEW weapon is a ranged weapon system that inflicts damage at a target by emission of highly focused energy, including laser, microwavesand particle beams.
Camera shots have captured rays of light coming down through the atmosphere and exploding on the ground. Sheldan Nidle who is a spokesman for the Galactic Federation of Light, was hit by a DEW weapon earlier this year or last year. I follow his webinars and updates. He would have been killed if he had remained sitting in his chair, but he stood up to greet his companion at the split moment that it hit him. It hit his lower back instead of his head. He's still in rehab. Others who speak for the galactics and other light forces have also been hit by DEW weapons. While it's scary, the good news is there is a resistance movement from the light. See Cobra's updates on http://2012portal.blogspot.com. See pictures below taken from the link above.
|
|
|
The light forces are here under the general title "Galactic Federation of Light". The forces are in the billions of craft from higher planes, dimensions and planets. They are on the ground incognito in physical form as well as in cloaked ships above, surrounding the globe. They have extremely advanced technology so they can remain under cover and yet see through buildings and read thoughts. But they do not use weapons of destruction. Their weapons are weapons of light and love, and they are constantly beaming these rays of light and love down to people. They are assisting the ground crews by giving them intel, enabling them to zero in on the cabal (the dark forces) who use destructive advanced weaponry given to them by alien dark races.
It is important to have an open mind and choose your thoughts carefully for the positive and not fall in fear and panic. There is indeed a battle of forces going on and the light forces ARE winning. Main stream news is still under the control of the dark, though it is wavering now with light weaving through it alternatingly. In addition, the alternative news distributors are reporting much more accurate goings-on. Some are phony - there are dark agents there as well - but others are real. Just use your inner voice as a radar and guidance system. You know what is right and what is disinformation. It would appear that more and more of the population are beginning to get the picture that there really are extraterrestrials here.
These pictures shown on the above link are incredible. I've just sent them out to my e-list, telling them to take it or leave it, as they wish. But we've been warned that when the truth starts to come out, there will be panic as well as denial, anger and violence. We encourage keeping an open mind and let these reports flow naturally through you like the wind, rain and sun flow naturally through the atmosphere of earth, setting things right. Know that there is a powerful force of light workers here who know more than the average person does, who are working on our behalf to rebuild the earth into an abundant, happy place, but they remain hidden below the radar in order to get the job done. We don't know what is going on but look for the signs. They are everywhere. Trust your heartmind. It is true. It is real. The galactic presence of light is here to help us rejoin the rest of the galaxy which is teeming with life in sentient form, enjoying abundance, sharing knowledge, living in cities of vast beauty and traveling in space to other worlds. Living in accordance with universal law provides human beings with far more power to enjoy life, than the weapons of the dark can destroy life. It is important to accept that.
Fleets of the Galactic Federation of Light surround the earth in the billions, beaming intelligent clear thoughts which lift us and support benevolence. The ships are called celestial or star ships. There are many different shapes and sizes. The masses have been hood-winked into believing there is no such thing as life on other planets and that we are the only intelligence in the universe. But of course that is nonsense. The truth is breaking like the dawn. Finally. More people are beginning to see and believe that there are galactics here. Over 50 percent of those surveyed believe that extraterrestrials are here and that we should be trying to contact them. The bad ETs who have been running the show for thousands of years and who built the quarantine around earth to keep us locked into what they told us, are leaving. They are being dismanteled by the forces of light.
The light forces, under the command of Ashtar Sheran, came anyway, under orders from higher up to intervene.
They were given permission to step up the resistance program while still living according to universal law. They are here to save the earth from destruction while the forces of the dark - greed, corruption and deceit - are destroying it. The "cabal" they are called. Or the "illuminati" or "annunaki". These are just names. There are many names for the bad guys. But it doesn't matter the name. What matters is that we recognize GOOD from bad and use universal law ourselves in our daily actions. The heart knows what is right and what is wrong. The dark ones are using whatever means they have at their disposal to take advantage over others, and these fires in California seem to be indicating they've stepped up their game by using directed energy weapons openly. It is an indication that THEY are the ones in panic and fear and they're angry. Stay calm, happy, smile a lot, and know that we are on the way to getting rid of them. It won't be much longer.
11/12/18 Spikes in the Schumann Resonance Causing Weird Physical Symptoms
Not mentioned in this article is the fact that we are moving closer to galactic center (the photon belt)
Article: "You're Not Dying, it's the Schuman Resonance"
by Michelle Walling, CHLC (Certified Holistic Life Coach)
https://www.shiftfrequency.com/what-is-the-schumann-resonance/#more-116072
By now, there isn’t one person on Earth that has not felt some kind of weird and unexplained physical symptom that makes them feel uncomfortable. Many do not understand why this is occurring, and some go to their doctor to find that there is nothing wrong with them. In turn, doctors are realizing that there seems to be a phenomena of unexplained “psychosomatic” occurrences. There is scientific evidence that something is happening on the planet that is shaking the apple cart up at this time, and this evidence is from a Russian website that tracks the Schumann Resonance.
What is the Schumann Resonance? The Schumann Resonance is a global electromagnetic resonance named by physicist Winfried Otto Schumann who predicted it mathematically in 1952.
The official description from Wikipedia is-
“The Schumann resonances (SR) are a set of spectrum peaks in the extremely low frequency (ELF) portion of the Earth’s electromagnetic field spectrum. Schumann resonances are global electromagnetic resonances, generated and excited by lightning discharges in the cavity formed by the Earth’s surface and the ionosphere.”
As you can see, the Wikipedia explanation says that we have had a whole lot of lightning lately if you read the charts that I am about to show you. Regardless of whether what is happening on the planet is indeed causing more “lightning” or whether it is causing the equipment to pick up on something else, the scientific evidence proves that something is disturbing or spiking the electromagnetic frequency on the planet. For thousands of year the Schumann resonance has been measured at 7.83 hertz or within shallow spikes of this depending on how many storms are on the planet at the time. A Russian website that can be found HERE is one of the only public sites that releases the daily data on the current Schumann fluctuations. The reasons for this are unclear but seem to point at the control of keeping the data from the public eye.
How does the Schumann Resonance Affect humans?
As a spiritual being merged with a human body, we also merged with the consciousness and energetic makeup of Earth when we were born into a human body. To stay in sync with the planetary composition and frequencies, the human body has an auto correct system that can re-calibrate to the environment when needed. When the auric field of a human is not in sync, however, it is difficult for the emotional, mental, spiritual, and etheric bodies to sync with the physical body and the frequency of Earth.
At the same time, a burst in frequency of Earth’s magnetic frequencies can jostle any energetic blockages in the auric field that can cause the physical body to stay at a low or stagnant ELF (extremely low frequency). Bursts of higher frequencies are a good thing for clearing of the auric field of the human, as long as it is done in moderation. For instance, if a person were to be electrocuted from a household electrical line, they may have a better chance at recovering than being struck by lightning.
The spiritual and metaphysical explanation of raising the frequency of the physical body is the higher the frequency, the less dense reality the human will be experiencing. The goal is to transform the dense, controlling reality we are experiencing in a way that unifies humanity in a love based higher consciousness while still existing in the physical body. This can only be achieved by releasing the energetic blocks of the past and of childhood that keep one stuck in creating a recurring illusion of denseness and dis-ease in the physical reality. This will allow the physical body to vibrate harmoniously with the planetary frequency and to have a healthy energy flow within the body which prevents aging and disease.
If a human is stuck in old patterning and beliefs, or perhaps is lulled by complacency into a low frequency, then a burst of frequency can do one of two things. If the person has raised their consciousness enough to realize something is happening and is able to have an open mind and an open heart, then the person will begin to absorb these frequencies as much and as fast as their mind and spirit allows them to. Absorbing these frequencies causes the water in the body to begin to vibrate at the frequency of the spike. This could cause many uncomfortable symptoms but in the end it is also a testament that something is really happening to our planet and to our consciousness.
A few of the most common symptoms of these spikes in electromagnetic frequency are:
♦ Hot flashes- as the body vibrates faster it generates heat
♦ Blurred vision
♦ Vertigo (dizziness)
♦ Irregular or skipped heartbeat
♦ Unexplained pains that may linger to be acknowledged or may mysteriously come and go
♦ Ringing in one or both ears. High pitched frequencies, harmonic tones, and/or sometimes temporary deafening
♦ Mood swings as emotional blocks come up to be resolved
♦ Extreme fatigue or extreme energy bursts depending on the kind of frequency experienced at the time and how the individual is dealing with it
♦ Increased intuition, a sense of knowing or remembering things that guide you through difficulties, and increased sixth sense abilities (beyond touch, taste, feel, hearing, and sight)
♦ Nausea
♦ Flu-like symptoms
♦ Problems with bowels
♦ Extreme hunger or lack of hunger- different then usual
♦ Anxiety and increased fight or flight mode in the body
As you can see, if some of these negatively affected symptoms persist without the person doing things to help the body acclimate, it certainly could feel like the body would begin to exhibit more evidence of shutting down and may make you feel as if you are dying. In fact, it is purging in order to be able to acclimate, very similar to how it deals with flu or viruses.
If a person is completely unconscious and is not a caring, compassionate human, (or is not a souled human at all) then these frequencies will irritate and disturb and will most likely not be integrated. Thus these type of people will stay at a low frequency and will not benefit from the incoming waves of energy. It could even begin to cause their physical body to shut down because it will not be able to stay manifest in harmony with the planet’s frequency.
Unfortunately some people are not handling this well physically and we are seeing people “leaving” at this time (dying). There is certainly no judgment in this, as some people did not choose to go through this shift in frequency or simply did not have enough energy left to handle it, and no one ever really “dies” anyway. They simply move to another frequency outside of the constraints of the physical body and go where they need to in order to continue on their journey.
How to acclimate the body to accept the higher frequencies
There are many ways to help yourself adjust to the energies, but here are a few of the most common:
♦ Meditation- not the kind of meditation to connect with astral beings or to have out of body experiences. Peace, pause, and breath meditation and focusing on energy flow works best, and open eye meditation is also good.
♦ Grounding, or Earthing- Bare feet on the ground, spending time in nature, sea salt baths, swimming, eating grounding foods.
♦ Asking your higher being (higher self/Source/Guidance team) to assist you in acclimation, especially if you are suffering.
♦ Drink plenty of pure water! No fluoride.
♦ Rest- the body has an uncanny ability to do much of it’s re-setting while it is asleep or lying still.
♦ Loving yourself and caring for the body.
♦ Gentle exercise- moving the energy to release blockages and encourage proper energy flow.
♦ Whole foods- as opposed to processed or GMO foods.
Massage
♦ Spiritual Counsel or Life Coaching with an expert who has an understanding of the cause and holistic treatments
♦ Listen to your body and do what feels right to make it comfortable
How to read the Schumann Resonance
Those who are sensitive to energy have been able to correlate when they are feeling something really different, and look up the chart to see if a “wave” is occurring.
Here is a screen shot of what the Schumann Resonance looked like from the Russian website on November 9, 2018:
(chart) Schumann Resonance
On the left axis you will see the hertz and on the lower axis you will see the time of day in UTC. The top axis shows the date. The green shows what I assume are normal pulses of electromagnetic frequency. A “white out” has been shown to correlate with thousand of people being able to feel the fluctuation in their physical body. the wider the band of the white out, the longer the wave is consistently hitting. The one showed here was a big one, starting around 18:00 UTC on November 8, 2018 and lasting for several hours. It looks as if the spikes were at around 24 hertz. As a side note, at this time I felt extremely sleepy and my eyes started blurring to where I could not read very well on the computer.
Here is the same chart with an arrow that shows what the “norm” of 7.83 hertz is:
(chart) Schumann Resonance
Check this chart out from 9/7 through 9/9 of 2018, where we see 9/9 was a doozy!
(chart) Schumann Resonance
I realize these chart screenshots are a bit hard to see. They are for educational purposes only.
Please go to the Russian website for a real time chart and better clarity.
I do not know the exact amount of time that the Schumann charts have shown these wild fluctuations. If I were to guess, I’d say over the last 40 years, it slowly started to burst more and more, and in the last 6 years has accelerated as if we were traveling down a spiral in frequency and intensity to the end of the spiral, where we were experiencing a node on the spiral in less time and faster as we traveled. I just chose a few random charts that I had saved recently so you could have fresh memory of what you may have been experiencing at that time for comparison.
What does it mean? Frequency means how many wave cycles happen in a second. 1 Hz. means 1 cycle per second, 40 Hz. means 40 cycles per second, Amplitude is the size of the vibration, how big the wave is, and the chart shows the frequency variation in Hz and the amplitude using the white color. We can deduce logically that large white color bursts in electromagnetic frequencies and for long periods of time are going to affect our physical bodies!
These blasts of energy frequency help humanity to awaken from the spell that a low frequency can keep a person stuck in. We can all think back to a time in our lives where we found ourselves hypnotized through entertainment or even through slaving at a job we hated for the need for money out of survival. Many people, including of course those reading this article, have realized that there is something really wrong with what is occurring on the planet at this time. It is these people who are being affected through waves of energy or vibration, light, and sound that will help them break free of the chaos and unhappiness they may find themselves in.
On a “matrix” level, there is 1% of the people on this planet who would like to control the 99% of people on the planet. They do not have the consciousness or ability to move through these up-shifts in frequency like someone who is awake, aware, and has made a conscious choice to not be under the control system. Eventually, those who raise their physical body frequency to their higher consciousness will be able to outwit, outsmart, and outplay those who wish to control them on many levels. New understandings, abilities, and higher dimensional connections will occur to the individuals who are able to adjust. As the frequency continues to blast, rest, then blast, we are slowly (but lately at an accelerated rate) connecting the physical to higher dimensions, densities, and consciousnesses that are beyond those who have controlled humans for a very long time on the planet. The upshifts in frequency also help people to awaken.
This article is a simplified explanation of the Schumann Resonance fluctuation showing a correlation with the way the human body has been experiencing this while examining the scientific proof in increase of frequency through charts found on a Russian website. It is intended to help alleviate the fear of the shift and changes that are occurring by providing logical conclusions. It is not intended to keep anyone from seeking medical attention nor is it a complete explanation of the bigger picture of why it is occurring and where the waves of energy are coming from. Please use your own discernment and do your own research to understand more about this phenomenon, and please share far and wide so that those who are having difficulties can use the techniques described in this article to alleviate their adjustment symptoms.
Finally, in the practice of questioning everything in our reality, here is a note for the doubters. If for some reason even the Russian website that is providing the data for us to be able to track is fraudulent, and if there is something different causing these symptoms that we are going through, at least we are aware that something is happening globally and millions of people are experiencing this. It at least helps us to realize that we need to take care of ourselves in a more holistic way and that we can share information with each other that helps us feel like we are not alone or that our symptoms are not psychosomatic. Many people started consciously working with these energetic frequency years ago and have reported on what has worked best for them to be able to feel better. These people, including myself, no longer suffer when huge waves hit, as we have tried many things and compared notes with each other.
11/5/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings I am Mira.
Thank you for being here at this time. It is ever so clear how important your participation is in this Ascension process. You rank highly in the annals of Ascension. This is clearly one for the books in the Hall of Records.
You know that you are being spied upon through various means with your nosy alphabet agencies. They use artificial synthetic means to capture what you do. They are trying to mimic what we do in the higher realms. We simply tune in and know what you are doing and thinking. With artificial means you may think you are living in a fishbowl. However, with cosmic ways you may find yourself feeling more united with all of life. This is where the oneness principle applies.
You are beginning to understand that there are no secrets. All is known. You have been living in a matrix that is being controlled and has prevented you from realizing your oneness. As a result of the matrix you have learned separation and fear. You have been controlled artificially and unfortunately limited in a myriad of ways.
Humanity has been living like they are a spectator sport for the dark forces. The dark ones have fed upon the fear and have misused the energies of the populace. You have ultimately been restricted in your lives such that we have never seen.
Soon you will begin to realize that the matrix under which you have been living is being reprogrammed for your freedom. It is because of what you have done in raising the levels of your consciousness that the light and energy support allow this freedom.
What the dark forces do not realize is that you work for Source. You will no longer be their fodder. They will not be able to use you. You will become free. You will be able to remove the shackles that held you back from your full creative expression.
Those who have been the perpetrators will realize that they themselves are the prisoners. What has been done to the populace and to the human soul will be paid for karmically for eons. The cruelty, darkness and harshness on the Earth that these dark souls created will imprison them until they can learn their lessons, grow and evolve.
Your job as beings of light and love, is to feed upon these higher dimensional energies as you rise higher in consciousness until you find yourselves Home. It is been a long journey fraught with trials and tribulations, yet the destination of Home will all be worth it. All of creation will celebrate with you with your victory.
We will continue these messages until you are free!
We all send you our strength, courage and blessings. We love and admire you.
I am Mira.
11/2/18 The Pleiadian Emissaries of Light thru Star Hinman
www.starbird1.net
A Timely Message from The Pleiadians on “Consciousness Control”
Beware the attempts by those who would control human consciousness on earth – for this is going on today throughout your political, economic, social, and mass media systems – to name only a few manifestations of this phenomenon. Fear, hatred, suspicion, and aggression are all being wittingly created and foisted upon human beings for the purpose of having you forget or ignore who you are and what is inside you – your divine Creator presence! If those in positions of power can keep all of you focused on the outer dramas they are creating – instead of having you realize that you are, indeed, a part of the Creator presence in human form – then they will have succeeded in carrying out their hidden agendas.
Who are these “puppet masters” from the other realms who wish to control earth and all her consciousness? They are “the dark ones” – the manipulators who have interfered with earth’s evolutionary process since the beginning of time on your planet. And they fight for control – because you are evolving, dear ones, and getting VERY close to realizing who you are, and where, indeed, you came from! And when this happens, their control will be finished.
They love a good story, and they create many of the these in order to get your attention and divert you into meaningless confrontations – both politically and otherwise. How do they do this? By getting your attention! Human beings, by your very nature, are drawn to the dramatic – and the more emotional this is, the better you like it. Have you ever noticed this about yourselves? Well, we have, and we are not the only ones, unfortunately, who have this bit of information about you. Those who would manipulate and limit your consciousness for their own selfish ends, know this – and use it to manipulate consciousness both here and in other star systems.
The Destiny We See for Humanity
Now this is not a serious situation – at least not in the present – because you are very quickly succeeding in raising your consciousness OUT of the levels where they can control you! It is called growth! It is called evolution! Despite everything they can do, you are evolving, you are becoming smarter, and you are starting to catch on to their tricks! And guess what – they are getting desperate, because you are no longer so easy to manipulate! When they try to pull the wool over your eyes, you simply look the other way. And so, they are “scraping the bottom of the barrel,” so to speak – looking for things that will “work.” But, in the meantime, you are still evolving – and you are doing it very quickly now! What used to take very long periods of time, now takes you only days or weeks to accomplish.
“Why is this happening?” you might ask. Well, many people are asking this question now, because they have become aware of what is going on, and they are witnessing the phenomena that are happening. Well, we will give you some very good news! You are finally becoming truly multidimensional beings in your day-to-day consciousness! You don’t have to go into deep states of meditation to reach these levels of what used to be called “altered states of consciousness” – because you ARE in altered states of consciousness all the time! It is a permanent shift – and it’s not going away!
This level of consciousness, where you are aware of other dimensional realities, has become your “normal reality” – for many of you – and you are the leaders in this process. You are the “forerunners” for the rest of humanity, as all of you are “moving into the unknown,” so to speak. You are the ones who will experience this, and be able to describe this state of consciousness to others, who may not yet have had these experiences. And, when they hear this information, maybe the doors will be opened in their minds, as well!
So, this is your “job” now – this is what you are being called to do – because someone always has to be “first” in this type of thing. Someone has to volunteer to lead! So don’t be shy! When you have these experiences of “seeing beyond the veil,” or remembering your experiences in other lifetimes – TELL SOMEONE, for goodness sake! It will help others to hear this, and to know that they are not “weird” or “crazy” when they begin to have these new and unusual levels of consciousness and experience.
It is actually a very helpful occurrence for human beings – when this begins to happen – because you open up levels of your own abilities that perhaps you did not realize that you have. It’s like opening a door and discovering many other “rooms” in your “house of consciousness.” And there are many abilities that come with these advanced levels of consciousness. You will discover that you can do things which you could not previously do! You will know things that you never knew before. It’s very exciting! And it’s a very enjoyable time for humanity.
Ascending to the Top of the Mountain!
Think of it in this way: It’s like walking up a trail on the mountainside, and finally you get to the top! And what you see is not just more of the mountainside in front of you. When you get to the top, your view changes completely! You begin to see an endless and beautiful expanse of clouds and sky – a magnificent vista! You can see into infinity and perceive the enormity of what has opened up before your eyes! Distant views, distant horizons – it is limitless! It is beautiful! And it is YOURS to explore!
It is knowledge that is opening before you – to explore – to know. And you can use it to expand your horizons, and to expand what you believe you can do and accomplish in your lifetime! All limits are being dissolved, and your consciousness is now free to expand into hitherto unknown realms of exploration and ecstasy.
This is exciting, isn’t it? Well, this is what is happening for all of you who are on this path – of expanding into multidimensional consciousness. It will be different from anything you have known before! And this is happening for many people who are alive on the earth now. Your consciousness is expanding, your genetic codings are mutating, and your bodies are evolving!
Ascension’s Effect on the Four Lower Bodies
You are, without fully realizing it, becoming far less “dense” in your physical body than you were in third dimensional reality. As you move up the scale toward fifth dimensional reality, the atomic structure of your body is changing as your energetic frequencies rise. You are becoming more “etheric” every day, and less dense, so that you can hold these finer and finer energies, of which you are now comprised. And your chemistry reflects these changes in other ways as well, to allow you to hold more of the finer etheric elements and essences of physical matter.
All of these important changes in the physical “you” are reflected as the appropriate changes in the finer energies of your etheric, mental, and emotional bodies, as well. All four of what are referred to as your “lower bodies,” which are the physical, etheric, mental, and emotional bodies, are becoming comprised of finer and finer energies which are capable of holding higher vibrational energy. And you are transforming very quickly, indeed! You are on track to reach several important “major milestones” on your spiritual trek toward the huge expansion which will take place in 2038.
Images of Future Time
No one has yet fully realized what this means! The world you will see in 2038 will be NOTHING like the world you have now – which is struggling with some very fundamental questions about who you are and what you want to create with the abilities you have. You are in for a “mass awakening” in the coming years which will leave many people astounded and wondering what happened, why this happened, and, most importantly, HOW this happened!
In future time, the earth will change, as well, to reflect your new consciousness! There will be new climates in many places on earth – and places which were uninhabitable in years past will have temperate climates able to support life. Oceans will no longer be exactly where they are now. But these types of changes are “normal” for earth – at least, from our perspective, they are. We have seen many things like this occur over vast expanses of time, because we have been observing earth for a VERY long time – as you might have guessed.
Some of you will live to see the beginnings of many of these things. The rest of you will have to make “the return trip” (reincarnate) to continue your observation of all these exciting developments. This process will continue into a future which would read like science fiction to the humans who now inhabit earth. It is an exciting future, indeed – and one which will expand into limitless probabilities – even as you do the same!
We tell you of the “future times” – but this is what you are even now “writing,” with every decision you make. Decide wisely, dear ones – for your future is in your hands!
We are the Pleiadian Emissaries of Light, and you are beloved
Channel’s Note:
People often wonder what happens to all the negative, low-vibrational energy which is created due to the efforts of these manipulative beings which the Pleiadians often refer to as the “puppet masters.” Why do they care about creating and perpetuating this type of energy on earth? What are they getting out of all of this?
The simple answer is that there are off-planet intelligences which use this low-vibrational energy as their sustenance. To them, it is “food,” and so they wish to continue with this process. However, the good news coming from the Pleiadians is that this entire scenario is in the process of being thoroughly and permanently disrupted, as human beings evolve into higher-vibrational versions of ourselves – where we do not respond with fear to these negative creations and attempts at manipulation of consciousness. In the future times which the Pleiadians describe to us, this process will have completely ended, and will no longer be able to affect the earth or any of her lifeforms.
In the meantime, the Pleiadians tell us to neither hate nor fear these misguided beings, but to recognize them as being created by the divine Creator of All Things. They are a part of creation – just as we are – even though, to our eyes, they have lost their way. The surest antidote to their efforts to instill fear is the energy of love! Perhaps this is why we have often been counselled by the wisest among us to love our enemies!
Thank you all again!
Star Hinman
info@starbird1.net
www.starbird1.net
11/1/18 Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
https://danielscranton.com
The Individual & the Collective
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We have a better sense of who you are as individuals than we do of you all as a human collective. Your individuality is beautiful. You are all unique, and you are all special, but you have also been led to believe that your differences somehow are responsible for the lack of unity that you sometimes experience as individuals. And nothing could be further from the truth because you all have the ability to celebrate each other no matter what.
You don’t have to see your differences as weird, and you don’t have to see someone else’s different belief as a threat to yours. These are choices that you’ve been making, and you’ve been making those choices as individuals. And the idea that you are somehow separate from each other is one that has served you up until a certain point, and now human has reached that point where it no longer serves you to see yourselves as separate and to see your differences as significant enough to keep you from knowing yourselves as a collective.
Now, the reason why we bring this up now is because of how much polarity we sense within humanity. You all have been taught that you have to choose sides, and you don’t. Instead, you have to embrace all of the sides, all of the sides that are out there and all of the sides that are within you. To become a unified consciousness, to become a fifth dimensional being, you first have to accept everyone as they are in the human collective right now.
You don’t get to decide who is right and who is wrong, and it is not just the righteous ones that get to ascend. It’s everyone who makes that choice, and before you ascend, you are going to start thinking of yourselves more as a collective, and you are going to start operating more as a collective as well. You will achieve peace on Earth in this lifetime, and then we will be able to sense you more as a collective.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
10/9/18 Commander Ashira from Neptune - thru Linda Dillon
http://counciloflove.com/2014/03/ashira-star-fleet-commander-of-ufog-joins-us-on-heavenly-blessings/
(I just discovered this transciipt of a radio interview done in 2014. It provides very good insight into the Galactic presence surrounding the planet in the form of millions of cloaked starships, why they are here and what they are like. As benevolent beings from higher dimensions, they assist as best they can, since our atmosphere is coarser and more chaotic than theirs. Interviews like this help us to understand. Suzanne Maresco, host of InLight Universal asks questions of Ashira, Star Fleet Commander of the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies. Ashira speaks through well-known channel Linda Dillon of the Council of Love website. There are more interviews posted Linda's website for anyone to read or listen to.)
____________________________
Suzanne Maresca: Good morning and welcome to another offering of Heavenly Blessings with Linda Dillon, channel for the Council of Love and author of The New You – Emerging into the Brilliance of Humanity’s Heart Consciousness, and myself, Suzanne Maresca.
Today we are honored to welcome Ashira to our show – Commander of the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies. It’s not a title one uses every day in our reality just yet, but I’d love to think that it soon will be. Today we’ll be getting an update on current events as well as the galactic perspective on the state of collective human consciousness. I’m just so excited to have this opportunity, and the questions I have would take so much more than one show, but I’ll try to be reasonable about it. Good morning Linda.
Linda Dillon: Good morning Suzi and good morning everybody. Thanks for tuning in. Yes, I’m excited about today’s show too. It’s like getting to talk with my family, so … and I’m sure that many of our listeners feel that way, whether you’re an earth-keeper, or a hybrid, or a starseed, that we really know that our star brothers and sisters are part of our galactic family.
SM: Very much, and here and present and just as excited to interact with us as we are with them.
LD: Yes, they are and they do, and they probably do in a lot of ways that we’re simply not cognisant of, but one of the things that I find exciting is – as you know, well probably everybody listening knows – is that I am doing a webinar series called “The New You” – but one of our … we have a forum that we talk on every day about our progress and our issues and what our themes are. But there’s been this wonderful thread on the forum right now, of people discussing all their interactions and their meetings, and their greetings with star beings, and I am just amazed – and somewhat surprised – at how probably the majority of this group has had experiences and current interactions with their Star brothers and sisters. And I think it’s far more common than people think – you just don’t always identify it as such.
SM: I don’t come across too many people that are … well there’s only one I can think of is the receptionist at my Chiropractor’s office – I asked her if she’d ever thought about extraterrestrials, and it was just a flat ‘No’ and anything that was outside of her current reality, she just didn’t want to know about, but other than that … people are like, “Yeah – I’ve thought about it, and I don’t think that they’re scary” and I think there’s far more openness to it, like you said, than many people actually think.
LD: You know, I’m probably going to get the numbers wrong, but it’s certainly going to be a close approximation. Last – in the past year – I think it was the Gallup poll – you know, they poll on all kinds of different issues, and they did a poll on ‘did people believe in angels, and did people believe in extra-terrestrials’. And for the extra-terrestrials it was something like 80%, and even an amazing number like, oh 40 or 50% believed that they had seen a starship or had an encounter. And for the Angelics the number was way up in the 90’s. That’s just you know, in a … well what we would call – or what they would probably call, we would call ‘forever’ and they would call ‘brief’ – period of time. But if you’d asked that question ten years ago I think the answer would have been substantially different. But most people, when you really talk to them seriously about it, is that they think, well it just seems highly unlikely that we would be alone in the Universe. It’s just that simple.
SM: It is, and when you’re saying ten years ago – gosh – ten years ago I was probably open to the idea, ’cus it just makes sense. But, er – God, I feel I knew nothing ten years ago!
LD: I know. Did you see, there was something recently that was going around either on Facebook or social media, there’s been an announcement in the past week by NASA that they have ‘discovered’ something like 760 ‘new’ planets – in our galaxy, and I’m thinking ‘uh-uh’ and people think like, you know, there’s not life anywhere and we already know everything that’s in our galaxy, let alone our universe, and it’s like we haven’t even begun to scratch the surface. And that’s okay, but I think this is a very exciting time to be alive because what we’re going to learn from our galactic and intergalactic friends is going to be phenomenal.
SM: Ah yeah, I’m sure and I’m so looking forward to it and in the interests of that, are we going to do a meditation today – a short one? And get right into it?
LD: Yes, let’s do a very brief meditation, and just to set the tone. But I’d also, before we even go into meditation, I’d like to give you the ‘girlfriend’s scoop’ …
SM: Oh yeah …
LD: … on Ashira. Because I know that you’re going to have many questions for him, and being a Star Fleet Commander he tends to be … ah, low key. But, this is a being that isn’t simply a Commander of a single ship, but he is the Star Fleet Commander of the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies.
And what the Outer Galaxies means is literally the very distant galaxies, so not merely this galaxy, but galaxies from billions of miles away and there are thousands and thousands of ships – and that’s what he’s basically in charge of – not just the few ships that are, well ‘few’ – hundreds actually – that are circling our planet, but the whole fleet. And, yes, it’s a real privilege that he’s coming to talk to us.
Now the ‘girlfriend’ part! And I’m sure that Ashira is certainly sitting right here listening, but he is ‘drop dead gorgeous!’ So, for everybody who’s listening, he appears in a humanoid form. He is of the Hussian race, and when you think of the Hussians they are very ‘cat like’ and he is the son of Grener of Ashira, of Neptune, and he assumed this role as Star Fleet Commander … oh gosh, maybe fifteen of our years ago. And I know I’ve often teased him saying, you know, he got the job because of his father! But he didn’t – he earned it when Grener went to be the Head of the Intergalactic Council of which – the reason he went to do that was to oversee Earth’s initiation – Gaia’s initiation – into that Council and to help steer that process for all of us. But think of uh – a young Omar Sharif, dark hair, dark eyes, very ‘Bedouin looking’ – and you have Ashira. Yes, very, very nice, and we’re very lucky to have him. So with that we’ll go to our meditation!
But I always find that its nice – we do it with the archangels – but it’s fun to give our listeners a visual, or at least to share a visual, of what it is that I get to see.
Alright, so last week we worked with our chakras, and we’ve been talking a lot about the different rays. If you remember, my friends, there is a chakra that’s at the base of your rib cage, just below your heart, and it’s called ‘Halion’, and Halion is this wonderful colour of mint green, a little pink, Electra – as in the planet Electra – and electric blue, and it swirls and it moves. Once upon a time Halion was a planet and that’s one of the star groups that we work with actually, is the Halion engineers who are builders and constructors of all kinds of things. But what I thought we’d do for our meditation to work with that chakra – because this chakra is our bridge to our star brothers and sisters. So, away we go.
Everybody – relax, sink into your chair, your bed, the floor, your car seat, wherever you are, and let go of the week, of your to-do list, and just thank yourself taking this time for you, for your spiritual self, for your emotional self, for your mental self, and anchor in your heart and take a nice deep breath of that wonderful color, that ray called Halion, that sweet mix of mint-green and Electra blue and let’s throw in some Blue Diamond and Archangel Uriel is asking to add some of his Silver Flame.
And feel this chakra at the base of your rib cage and breathe it in and smell the mint and taste the mint and feel yourself sinking down – still anchored in your heart – but sinking down to this chakra point and feel it open and feel that there is a spiral coming out of your body, out of this chakra, a beautiful, brilliant, multi-colored, multi-ray spiral and its spiralling out from you, out through the room, through the roof of your house or your building, up into the sky all the way to your star brothers and sisters, all the way to the Neptune, to that massive Mothership of the Unified Forces. And as you are spiralling out, feel yourself traveling on that spiral – let’s bilocate – so feel your energy following the spiral further and further out, past the blue dome of the sky into what you think of as deep space and there in the distance getting closer and closer is this massive ship, and you see the doors opening and the Welcome Committee hugging you, two fingers to the heart and taking you on board.
And rather than taking you to the Reception area, you look into their smiling eyes and they ask you, “What do you want to see first – is it the Nursery School, or the Healing Chambers, or the Flight Deck, the gardens?” You get to choose and simply go – go exploring. Know that you are anchored to Gaia and that you can come back this beautiful spiral into your Halion chakra when you choose.
Ashira: Greetings, I am Ashira – I am Ashira of Neptune. Welcome and thank you, and I bring you greetings – I bring you greetings and salutations, blessings from the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies, from all of the star fleets, from the Council – and I mean the Intergalactic Council – and I welcome all of you and I thank you dear friends, dear family, for inviting me this day for it has been some time since we have had this opportunity to speak.
I come to you this day not only as Commander-in-Chief, not to speak merely of technology or the workings of our fleet. I come to you as brother and I come to you with open heart and open hands to speak to you, one heart to another. We are not some distant entity, we are not angels, we are not ascended masters. Have we evolved? Yes. And because we have been through our own evolution process might I suggest to you that we are very close to you and we understand – and might I even say empathise – with your evolution process.
You, my beloved friends of Gaia, are doing magnificently. Whether it is Michael, or the Mother, St Germaine or Maitreya, the message that all of us bring is – and needs to be – consistent. We’re very ‘big’ by the way about consistency.
And so we consistently tell you – yes, by way of encouragement but also by way of fact – you are doing magnificently. Is there still war and chaos and mayhem, starvation and rape and pillage? Yes. But the hearts of humanity, which is truly the measure, is changing. It is altering, it is evolving, it is rising up collectively and individually. You are embracing what you know as divine qualities, you are adhering and working with the law. It is very easy – and trust me, we’ve been there – it is too easy to point to what is wrong. But it is more important to pay attention and to build on what is right, what is working, what is beautiful, what is worthwhile, what fills your heart.
We are in co-operation with you. There has been a fair amount of discussion, both here on Heavenly Blessings – which we all listen to, by the way – as well as An Hour with an Angel, as well as Cosmic Vision News, as well as your new offerings and your old offerings – we are always tuned in. We have listened to your discussions with interest, with empathy, with excitement, on divine partnership and union. For this is where I wanted to begin today, if you’ll permit me Suzanne …
SM: Absolutely
Ashira: … and it was to mention and to give you a glimpse to share our perspective – and that is that we are in sacred union with you.
SM: Yay …
Ashira: Yes – Yay! The partnership and love, known and unknown, experienced and yearned for, the love that we share, the partnership that we share, is cherished and valued by us. We don’t view this, our relationship, as something that we could ever simply abandon – lose our tempers, pick up and leave – we’ve been at this too long and we know you individually and collectively. We know you too well. Many of us – as many of you who are listening – know that we are in individual sacred union with you as well.
But in the bigger sense, the bigger picture, part of our mission – but also what we collectively and individually have chosen to do – yes, as our mission and purpose, as our service to the Mother, but you know, you don’t wake up in the morning and say, “How am I going to serve the Mother” in an esoteric way. It is very practical, you get up, you put on your clothes, you either drink some tea, coffee or water with lemon, and then you think, “What am I going to do today.”
It is very similar with us. The backdrop to our existence and to our lives is our projects, our relationship with you. It’s not something that we get up and we think about – well, we don’t really have to sleep anyway, but that’s a whole other discussion that we will probably touch on – but we don’t get up and think about, “How am I going to serve the Mother”. Is it part of our consciousness? Of course it is. But it’s a given. We are with you. We are with you, we love you, and we’re not going anywhere. And we will wait and wait and wait, and if you think you’ve been frustrated you should talk to some of my crew!
We will wait till the time is right for full exposure, but you know there are so many instances of what you think of as exposure. And then there are very convenient memories, individual or media memories of what we would call. But anyway, I digress. Where would you like to start?
SM: Oh my gosh. Well, thank you so much, and I do want to say from my heart, selek-teh-vay – is that the right way to say it?
Ashira: Yes!
SM: Ah, beautiful. Well, I’m so happy to be able to thank you in person for all that you and the rest of our star family have done, and continue to do on behalf of Gaia and humanity.
I wish I could hug you right now, and in lieu of that I’ll just offer you my heartfelt greetings and love along with those of the team, both from InLight Radio and the Golden Age Blog. I’m very excited to have this conversation.
And there’s so many things I would like to get to, but first I would like to get these pressing things out of the way. There’s a great deal going on currently that we are aware of, but the most interesting things seem to be the ones that are beyond our understanding. It occurs to me that you may have limitations about what you can reveal to us at this time, but I would love to hear what you can say about the missing Malaysia Airlines flight 370.
Ashira: It was not interdimensional slippage, and it was not a uh – they were not taken by us. So let us be very clear. We would not do that. Not at this point because from our perspective that would be seen as an act of war or terrorism. We would not break that many hearts.
So what happened was that there was an explosion and the ship went down. Could we have saved it? There are certain things that we are not permitted to interfere with. But let us also – now this is what we can say – on that ship everyone was taken care of.
SM: Ah, all right. I know that there’s lots of people that are going to want me to dig for detail on that, but I’m going to trust that you’ve given us what you can, so we’ll just leave it at that.
Ashira: There were people on there that – now we have also, and when I say we I mean we, the Intergalactic, but I also mean Archangel Michael and several of your ascended masters – who are all our ascended masters, by the way – is that not a question? Do we work with the same ascended masters? Yes, we do. Do we work with a broader spectrum? Yes, we do.
But there were many upon that ship who as a collective – and this is something that often happens – is there is a group soul, whether you realise it or not, who have agreed to leave together. Now those who did not want to pass from their form were beamed up.
SM: Alright. Thank you for that. So the next pressing current event thing is the situation in the Ukraine – it’s also captured the attention of the world, and of course there’s a huge amount of speculation as to the significance and truth of what’s really going on there. Of course, you may be restricted about what you can say about that too, but have the Russians been providing the open door for contact between the people of Earth and extra-terrestrials?
Ashira: The Russian people have been given historically and currently, enormous openings and opportunity to be a point of contact and a point of opening between the various fleets and humanity.
Now are … what you can think of, and you are speaking to me now as Commander – what you would call Commander in Chief – we have intervened as much as we possibly can, not because we are acting in ways that are making contact with the Russian people but in ways to prevent brutality. What is going with Russia, the Ukraine, the Crimea, and we cannot leave China out of this mix, and the United States of America for that matter, what is going is ego and it is the flexing of ego muscles, national ego muscles. There is not a sacred cause behind this.
Now one of the things we keep saying and one of the reasons why we have not, as you would put it, landed on the White House lawn is that we are not going to engage in drama – there will be enough drama! We will not engage in warlike behaviour.
And so we are not going to make what you have termed Disclosure, or arrival, or our presence known other than in ways of protection and intervention, we are not going to do that as a reward for war. So this is not about Russia making way for us – we are quite capable of making way for ourselves! Russia has been offered this opportunity time and time and time again, and we are still very optimistic that they will take us up on it. But this situation that is going on right now is a clearing of old, very old, almost archetypal behaviours on the part of human beings.
You see, one of the things that we foresee, and one of the things that was pivotal – and is pivotal – about Gaia becoming a full member of the Intergalactic Council, which is not made up of this nation state or that nation state, they are planetary, they are galactic. So this behaviour and this warring allegiance to a nation state is very foreign to us.
So while we honour, and on board ship and throughout the fleet we have hundreds of different, what you would think of as cultures, heritages, nationalities, planetary shapes, biological systems, but it would never dawn on us not to honour the culture or the customs, or the way of communication. But the attachment, in the most positive sense of the word, the loyalty is to the galaxy, is to the One, not to this or that power structure – that is truly the oldest, most archaic paradigm there is. You might as well be talking about monarchies!
SM: OK, alright. Can you say anything about the cigar-shaped craft that was filmed?
Ashira: That’s us! That is one of our ships. And as we say, we are intervening and we are making our presence known. We have been very clear that we will not allow violence to escalate beyond a certain level. Now we know that humanity is working out, collectively, many issues, many false grids, paradigms, false belief systems, vasanas, you have a million terms for one thing. But that is good and that is fine. That is like a rebellious teenager trying to find their centre and their sense of self.
But we are simply giving a very gentle reminder that there is a greater force to be reckoned with and we do not mean in any way, shape or form, of violence. We don’t use violence. What we have found over thousands and thousands of years – violence doesn’t work. It only begets violence.
SM: Indeed. And I will say thank you from my heart and the collective heart of humanity if I may for all the work that you’ve done once again – it’s just so appreciated, and there’s so much that we don’t know about what you do. It’s all this love and I just really appreciate it.
Could you tell me if there’s a pyramid there?
Ashira: Yes, there is.
SM: How does it figure into the current situation? Or does it?
Ashira: It has been there for a long time! There are pyramids, more pyramids than you know, all over your planet. And then there are also, what we would call, generators, generator crystals, points of convergence. What the pyramids are for, they are … think of them as points or co-ordinates on the grid, and they are energy generators. Now, there is a trend that we have noted amongst many of our beloved lightworkers to talk about free energy. Energy has always been free. It is only part of the old paradigm that people are actually charging – and paying – for the resources of Gaia. It is quite peculiar!
But what these pyramids – people tend to think of pyramids as sacred places, and they are, but they are not burial places – they are not necessarily places of riches, they are energy generators. So that’s what it is there for, and one of the ‘back stories’ as you would call it, for the pyramid in the Crimea is simply that there is a misunderstanding that perhaps they can harness that energy and use it, and sell it! That is not the point.
SM: Alright, well I didn’t want to get to this question until later because there’s so many other things, but I had a vision maybe last week sometime that the pyramids are very much like lightships in that they’re comprised of a collective consciousness and they basically assembled themselves. I would love to have an entire show devoted to this subject of ancient Egypt. Is that something that you or your colleagues might be interested in joining us for a show or two on?
Ashira: Yes, we would be delighted to. And I will tell you that you are correct … but incomplete. Can I suggest that … that the pyramids, think of them also as we have said, they are energy generator points on the grid, and now we are talking not just the grid of Gaia, but intergalactically. They … just like the crystals that have been embedded, and that Gaia has so graciously shared with us … they are energy generators, but below many of the pyramids of various kinds, including some of the ancient mounds, is there are energy plates and they will play a very big role, not only in future energy for the planet – clean energy for the planet – but also in the Cities of Light.
It is … you shake your head for example under Giza, and you say if there is a huge … hmm your closest reference point would be a nuclear generator – but it is not … underneath the sands, how has it not been detected? Well, we have many ways in which to shield, and we do!
SM: We have some more questions about you, about you actually, and I wonder if we should do that in this show, or if we can devote an entire show on life on board ship. Do you have biological families, how different is Earth from a really huge ship, and things like that?
Ashira: I would be pleased to talk about this. It is your show, dear heart, you decide.
SM: Oh, there’s so much! Alright, well if you’d agree to come back …
Ashira: I will agree to come back.
SM: That’s wonderful. OK, so here’s a good one – the people in my, admittedly unusual circle – and actually well beyond are enthusiastically looking forward to having in-person contact with our galactic family, even just having a conversation like this is wildly exciting because the anticipation of meeting up is just beyond description. I’m feeling a similar desire from you guys and I get that you all have been waiting way longer than we have for reunion, like you said. The technology in sharing of information is all very nice, but there’s so much more to look forward to. So my question is, what needs to take place before ships can land and we can have our conscious face-to-face connections?
Ashira: You are correct in so far as we have been waiting a lot longer than you! But you know, it isn’t a contest. And it isn’t a contest because also our interdimensional, transdimensional experience of time is somewhat different than yours. It is not that we do not understand your 24 hours, seven day, monthly cycles of time – of course we do – but our perception of time, the passage of time and how we measure time, is somewhat different.
The technology that we will bring to Earth is like ‘hors d’oeuvres’ – it is not the ‘main event’! What we look forward to is reunion. I know the yearning of your hearts. I know the yearning of your souls. And I know the yearning … and yes, in certain situations the impatience of many of you, and certainly of my fleet. And that is one of the reasons why we already have had so many Beings on the ground, basically preparing the way.
Now many of you have had experiences where you have encountered a star brother or sister or friend. But what has to happen, we are not asking nor are we waiting for all of you to be saints, to be living completely in the divine qualities. We are not waiting for Ascension, but there are certain vibrations that need to be compatible. And it’s a love vibration. Now I don’t mean romantic love, or even familial love. But there does need to be a vibration of love that is high enough so that we can meet in the middle.
We … it is more than just that we abhor violence, nastiness, greed – we’re working on your control issues – if there is one thing that we are truly working on your recalcitrant groups on, it is control. So it needs to be that there is a place where we can meet – and it is not merely an interdimensional meeting place – Gaia is quite firmly ensconced in the fifth, and most of you are, by the way, as well – you’re just not fully aware of it. But, have you ever gone to a gathering or a party or a situation where you walk in and the energy is so discordant, you don’t even take time to identify it. It is just that there is a danger, a flashing light, and you know, “I’d better get out of here”. That’s what it is for us.
Now, we have had, and I might say some of our most adventurous troops have taken up residence – some back and forth – but some permanent. Well, they get leave, they get to come back, but they are taking up residence on Gaia and not only are they adjusting to the vibration or frequency, that is often why when they first, ah … well what you would call ‘land’ … they come to less populated areas because the energy density is not as thick – as discordant. But they are adjusting and they are migrating to the places of chaos, and what they are doing on behalf of not just UFOG, but of many of the fleets, is that they are attuning not only themselves but us. And particularly the landing fleets so that we would be able to tolerate your atmosphere – and we don’t mean the quality of oxygen, we mean the emotional atmosphere of Earth! Yes, it is very difficult, and that is why we are always shaking our heads and wondering what’s taking so long to change it.
SM: Oh – we wonder that too!
Ashira: I know you do! All my beloved lightworkers and lightholders are saying exactly the same thing. And that is why so many of you, some knowing, some unknowing, spend a great deal of your sleeping ‘R & R time’ up here on ship so that you can be fortified to keep going. But that’s what’s required. We’re not saying that all the divine qualities need to be anchored – we do not see ourselves as substantially different – but one of the things that we have learned is to hold those lesser vibrations, the hatred, the mayhem, the willingness to kill, the willingness to let your neighbour starve, the willingness to live in societies where someone has everything and another person sleeps in the street. We have learned that that doesn’t work.
Now, Archangel Michael has said to you – you collectively – that you have need to reach a place where this is simply not acceptable. For us, we know and that you should never forget that there will always be a residue of the old Third, so that you don’t forget. It is the same with us – no, we’re not in the third dimension – we tend to be, hmm … slightly in the fifth but more in the seventh and eighth – but we remember how dangerous, literally to our survival, it is to engage in those emotions, those qualities, those actions of hatred – of killing. We can’t do it. We won’t do it.
So we work from afar, we’re trying to adjust – well we don’t just try, we are – making our adjustments in your frequency and in ours so that we can come together. One of the rationales, the ‘work around’ that we all came up with as a result of the Intergalactic Council – our directive was that we would have the – what you would refer to as ‘boots on the ground’ so that you would get used to us. Now you are encountering us – now let us tell you how you see us. We have made sure, regardless of the humanoid form that we are adopting, that we have what we would call ‘stars in our eyes’ – that there are pinpricks and starbursts of light in our eyes, that we are kind, that we are gentle – strong, but gentle, considerate. You won’t discover one of your star brothers and sisters pushing in front of you at the grocery! They may yield their place and engage you in conversation, so this is how you know us, we are often – usually, actually – tall. It’s just our way. We also like to be able to see what’s going on.
Now, Suzi, my sister, I am telling you this, all of you, frankly and honestly, perhaps more frankly than we ever have, so that you do know what’s required. We have said time and time again we won’t come in a situation that is going to evoke fear. And as you – well, some of you – know, that is exactly what went awry with the proposed trip for some of you to the Neptune is that it was couched in the threat of violence and we could never allow that – we will not engage in violence.
But the good news is, you’re almost there! There is a handful of people, humans yes, still working out their issues. But the populace is tired of war, is tired of chaos, is tired of inequity, is tired of have and have-not, and more importantly they see through the charades that the so-called leaders are playing. So the populace is at the tipping point and I might say that we have our hand on that scale, and we are helping for the populace to simply say, “No more”. Even those who are wearing battle fatigues and sitting in tanks, in machine-gun nests, in the caves, on the planes, they are so weary of heart. They don’t sit there thinking, “I can’t wait to pull a trigger or throw a grenade and kill somebody”. What they are thinking of is, “I wish I was home holding my new-born baby”.
SM: Well, you know, being tired of the way things are and being able to live from the heart are two different things, completely. I’m just wondering if the Tsunami of Love is designed to wash all those fears and doubts away so that we can just be in our hearts – all of us.
Ashira: That is exactly what the Tsunami is designed for. It is a cleansing, and it is the cleansing that the Mother is giving Gaia, well giving humanity, to wash away the debris so that only the brightness of each being’s divinity is left, and the knowing of that divinity.
SM: So, the effect of the Tsunami on people who are already living from the heart, will that serve to help restore us to full memory because we would be so much more efficient and powerful in our abilities to help the shift along?
Ashira: You are the new leadership.
Suzanne: We want to get on with it!
Ashira: And you are getting on with it. First, the tiredness, the weariness of war – and we think of war as all types of conflict or confrontation – had to happen because if that was not present, what would happen with the Tsunami is that it would mostly short-circuit people and they would die. The energy is that strong. So they are ready and might I suggest, we are ready, you are ready and the Mother has already begun opening the floodgates.
Suzanne: So that brings me to, what significance does the coming equinox have and what can we expect for the second half of March?
Ashira: Miracles!
Suzanne: Yay!
Ashira: Yes! Now miracles to you is every day to us! And I don’t mean that in a derogatory sense. I mean expect the unexpected and expect the fulfillment of what you have been waiting for on many, many fronts, political, societal, financial, cultural. Does it all happen in one day, one of your days, where all of a sudden everything ceases? No. But it does happen like a domino and the good news is that the dominoes have already started falling. You are already in that catalytic conversion process – and it won’t be stopped.
It would take, well the Mother could always stop it but She has no intention of it. She, Her design of which we are also a part of, is for this to increase, not to halt. So what you are looking at and you do tend to look to things like the equinox and the time of revitalization, of rebirth, of spring. There is nothing more exciting than springtime on Gaia!
SM: I agree with you there – it’s a miracle.
Ashira: It is a miracle of regeneration, of rebirth. It is the reminder to each and every human being that recovery, rediscovery, regeneration, rejuvenation is the way of this planet.
SM: I know that we’ve been working together already in a form of energy work, okay, and we’re in partnership already. I haven’t gotten much confirmation beyond that warm fuzzy feeling of being in service. Can we look forward to a more tangible and unmistakable partnership with you? Meaning the collective you, and cleaning up the planet?
Ashira: Yes. Now Gaia, and we – the ‘collective we’ as you put it – have already been working diligently for a long time. Now, one of the major things that we are doing right now, as you know we have spoken of, once again, for the first time in over fifty years, we are bathing the planet in ‘pink’. And so, not only Gaia herself, but all of humanity. It is our contribution to the preparation for the fullness of the Tsunami, and it is a very gentle pink but if you allow your eyes to go a little out of focus and you look at the air around you, you will notice that there is a pink tinge to it – that is us and that is part of our partnership, so yes, we are in conscious partnership.
But let us also throw something into the mix. We are in service to you. So often, and because of the history of the human collective and the way that control and so-called leadership has been historically experienced, you tend to think of yourself in service to … to a cause, to the Mother, to a leader, to a country etc. And then you tend to think you are in service to the masters, you are in service to the archangels, and you are in service to us.
So let us be very clear on this: we are as much – and in the beginning of our interactions, face to face, hand to hand, heart to heart – we are far more in service to you, and we are thrilled, we are excited about it, because there is a lot to do and we know how to do it. So you don’t have to try, for example, and fix the plumbing if you have a plumber in the house! Well, we know how to fix many of the ailing of what is wrong and what you would like to rectify. So yes, we will be tangibly, physically face to face, not in dream time, not in bilocation to be on board ship, but on Gaia, in form.
SM: Surely you can feel how much, well, so much of the collective – all of the people that I know all want that so very much.
Ashira: Can we say this … because we’ve talked a lot – and I thank you for allowing me to talk a lot … about this frequency business, about the vibration business, and when you – and all of you who are listening, and far beyond – when you are holding that anxiousness, that excitement, that yearning in your heart for us to be with you, it raises the frequency, it raises the vibrations, it gives us full permission and it matches our vibration, our yearning, our excitement, our readiness. So please – don’t stop!
SM: I don’t think I could! Alright …
Ashira: You never have!
SM: No … no. I’m so grateful for this conversation and I really look forward to having more of them. Alright, so I just have one more ‘quickie’ and then we’ll go to a couple of callers if it’s alright. Would it be accurate to say that we won’t see Prosperity Packages released or the Global Currency Reset until the Cabal has been in effect disabled, and are you able to offer a status on that situation?
Ashira: No. Prosperity reset, abundance packages, everything you’re thinking of that falls into those categories is part of the defeat of the Cabal. So it is not dependent upon the Cabal being completely – what you call the Cabal, what we call ‘recalcitrant’ … [laughs]
SM: Ok [laughs]
Ashira: It is not dependent … That would give them far too much power – and they’ve had enough power …
SM: I’ll say …
Ashira: So, no – it is not dependent on that. And that is why, my friend, it is already underway. You will be seeing tangible results very quickly.
SM: Alright. Good news – very good news. Thank you, thank you. OK, gosh this is just awesome and I’m really looking forward to having you back on the show to talk about ancient Egypt and life on ships and all that sort of thing. So, shall we go on to a couple of callers then?
Ashira: I would be honored.
SM: Alright, wonderful, thank you so much. OK, so we are on to area code 724 – are you with us?
AC724: Yes, Hello, good morning. Thank you very much, I appreciate the opportunity, Commander Ashira. If I may … the points at which intervention is able to occur and not able to occur – I understand that you don’t advocate anything injuring another, so that’s understandable.
But to help the awakening process, something like the plane disappearance. The people are – the families that is, and other people that are involved and have issues and connections with people that were on board that plane – are in some sort of fear and worry already. But if that plane would happen to be put into a different dimension temporarily and people are safe, and then that would maybe help spur the momentum and awakening process through people questioning, “How can a plane without any debris left just disappear completely, and then maybe appear again at a later time – linear – here on Earth”. And just get your thoughts on that. I do appreciate it, and I thank you and I love you.
Ashira: And I love you my friend. And I love the loyalty that you have shown and demonstrated for many years. Now as I have said, this disappearance of the Malaysian plane was not our doing. But your question is bigger than that, is it not? It is, could we basically, interdimensionally shift a plane and then allow it to reappear. Yes, we could do that …
AC724: … Not to focus on the reasons, if you will, for honest healthy … it would increase in the acceleration of awakening – that’s all.
Ashira: … because we would not do this to think … think of the fear – because of your media, because of your governments – that that would cause if all of a sudden there was a knowing that we could pick up hmm, jumbo jets, and put them down somewhere else. This would give … entire economies – rather than feeding the poor – would then be funneled into military technology – and that is the last thing we want.
We want the hard awakening which has been occurring. You see, this is one of the things that happened during the Intergalactic Wars, was the shifting in-between dimensions, realities and what you would think of as ‘super-technology’. And in that slippage, in that transfer, planets were destroyed – every inhabitant on the planet was killed. So we’re not going to employ that, because even on Earth because there are so many starseeds and brave ones who have volunteered to oversee – yes, oversee – this Ascension process. It would evoke those memories and those concerns that that level of technology had been implemented again. We won’t do it.
Now, will we do other things to assist in the awakening? Yes, we will. And we are. Do you remember when we did a ‘fly-by’ at the London Olympics?
SM: Oh yes!
Ashira: And nobody remembers or comments! There have been massive fly-overs, and the next day they are ‘covered up’ by the powers-that-be to which the media comply. So it is not that we have not given evidence, it is that the evidence is buried and ignored. But we are not going to stop – in fact we are upping it.
SM: Excellent, OK, alright – thank you for your call. We are onto Area Code 949 – are you with us?
949: Yes, Hi.
Ashira: Welcome …
AC949: I wanted to see if you can explain to me what is going on at the volcano in Mexico City – it’s called Popocatepetl. Is like a group of guys is called ? …millenio, these guys are entirely indicated to have a contact with you, right. They even do, like a whole nice show you know like a ? (unintelligible) and watch with cameras and everything, you know like for eight to ten hours constantly to see if they can see you on top of this mountain – I mean this volcano in Mexico City. Have you noticed them? I mean they have seen many UFO’s, what they call it, in the cameras but they really are interested in getting closer contact with you guys – I don’t know, how do you feel about it?
Ashira: There are many such projects under way, which this is just one of them, both in the United States, in Mexico, in Latin America, all over Europe, Australia as well, and so it is not – as we were saying – it is not that there is not ample photographic evidence of our – well, what you are seeing is of course the smaller ships – but nevertheless you are very conscious of our ships, but the way that we are making contact rather – right now – rather than massive contact, is person to person to person to person, because what some of those beings that are looking to see the ships and to identify them, which is good work, is they are looking still for a landing and for beings that are very different – alien – to come forth, and that is not the way that we are going to present ourselves.
SM: OK, that’s beautiful. Alright, so we have five minutes left, is there anything that you would like to say in closing?
Ashira: What I would like to say in closing is how much we love the people of Earth. Have we traveled from afar? Our particular fleet? Yes, we have, and I will tell you that 87% of my fleet is still in the Outer Galaxies. I command from a distance. But we have come here, there is a historical connection between us. You are the return of the Creator Race. You are a group of humans – of beautiful souls – that have decided because you know innately the importance and the value of community, of heart union, that you would ascend as one, that the individual Ascension, as marvelous and as fulfilling as it is, is nothing compared to going as one into a new realm of being.
Your hearts and your bodies are not only persistent and consistent– you are stalwart. You say – whether it is to me or my friend Ashtar, or to Michael, or to the Mother – you have one consistent question, and that is “When?” But your patience, your fortitude, your faith – has really never wavered. Think of it from our perspective: yes, we look down and there is a group of people playing ‘power games’ and doing things that are very unacceptable, untenable, but you collectively have pure hearts, your purity, your vibration, Gaia’s call for help and your call for help has gone out throughout the multiverse.
Thousands of years ago – not seventy years ago, not a hundred years ago, we have been in sacred partnership for a long, long time – for thousands and thousands of years we walked the Earth during the time of Atlantis – we were best friends. And that time – the renewal of that friendship, of our kinship – is not ten thousand years hence, is not seventy years hence – it is now. Right now.
SM: Thank you so much for joining us. I’m really looking forward to more and I’m just – blown away! Thank you so much.
Ashira: I bring you all of our Love and Greetings from the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies.
SM: Much Love to all.
Ashira: Go in Peace.
SM: Farewell.
Ashira: Farewell.
Channeled by Linda Dillon 03-11-2014
© 2014 The Council of Love
10/2/18 Update from the Galactic Federation of Light and the Spiritual Hierarchy
thru Sheldan Nidle
Planetary Activation Organization
Selamat Jalwa! (Be in righteousness) All is as before. While the dark cabal persists in being its usual arrogant self, we move forward dynamically, assisting our Earth allies in keeping far ahead of the cabal. Their days are numbered and they are painfully aware of it. As our Earth allies continue to carry out the next stage of our ever-evolving strategies, victory is assured. These plans of action are immensely complex and include a myriad of variables. Remember that this is a global undertaking. We recognize that the time to dismantle the current power structure is taking its toll on your patience. We ask for your continued perseverance and trust while these joint timetables are in process. They will manifest in right divine time. Be confident and gracefully accept that the time approaches for your blessings to begin. Be prepared to use the prosperity promised you to fulfill all your dreams.
The entire process of altering this planetary society has become much more complicated than first expected. Your world was initially conceived by the Anunnaki as a realm utterly convinced of the invincibility of those in power. Thus, the present crew of minions saw themselves as Beings capable of overcoming whatever might reduce or end their hold on power. A contemptuous set of core beliefs was deeply etched into humanity's psyche. One of many reasons we have had such difficulty in supporting our partners in the Light was the very persistence of these insane conceptions. But now, day by day, these beliefs are receding as Heaven beams bursts of positive and consciousness-raising energies at humankind. We have watched as our earthly partners triumphantly transformed this negative ideology while launching a succession of major arrests among this global gaggle of sycophants. The intent of this operation is to ensure that prosperity will lead directly into GESARA for your long-suffering world. Step by inevitable step, this is indeed becoming the case!
As you view your planet, you observe how these changes are taking place. The real truth is that this world of yours can no longer function as it previously has. A glaring and desperate need for change is everywhere. The water crisis is one of the most obvious. Most of your world lacks a totally safe water supply. Resources to provide it are there yet are unavailable, owing to politics and supposed expense. Blessings are to be bestowed, empowering you to use these funds to solve this monstrous humanitarian crisis. This is one of many infrastructure problems to be resolved: many others, such as roads, bridges, and restoring war-torn countries, require compassion, courage and cutting-edge thinking. We know that a great many people are standing by, eager to demonstrate the solutions needed for success. It is a matter of providing a solid foundation for all by producing enough food to end starvation forever.
Surface changes are also affecting the inner realms of Mother Earth. Even the central Sun, the crystal core of your planet, is heating up. This increase of energy is in preparation for Gaia's coming move into full consciousness. These alterations to the Earth's crystalline core are reflected in ecological changes occurring in many parts of Inner Earth: these are being addressed by its Governing Council and the people of Agartha. They decided to increase the frequency of their rituals and send to Gaia's surface specialized teams of scientists who could propose more felicitous solutions. Your Agarthan supporters and your sacred secret associates are alert and equipped to begin a sequence of events that are to result in triumph for the Light. Heaven blesses all who support Gaia's transformation; and all who have worked tirelessly in establishing a funding network, the basis for a new financial system, reworked worldwide currencies and, most of all, a global network of common law. These various frameworks are now interlocked in place to transform and enLighten your dark and distorted reality. Never allow all the previous delays to diminish and dispirit your vision of a new and sacred realm for all humanity. Final celebrations are coming into view! Hallelujah!!
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We arrive with great blessings! We watch as each of you grow in consciousness and gracefully use your new skills to help move the process forward toward your ultimate freedom. Now you are to observe as many unknown to you rise and, in unison, assist Gaia and this "global village" in which you reside to transform and co-create a marvelous new reality. This is the reality that is to welcome your greater family. Always remember that this is all a divine blessing. We thank those of courage and magnificent abilities who have made it possible. We also thank each one of you, who has long held this vision and unleashed your bounteous energies to be added to all that we do.
This undertaking has taken several millennia to develop. You, and your progeny, are to joyfully savor its most delectable fruit. Be ever grateful to Heaven and ready to praise all those who have journeyed from afar to assist you in this sacred cause. As Masters, we deeply bless this task and are fully aware that this momentous change is to be sublimely peaceful. It is to be the dawn of a greater shift, signaling the end of cabal rule. You are to be introduced to clean and transparent governance! This is a new era of rebirth and unsurpassable joy at how Heaven is transforming your reality.
Vibrant spiritual energies will be available to alter your existing reality and prepare you for your crystal Light chambers. Their special living Light is to return to you what the Atlanteans stole. You are to expand this large assembly of Masters and complete the work begun long ago in ancient Lemuria. You are to witness the rebirth of this solar star nation and use your superior new powers to greatly intensify the meditations and prayers that we perform each day in support of Gaia and her sister worlds. Our Sun contains a mighty Spirit that welcomes you in joy to this new realm. The darkness under which you have lived has served a purpose. You are to use its acquired wisdom, much as we have, to transmit the power of the Light to all corners of the Universe. As beings in divine service, we joyously await what Heaven so desires. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!
Today, we moved forward with our messages about what is unfolding all around you. Your reality is shifting, preparing itself to be transformed by the Light. In the course of this process you are being readied to meet your spiritual and space families. You will then be able to become fully conscious Beings of Light! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
10/2/18 The Arcturians thru Suzanne Lie
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
Your spinal column houses kundalini force. It awaits your transmutation into 5th dimensional consciousness through which you can stablish contact with extraterrestrial beings now orbiting Earth
Greetings from the Arcturians, as well as your entire Galactic Family, which is much larger than you may imagine. Please realize that every decision that humanity makes within this NOW is having a great impact on the planet. If that decision is based on love and light for Gaia and All her inhabitants, you have given Gaia a greater gift than you may imagine. As humans become more conscious of their “Higher Self,” who is their Multidimensional Self, they will feel more and more of a need, an urge, to focus on the core of the planet.
As humanity begins to “remember” that Gaia is a living being, they will begin to understand how person and planet are made up of the same elements of Earth, Air, Fire and Water. Also, just as each human has a core, so does Gaia. Therefore, when you focus on Gaia’s planetary Body, you are also focusing on Humanities Human Body. Furthermore, each “element” of humanity’s Earth, Air, Fire and Water interacts and affects every other element.
More and more of humanity is beginning to consciously feel and accept the higher frequencies of light that are NOW entering Earth’s atmosphere, as well as All of Gaia’s planetary life forms. Then, as humanity becomes more and more aware of their own ascension process, they will become more and more aware of Gaia’s planetary ascension. “What does ‘ascension’ mean?” you may ask.
Ascension is a transmutation of the frequency of reality into the next octave of vibration. Transmutation is change, alteration and/or transformation into the next octave of reality. More and more “awakened” humans are becoming aware that they have a core within them, which is their spinal column which houses their Kundalini force. This Kundalini force lies latent within the base of your spinal column awaiting your transmutations into 5th dimensional consciousness. It is through this higher dimensional Kundalini force that humans can establish a conscious contact with the higher dimensional beings who are NOW orbiting Gaia’s Galaxy. These 5th dimensional, and beyond, beings, are orbiting Gaia to assist humanity on Earth with Gaia’s transmutation into the next octave of her planetary Operating Frequency.
These “beings” are Galactics, Angelics, Elohim and Ascended Masters. All of these multidimensional beings are able to communicate with Gaia’s 3rd dimensional reality from their home world in the higher dimensions, and/or from their Star Ships, which are now orbiting Gaia via their cloaked Ships. They keep their Star Ships cloaked so as not to frighten those who are not yet ready to perceive the higher dimensions of reality that have always surrounded them. Usually, these humans are not yet ready to expand their consciousness to encompass higher dimensional thoughts and communications.
However, we know that, eventually, many of them will awaken to their own Multidimensional Self. Once a human is in conscious alignment with their own Multidimensional Self, they will be able to activate their inter-dimensional sensory perceptions. It is your inter-dimensional sensory perception that Allows you to remember who you are within the higher dimensional expressions of your Multidimensional Self. Once they will be able to “listen” to the still, small voice that has been them since their early childhood, they will remember that they have always been under the guidance and protection of their own higher dimensional expression of Self.
Some of the experiences that you may have during this inter-dimensional guidance will be to go through old karmic issues that you are NOW ready to balance and clear. By “balance” we mean that you learn/remember to perceive what has occurred in your life as “a reminder of why you chose to take an earth vessel within this now.” Your 3rd dimensional Self may judge some of these experiences as “bad or painful.” On the other hand you may judge other experiences as being “good and enjoyable.” We, your Galactic Family, remind you that the terms “good and bad” are human terms, as these types of polarities do not exist in the higher fourth and 5th dimensional realities.
Yes there are actual realities that much like what you may perceive as a “reality” on your 3rd dimensional daily life, as well as your fourth dimensional sleeping and/or meditating life. These realities come into your awareness when your consciousness has expanded past the 3rd and lower fourth dimensions and into your upper fourth and 5th dimensional frequencies of realty. In fact, allow us now to give you our Galactic definition of “reality.” Those who resonate to the higher fourth, 5th and beyond frequencies of reality have expanded their brain enough to move into the first octaves of their Multidimensional Mind.
You see, dear humans, your brain is like a computer that files and stores information for your 3rd dimensional physical form. On the other hand, your mind is multidimensional and can interact, hear and even see, higher dimensions of realities. Of course one will need to “believe” in higher dimensional realities or they will just excuse their higher dimensional experience as “a weird dream or meditation.” However, these ones who judge the higher frequencies as “weird” are cheating themselves from Allowing an inter-dimensional communication to enter their consciousness.
An “inter-dimensional” communication is when your 3rd dimensional physical Self is able to receive, believe and accept a message from your Higher Dimensional Self.
Of course, if one does not Allow themselves to receive the message and pushes it away from their awareness, their consciousness will not be exposed to a higher frequencies of resonance. Therefore, their return to the awareness their Higher Dimensional Self will be delayed. A manner in which humanity can assure that they will return to their Higher Dimensional Self is to remember that every one of you are a channel through which the higher dimensional frequencies can be grounded into the body of planet Earth. Through your thoughts, words or writings, you will be able to hear, feel and/or see the higher dimensional beings that live with you, but in a higher frequency of resonance. More and more of humanity is learning to “channel” the messages from their higher dimensional frequencies of Self.
We, your higher dimensional family, as well as your own higher dimensional aspects of Self, are ready and happily willing to communicate with you and guide you through your process of personal and planetary ascension. As more and more members of humanity are willing to be aware of and express their higher dimensional energy fields and communications, they will serve to quicken Gaia’s “transmutation” within the core of her living and fully aware Earth vessel. Once a human awakens to their innate process of transmutation into their 5th dimensional Self, their process of ascension will advance within the core of humanities spinal cord.
The Ancient Monks and Wise Mean knew that one day, likely in their distant future, that a higher frequency of vibration would enter Gaia’s atmosphere and move into her planetary core. Within Gaia’s core are huge crystals, which “keeps the lights on” for Earth’s surface. Just as humans and animals have hearts that beat to keep us alive, Gaia has huge crystals that serve to keep Gaia’s alive. Yes Gaia is an alive being who has evolved into being a planetary Being.
Unfortunately, there are still many humans on Earth who are not aware of Gaia’s core or their own core. Why is the human core, and Gaia’s core are so important? The reason is that the force of Kundalini holds the alchemy to activate the rise of humanity into the 5th dimension, as well as the rise of Gaia’s frequency of resonance into the 5th dimension. Unless humanity makes great changes and advances in their state of consciousness, they will not be able to expand their personal consciousness to match Gaia’s higher planetary consciousness. It is those ones who will experience the “end of their reality.”
However, Gaia’s reality, as well as All humans and beings who can expand their frequency rate into the 5th dimension, will be able to experience the “Birth of New Earth,” that many speak of. For humans, this activation begins within their Kundalini, which is the “the force of transmutation” that is located in the core of humanity’s spinal core and human brain. The Kundalini force lies latent within the base of a human’s spinal cord. When Gaia’s Kundalini force is activated, the transmutation of the spinal cord will begin at the base of the spin and eventually flow up into the brain. This transmutation will activate the latent 5th dimensional frequency of resonance within the core of Gaia.
All of Gaia’s Nature Beings will be activated into, and aligned with, this planetary transmutation, which will begin in Gaia’s core crystals which are in the core of her planetary body. This process of planetary Ascension will then expand out in All directions to move towards the surface of Gaia’s planetary Self. This process is often known as Sacred Alchemy, which initiates one’s 3rd dimensional Self, to begin an accelerated frequency expansion to resonate to the 5th dimension. Sacred Alchemy, which only the most evolved of humans were able to learn, teach and share, is a philosophical/scientific tradition that was first practiced throughout Egypt and Eurasia.
Alchemy is based on the concept of expanding the frequency rate of the earth, air, fire, water and ethers into the next octave of resonance. We capitalize “next octave” to assist you to understand that a great leap in consciousness will occur for All animals, plants, water, fire and air, as well as All humans who are able to align their consciousness with this planetary Transmutation.
We are aware that the “dark ones,” also known as the illuminate” will NOT be able to join the Ascension Movement unless they release their “power over others” and focus on finding their own Higher Dimensional Self who will remind them of their “Power within,” that will ONLY send love and light. After this great transmutation, All life will be considered as “living beings” in the same manner that humanity has been considered to be “living beings.” If any of you have visited Venus, you will understand how All life can, and does, communicate with All life.
Then, humanity’s illusion that they are the most evolved beings on Earth will be revealed as a very small concept in the face of All life resonating to the frequency of the 5th dimension. There have been “Ascended Masters,” who volunteered to come from their 5th dimensional home world to try to educate the 3rd dimensional humans. We say “tried” because most of their teachings were misunderstood and misused. Therefore, the experiment came to a halt until the humans, who were supposed to be the most evolved beings on Earth, fell into the “Dark Night of the Soul.” in which they All had to face and transmute All of their lower 3rd dimensional actions, thoughts and words, into the higher frequency of the 5th dimension.
Humanity still could not live 100% in unconditional love, which was necessary to complete ones transmutation into their 5th dimensional frequency of Self. Hence, many Avatars and Holy Beings, came to Earth to assist humanity to “remember that they are 5th dimensional beings from their perspective home worlds.” That tactic was also, only somewhat successful. It seemed that the Dark ones who lived via “Power Over Others,” had corrupted many of the humans who had chosen to enter Earth in their 5th dimensional bodies to teach others about their innate “Power within.”
As they soon realized, holding a 5th dimensional frequency of resonance on a 3rd dimensional planet was very difficult. However, each of the “avatars” were able to at least “plant the seeds of love and light” in the many realities that were ruled by fear and darkness. Some of these “seeds” grew and some died. However, the concept of transmutation slowly began to infiltrate more and more of humanity’s consciousness. Therefore, more and more Ascended Masters (beings who had already become 5th dimensional beings on Earth, but were largely persecuted and killed) were able to return again to Earth to transmute into their light body once they left their 3rd dimensional earth vessel.
This “Sacred Alchemy” of transmuting into/returning to your Higher Dimensional expression of Self began to expand into the hearts and minds of the humans who were able to gain mastery over their fear and to live within the protection and 5th dimensional frequency of the light. As you All know, many of these Ascended Beings who returned to Earth were murdered by the very humans that they sought to assist. However, there were always a few humans who were able to understand what was actually happening. These awakened and awakening humans were realizing that becoming an Ascended Master meant that each one had “ascended” their consciousness beyond any frequencies of fear, anger, sorrow or need to be better than or harm others.
As you can imagine, this process takes a very long time, and many humans are still no where near perfect understanding, much less perfectly, of living the higher dimensional messages.” Dear Gaia has taken on too much negative, meaning fearful, mental, emotional and physical messages. Gaia, whose heart and mind are in her core, wishes to remind humanity that they too have a core, which runs up their spinal column. Within humanity’s core of the their Spinal column is the “Pathway for the Rise of the Kundalini.” However, most humans are not aware of this Pathway, which is by design.
Only those who have been able to understand and live in unconditional love will be able to understand and live from within the core of Self, which is connected to the core of Gaia. We shall return to speak more about humanity’s core of Self.
Blessing to All who can receive and understand our message. We will return!
Your Galactic Family
9/25/18 Galactic Codex by Cobra
Source: Original article from Cobra’s blog: “Galactic Codex”, published on April 4, 2012.
Planet Earth is the last planet in this universe under the occupation of the Dark Forces, the last relic of galactic wars that raged throughout the galaxy for millions of years.
As the Galaxy was being liberated form the grip of the Dark Forces, the Forces of Light have been evolving from a military force created in the urgent need to defend basic liberties of sentient beings towards a harmonious galactic and cosmic society. As beings within the Galactic Confederation have evolved spiritually and made their alignment and union with the Ascended Masters, they have discovered an inner codex that regulates all inter-relationships between beings of Light and their relation towards the Dark Forces and occupied planets. This codex is called the Galactic Codex and represents the legal basis for all actions of the Confederation in this and other galaxies. This Codex is not a rigid set of external laws but a systematized code of inner ethics of all souls of Light that all beings of Light accept with their free will because it reflects their inner truth.
We will now state the Galactic Codex in a form that is understandable to an average awakened being in a human society.
Section I: The Law of Divine Grace
Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to positive life experience.
To explain Section I we need to understand that suffering and pain have no value in enlightened Galactic society liberated from the influence of Dark Forces and other aspects of cosmic anomaly. To value pain, suffering and sacrifice as a part of the growth experience was a part of the programming from the Dark Forces in order to enslave the population of the occupied planets more easily.
Unconditional positive life experience of every sentient being in the liberated universe is guaranteed from the inner connection of every living being with the Source and strengthened by the power of Ascended Masters over matter which allows them to assist all living beings in their aspirations towards the Source and provide them with necessities of life. Life was never meant to be hard work and struggle but rather a journey of joy and creativity. Different subsections of Section I regulate all life in a liberated universe and all relationships between beings of Light so that conflicts never need to occur.
Let us explain the subsections:
Section I/1: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to physical and spiritual abundance.
This subsection guarantees a positive life experience for every being in the liberated universe. The Ascended Masters provide for all necessities of living and for physical and spiritual richness and beauty using the power they have over redeemed matter of the liberated universe.
Section I/2: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to Ascension.
This subsection explains how the Ascended Masters use their advanced understanding of spiritual technology of Ascension and by utilizing the Electric Fire of redemption assist all beings that free-willingly choose Ascension.
Section I/3: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to merge with other beings in proportion with his/her position in the Soul Family.
This subsection is an instrument of regulation of all relationships inside a Soul Family. It guarantees the merging of beings of opposite polarity (twin souls, soulmates) and alignment of all other beings regardless of their state of development and outer conditions.
Section I/4: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to all information.
This subsection is a guarantee that all beings receive all pieces of information they need to understand their role in the universe, greater perspective of evolution and all other pieces they need for their decisions, growth and well being. All this data is provided by Ascended Masters or other beings that supervise the evolutions of various races and civilizations.
Section I/5: Each sentient being has an inalienable and unconditional right to freedom.
This subsection provides that every being has an unlimited potential of growth and life experience. Since all beings in the liberated universe create only positivism, their freedom never opposes the freedom of other beings.
Section II: The Law of Dividing the Conflicting Parties
Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to be divided and protected from the negative actions of other sentient beings.
This section regulates the conditions in those sections of the universe that have just been liberated from the influence of the Dark Forces but that have not yet been accepted in the Confederation. It requires that the Forces of Light always divide the parties in conflict to protect them from producing mutual harm to each other. Then the Light Forces mediate the conflict until it is resolved. This section is often used to end wars and other armed conflicts.
Section III: The Law of Balance
Each sentient being that has chosen to live and act against the principles of Galactic Codex and refuses to, or is not
able to, accept them now and balance the consequences of the past actions will be taken to the Central Sun, restructured into the basic elemental essence and begin a new cycle of evolution afresh.
This section regulates the relations between the Forces of Light and the Forces of Darkness. When defeated, beings that belong to the Forces of Darkness are given the opportunity to accept the Galactic Codex, do the best they can to correct the mistakes they made and to live positively afterwards. If they accept, they are forgiven and join the Confederation. If they are unable or unwilling to accept, they are taken to the Central Sun, their personalities and soul essences are restructured with the Electric Fire and their divine spark begin a new cycle of evolution.
Section IV: The Law of Intervention
The Galactic Confederation has an unalienable and unconditional right to the intervention in all situations where the Galactic Codex is violated, regardless of the local laws.
This section describes the policy of the Light Forces regarding occupied planets. The Confederation reserves the right to intervene in all areas, civilizations, planets or solar systems where the Galactic Codex is violated. It has the right to do so regardless of the position of the local civilizations about this intervention. It always has the right to use all peaceful means of education and regulation. If the critical mass of the Galactic Codex principles is violated, it has the right to use military force. Special cases are planets under direct occupation of the Dark Forces. The Dark Forces usually take the local population hostage to hinder the progress of the Forces of Light. On Earth they have threatened with nuclear war if the Light Forces would intervene. This is the main reason why the Light Forces have not yet liberated this planet (and not the so called we-will-not-intervene-because-we-respect-free-will, we-will-just-watch-as-the-suffering-goes-on nonsense). As in any hostage situation, this requires a lot of skillful negotiation and tactical approach. This situation is now being resolved and planet Earth will be liberated soon.
Section IV/1: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right of calling upon the Galactic Confederation in need and the Galactic Confederation has the right to assist, regardless of local laws.
This subsection gives a legal basis for intervention and assistance to all hostages of the Dark Forces. The Forces of Light always do the best they can to assist and improve the living conditions of all sentient beings, even on Earth. The situation on planet Earth just indicates how much more power darkness had over Light on this planet. Fortunately, this is changing now.
Section IV/2: The Galactic Confederation has an unalienable and unconditional right to the implementation of the Galactic Codex and of conquering the areas of Galactic Codex violation with military force if necessary.
This subsection gives a legal basis for the liberation of the occupied planets with military force. The military forces of the Confederation remove or give assistance in removal of the representatives of the Dark Forces and set the hostages free. Then other Confederation forces guide the process of acceptance of the planet into the Confederation by instructing the local population.
Perhaps some humans feel that the Confederation has no right to intervene and that humanity has the right to solve its problems by itself. This is simply not true. Many wars all over the planet and constant abuse of basic human rights have proven that humanity is not capable of handling its own situation. So it is much better that it receives wise guardians to guide it. The Confederation will give assistance in replacing current masters of the puppets (Dark Forces) that humanity has invited long ago in Atlantis. Then the Galactic Codex will finally become the universal code of ethics throughout the universe and darkness will be no more.
9/24/18 Resistance Movement by Cobra
Original article from Cobra’s blog: “Resistance movement”, published on April 6, 2012.
Origin
In 1975, a certain intelligence agent under codename Michael was running for his life from Illuminati that were chasing him. He gathered around him a group of 12 operatives in order to protect himself. While on the run and in hiding, they discovered a maze of tunnels below the New York underground subway system. They entered the tunnels, disappeared from the surface and regrouped down there. So the Organization was born, having its main command center under the subway system of New York. Through the vast spy network that Michael still had on the surface, they have contacted many operatives that fought against the Illuminati and many of them went underground and joined the Organization.
Their main objective was to overthrow the rule of the Illuminati and give advanced technologies to humanity. Personal computers that we know now were developed with assistance of Organization and I have personally seen a room full with rows of computers as they were being developed in their main underground command center back in 1977. The Organization had contact with the positive civilization of Agartha that existed in subterannean caverns for millennia. They had contact with positive Andromedans already in 1977 if not before, as I have seen a sleek silver Andromedan cigar shaped craft in their underground hangar as well. In early 1990s, they had some influence in assuring that internet expanded from military ARPANET into public domain.
The Illuminati and off-planet dark forces launched an offensive in 1996 to destroy the Organization and there were severe physical battles in underground tunnels and caverns that almost destroyed the Organization and also nearly wiped out Agartha.
In the hour of need, a plan was devised to counteract this. In early December 1999, Pleiadians have contacted the Resistance Movement on planet X and ignited a massive uprising against Illuminati there. The Illuminati were overthrown in about three weeks and they had to flee to their bases on Mars and the Moon. At that time, many Resistance Movement freedom fighters have entered the underground tunnel systems on Earth to join the Organization in their fight. The two forces integrated and emerged as one and are now called Resistance Movement.
Their increased joint force has turned the course of events and now the dark forces were in retreat. In 2000 and 2001 the Illuminati has lost their bases on Mars and the Moon and elsewhere in the solar system. With the assistance of the Pleiadians and other Galactic Confederation forces all remaining Reptilian, Draconian and Reticulan forces were cleared out of the solar system also in the same time frame. This set the dark ones into panic mode and they have staged 9-11 to preserve their last stronghold – planet Earth.
Planet X
Planet X is a planet in the outskirts of our solar system. Its surface is not suitable for physical life, but underground there is a vast system of tunnels and bases that was under Illuminati control until 1999 and is in the hands of the Light forces thereon.
In 2002, the Pleiadians have given me exact data about characteristics and orbital elements of that planet. It has a rock interior and surface covered with frozen methane ice, which gives it a bluish hue. Its diameter is 9400 miles and its mass is 0.76 Earth masses. Semimajor axis of the orbit is 70 AU, and the inclination is 40 degrees
Imagine my delight and surprise when I found an article by Japanese astronomer Patryk Lykawka, who stated in 2008 that »hypothetical« planet X should be composed of rock and ice, its diameter would be between 6200 and 9300 miles and its mass between 0.3 and 0.7 Earth masses. Semimajor axis of the orbit should be between 100 and 170 AU and inclination up to 40 degrees:
http://allesoversterrenkunde.nl/artikelen/755-The-mystery-of-Planet-X.html
The main reason why the astronomers have officially not yet discovered this planet is that they are »told« by the Cabal not to report about it. Also, they are mainly looking for new planets near the ecliptic, but because of its highly inclined orbit this is not where planet X is to be found. Since it is a pretty big object, it would be fairly easy to see it even in larger amateur telescopes if you knew where to look. And oh by the way, it is NOT Nibiru and is NOT going to crash on Earth.
The Event
9-11 had not turned out as the Cabal had planned. Instead it served as an awakening trigger that helped many humans realize what is really going on beyond the propaganda of the mass media.
This new awareness has made it easier for the Resistance Movement to improve their plan of overthrow of the Illuminati on planet Earth.
Until 2003, they have managed to clear all the deep underground military bases and only the uppermost portions of those bases remained.
Since then, the Resistance Movement has infiltrated around 300 of its operatives inside Illuminati network, mostly in top positions in the military and intelligence agencies. Those operatives are undetectable and Illuminati have no idea who or where they are.
In January and early February of this year of 2012, the Resistance Movement has seized most of the gold that was in Illuminati hands. So if you are asking yourself where the Yamashita gold is, now you know the answer. It is not in Mariana trench, it is not in Fort Knox, it is not in cellars of private Rothschild villas and chateaux, it is not in vaults under Kloten airport, it is not in safes of UBS in Zurich, it is not scattered in safes of small banks around the world under Jesuit control. It is in underground chambers of the Resistance Movement, and after the Event it will be returned to humanity and it will serve as a reserve for a new currency which will mean abundance for everyone.
The idea to devise a plan to overthrow the Illuminati network was there ever since the formation of Organization in 1975. In 1977 I spoke with the man who conceived that plan. The document that Drake saw around 1979 was probably an early version of that plan. The early idea was for the military to take over and overthrow the Illuminati under the guidance of the Organization and later the Resistance Movement.
Because of the awakening that happened after 9-11, the original plan has been revised. Now, nobody is taking over the planet. The Resistance Movement will back up the military mainly only with intelligence data about Illuminati and some logistic advice, but will mostly stay behind the scenes. The military will back up civilian authority (federal marshals in the US and Interpol worldwide), which will back up local law enforcement to arrest the members of the Cabal.
The Resistance movement has experience with overthrowing the Cabal and liberating planets, since they did this on planet X in 1999. They have constant physical (not telepathic) contact with the Pleiadians and other positive ET races within the Confederation, which give them daily intel about every Cabal member, where they are, what they do, even what they think. The Illuminati now have nowhere to hide.
No human authority will decide when this is about to happen. The final word when the Event is to happen is coming directly from the Source. This is an event of cosmic importance. The last planet under the grip of the dark forces is about to be liberated and this is going to send ripples of Light throughout the Galaxy.
Just before the Event, the Source will send a pulse of Light through the Galactic Confederation and the Pleiadians will instruct the Resistance Movement to use its 300 operatives on the surface of the planet to contact the key people inside the military and law enforcement and then the operation will start.
After the operation is successfully completed, there might be people that would like to take advantage of the situation by setting their own governments, confiscating funds… Because the Cabal will be taken care of this does not mean that human greed and lust for power will be exterminated. They are simply part of the character for a certain percentage of unenlightened human population. Rest assured that the Resistance Movement knows who those people are, their actions are being monitored and they will not be allowed to take advantage of the situation.
Until a certain degree of awareness on the planet is reached, the Resistance Movement will be working behind the scenes for the benefit of humanity. At a certain point, most likely not long before the First Contact with the positive extraterrestrials, they will make themselves public.
They have created a fund of 120 trillion dollars, which will be given to humanity along with other prosperity packages. They are in possession of very advanced technologies, mostly of extraterrestrial origin. They will provide some background assistance in putting forth 6000 inventions that were developed by geniuses around the world and then suppressed by the Cabal. After that, they will introduce some of their own technologies that are even more advanced.
This blog was created under instructions from the Resistance Movement with the purpose of instructing the surface population about certain developments in 2012. Many surface operatives of the Resistance Movement read this blog as it contains some coded communications for them. Internet is the easiest way to give them certain not very sensitive intel, at least that part which can be safely transmitted through this public channel. In the future, the Resistance Movement may decide to give some communications to general public and then this blog will become an official communication channel for the Resistance Movement on the surface of this planet.
9/3/18 Tall Whites, an Extraterrestrial Race, Have a Base in Nevada
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cLgjlgTVXDQ
I just listened to this interview with Charles J. Hall, USAF Retired. Very fascinating. Authentic and realistic as he tells his story when, as a young weatherman in the Air Force stationed in Indian Springs, Nevada, he became aware of a base hidden in the mountains populated by Tall Whites, an extraterrestrial race from an unknown planet. His job was to go out into the dessert and read clouds, wind, take measurements and write into log books, as this was before computers. Day after day in the dessert, eventually he noticed these beings watching him. Apparently, they were given permission to create a base in an isolated part of the mountain range in exchange for technology. Local people did not know they were there. They kept to themselves. Only his lone appearance day after day permitted the contact. The children first, interested in the brightly colored weather balloons, followed by their mothers. Otherwise they kept to themselves. When Charles Hall tried to tell others, they didn't take him seriously. Nobody believed him. This is an extraordinary story. It really makes one think. We are already being visited by extraterrestrials and the public doesn't know. As a weatherman, Charles was not under orders to keep anything secret so he is free to tell his story. He has written three books about his experiences with them. This video says it's 1 hour 53 min long, but it repeats itself half way through, so it's less than an hour. Published on March 14, 2018 by Meda Elvie.
8/30/18 Dr. Steven Greer's Draft Disclosure Announcement
Note from the webmaster: This is most interesting piece of news. This morning I received the following "Draft Disclosure Announcement for World Leaders". Dr. Steven Greer's biography is extensive on UFO and extraterrestrial studies. I went to Wikipedia and drew up a biography of him, which is shown below Dr. Greer's letter. It's easy to see why he would be worthy of drafting such a document for world leaders. The whole world has been waiting for governments to officially admit/announce the ET presence on Earth. Could this be a forerunner?
Preliminary Explanation
link: http://siriusdisclosure.com/cseti-papers/draft-disclosure-announcement-for-world-leaders/
The following DRAFT speech was written by Dr. Greer when requested by two separate points of contact to President Trump and President Putin. The two contacts do not know each other but both requests were made over a few weeks in the Spring of 2018.
Dr. Greer wrote this speech as a DRAFT template that could be adapted by any world leader to announce that we are not alone in the Universe and have had contact with extraterrestrial civilizations.
You may forward this speech to leaders in your own country, and resend and request that President Trump and President Putin collaborate on such an announcement in coordination with the UN and other world leaders in China, the EU and elsewhere.
Thank you!
Draft Disclosure Announcement for World Leaders
link: http://siriusdisclosure.com/cseti-papers/draft-disclosure-announcement-for-world-leaders/
My fellow Americans/ My fellow Russians/ And all the citizens of earth:
It has come to our attention that Extraterrestrial civilizations of great technological advancement have been visiting the earth for some time.
While their presence likely dates from very ancient times, the modern era since WW II has seen a large increase in sightings and interactions with these advanced life forms and their spacecraft.
It must be emphasized that they appear to pose no threat to humanity or earth, but instead are quite concerned about our own unchecked war -making capabilities and violence, combined with our early attempts at the exploration of space.
Since the dawn of the nuclear era, these extraterrestrial civilizations have made concerted efforts to do reconnaissance at all known space and nuclear facilities. In some cases these facilities have been penetrated by ET craft and our nuclear missiles rendered inoperable. Such incursions appear designed to warn us not to use these world-destroying nuclear weapons and are not acts of hostility.
They also appear concerned with the rapid decay of our biosphere and environment and the extinction of many species on earth.
Since World War II there have been extremely secretive programs studying the energy , communication and propulsion systems of these ET spacecraft.
It is time for us to disclose these momentous scientific findings to you.
These technologies have the potential- if used only for peaceful purposes- to give us a new and sustainable civilization on earth, free of poverty and pollution within a generation.
However, if used for destructive and violent purposes these same technologies could end our civilization.
For this and other reasons the strictest secrecy has surrounded the study of these extraterrestrial technologies.
But the time has arrived for the truth to be known: we are not alone in the universe. And it is time for humanity to become a mature, peaceful civilization and take its place in the cosmos with other advanced peoples from other star systems.
To this end, I call on the world community, other world leaders and all the people of earth to come together and begin this new era on earth.
We must make open, peaceful contact and initiate diplomatic ties to these other worlds. We must do this as children of earth and not just one nation. All nations and people of earth must be represented and empowered in this process.
We must commit to keeping all weapons out of space and going only into space for peaceful purposes that benefit all of humanity.
We must bring forth these advanced energy and propulsion technologies so that the world’s environment and people benefit. We must all agree to never allow these new technologies to be used as weapons of war.
And we must commit amongst ourselves that if any nation or group attempts to use these technologies for violent or destructive purposes, every nation and people on earth will rise up to immediately stop it.
We face a choice: If we do nothing, our environment and civilization will degrade and we may face extinction. If we use this new knowledge and science for war and destruction we will also surely perish.
But if we establish a world of peace, humanity can now advance as a civilization that is sustainable, just and worthy of exploring the universe.
This is the singular and great challenge of our generation: to establish world peace, and to create a new sustainable civilization. Once we have achieved this foundation of peace and justice, we have learned that these other worlds will welcome us in the cosmos with open arms and hearts.
So, my fellow citizens of earth, let us work together to achieve the destiny of humanity: An enlightened, peaceful world that joins her place among the other people of the cosmos.
For this is the only possible good future for humanity. It is time for us to unite as a people and create that good future – NOW.
Biography of Steven M. Greer
Steven Macon Greer was born June 28, 1955 (age 63) in Charlotte, NC. His occupation: Physician retired, UFOlogist. He is an American retired traumatologist and ufologist who founded the Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) and the Disclosure Project, which seeks the disclosure of allegedly suppressed UFO information.
He claims to have seen an unidentified flying object at close range when he was about eight years old, which inspired his interest in ufology. Greer was trained as a Transcendental Meditation teacher and served as director of a meditation organization. He completed his graduate work at East Tennessee State University James H. Quillen College of Medicine in 1987. He attended MAHEC University of North Carolina where he completed his internship in 1988 and received his Virginia medical license in 1989. That year he became a member of the Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Medical Society.
Greer founded the Center for the Study of Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) in 1990 to create a diplomatic and research-based initiative to contact extraterrestrial civilizations to focus on collecting information about UFOs with a specific interest in extraterrestrial life forms. It was founded as a non-profit by Steven Greer, who has been the head of the organisation since its inception in 1990, with the stated aim of "establishing peaceful and sustainable relations with extraterrestrial life forms". The official statements regarding its intentions also included a new category of extraterrestrial encounters, namely CE-5 or 'close encounters of the fifth kind'. This was defined by Greer as human initiated contact and/or communication with extraterrestrial life. Since its inception, the organisation has spent anywhere between $3.5 million and $5 million to achieve its goals.
In 1993, he founded the Disclosure Project, a nonprofit research project, whose goal is to disclose to the public the government's alleged knowledge of UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and advanced energy and propulsion systems. The Disclosure Project was founded in an effort to grant amnesty to government whistle-blowers willing to violate their security oaths by sharing insider knowledge about UFOs. Greer says he gave a briefing to CIA director James Woolsey at a dinner party, although this was denied by director Woolsey and attendees.
In October 1994, Greer appeared in Larry King's TV special The UFO Coverup? In 1995, Greer worked as a physician at the department of emergency medicine at Caldwell Memorial Hospital, where he was chairman.
In 1997, Greer, along with other members of CSETI, including Apollo astronaut Edgar Mitchell, made a presentation at a background briefing for members of Congress. In 1998, Greer gave up his career as an emergency room physician in favor of the Disclosure Project.
In May 2001, Greer held a press conference at the National Press Club in Washington, DC, that featured 20 retired Air Force, Federal Aviation Administration and intelligence officers. According to a 2002 report in the Oregon Daily Emerald, Greer has gathered 120 hours of testimony from civilians and various government and military officials, including astronaut Gordon Cooper and a brigadier general, on the topic of UFOs. [In this Wikipedia article, many footnotes and links are provided, which I deleted to make this more personal and readable. I've been following him since the '90's.]
In 2013, Greer co-produced Sirius, a documentary detailing his work and hypotheses regarding extraterrestrial life, government cover-ups and close encounters of the fifth kind. The film was directed by Amardeep Kaleka and narrated by Thomas Jane, and covers Greer's 2006 book Hidden Truth, Forbidden Knowledge. The movie premiered on April 22, 2013, in Los Angeles, California, and features interviews from former government and military officials.
Sirius depicts a six-inch human skeleton known as the Atacama skeleton, and features images and a DNA test of the skeleton. Genetic evidence showed that it was human, with genetic markers found in "indigenous women from the Chilean region of South America". The director of the center that did the analysis said, "It's an interesting medical mystery of an unfortunate human with a series of birth defects that currently [...] the genetics of which are not obvious."
8/24/18 Ashtar - Who are Ashtar and the Ashtar Command? (video)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a0QjIaK-N14
8 minutes. Published 7/8/18. A channeled question and answer session, Steve Beckow (SB) asks Ashtar and Ashtar answers. Steve Beckow maintains the GoldenAgeofGaia.com website. Linda Dillon is the chennel.
8/24/18 Ashtar - Our arrival (video)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OMY6r30fh3s
19 minutes. Published 7/10/17 by Light Guru. This is a download transmission.
8/21/18 Adamu of the Pleiadians - an Open Letter to the Illuminati Bloodline Families by Arn Zingdad Allingham
https://zingdad.com/publications/books/the-ascension-papers-book-3/170-an-open-letter-to-the-illuminati-bloodline-families
I am Adamu of the Monadic Entity of the Pleiadian civilisation brought to you through Zingdad. Today I will be addressing the living members of the ancient bloodline families. Those ones who are sometimes called by other names such as, the Illuminati, The Powers That Be, The Ruling Elite, The Cabal and a few other, less charitable, terms that I shan’t mention.
To be clear: I am not now addressing the rich and powerful who regularly appear in the press. Political leaders, religious leaders and the heads of multinational corporations are not the ones who truly run planetary affairs. These are people who come and go with time. And, when required, they always bow to the far greater power wielded by the ones I now speak of. But, be that as it may. The bloodline family members know who they are. And it is they whom I address today. Though I do suspect that this open letter will be of great interest to many others besides. It is intended, especially, that Starseeds and Lightbringers take note of this communiqué. So here it begins… an open letter to the members of the ancient bloodline families:
My dear friends,
I must begin by saying that you are seen, known, understood and loved. Just as you are, right here and right now, you are loved. Perhaps it will surprise you to hear me say this? There is so much judgement of you wherever one goes, is there not? You are labelled as “dark” and “evil” and all your actions are automatically assumed to be “vile” and “despicable” by those who know almost nothing of you or the long and winding tale of how things came to be as they are and you came to be who you are. So allow me to begin by assuring you that I am not here to damn you or even decry you. I am here to offer you a perspective and a choice. But to do so from a place of loving understanding.
Before I might get to this, allow me to say that I know that your only real “sin” is to be born as you were into the family you were. Between the intense expectations that were placed upon you right from birth, the very specialised training you were subjected to and the derision that was heaped upon those of your line who did not “make the grade”, you were programmed right from the very beginning to be what you have become: a wielder of power over others.
There are ancillary issues too. Such as the fact of your familial bloodlines. A pure ancestry that can be traced back through the ages, via all manner of illustrious forebears, right the way to the high-priests that served the ancient gods themselves back when gods still roamed the earth.
Perhaps you, yourself, now think on the stories of those ancient times of gods, heroes, magic and monsters as myth or superstition. Perhaps you understand it to be the literal truth and know that those ancient gods were actually visitors from other planets in the galaxy bearing highly advanced technologies. Or perhaps you even take the more religious view of matters and hold those deities to be as supernatural as your distant forebears did.
It doesn’t really matter how you interpret these things. What matters is the incontrovertible evidence of the powerful ancient truths that were given to your forebears and that have been passed down through the generations, which have allowed you to rule over the rest of humanity. Not all of humanity, mind. There have always been groups, peoples and nations that have been beyond your grasp. But you have been told that it is your birthright, your responsibility and your privilege to rule over the whole planet and all upon it. And you have believed that. And it has certainly seemed to be true. The ancient teachings that have been placed in your hands have served you and those like you very well indeed. As has your cunning. Those amongst you who rise to the top are nothing if not brilliantly canny. You have used the advantages placed in your hands very, very astutely. Firstly for your own benefit, it is true. Then for the benefit of your family and to ensure the continued ascendency of your familial line. Then in service of your family's contractual agreements with other bloodline families. And finally in consideration of the custodial role you have played over the rest of humanity.
As matters stand, humanity today is largely blithely unaware of the role you have played or indeed of your existence. And this is the way you like it. No mob can arrive at the castle gates bearing pitchforks if they don’t even know that you exist! So you play your games of power and control from the deep shadows. You cunningly obfuscate your activities. And you slowly expand your reach into every sphere of power and control over all of humanity. And when the “sheep” stray, you use guile and skill to reclaim the power of direction over them. Perhaps a little war here or there. Or even a very big one. Perhaps a revolution. Perhaps a crash in the stock market. Perhaps even an outbreak of disease. Or a terrorist attack. Or a tsunami of immigrants to give the populace something to fear. Or, of course, there are always the ever popular bread and circuses. You have certainly made sure that your control of the entertainment industry is ironclad. And there are all manner of complex social nets that you use to make the populace docile and dependant on their government… and therefore upon you. And all such activities are each just a part of your play book that you use to maintain and increase the control you wield over humanity.
You have learned, of course, to offer the sheep the pretence of control over their own destiny. But you know that the REAL power lies always in your hands. Since no matter how they vote, how they revolt, how they machinate, you and your ilk always get what you want in the end. You have managed a number of glorious victories over the years. Perhaps your crowning achievement is to own the planetary money supply. A nifty trick, I must say. And right now you so, so almost own it all. And he who owns the money of the world, owns the world. Is it not so?
And you have also crafted it so that all the elected officials that the human flock believe to have the power, must dance when you pull upon their strings. They have become as puppets to your will. Almost all of them. And those that will not willing dance for you, are removed. Or they are shown a film reel of a brave and proud president. A man of integrity and principal who dared to stand up to you. And how, in full view of his adoring public, he was assassinated. All this, just before he could begin to undo your power over the money supply.
In the end, all political leaders do your bidding or they are simply swept away. And the illusion that you grant the sheep that they can control their destiny through democracy is just that. An illusion. Another nifty trick. And the intelligence agencies! What a truly brilliant move. To elevate spy craft to statecraft. To have the real power behind the politicians vest in the intelligence agencies. To remove political oversight from those agencies. And then to control them directly yourselves. Why, you can almost step right out of the shadows and still remain invisible now!
The only wrinkle in all of this, as far as I can ascertain, is the internet. Somehow, unexpectedly, a silly little electronic gimmick of mere academic interest has suddenly blossomed overnight into something quite powerful and problematic, has it not? It is due to this very technology that the sheep are suddenly behaving in quite an un-sheep-like fashion. Suddenly they are aware of you. Talking about you. Certainly they are seeing and remarking upon the curtain that you have drawn around yourselves… if not actually peeking behind the curtain!
How irritating this must be! You are on the very cusp of total triumph and now, at the very last moment, there is this awareness dawning. Your actual names are beginning to be spoken in public forums! People are beginning to see your hands move on the reins of power! Yes, assuredly, it is still just a fringe that is aware of you and speaks of you. And yes, you have managed to continue to paint this fringe as lunatics and crack-pots. And, no, this does not threaten your plans and activities.
Yet. But you have noticed. You have found the internet to be the greatest threat to your power and security because, though fragmented and confused, the truth about you certainly is “out there”. It can be discerned by any who would care to look and weigh the evidence. And suddenly there are sheep that are elevating themselves from the flock. Transmuting themselves into something you have never seen before. Certainly not in such numbers as there now are. And certainly not diffused, as they are, across the whole planet.
Previously you could isolate communities of dissidents. Like the Cathari. Remember them? They knew the truth. Or at least they held a version of the truth that was antithetical to your aims. And their teachings were attractive to others. Their message was finding traction. So you used your most powerful pawn at the time, the church, to kill them all. It was a genocide of the most brutal type. Wiping out not only a population but the very idea that brought them together in unity. Burning all of their books so that all that is remembered of them now is what was told by their enemies. And today it is barely even remembered that one of the crusades, perhaps the most brutal and bloody of all the crusades, was not even fought in the “holy lands” against enemy soldiers, but in France against good Christian folk. Farmers and peasants. Put to the sword and burned to death in their churches. All because you could isolate them, round them up and murder them all.
You’ll forgive me if I don’t applaud. Successful tactics don’t always win my approval.
And there have been many, many, many such victories that you, the ancient families, have scored over the rest of humanity. They continue today. You wrestle for power and total control over the Middle East. Which is why things are as they are in that region. Whatever else one thinks about the Islamic religion, is true that they are fundamentally opposed to usury. Which means Muslims will not accept the banking system that you are using to gain worldwide dominance. And so Islam has become a powerful block to your plans. And so you enact your plans. You work to impoverish, torment and radicalise the Moslem world. You set them up to be the enemy of the western world. The great terrorists. You control their teachers and ensure that the message is promulgated that the west is the Great Satan... and you teach the west that all Muslims are abysmal hate-ridden murders. And so the wheels are set in motion. And right now a wave of chaos sweeps through Europe and, to one extent or another, the rest of the globe. And this is all a part of your plan. You wish to grind down and pulverize all of those that stand against your plans. And Muslims are very far from the only ones.
And another of your neat tricks is to set one enemy against another. America was founded upon a principal which was, actually nothing other than open rebellion against your power. America the free. Free from what? From your yoke of control, of course! America's founding principals were and are directly contrary to your interests. The American constitution is a truly beautiful document. A document that promises liberty and freedom for all. But you have whittled and chaffed and manoeuvred until you have gained control of the American government to such an extent that the most powerful military and technological force in the world is yours to wield. But as much as your control extends to the American government... the American people are another story altogether. Strong individualists who continue to believe in their own rights and liberties, they stand against you at every turn without even knowing it is you who they resist. So you wage a war of attrition upon them. You seek to ensure that their food and water is toxified to weaken them. You use a barrage of techniques of every sort to manipulate them and control them. To weaken them and cow them. And, in a master-stroke of pure genius, you now pit America against Islam. Another truly nifty trick. How very... clever of you.
I see it. I see it all. And, though I must admit I don't like it, I do understand it.
When I look behind your collective activities, choices and decisions of the types outlined above, I actually see beings for whom I have a great deal of compassion and love. I know, as a clear and sure fact, that it is so that you are actually no different than I. The difference is the journey you have walked. Since all is truly One, you are the part of that one great eternal spirit that has walked your path, just as I am another part of that same great being that has walked my path. My path leads to where I am, unified within the heart of the Pleiadian Monad; your path leads you to be incarnated as a human being bearing the mantle and the burden of being a member of one of the ancient families upon the Earth. And those amongst humanity who are aware of you and judge you most harshly do so purely out of a lack of self-knowledge. Place them in your situation and they too would do as you have done. Or worse.
And I know too that “what you do to another, you do to yourself also”. So I don't envy you the results of your choices!
But your story is not over. You are not done with your journey. In due course you too will arise spiritually and begin to return to oneness with your own spiritual entity. Because there is nowhere else for you to go, really. And this is beginning to happen for some of your family members. Perhaps you have noticed those members who don’t seem to be quite so committed to the old cause. Those who seem to be getting “soft”. Those who seem to be talking crazy talk about abdicating their power. About telling the sheep the truth. Indeed, those who actually have been finding ways to communicate these truths to humanity using that very despised technology, the internet.
Is it strange that those amongst you who are proposing this new course of openness and transparency… this course of abdication of power… are also those amongst you who are most interested in matters metaphysical and spiritual? I propose this is not in the least bit strange. It takes an interest in metaphysics and spirituality to discern that a new age is now already dawning. That the time of your watching over humanity is at an end. Indeed, that it is ending without the return of your master, your dark god-king. And that there is no longer any real hope that he ever will return. You are on your own. Your secret prophecies have come to naught.
And it takes an interest in metaphysics and spirituality to see that there is a changing of the guard happening. That there is a new spiritual order beginning. That those who govern this reality from the very highest levels, from the angelic realms down, are busy changing hands. That is what the new dawning age is all about. And that is why you stand at a fork in the road. It is why you must now choose.
But before I tell you, at last, about the choice you face, I will tell you one final thing: something you most certainly will have noticed. Because it takes no special awareness or training in either spirituality or metaphysics to see that your “magic” is beginning to fail you. Irrespective of what you believe the real source of your power to be, you will have noticed that it is waning fast. It becomes more and more difficult by the day for you to wield your power. Plug a little leak here and the dam wall springs a gushing fissure over there. The game that seemed elegant and nearly effortless for generations past is causing you, and those like you, to raise a real sweat. It is a constant struggle to maintain control. You are feeling the stress of this night and day. And it feels as if you are losing your grip. Just as you near victory, so things become ever more impossibly challenging. The magic becomes unstable.
You certainly will have noticed this. Just look at the process of taking ownership of the world money supply. It was almost effortless to enact the stroke of genius that floated money free from the gold-standard. And since then it has been a minor effort to bring the nations of the world, one by one, into this fiat banking system. Which is really money by decree. YOUR decree. Money is now mere numbers that mean whatever you say they mean. But the magic trick is not complete until every nation is a part of it. And so you have used the leverage you had to expand your control until almost every last nation has fallen under your sway. The very last few hold-outs exist. You have them isolated and on the ropes. They are almost ready to be taken and controlled. But… right here at the very last… you find yourselves losing grip here there and everywhere. You find your attention being constantly diverted by all manner of seemingly trivial, but irritating, diversions. And in concert, your energy and attention is so diverted that you can never quite act to gain total power. And this global money supply beast that belongs to you seems to have a malevolent life of its own in that the larger it becomes, the more difficult it is to control.
My friends. What you must understand is that planet Earth does not exist in a vacuum. We have kept it quarantined so that humanity, as a whole, can decide its own fate. But it has been in a state of physical quarantine. We have kept other galactic civilisations from interfering physically. But there has been no spiritual quarantine! And so a small but powerful contingent of Starseeds and Lightbringers have been born amongst the planet's populace. And they have utterly altered the consciousness upon the planet. They have, by the simple fact of their presence upon the Earth, brought a new awareness to the Earth. And they come in now with higher and higher levels of consciousness. They accelerate and amplify these changes upon the planet. You can neither stop, nor slow, nor alter the course of these changes. Humanity will awaken. Humanity will come to self-awareness. Humanity will make a choice, collectively, about its own nature. This is divinely ordained. It is the dawning of the new age. And it is very soon to happen. The window of opportunity reached its midpoint in 2012. It is beginning to close. And before it does, humanity will have decided.
You, my dear friends, are the watchers over the old order. To you fell the task of shepherding humanity through the long dark age of forgetting. Humanity needed a guiding hand that would work constantly to make order out of the chaos as they slowly let go of the old gods… as they slowly healed themselves of the traumas of being playthings to the darker of the old gods and abject supplicants to the more kindly of the old gods.
You have played a crucial role. You have provided order and structure. You have provided leadership and direction. You have done all of this without actually being anything other than the same human beings of the same Earth as those over whom you ruled.
Yes, it is true, that you have your familial bloodlines. But, in truth, that is nothing more than a very exclusive club to which you belong. You are, genetically, no more special than the rest of humanity… which some of you like to call “mongrel” humans. You are not in any meaningful way biologically superior to them. A pure-bred dog might have many excellent and desirable attributes... but a mutt is more robust and less prone to specific health issues. And so it is for you and the rest of humanity. And you are certainly not spiritually superior either. What you do have is ancient knowledge, specialised training and a vast network of control.
And now you also have a choice. On the one hand you can choose to fight the divinely ordained order. You can resist the changing of the ages. And you can be ground under in pain and self-destruction as you fight the absolute inevitable. Or you can embrace the change and, in so doing, be a part of something beautiful, new and glorious. Indeed, such are the times right now that you could, if you so choose, step right out of the shadows and into the Light. You could emerge as a bright beacon of the Light. You could move from semi-reviled obscurity into loved and revered glory. You could! It is up to you.
Or you could remain attached to that which is passing away. You could fight tooth and nail to the bitter end and know only bitter defeat. You could find yourself in a physical, emotional and spiritual dead-end with your life over and nowhere to reincarnate to that would accept both you and your choices. You could find yourself in the depths of the void, wracked in spiritual torment. It is all up to you.
I offer you this choice now, not because I need you to decide any particular way. Neither I, nor my Starseed family, nor the greater humanity of which I am so fond will be overly affected by your choice. The difference between your choosing this way or that will, in the greater scheme of things, be small. All of humanity will weather the storm that comes and will come to the awakening moment and will make their choice, irrespective of what you do or don’t do. That is utterly foreordained. The new age will begin, irrespective of your choices and actions. What you choose matters little enough for them. But it matters greatly for you.
I point you towards this choice out of compassion for you. I do so only because, were I in your shoes, I would wish to be alerted to this choice at this crucial juncture. So, in practical terms, what are the choices I am advocating and what might the outcome of those choices be for you?
My dear friends, I am suggesting to you that you begin by learning to listen to your hearts. I don’t mean your physical heart or your emotional heart. I mean your spiritual heart. This is where you connect with the same great oneness to which we all belong. If you listen to your spiritual heart you will find that there is guidance and wisdom there. Your heart can lead you in making the best possible choices that serve the greatest good of the all.
If you are not able to hear your heart you can choose to find someone who can teach you how. Zingdad is one of many upon the Earth right now teaching exactly this skill. Or you can do the right things that will lead you on the right path that will result in your spiritual heart opening. In specific, in your circumstance, you can ask yourself:
What can I do right now that will open the doors for the rest of humanity to greater awareness and understanding of their situation?
These are the kinds of questions that you should be answering for yourself if you wish to participate in the changes that are afoot. Engaging yourself with this process will cause you to find your energetic heart. It will allow you to know the sweet taste of being loved for who you are, as much as for what you do. You will feel the hand of divine guidance in your heart.
And as you do this, so you will also find yourself beginning to be able to forgive yourself for all that you have done in the past. You will find, eventually, that you are able to forgive your whole line of forebears for all that they have done through the ages. And you will be surprised by the capacity others will have to forgive you and your line. Comprehension and compassion will dawn. And, for so long as you are motivated by love, the hand of divine protection will be over you as this process unfolds. Engage with this process, heart and soul, and there need be no negative repercussion at all. You can pay the price of the burden of your choices in love, rather than in suffering and pain. But you must choose to do so!
And if you do, you will find yourself transitioning to the New Earth with the rest of humanity that has also chosen this. If you wish it, your skills at administration and management might be put to magnificent purpose. You might find yourself in great demand in a position of revered leadership. Or, indeed, you might choose for that quiet, peaceful, gentle life in that beautiful corner of the world that you have always secretly hankered after but never believed you could settle down to. It is all up to you.
The point, really, is that you will find yourself blessed with an abundance of very attractive options if you should choose to be guided by love. And this contrasts sharply with the option-less, self-destructive dead-end that lies at the end of the road if you should continue to choose from a place of closed-hearted fear.
And this is what I needed to share with you at this point. I know that all of you who are ready for this message will receive it, as we have ways to ensure this. And I also wanted to share this letter to you in the most open fashion possible since part of the healing that is being made available to humanity will come from their understanding that you are not as “other” as they would have thought. Until they can see themselves in your position, you will struggle to break down the boundaries. And in this letter, by the way I address you, they can see that you are not some kind of demonic enemy. That you are humans as they are. That you are lost and hurt as they are. That you have made the same kinds of choices out of your fear and pain as they have. That you can come to heal yourself, forgive yourself and love yourself as they might. And that greater good flowers for you when you do so, just as it does for them.
And finally, I wish humanity to see that you actually did as was required of you. You held the helm in the vacuum left when the old gods departed. You did so for the whole age of forgetting. And that, ultimately, was what you contracted for.
With love and compassion I leave you now to your choices.
I am Adamu of the monadic entity of the Pleiadian civilisation brought to you through Zingdad.
7/25/18 Ashtar Galactic Command - Everything you wanted to know (video)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zoWJryTE9j8&vl=en
The Ashtar Command is an etheric group of extraterrestrials, angels and lightbeings and millions of "starships" under the command of Ashtar Sheran. The Ashtar Command is working as coordinators of the activities of the spacefleet over the western hemisphere. Ashtar Sheran is the representative for the Universal Council of the Confederation of Planets. He is currently engaged in Earth's ascension-process. The Ashtar Command works directly with humans known as the ground crew. Eagle commanders under Commander Ashtar are Athena, Kortek, Voltra, Monka, Solteck. There are also special fleets that regulate the many cultures that visit our world. The Ashtar Command are always broadcasting updated information to us on the ground. To be a part of this simply still your mind and ask for the Ashtar or federation signal to be sent to you directly. The ethereal transmissions will begin immediately. But it is best to allow some time for readjustment of your telepathic receptors. Transmissioins are sent periodically by the Lightquest star base here on earth to update you. Watch for messages containing the multidimensional code #0010110, or click here: #ZeroZeroOneZeroOneOneZero
7/20/18 Message from Kryon 2018 - a synopsis
sananda.website - see Mike Quinsey Report 7/20/18
The inventions you are about to receive are coming from beyond third dimension technologies. It is quantum technology, consciousness technology. One thing leads to another which starts to show you something else. It has to ramp up your awareness. You're moving into an ascension state.. It started slow but it is moving fast now. Soon it will be lightening fast. Get into the ability to see it even if you don't understand it. You will begin to understand it. That's quantum. You will see patterns evolve and you will have a million questions which will start a process of invention, discovering one thing after another. This is second sight. Get ready for medicine to change and a new kind of healing. It will marry you to the innate intelligence of your body. (Kryon synopsis, for the whole article see Mike Quinsey, 7/20/18 on sananda.website.)
7/20/18 Andromedans - Everything you wanted to know (youtube 14 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LLihdcHcxZc&t=444s
Andromedans are not from this galaxy, but 2.5 million light years away in the Andromeda galaxy. They are benevolent, loving, friendly beings, like the Pleiadians. There are many types of races of Andromedans. Their eyes are slightly larger, have thin light pink lips, their ears are lower on the side of the head. They are slightly smaller than us, their hands and feet have delicate, long fingers and toes, The men range from 5 to 7 feet tall, women from 5 to 6 feet. They sleep two hours a day. Their ships are sombrero-shaped scout ships 50-60 feet across, and larger ships of half-mile in length. The Andromedans are a telepathic race from higher dimensions and keepers of peace. They are a huge power against the draconian empire. The Andromedans joined the Galactic Federation of Light 3.5 million years ago, where they are known for their mastery of scientific endeavors. Alex Collier is a contactee of the AndromedaThis video tells how they were one of a humanoid species from Lyra who had to leave due to the draconian wars. They moved about for a long time, living on craft looking for a place that was safe. The Cassiopia star system welcomed them and they were taken to two solar systems in the Andromeda system. Listen to the video for more information about these benevolent friends of Earth. (Youtube published June 4, 2017 by Universe Inside You)
7/19/18 Arcturians - Everything you wanted to know (youtube 13 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_y8E3nbBlsI
The Arcturians are the most advanced civilization in the galaxy, existing mostly in spiritual planes subjugated by thought. They have great spiritual knowledge and are dedicated to service and healing, having mastered techniques of teaching love and peace beyond our imagination. This characteristic makes them different from other alien species. They are like the Pleiadians in character, one of most loving and non-judgmental beings you can imagine. They stand 3 to 4 feet in height, have greenish-blue skin and very large eyes. They see more through their telepathic nature than through their eyes. Their hands have 3 fingers. Their sense of hearing transcends their telepathic nature and have the ability to sense with the back of their head and can move anything with their mind. They look very much all alike, which they are happy about because it diminishes petty comparisons. They consume positive forms of energy and sleep only once a week. Their highly developed spiritual nature allows them to avoid the aging process and live for 350 to 400 years. (Youtube published May 28, 2017 by Universe Inside You)
7/15/18 Pleiadians - Everything you Wanted to know (youtube 13 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kdY1WyaIlVE&t=359s
The Pleiadians are the ETs who most closely resemble us, sometimes known as Nordics. They come from a cluster of stars known as the Pleiades, and they're really really really concerned about Earth and our future. So concerned are they, they've contacted certain special people to channel them and convey their message. Billie Meyer is a well-known Pleiadian contact through a Pleiadian woman by the name of Samjase. They have advanced thousands of years beyond us in technology and spirituality and have had a hand in the development of the human race. The Pleiadians have chosen to awaken us gently to the knowledge of their existence. They are a goddess society of the fifth dimension valuing family and children. As a rule, Pleiadians are more attractive versions of us and don't carry around much excess fat, although females are known to have curvy figures. They don't usually have curly hair or beards. Our civilization has been through many changes, and now we are moving into a new age of mind and spirit. The next stage will be open contact with beings from other worlds. This event has already started. It is being known only by a few as the masses begin to wake up to their extraterrestrial origins and galactic brothers and sisters. Our reality is undergoing a transformation and the Pleiadians have been giving us direct video messages via digital voice technology over the last few years. (Youtube published April 23, 2017 by Universe Inside You)
7/14/18 My First ET Contact Experience - 6 years old (Youtube 28 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FqLb2BmOrrw&t=430s
Published 4/25/16. As editor of this website, I carefully screen the types of postings I place here with a goal of enlightening and educating. There are many insightful videos being posted in these times, directly from more advanced masters to help us understand the extraterrestrial involvement present today. They are here to help us break out of the fixation on the material, concrete world, and become more interdimensional. This video provides insight into that understanding. ETs are able to alter our minds when they make contact with a person who has a contract to make this link. Many abductees "forget" their experience until later, perhaps under hypnosis or by a later contact with ETs. We are learning that these may not be abductions after all, but the pre-arranged agreement from before birth. Our off-world families are trying to get through to us, but we have to be willing to rise to their level too. Earth has been held psychologically and mentally imprisoned by dark forces, hiding the truth, and it is this matrix that is difficult to transcend. We must make the effort to raise our consciousness, especially now, as we are receiving massive amounts of help from the photon belt earth is moving into the light. Higher vibrations are covering the planet. Many people are starting to remember why they are here. As I see it, they (the ETs) blur the lines during contact as an act of mercy, because we've been blinded by the lies governments have told us that there is no such thing as life beyond earth. The woman on this video had an experience at age 6, which she only recently remembered, and from age 6 until 47, Kelly (not her real name) has had a number of vividly powerful contact experiences. Now at 68-years old, Kelly describes her first contact episode. On a family outing in the foothills of California, 6-year-old Kelly, her 10-year-old brother, and her mother and father all saw a flame-like object streak across the sky. Her dad thought it might be a plane crashing on top of the hill. They packed up the car and drove up an old fire road to the mountaintop. What Kelly describes from that point forward is where linear time and thinking merge into an experience of high strangeness. For the first time ever talking on camera, Kelly shares her first contact experience as a 6-year-old for this exclusive interview. By www.EarthMysteryNews.com
7/11/18 The Day Ashtar Spoke to Earth
www.goldenageofgaia.com, by Steve Becknow
From John Winston, “Ashtar Spoke to the Earth in 1972,” Star Beacon, Jan. 2006, republished Tuesday, July 14, 2009, at http://earthstar.tripod.com/TSB_dir/Ashtar0106.html . John Winston writes: It seems that Ashtar had something to say to us in [1971], in a television broadcast from the the Ascended Masters, represented by the Ashtar Command.
Apparently they have made approaches to world leaders. Shortly after the deployment of nuclear weapons in World War II, the American Government received a communication from the Ashtar Command. This warned against any further development of atomic energy. The Ashtar Command made no offer of technology. Citing that we were spiritually unable to handle that which we already possessed, they believed we would use any new technology to destroy ourselves.
Because we were on a path of self-destruction, what we needed was spiritual rather than technological help. This they offered, but it was conditional on the destruction of all nuclear weaponry. They said we should stop killing each other and learn to live in harmony. They also warned against polluting the Earth and raping her for natural resources. The American Government rejected this overture, out of hand. After the rebuff, the Ashtar Command spoke directly to the people of America by superimposing a spoken message over television and radio broadcasts. They then repeated this procedure in other countries.
In England, for example, the “E.T. Phone Earth” occurred at 9:10 p.m. on Jan. 8, 1971 while Rex Dutta was broadcasting. The conversation with the Ashtar Command was recorded, and the transcript was published in 1972 in Rex Dutta’s book, Flying Saucer Message. The Ashtar Command also spoke over the early evening television news in southeast England. This occurred on Nov. 26, 1977. Five transmitters had been “taken over” simultaneously so that the voice could be heard by viewers in London and the southeast, from Southampton to Kent. Television engineers were unable to trace the voice, suppress it, or stop it, and all their instruments indicated normal television transmission was in progress.
The IBA tried to assure viewers the incident was a hoax and were reluctant to release more that 30 seconds of the recorded message. However, thanks to a report in New Life Magazine, a tape recording of the message in full was obtained by Rex Dutta, and was published in the January 1978 issue of his monthly newsletter, Viewpoint Aquarius.
It was 5:12 p.m., and Ivor Mills was the newscaster on ITV Southern Television. His face was visible, but his voice was replaced, for five and a half minutes, by the voice of a representative of the Ashtar Command, and the transcript of the broadcast reads:
“We speak to you now in peace and wisdom, as we have done to your brothers and sisters all over your planet Earth. We come to warn you of the destiny of your race and your world, so that you may communicate to your fellow beings, the course you must take to avoid the disasters, which threaten your world, and the beings in our worlds around you.
“This is in order that you may share in the great awakening as the planet passes into the New Age of Aquarius. The New Age can be a time of great peace and evolution for your race, but only if your rulers are made aware of the evil forces that can overshadow their judgments.
“Be still now and listen, for your chance may not come again. For many years, your scientists, governments and generals have not heeded our warnings. They have continued to experiment with the evil forces of what you call nuclear energy. Atomic bombs can destroy the Earth, and the beings of your sister worlds, in a moment. The wastes from atomic power systems will poison your planet for many thousands of your years to come.
“We, who have followed the path of evolution for far longer than you, have long since realized that atomic energy is always directed against life (when developed along the lines [of] fission rather than fusions). It has no peaceful application (when developed in this way). Its use, and research into its use, must cease at once, or you all risk destruction. All weapons of evil must be removed.
“The time of conflict is now past. The race, of which you are a part, may proceed to the highest planes of evolution, if you show yourselves worthy to do so. You have but a short time to learn to live together in peace and goodwill. Small groups all over the planet are learning this and exist to pass on the light of the dawning New Age to you all. You are free to accept or reject their teachings, but only those who learn to live in peace will pass to the higher realms of spiritual evolution.
“Be aware, also, that there are many false prophets and guides operating in your world. They will suck your energy from you, the energy you call money, and will put it to evil from you, giving you worthless dross in return. Your inner divine self will protect you from this. You must learn to be sensitive to the voice within that can tell you what is truth, and what is confusion, chaos, and the untruth. Learn to listen to the voice of truth which is within you, and you will lead yourselves onto the path of evolution.
“This is our message to our dear friends. We have watched you growing for many years as you too have watched our lights in your skies. You know now that we are here and that there are many more beings on and around your Earth than your scientists admit. We are deeply concerned about you and your path towards the Light, and will do all we can to help now. Have no fear. Seek only to know yourselves and live in harmony with the ways of your planet Earth.
“We, of the Ashtar Galactic Command, thank you for your attention. We are now leaving the planes of your existence. May you be blessed by the Supreme Love and Truth of the Cosmos.”
(Editor: Listen to the live BBC recording Here)
7/10/18 The Galactic Federation of Light thru Sheldan Nidle
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the Galactic Federation, July 10, 2018
http://paoweb.com/
Salamat Jalwa (Sirian for be in righteousness). We return to speak with you about many events unfolding around your globe. Your world is caught in a war between good and evil. For 13 millennia, the dark cabal has been in control of your planet. With the new strategies we have provided our Earth allies, now called the Alliance, the tides have turned: the dark is losing its power while the Alliance continues to gain momentum.
All the dark cabal has left is the ability to cause vexing delays, which soon will cease as well. The dark is in serious difficulty because it is running out of ways to delude the masses. The Alliance, gradually and at its own pace, is bringing about extraordinary alterations in the world.
We have shared with the Alliance one of our successful strategies, which we refer to as Fluid Group Dynamics. This strategy tends to confuse the cabal because their style of operation is more static. The Alliance is now using this fluid method to resolve all the problems confronting your world. When each individual’s talents are applied to a particular problem, group leaders change constantly, depending upon the areas of expertise required.
Now, as the egotistic cabal faces their demise, they are beginning to turn on one another. Because Fluid Dynamics is not based on the ego, group members are able to work cooperatively. Increasing successes are confirming the efficacy of this strategy.
Changes to government, to the global banking and currency network, to world peace and to the world’s economic systems are merely the early stages in manifesting your prophesied galactic society. The unveiling of suppressed technologies will provide impetus to the paradigm shift that is in progress. These new technologies will supply the means for Gaia’s restoration, which will include clean air, clean water, fertile soil.
You, also, will reap the benefits of restored health from vibrational technology, anti-gravity transportation, teleportation, telepathy and a host of other astounding and life-altering innovations. When we arrive on your shores, we will bring even more thrilling technologies.
The energies that emanate from the Galactic core are awakening the people of Gaia. This global consciousness awakening is what the cabal fears the most. The volume of energy pouring in from the throne of the Creator is immeasurable! As these new frequencies become integrated and anchored in Gaia’s new consciousness grid, lies and greed can no longer hold sway.
Truth is emerging into the Light for all to see. Some of these truths will unhinge the public. They are the uglier side of what the cabal has created throughout the centuries. This is a time when the Starseeds and Lightworkers are called upon to help. Your understanding of the ascension process will be vastly needed to calm the masses. Prepare yourselves. The day of reckoning approaches!
Greetings. We are your Ascended Masters. A new realm is dawning. We ask you to remain patient since an imponderable number of marvelous events is being readied to be revealed. We thank Heaven for what is about to be born! A most gracious blessing is being bestowed upon us all.
You must often feel that what you have been working for is farther away than it actually is. That, in 3-D terms, the life manifesting before you is a fact when, in actuality, it is pure illusion. Often it can seem as if your promised prosperity and world peace are never going to manifest. We are here to tell you that they are closer than they appear in the light of unfolding world events.
The cabal is reeling from the consciousness growth anchored by Gaia’s people into the new energy grid of Light. It has assumed a momentum that ensures its Victory. We descended from the bliss of full consciousness into a realm beset by horrors. Despite this adversity/unfavorable turn, the Anunnaki and their minions failed to obliterate our most sacred thoughts. We retained our memories. Our divine service as Ascended Masters has always been to grant you mercy and succor from the depredations of the dark.
Over the past few decades, you have watched your lives held seemingly in limbo, as those who work for the Light sought how best to restore the right and natural order of this realm. A plan exists to restore the old ways of Lemuria and make rubble of the tyranny employed by the cabal that has kept you enslaved for millennia. It is to merge all of you into the greater community of Love, Light and mutual caring!
It is destined to bring you closer to understanding the glorious realm of your desire, to helping others and to attaining the joy of inner achievements. To that end, you are to expand in consciousness and grow in grace. Hosanna in the highest!!!
Today, we brought you another message about what is developing on your world. You are on the verge of things that, on one level, are deeply longed for but that, on another, will be truly shocking to many. Rejoice in the knowledge that the grand plan of Heaven is unfolding around you! Know, dear Ones, in your Heart of Hearts that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
7/10/18 The Arcturians Through Sue Lie
http://suzanneliephd.blogspot.com/
We Arcturians understand the many challenges that you are bravely facing within your NOW. Therefore, we would like to remind you that you are NEVER alone. Your fifth dimensional family is always with you, whether or not you are aware of it.In fact, you will receive some of your strongest blessings and memories of home when you least expect them and do not need to “control your mind or monitor your thoughts.
Please remember that YOU are the captain of your ship. and you are your ship. As your consciousness advances more and more into the fifth dimension, you will begin to realize that a new reality is coming into your perspective.
This new reality does not need to be worked for or even practiced. This new reality is budding first from within you because your chakras are beginning to spin to a frequency rate of the fifth dimension.
Then, once your chakras have been stabilized to the next octave of reality, your thoughts will be of another reality that is just beyond the physical, but also the higher frequencies of reality will move more and more into your conscious awareness.
Also please remember that reality is what you are then it is. Whatever it is, you are in control. When it is the now to change you must let go and it reveals all fear. When you release all fear you will find that your are within the Now of the Here.
Time is an illusion of the third/fourth dimensions. On the third dimension, time is the most rigid. On the fourth dimension, time is more flexible and changes within your state of mind and emotional body are more easily initiated.
In the fifth dimension all “time” is NOW. Within that now you will know how you can remember the fifth dimensional version of HERE and NOW, as well as HOW. You will need to release your third/fourth dimensional habit of time a space as time/space is a product of the third/fourth dimensional reality band of Earth.
Yes, there is a “reality band” that encompasses each and every frequency of reality. Your assignment within the NOW is to go within and find the reality band that you created while you were resonating to your fifth dimensional SELF, and with your fifth dimensional empathy that called you to choose to wear an earth vessel within your difficult NOW.
With your fifth dimensional empathy for all life you took a third dimensional form to assist Gaia with Her transmutation. In this manner you were able to assist Gaia to gather as great an energy field as possible. This higher energy field is vital to assisting humanity to UNITE with their fifth dimensional SELF in the higher realms of reality.
This Unity allows more and more people to being to remember who they are within their fifth dimensional frequency band. As they remember their fifth dimensional self, that frequency of consciousness can assist them to focus on unity with all life while they are wearing their third/fourth dimensional form.
In this manner they have a greater ability to remember that they are actually fifth dimensional beings/humans who are primarily Pleiadians. In fact, they/you can look, think, and feel more like humans than their true Galactic Self. In this manner, our very brave volunteers who take an earth vessel can better progress with transmuting all the third dimensional versions of their SELF into their fifth dimensional consciousness.
It can be quite difficult to wear a third dimensional body while your consciousness is returning to your innate fifth dimensional consciousness. However, it is in this manner that you will remember how to transmute your third/fourth dimensional form, thoughts and emotions into their true fifth dimensional resonance.
Once you attempt to connect wit your fifth dimensional SELF, something will occur within your third dimensional physical body and your fourth dimensional astral body will begin to merge into ONE.
It is the merging that initiates your transmutation back to your fifth dimensional self. The merging of your third, fourth and fifth dimensional self that has the collective power to not only transmute your self, but to also transmute your reality, as well as Gaia’s reality.
Usually, no one understands ascension and no one ever will because you need to know that you are in control of whatever it is that makes you be YOU. What if for all of your life that you are a living with many incarnations, slowly or suddenly, began to remember. Then three, then more and more of the many incarnations that you have experienced on Earth?
When you do finish your ascension process, you will be able to understand and remember what is occurring on the fifth dimensional Ship and your fifth dimensional reality. When you first began to remember your fifth dimensional SELF you were entering Cycle ONE of your ascension process.
Cycle one is much like an adult nursery school in that you are learning how to interact with a new reality that you do not remember. Just as many children do not remember their former incarnation, they will not easily remember that when they becomes adults.
When one crosses over as a child they often remember their life quite easily because they are still young enough to not think about judging others. These new humans that have “crossed over” into the lower third and fourth dimensions often feel like something, or someone is missing.
They also miss something that they cannot quite title, but they know that they were in one very loving place, and now they are in another place that is quite different. Entering an earth vessel can be quite shocking to one who has been in a light body and are now wearing a very dense physical body. Fortunately, the “new volunteers to take an earth vessel” can still remember going UP into their ship and Down into the Core of Gaia.
However, they soon learn that if they tell other “human ones” about their experiences, they will likely be scorned, laughed at, or even punished for “lying.” This punishment for “telling a truth that the parents have forgotten” actually prepares the child for the many illusions and judgment of a third dimensional reality.
Fortunately, more and more humans are beginning to remember that they are NOT just humans. In fact, they are only “wearing a human vessel” so that they can interact with humanity, so that they can report back to their Ships about the readiness for humanity to accept the “Landings.”
There are still so many humans who are totally asleep to the concept of ascension, or even Starships and being from a another, much more advance reality. The leaders are often the most closed off to this information, as they like to be appearing as the “top of the heap,” when in fact they are truly “the lost ones.”
You were told before you chose to take an earth vessel that you were to serve as scouts who were assigned to go deep into Gaia’s energy field and report back to the Ship what you discovered.
The fact is that many of these Galactic/Human merges have been completed in that the human one remembered that they ARE the Galactic one as well. It is within that NOW that that human begins their transmutations back into their true multidimensional SELF. This merging, also activates the Light Body.
Your Light Body is the YOU fifth dimensional you that you are on the fifth dimensional Starships. The only times that fifth dimensional Starships or humans are perceived by third dimensional humans is when that human has expanded their consciousness to include the fifth dimension.
However, the humans that have been able to survive in a third dimensional reality filled with those who are consciously working AGAINST any form of ascension, have become very strong and have learned to check someone’s aura before they tell them the truth.
It is quite dangerous to tell people who are not ready for that information because they become very frightened. And, just as a frightened animal can be dangerous, so can a frightened human.
You, the members of the transmuting humans, have volunteered to assist Gaia and Her Planetary Ascension by choosing to take fourth dimensional issues and transmute them into fifth dimensional solutions. It is for this reason that humanity is entering a “transmutational cycle.”
We say “transmutational cycle” because it calls for the definition we will now come between. The “false truths” and secret facts will soon be revealed. Therefore, please remember that as Gaia continues Her transmutation into Her fifth dimensional expression of Her Planetary Body, there will be NO separation of thoughts.
Everyone will communicate with all other beings, planetary, animal, elemental, etc., as well with all humans via the same “inner channel” that they have already chosen to communicate through. This channel comes through our “Inter-dimensional Portals,” which connects the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth dimension to the sixth, seventh and beyond realities.
Of course, these portals have always been there and almost always open. One of the few times that these port is were closed was when Earth humans began to “play with” nuclear weapons, and nuclear “accidents” such as Chernobyl.
When humanity evolved—or rather devolved—into making weapons of mass destruction, and even planetary destruction, we the Galactics had to step in to assist. Usually a society in which technology races ahead of Wisdom, Power and Love finds it self in a huge initiation which often feels like the fear of great danger,
An example of this was the nuclear testing and other weapons that occurred after World War II. These weapons often came from the Zeta Reticuli who desperately need assistance and went to those who were NOT concerned about anything thing but their own needs and desires of power over others.
You can look at the older television show called “X Files” to find the truths that are hidden in that story line. In fact, there are a great deal of “fiction” movies and shows that are actually the truth.
However, the United States and most of the earthlings are NO longer in communication with the Zetas’. They just needed human DNA to heal their dying race, and once they got what they needed, they returned to space and their Homeworld in a distant place in your Galaxy.
However, some Zetas still remain close to Gaia, but to protect Her and not to harm her. Their own planet had been greatly harmed, and they did not want to be a part of that happening on another planet. In fact, the Pleiadians and we the Arcturians stepped in and taught the Zetas how to solve their genetic problems.
Since the Zetas were mostly concerned about getting the right DNA to keep their species alive, they left Earth as soon as they got what they needed. Now that their ability to create their own DNA has been restored, they permanently live in their own area of space and leave Earth alone,
Meanwhile, all of us Galactics are interested in discovering how Gaia and Her earthlings will be able to complete their planetary ascension within the “Portal Opening” that has been planned. This portal, being a fifth dimensional portal, is actually a portal to many fifth dimensional portals.
We Galactics will remain close to Earth so that we can be of assistance when it is the NOW for the opening of all the fifth dimensional portals. These portals, working as ONE huge portal, will serve as an opening between the fifth dimensional energy fields of expanding space and the third/fourth dimensional portals on Earth that will open to accept this higher dimensional gift.
Of course, we Galactics, led by the Arcturians, will assist Gaia as She goes through Her “birth canal” into the fifth dimension and beyond. Gaia is a “learning planet,” in which energy out-flowing from the planet, will eventually return to the planet. In order for Gaia to ascend, humanity will need to stand as ONE Being to assist with the process of “Planetary Ascension.”
We do not need to tell you how many “dark ones” still live on and/or rule Gaia. The issue with planetary ascension will not be the planet, but the “service to self” humans who have too often been the rulers of Gaia’s sweet earth.
Earth was always meant to be an “energy out equals energy back” planet. Therefore, the best way for humanity to assist Gaia is NOT with wars and weapons. The BEST way to assist Gaia is to send our Unconditional Love and Violet Fire into all of Gaia’s Earth, Air, Fire, Water and Elementals.
Humanity will NOT save Earth with wars and weapons. The only way that humanity can save Earth is with A COLLECTIVE MAJORITY OF BEINGS who send out UNCONDITIONAL LOVE and VIOLET FIRE deep into Gaia’s Core and into ALL of Gaia’s aura and atmosphere.
If the ascending ones can remember and teach humanity that they ALL volunteered to assist Gaia with Her planetary ascension, humanity can fulfill the reason why they chose to leave the Love and Light of the higher dimensional worlds.
Please remember that YOU are vital for the process of Planetary Ascension.
Call us and we will answer!
The Arcturians and your Galactic Family
7/8/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner (7/5/18)
www.thegroundcrew.com
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I work full time with the Earth Council to assist with the Ascension Process.
I am pleased to report that all is proceeding well with your Ascension Process. Missing parts have been put together. Massive amounts of karma have been cleansed. Relationships are being healed and cleared. Like the earth, you are moving on. You are clearing out the past and letting go of what no longer serves you. The earth is volcanically erupting as she releases molten lava to clear massive amounts of darkness within. It is not her darkness. It is a result of what has been done to her. She has been showing how powerful she is and how ready she is for her ascension. Humanity is beginning to pay attention to these messages.
It is a time on the planet when you cannot take anything for granted. Change is the constant. New patterns of thought and constructs are being created now. They are required for the higher consciousness that you are creating. When the time comes there will be many awakenings and gifts from the Galactics and Light Realms. You will be the beneficiaries. You have earned it from all of your hard work.
There will be many openings from within the earth and you will find this true within your selves. You will discover many things that you did not know about yourselves as they come to the surface. You will reunite with old friends and family from past lives. You will reconnect with many Masters, Archangels and others. There will be many reunions with soul family along with galactic family. You may even reconnect with some of your ancestors.
Cherish each moment of every day. The new developments may be like petals blossoming on a flower. Whether you like some of the revelations or not, they will get your attention. They will make you wonder why you didn’t see certain things before. You will see and sense that you have been living in different time lines as well multiple dimensions. All can seem bizarre. Do not let this upset you. Please understand this information is necessary for your awakening.
We continue to monitor you and your progress. We stand by ready to intervene wherever necessary. We hope to impress upon you the seriousness of these times. We have enforced this message to the dark ones who are still hanging on. They are in fear and want to remain in control. Their days are ending and this is the message that we are consistently reinforcing. Please understand that you, along with the help of billions of the forces of light, are taking back your planet.
We assure you that behind the scenes the plan is ready to be implemented. Stay awake and aware. Listen to the voice within for your own guidance. Find your own truth amongst the numerous lies. Keep your truth to yourself unless you have others with whom you can share. You can talk to us for we appreciate your input. Your involvement is meaningful and important.
You are our beloved ground crew. We appreciate and admire you for all that you are and all that you do.
I am Mira with lots of love.
7/8/18 Sherry Wilde Video About her UFO "Abductors" (light beings)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YdmeAoBmcAA (59 minutes)
Under hypnosis Sherry Wilde learns first that she was abducted at age 17, secondly that it was not the first time, that it had been going on since childhood, and third, that it was not an abduction after all but a pre-birth agreement to meet her interdimensional family who are benevolent light beings. She was a normal wife, mother and business owner until 1987 when her community experienced a UFO flap - one of the most active in the world. Her girlfriend talked her into attending a hypnosis session, reminding her she had lost two hours one day at age 17 and couldn't remember what happened. She denied and resisted, but over the next 18-24 months Sherry was forced to accept her involvement in a phenomenon that was totally unknown to her. Faced with the indisputable evidence that she was experiencing contact with extra-terrestrial beings was astonishing to this pragmatic and levelheaded woman of 37. She learned her contact had been ongoing for her entire life. It almost pushed her over the edge. Sherry spent the next several years of her life trying to exonerate the experiences from her mind and did her best to return to a normal life, but when heavy contact started again in late 2009, after several years of relative peace, she could no longer ignore it. Inexplicably she found herself writing a book, The Forgotten Promise, about the encounters as her memory opened up to the past events and the teachings these beings had imparted to her. Overcoming her fear and learning the truth of her involvement with these ultra-dimensional beings became her life goal. She now accepts the truth of these encounters and has cooperative contact on a regular basis with the beings she affectionately refers to as "her guys."
6/29/18 Conversation with the Arcturians thru Suzanne Lie
http://suzanneliephd.blogspot.com/
Sue channeling The Arcturians:
Now a lot has occurred, especially in the United States and those protected by the United States. That is because the United States was supposed to be the flashpoint of ascension. And it’s the newest country, along with Australia. So it will be the United States for the northern hemisphere, and Australia for the southern hemisphere, and they are right next to each other. And that wave of ascension will be activated with those two continents and then move all around the planet. But it can’t occur while that matrix is still active and still attached to the planet.
Shawnna as interviewer:
So as we each do a personal assessment, the greatest contribution we can make is assisting as many people as possible to focus on their grounding. That way, we can maintain our presence in this Higher Frequency.
Sue/The Arcturians:
In this Higher Frequency, yes, and when we, {now Suzille is saying this, but we’ll say you}, when humanity grounds themselves, humanity is meant to be a grounding board. Because they are conscious. They are conscious of the planet, and they are conscious of the atmosphere, and they are conscious of the other planets.
And so there are beings that are conscious, as well as beings that deeply love the Earth. Because there are beings that love the Earth deeply, but they are not conscious of those types of concepts, because they live in rural lands or agricultural lands, but they love the planet. And those are the ones that are the final grounders. Because they love the planet, and they will be able to pull in that Light and share it with the planet.
And those that have selfish needs and work against the planet, that frequency of Light will be too hard, too dangerous. It will disarticulate their selfish power over other’s needs. Because power over others is a low frequency, and power within is a very high frequency.
So those that resonate to a power over others, they have a low frequency of consciousness. And so when that Higher Light comes in, they’ll get zapped, because it will be too strong for them.
And they will be taken with the matrix to a baby planet to start over. Because there really is no death, just a next cycle. And when that cycle occurs as that matrix leaves, then only those that have truly loved the planet will be able to stay on the planet, because that is where they have always been.
Do you understand what we are saying by that?
Shawnna:
Yes, the timing is interesting because a lot of this information is coming to Light on how this existence has functioned and what the aims and intentions have been and continue to be. I always had this optimism in my mind that surely they will all come to realize that, and I think the Arcturians, I think you’ve actually mentioned recently that they are being made aware that their actions have implications. And so in a way, they have been warned that if their ways continue, there will be consequences.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Because Energy out is Energy back.
Shawnna:
Right, and I’ve always held his hope that knowing that, decisions would be made that would alter these intentions, and they would focus more upon the well-being because there is more power in love than fear.
Sue/The Arcturians:
There are some that will be able to shift out of that power over consciousness, but a large percentage of the people that have power over consciousness, they came to Earth from another planet and from another planet and from another planet.
And in a way, they are the destroyers and part of the………
Sue/The Arcturians:
What’s that noise, Shawnna?
Shawnna:
Ha-ha. I guess that’s the alarm sounding (laugh). It’s my clock. That means time is up for them. That’s what that means.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Oh, OK good. Time is up for those who are selfish.
But it doesn’t look that way. Especially in The United States, it doesn’t look that way. The United States was meant to be the flashpoint, and there is a major battle going on. And sometimes something really dark and scary has to happen to wake people up from, “Oh it’s all cool, it’s all fine.”
No, it’s not all cool, it’s not all fine. There’s still plenty of darkness to be transmuted. And this transmutational process will occur within one who does not seek power within.
Transmutation is a process that can only occur once a human has moved into the energy field of sharing and of healing and of energy out and remembering who you really are, remembering that you are also a Higher Dimensional Being. And there’s more frequencies to yourself than you see in the physical plane.
And as humanity connects more and more with the Higher Frequencies of their own self, then they will be able to have that Fourth Dimensional perspective and that Fifth Dimensional perspective.
And as that becomes more and more and closer to a majority, then the power withins will be able to take control. But, unfortunately, the power over others are in control within this now. Not everywhere, but in far too many places.
Shawnna:
Well, I was going to say that kind of leads into my next question, which is how can we accelerate the process of the matrix being removed? I guess it’s a natural process as you’ve mentioned, but are we able to impact that in any way?
Sue/The Arcturians:
The Galactics are surrounding the planet. The Galactics are here to assist. However, Gaia is a free will planet, as we have said, and humanity has to ask for the assistance. They can pray to their God, they can ask the Galactics for assistance, and they can give service to others.
And a lot of people are doing these things, but a lot of people are just barely surviving. And that is because the power over others have created societies in which too many people are placed out of the realm of assistance.
And until humanity is able to love humanity enough to do everything that they personally can do in their own fashion and many, many people are doing, but it isn’t 51 %. It has to be a bigger percentage in order to make that shift.
Do you understand what we are saying by that?
Shawnna:
Yes, definitely. I wonder how far off we are?
Sue/Arcturians:
Yes, that is something that we won’t share because that is something that humanity has to talk to each other and find out. And humanity has to listen for the Light, listen for the Love, and follow the Light, and follow the Love.
And when there is fear and when there is injustice, they need to stand up against it and say, “No, we will not participate in your fear. We will not participate in your injustice.”
And before people do that, they usually have to wait until it becomes extremely extreme.
And that is a glitch about humanity in the third dimension. And basically humanity will need the Galactics’ help. But that means that humanity is going to have to move beyond their belief that they are the most evolved beings and realize that they are choosing to wear a third dimensional vessel, but there are many others that wear fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh and even higher dimensional vessels. And those beings can fix it, but they can’t fix it without the majority of the planet asking for help because it is a free will planet.
Shawnna:
Well, interestingly enough, it feels like we’ve come full circle. Even back to when we first began this conversation, and we were having difficulties, and there was silence, so I had that chance to go within and explore that deeper message.
It felt like it was, like you just mentioned, reaching those extremes that kind of catapult us into wanting to engage and make a difference and get on our feet and recognize that it is time.
This is the alarm sounding, and this is the extreme, and so it is time to not just listen, but participate.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, and to get out of denial.
You know, too many people live in denial. They see what they want to see, and they ignore what they don’t want to see. And as more and more people really allow themselves to see what is really occurring, then they will say, “Wait a second, this isn’t OK. I don’t want this to happen. What can I do to change? How can we work together to change this?”
And it’s that We, moving from Me to We. Moving from Me to We, and We includes the planet.
If you look at the Native Americans and all the people, the farmers and the people that love Earth and the people that serve it, Weincludes the planet. They are all fully aware that everything in your body, it comes from something from the planet. Your physical body is made of the elements and elementals of the physical Earth. You are a chunk of Earth that has the consciousness of your Higher Dimensional Self.
And so when that consciousness moves into all the areas of the chunk of Earth that is the body that you are wearing, then humanity begins to deeply remember and awaken. And awakening and remembering are the same because as you awaken you remember, and as you remember you awaken.
The Starships are ready. There is so much help. The Pleaidians are buzzing the planet on a regular basis, and they are talking to people on a regular basis. We, the Arcturians, are talking to people on a regular basis and other Higher Beings, the Archangels and Ascended Masters and the Elohim. It’s just a matter of time…..and leaving time.
As long as people think in time, then they’re stuck in time, and they’re stuck in third dimensional time.
It’s the moving of the consciousness into the Now that allows one’s perceptions to leave time and to move into the Higher Frequencies of the Higher Fourth and Fifth Dimension that is not bound by time and exists within the Now of the One.
Shawnna:
And I think that’s the perfect segue into one of our main focus points, which will be the power of the Here and Now. And I think since anyone who is listening to this conversation has probably reached that point to be awake and in that stage of remembering. We just want to remind everyone that they have a responsibility to contribute.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, it is a responsibility. And that’s one of the first things that people realize when they begin to awaken. They realize that they have a responsibility to help this planet. This planet has lot of problems. They need to help it in some way.
And you don’t have to be a genius, you don’t have to be wealthy, and you don’t have to be any special person. Because the planet is made of everyday people. It’s an everyday planet, and everyday people in their everyday life can make much more of a difference than they can imagine.
Shawnna:
Absolutely. As we all focus on that power within, we recognize it. We are important, we have unique contributions to make, and together we will make a difference.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, together. Together is the word, isn’t it?
Yes, together as One, because we are One.
Well, thank you so much for speaking with us.
Did you have any final questions, Shawnna, or are you fine with the conversation as it is?
Shawnna:
I think that wraps up an excellent conversation that’s really relevant for everyone to hear at this time. As always, we’re grateful for this guidance, and we have much to consider and think about and to act upon.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, thank you so much to all and Blessings be to you all.
And we’re always here with you, and we have the doors to the fourth and the fifth dimension wide open, as well as the doors to our many Starships that resonate just beyond.
It’s part of the reason why the dark ones are so frightened and revving up their nefarious ways because they, too, know that We, the Higher Frequencies of reality, the Higher Frequencies of the people that are wearing an Earth vessel, are surrounding them. They are above them, and they are among them.
Blessings!
6/20/18 More on Valiant Thor by Eddie Page (youtube)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3R_XC-r1lK4 (part 1 - 32 minutes)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AfetEpzOlLU (part 2 - 32 minutes)
Parts one and two, In these videos I will be telling you about Val Valiant Thor. Thor lived as a stranger at the Pentagon for three years interacting with President Eisenhower and Vice President Richard Nixon at the White House. I worked for the CIA from June 15, 1982 to Nov 4, 1993. These are the topics I will be covering for you, the Phoenix Lights, CIA, Alien Hybrids, Extraterrestrial, Pleiadian children, Star Seed, Project Aquarius, Aliens, UFO sightings, Roswell N.M, alien spacecraft, Roswell crash, black triangular, Roswell UFO Incident, UFO sightings, Roswell N.M, alien spacecraft, Roswell crash, black triangular, Area 51, S4 Facility, Project Blue Book and the Roswell UFO Incident the happened-on July 8, 1947.
6/20/18 - Eddie Page - Pleiadian Starseed worked for CIA (Youtube)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qkrYlVjjJ8I
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u1zaHCiOu2c
These videos are the true-life story of Eddie Page the extraterrestrial Star Seed unit inside CIA Project Aquarius. We were 33 Pleiadian children that were brought here to interact with the human species. This is not only our story, it is our Fathers will that we bring you this message of hope. I Will also be telling your about Valiant Thor, The Benevolent Alien. Val Valiant Thor lived as a stranger at the Pentagon for three years interacting with President Eisenhower. Eddie Page You will learn the real story behind the Roswell crash in 1947, what Project Aquarius was all about developed by the CIA in 1953. As one of Eddies friend, I believed it was important and only fair that everyone on the planet has access to a full and comprehensive record of Eddie Page’s life - not just the CIA who had seemingly been monitoring him from before his mysterious birth and ever since. This YouTube Channel is dedicated to all those who have lost their lives either through direct alien contact such as jet fighter pilots sent to investigate UFO sightings, those who were abducted and never returned and those who were murdered by governments to prevent them from speaking out about what they knew. Here is a link to my Facebook page: it is called Project Aquarius.
6/20/18 Kerry Cassidy interviewing Eddie Page Extraterrestrial Star Seed (Youtube)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5WY6Xzh2Mc
The true story of the extraterrestrial Star Seed unit (33 Pleiadian children) inside the CIA. Find out how the Anunnaki and Pleiadians are related… Pleiadian mother ship has arrived with more coming according to Eddie…
6/15/18 Ra and the Law of One - on The Confederation of Planets
http://kuthumi-hands.com/theharvest/earthharvest.htm
"I am one of The Members of The Confederation of Planets in the service of The Infinite Creator. There are approximately 53 civilizations, comprising approximately 500 planetary consciousness complexes in this Confederation. This Confederation contains those from your own planet who have attained Densities beyond your 3rd. It contains planetary entities within your solar system, and it contains planetary entities from other galaxies. It is a true Confederation in that its members are not alike but allied in service according to the Law of One. There have been as many as 15 of the Confederation entities in your skies at any one time. Their purposes are very simple: to allow those entities of your planet to become aware of infinity, which is often best expressed to the uninformed as the mysterious or unknown."
"The desire to serve begins, in the Density of Love or Understanding (4th Density), to be an overwhelming goal of the social memory complex (group consciousness). Thus, those percentiles of planetary entities, plus approximately 4% more of whose identity We cannot speak, found themselves long, long ago in your time seeking the same thing: service to others. The relationship between these entities as they entered an understanding of other beings, other planetary entities, and other concepts of service was to share and continue together these commonly-held goals of service."
"Thus, each voluntarily placed the social memory complex data in what you may consider a central thought complex available to all. This, then, created a structure whereby each entity could work in its own service while calling upon any other understanding needed to enhance the service. This is the cause of the formation and the manner of the working of the Confederation. There are many Confederations. This Confederation works with the planetary spheres of 7 or your galaxies and is responsible for the callings of the Densities of these galaxies."
"There dwell within The Confederation planetary entities (civilizations) who from their planetary spheres do nothing but send Love and Light as pure streamings to those who call. This is not in the form of conceptual thought but of pure and undifferentiated Love."
"Information (theoretical physics) which Confederation Sources had offered to your entity, Albert (Einstein), became perverted (by Dark Ones), and instruments of destruction began to be created, examples of this being the Manhatten Project and its product (nuclear bombs). Information offered through Wanderer, Nikola (Tesla), also was experimented with for potential destruction: example, your so-called Philadelphia Experiment (time and dimensional travel). Thus, We felt a strong need to involve our thought-forms (UFO activity and messages of the mid-twentieth century) in whatever way We of The Confederation could be of service in order to balance these distortions of information (inspired by the Dark Brotherhood of Orion)."
"We of The Confederation are at the call of those upon your planet. If the call, though sincere, is fairly low in consciousness of the, shall we say, system whereby spiritual evolution may be precipitated, then We may only offer that information useful to that particular caller. These entities receive the basic information about The Original Thought and the means, that is meditation and service to others, whereby this Original Thought may be obtained. If an entity puts into practice that which it is given, it will not find repetition except when needed."
The Dark Brotherhood of Orion
"Like The Confederation, the Densities of the mass consciousness which comprise the Orion Group (service to self polarity) are varied. There are a very few 3rd Density, a larger number of 4th Density, a similarly large number of 5th Density, and very few 6th Density entities comprising this organization. Their numbers are perhaps one-tenth ours at any point in the space/time continuum as the problem of spiritual entropy causes them to experience constant disintegration of their social memory complexes (due to in-fighting and power struggles). Their power is the same as ours."
"The purpose of the Orion Group is conquest unlike those of The Confederation who wait for the calling (thus not interfering with free will). The so-called Orion Group calls Itself to conquest. Their objective is to locate certain mind/body/spirit complexes (people) which vibrate in resonance with their own vibrational complex, then to enslave the un-elite, as you may call those who are not of the Orion vibration. The service of the self requires an ever-expanding use of the energies of others for manipulation to the benefit of the self with distortion towards power."
"There are two types of landings (of the Orion Group). In the first, entities among your peoples are taken on their craft and programmed for future use (subconsciously). There are 2 or 3 levels of programming. First, the level that will be discovered by those who do research (hypnosis). Second, a triggering program. Third, a second and most deep triggering program, crystallizing the entity, thereby rendering it lifeless and useful as a kind of beacon. The second form is that of landing beneath the Earth's crust (within the Inner Earth), which is entered from water, in the general area of your South American and Caribbean areas and close to the so-called Northern Pole. The bases of these people are underground."
"The Crusaders of Orion use two types of entities to do their bidding, shall We say. The first type is the thought-form, the second a kind of robot. The robot may look like any other being (human). It is a construct. The 'Men in Black' are a thought-form type of entity which have some beingness to their make-up. They have certain physical characteristics given them. However, their true vibrational nature is without 3rd-Density vibrational characteristics and, therefore, they are able to materialize and dematerialize when necessary."
"The Orion Group passes on information concerning the Law of One with the orientation of service to self. The information can become technical just as some in The Confederation, in attempts to aid this planet in service to others, have provided what you would call technical information. The technology by this group is in the form of various means of control or manipulation of others to serve the self (such as weather control and mass mind-control technology). The contacts which this group finds most helpful to their cause are those contacts made with entities (humans) whose orientation is towards service to self."
"The Orion Group uses the physical examination (during a 'UFO experience') as a means of terrifying the individual and causing it to feel the feelings of an advanced 2nd-Density being, such as a laboratory animal. The sexual experiences of some are a sub-type of this experience. The intent is to demonstrate the control of the Orion entities over the Terran inhabitant. The thought-form experiences are subjective and, for the most part, do not occur in this Density (3rd)."
"The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker-minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion philosophy to be disseminated. If there is fear and doom, the contact was quite likely of a negative nature. If the result is hope, friendly feelings, and the awakening of a positive feeling of purposeful service to others, the marks of Confederation contact are evident."
"The UFO flaps (of Orion origin) cause many fears among your peoples, many speakings, understandings concerning plots, cover-ups, mutilations, killings, and other negative impressions. Even those supposedly positive reports which gain public awareness speak of doom."
"The shape of the Orion craft is one of the following: firstly, the elongated, ovoid shape which is of a darker nature than silver but which has a metallic appearance if seen in the light. In the absence of light, it appears to be red or fiery in some manner. Other craft include disc-shaped objects of a small nature approximately 12 feet in your measurement in diameter and the box-like shape approximately 40 feet to a side in your measurement. Other craft can take on a desired shape through the use of thought-control mechanisms. There are various civilization complexes which work within this group. Some are more able to use Intelligent Infinity than others."
"Through telepathy the philosophy of the Law of One, with the distortion of service to self, is promulgated. In advanced groups (of negatively-oriented humans) there are rituals and exercises given (so-called Black Magic), and these have been written down just as the service-to-others oriented entities have written down the promulgated philosophy of their teachers. The entire hope of the Orion Group is to infringe upon free will without losing polarity. Thus this Group, if represented by a wise entity, attempts to be clever."
"The Orion Group has aided the so-called negatively oriented among your mind/body/spirit complexes (peoples). These same entities (the humans) would be concerning themselves with service to self in any case, and there are many upon your so-called Inner Planes (Lower Astral Levels) which are negatively oriented and thus available as inner teachers or guides and so-called possessors of certain souls (personalities) who seek this distortion of service to self."
"There is a sincere belief of 4th-Density Negative (Dark Ones) that to love self is to love all. Each other-self, which is thus either taught or enslaved, thus has a teacher which teaches love of self. Exposed to this teaching, it is intended that there be brought to fruition an Harvest of 4th-Density Negative or self-serving mind/body/spirit complexes (people)."
"The 4th-Density negative entity is aware of the full array of possible methods of viewing the universe of The One Creator, and it is convinced that the ignoring and non-use of the green-ray energy center (4th or Heart Chakra) will be the method most efficient in providing harvestability to 4th Density (from 3rd Density). Its operations among those of 3rd Density which have not yet made this choice are designed to offer to each the opportunity to consider the self-serving polarity and its possible attractiveness."
"Nearly all positive channels and groups may be lessened in their positivity or rendered quite useless by what we may call the temptations offered by the 4th-Density negative thought-forms (sent telepathically by 4th-Density Negative Beings). They may suggest many distortions towards specific information (disinformation), towards the aggrandizement of the self, towards the flowering of the organization in some political, social, or fiscal way. These distortions remove the focus from The One Infinite Source of Love and Light."
"The negatively-oriented entity will program (pre-incarnatively) for maximal separation from and control over all those things and conscious entities which it perceives as being other than the self (all others) and will ordinarily program for wealth, ease of existence, and the utmost opportunity for power. Thus, many negative entities burst with the physical complex distortion you call health, however a negatively-oriented entity may choose a painful condition in order to improve the distortion toward the negative emotive mentations (emotions) such as anger, hatred, and frustration. Such an entity may use an entire incarnative experience honing a blunt edge of hatred or anger so that it may polarize more towards the negative or separated pole."
"The negatively-oriented being will be one who feels that it has found power that gives meaning to its existence. This negative entity will strive to offer these understandings to other-selves (others), most usually by the process of forming the elite, the disciples, and teaching the need and rightness of the enslavement of other-selves (others) for their own good. These other-selves are perceived to be dependent upon the self (the one in power) and in need of the guidance and the wisdom of the self."
"The negative polarization (service to self) is greatly aided by the subjugation or enslavement of other-selves (others). The potential between two negatively-polarized entities is such that the entity which enslaves the other or bids the other gains in negative polarity. The entity so bidden or enslaved, in serving an other-self, will necessarily lose negative polarity, although it will gain in desire for further negative polarization (and power). This desire will then tend to create opportunities to regain negative polarity. You must recall that, in negative thinking there is always the pecking order and the power against power in separation. To the stronger go the greater shares of polarity."
"The negative path posits slavery of the less powerful as a means of learning the desire to serve the self to the extent that the will is brought to bear. It is in this way that polarity is increased in the negative sense. Thus 4th-Density entities are willing slaves of such a 5th-Density entity, there being no doubt whatsoever of the relative power of each. Any organization which demands obedience without question upon the basis of relative power is functioning according to the above-described plan."
"The negative polarization (service to self) contains a great requirement for control and repression (self-discipline). Any mind-complex distortion, which you may call emotional, needs, in order to be useful to the negatively-oriented entity, to be repressed and then brought to the surface in an organized use (control of emotions). Thus, you may find, for instance, negatively-polarized entities controlling and repressing such basic bodily complex (physical) needs as the sexual desire in order that, in the practice thereof, the will may be used to enforce itself upon the other-self (another person) with greater efficiency when the sexual behavior is allowed."
"The negative polarization is one which does not accept the concept of free will of other-selves (others). Thusly, in a social complex (society) whose negativity approaches purity (100%), the pull upon other-selves (others) is constant. A positively-oriented entity in such a situation would desire for other-selves (others) to have their free will and thusly would find itself removed from its ability to exercise its own free will, for the free will of negatively-oriented entities is bent upon conquest." (Freedom to evolve in a tyranny or dictatorship is removed.)
"The graduation into 4th-Density Negative is achieved by those beings who have consciously contacted Intelligent Infinity through the use of red, orange, and yellow rays of energy (the 3 chakras below the diaphragm). Therefore, the planetary conditions of 4th-Density Negative (on a negative, service-to-self planet) include the constant alignment and re-alignment of entities in efforts to form dominant patterns of combined energy. The early 4th Density is one of the most intensive struggle (for power). When the order of authority has been established and all have fought until convinced that each is in the proper placement for power structure, the social memory complex (group mind) begins. Always the 4th-Density effect of telepathy and the transparency of thought are attempted to be used for the sake of those at the apex of the power structure (the rulers)."
"The negatively-polarized entity will have achieved Harvest due to extremely efficient use of red and orange/yellow (the first 3 chakras), moving directly to the gateway indigo (moving directly to the 6th Chakra without activating the 4th and 5th Chakras), bringing through this intelligent energy channel the in-streamings of Intelligent Infinity."
"If you see the energy centers (the 7 Major Chakras) in their various colors completing the spectrum, you may see that the service-to-self choice is one which denies the very center of the spectrum (4th Chakra), that being universal love. Therefore, all that is built upon the penetration of the Light of harvestable quality by such entities is based upon an omission. This omission shall manifest in 4th Density as the love of self, that is, the fullest expression of the orange and yellow energy centers (2nd and 3rd Chakras) which then are used to potentiate communication and adepthood."
"When 5th-Density refinement has been achieved, that which is not (activation of the 4th Chakra) is carried further, the Wisdom Density (5th Density) being explored by entities which have no compassion, no universal love. They experience that which they wish by free choice, being of the earnest opinion that green-ray energy (of the 4th Chakra) is folly. That which is not may be seen as a self-imposed darkness in which harmony is turned into an eternal dysharmony."
"The early 5th-Density negative entity, if oriented towards maintaining cohesion as a social memory complex (group consciousness), may, in its free will, determine that the path to wisdom lies in the manipulation in exquisite propriety of all other-selves (all others). It then, by virtue of its abilities in wisdom, is able to be the leader of 4th-Density beings which are upon the road to wisdom by exploring the dimensions of love of self and understanding of self. These 5th-Density entities see the Creation as that which shall be put in order."
"The usual attempts (attacks) upon positively-oriented entities or groups of entities are made by minions of the 5th-Density Orion Leaders. These (minions) are 4th Density. The normal gambit of such 4th-Density attack is the tempting of the entity or group of entities away from total polarization towards service to others and toward the aggrandizement of self or of social organization with which the self (the person) identifies."
"There are no negative beings (those who serve the self) which have attained the Oversoul Manifestation (the level of Monad), which is the honor/duty of the mind/body/spirit complex totality (Monad) of late 6th Density, as you would term it in your time measurements. These negatively-oriented mind/body/spirit complexes (incarnate beings) have a difficulty which to our knowledge has never been overcome, for after 5th-Density graduation (into 6th Density) wisdom is available but must be matched with an equal amount of love. This Love/Light is very, very difficult to achieve in unity when following the negative path, and during the early part of the 6th Density, society complexes (group minds) of the negative orientation will choose to release the potential and leap into the 6th Density positive (service to others)." (The Dark Brothers and Dark Group Minds can evolve no further than early 6th Density without reversing polarity and becoming Forces of Light in service to all others.)
"The 6th-Density negative entity is extremely wise. It observes the spiritual entropy occurring due to the lack of ability to express the unity of 6th Density. Thus, loving The Creator and realizing at some point that The Creator is not only self but other-self (others) as self, this entity consciously chooses an instantaneous energy re-orientation so that it may continue its evolution. The positive/negative polarity is a thing which will, at the 6th Level, simply become history (polarization of all sentient life in the universe ends at the 6th-Density Level)."
6/7/18 The Arcturians and Pleiadians via Sue Lie - 5/28/18
Imagination as Fifth Dimensional Thought
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
What is Imagination? Imagination includes, among other things, the ability to visualize with the creative parts of your mind and brain in order to activate your resourcefulness, creative, and artistic/scientific brain.
Artistic and scientific are put into one category because they both call upon your ability to think of, imagine, and/or desire to create in your outer world something that you have found within your heart and mind.
We say “found within your heart and mind” because your heart usually yearns for the feedback loop of finding a desire, goal, creative expression, etc. within your heart that you are able to “plant” in your mind.
If these desires, etc. stay only in your heart, you will love it and maybe even love yourself more because of it. But, if this desire does not expand to encompass your mind, it will likely remain an idea and never become a creation.
A “creation” is something that carries a life force. Many of these creations hover within your consciousness, but it is not a creation until you “give it life” in your physical world by sharing it with others. In this manner, your creativity comes “not from you and for you, but through you and to others.” In this manner, a higher dimensional expression of your SELF, and/or your consciousness, is allowed a manner in which it, your higher dimensional expression of creativity, can flow through the portal of YOUR SELF and into the portals of others who resonate to this higher frequency communication.
Yes, creativity does resonate to a higher frequency because it is a “whole brain experience.” In other words, a creative venture calls on the creator to use both their logical, rational, mental left brain to intermingle with your creative, spontaneous, emotional right brain.
How is imagination experienced? If one can trust their instincts and their inner messages, imagination can be very helpful to find the Circle of Light that encompasses one’s imagination, to enter into the heart of the one who is imagining. Some people are taught that imagination is a ‘waste of time,” but, a person who would say that to another is likely unable to allow themselves to enjoy their “whole brain thinking.” Whole brain thinking is when one is able to use both their creative, imaginative right hemisphere and their “take care of business” left hemisphere.
How is imagination shared with others? Imagination is greatly limited when it is not shared with others. Imagination is often something that can evolve into a new, creative and possible reality. If imagination is ignored, many possible realities are not allowed to be birthed into your physical world. Therefore, sharing your imagination with others is very rewarding in that your own ideas can be amplified by sharing them with others. Imagination does not live long if it is “shut away” or “kept a secret.”
Fortunately, imagination greatly expands when it is shared. However, it is important to be aware if the one you wish to share with is someone who can also embrace their own imagination. In that manner, there is a freedom of inter-mingling the ideas without the fear of judgment. On the other hand, if you are ready to share your creative self, you have likely already experienced that “fear of judgment from others” will stop you in your tracks. Therefore, we will now speak about “fear.”
Fear is the enemy of creative expression. On the other hand, creative expression can diminish your fear. It feels very good to allow your imagination to have a voice, a picture and/or any other manner in which your imagination is brought forward from your heart and mind, to be shared with others. Some people are afraid of the judgment they “may” receive if the expression of imagination is criticized by others. This is normal, so do not feel poorly about yourself if you, too, have experienced fear of judgment regarding your expression of Higher SELF.
When you allow yourself to BE your creative SELF, the joy that you gain from that small act will more than compensate for any judgment from others. Also, be aware that if you present your creativity as “Not coming from you but through you”, then you can better allow your higher self to guide you. “Coming through you” means that you are serving as a “grounding station” for the higher dimensional waves of creativity that are being sent into the frequency of third/fourth dimensional Earth from the higher dimensions of reality.
When you allow yourself to FEEL the higher energy that flows into you while you are being creative, please take a moment to ask within or above, “Thank you for this transmission. From who, or where, am I receiving this information, and how can I thank you?” Being thankful for your creative transmissions/ideas will assist you to consciously accept you higher messages, as well as honoring them as a gift that comes THROUGH you, not FROM you.
When you perceive yourself as a “channel of higher dimensional Light,” your human ego will not be activated, as the message is a “gift” from the higher frequencies of reality with whom you are NOW gaining a constant contact. We say “constant contact” because once you connect with a fifth dimensional and beyond higher being, you are no longer bound by third dimensional time. Then, whenever you feel an urge to document your inter-dimensional messages, you have a “hard copy” to share with others.
Some may share with words, others with pictures, dances, songs etc. In other words, acreative act that you share to express your higher dimensional experiences allows you to more deeply unite your daily consciousness with the higher dimensional consciousness, which come THROUGH you and not FROM you. Once you are able to give full credit to the Source of your communications and/or inspirations, your ego is excused from your creative act. It is your own ego self who has collected and saved all the times that you were embarrassed, criticized and/or teased for presenting your true creative, multidimensional self.
We Pleiadians often work together with the Arcturians to remind our grounded ones of their “reason for incarnation.” The reason that you chose to take a third dimensional earth vessel within this NOW, is the foundation of the mission that you chose to fulfill within your present incarnation. One thing that you will be happy to realize is that, even if you judge your self as failing, or feel that others are judging you for what they perceive as a “failure,” if you continue you will find that what others think about you is VERY insignificant compared to how you judge your self.
In fact, allowing your self to “following the flow” of your own inner guidance that you feel deep within, will empower you enough to lovingly send away any inner or outer criticism. This criticism may hurt your feelings, but the joy you feel from expressing your creativity far surpasses your fear of judgment. You will also find that the joy of allowing your self to express your SELF via whatever form of creativity that you choose, will allow you to send “unconditional love” to those who may judge you. You can send this love because you have allowed yourself to have unconditional love for your self via the expression of your own creative force.
YES, creativity is a “force.” When one is in the act of “creating” something that came THROUGH them, not FROM them, they feel “at ONE” with a higher frequency of reality, as well as a higher frequency of your own Multidimensional SELF. Yes, ALL humanity has a Multidimensional SELF, even if their wounded consciousness will not allow them to experience their own higher frequencies of SELF. This condition is best healed by allowing someone, a counselor, a loving friend, even a pet, or a walk through Nature, to re-calibrate your “SENSE OF SELF” back to the multidimensional YOU that you have always been, but temporarily forgot.
As you begin to remember your own higher dimensional expressions of SELF, you can more easily adapt to a multidimensional reality in which an “unseen higher guide/SELF” is a common belief that all the members of that frequency of reality are fully embracing. Many of our ones who chose to take a third dimensional earth vessel to assist with planetary ascension have felt very lonely. However, once they remember the “mission” that they chose before taking this incarnation, they remember that they resonate to many frequencies of reality within the NOW of the ONE.
The concept of multiple realities running parallel within the same NOW is very difficult to accept for those who are still in the Matrix of being “just” third dimensional. It is the slow, or sudden, awakening to the first conscious inter-action with a higher dimensional aspect of your SELF, that will set you onto the “Path of Remembering your SELF.” At first, most of you believe that your SELF is a different being who resonates to a higher, and/or different, reality. However, if you begin to have regular communications with this “inner being” that you somehow KNOW is real, your third dimensional brain will begin to recalibrate to the receive more and more higher dimensional information.
It is often very helpful to document your experiences with your Higher SELF, as your third dimensional brain often cannot retain fifth dimensional stimuli. Therefore, if you write down, draw, sing and/or share your information two things occur. One thing that occurs is that your Higher SELF will become aware that you are NOW ready to “take dictation” and share it with your third dimensional reality. The other thing is that: You will meet others like you, which will make it easier for you to realize that your Higher SELF is in constant communication with you. In fact, as you share your experience with others, you will further open your innate “inter-dimensional portal” to your own higher frequency expressions of your SELF, as well as your Galactic Friends and Family.
Once you have an “open channel” between your third/fourth dimensional physical/astral self and your fifth dimensional higher/multidimensional SELF, your life will move into the next octave of awareness. With this new, expanded awareness of your Multidimensional SELF and your Multidimensional Reality, you will NEVER feel alone again. You could be alone in the middle of the ocean, but your higher dimensional SELF will be with you, guiding and protecting you.
How are you an expression of your Higher SELF? The answer to this question is: EVERY DAY in EVERY WAY!
6/7/18 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
More E.T.s on Earth
www.DanielScranton.com
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We are continuing to evaluate the necessity of a bigger presence of extra-terrestrials on your planet. We are in contact with many extra-terrestrial beings who want to help and who want to become members of the ground crew with all of you, and we are weighing the help versus hindrance of their presence. You don’t want to get into a situation with extra-terrestrial beings where you see them as your saviors.
For those of you who are unaware, we are non-physical. We are consciousness, so we are not coming, but we are in contact with fifth-dimensional Arcturians, fourth-dimensional Arcturians, and other beings from other star systems who want very much to assist all of you. They see it as part of their role to help. Their presence can help by their ability receive higher-frequency energies and ground them for you.
They can even blend in enough to be teachers and guides, and the advantage of their being on planet Earth with you is that they are incorruptible and beyond any scope of manipulation. Again, the downside is that they can interfere with your evolution of consciousness.
If you become fifth dimensional without doing what you need to do there, you could end up hurting yourselves, especially those who are still unawake at this point. There’s a much greater likelihood that they would in fact create some serious problems.
And so we are looking down many different timelines and seeking the best possible scenarios for all of you. The E.T.s that we are in contact with will of course heed our guidance, and they will always be there supporting you in other ways, even if they are not all on the ground floor with you. And of course you have help from up here as well, in our dimension, not to mention all of the other helpers who are lending their energy, their compassion, their love, and their support.
We all know how long a journey this has been for you and how challenging, but to not worry because your ascension is guaranteed.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
6/7/18 The Pleiadians via Christine Day
Linking into your heart space
http://www.christinedayonline.com/
The Pleiadians – Beloved ones we greet you, An intensity will build within the 3rd dimension on your planet as you move through June and July. You are being asked at this juncture, within this transitional phase to let go and continue to align and link through the multidimensionality of your Heart space.
This multidimensionality is a natural aspect of you and you are being called now to realign by the sacred Higher aspect of your self. As you let go with the Conscious breath you are naturally aligned deeper within the sacred multidimensional tool of your Heart’s sphere.
There is nothing more important for you to achieve at this time than to move into a realignment of your Higher Self. Your movement towards your sacred aspect allows you to play an individual and essential role of creating a stabilization within humanity, and within your communities in which you live. Each time you open into a moment of reconnection within your Heart you forge a powerful anchored pathway for others to follow.
Each one of you is being called to develop this sacred anchoring through the Heart. No matter how things appear within 3rd dimensional drama, all is in hand and everything is truly in a state of perfection. You only need to link within the Heart to stabilize and move beyond the drama, beyond the illusion.
You can each be held within your unique God light consciousness, through the vast connection within your Heart. You can receive clarity and guidance in each moment for your awakening.
Blessings, The Pleiadians
6/6/18 Message from the Pleiadians via Galaxygirl
sananda.website
Greetings friends! We are the Pleiadian Collective here ever in service to humanity’s ascension, bringing you news. The threshold that you have been longing for for vibrational frequencies has been reached allowing yet more of our light and assistance into your realm.
Keep the high vibes up friends for it is working! We see you as surfers riding the biggest wave of your career, and you have had many varied careers over your many lifetimes. Soon you will see us just as we see you now, in the flesh, in form, just as we see you, friends. Much change is foot and the dark ones are running scared, for scared is all that they know and all that they have left to go on. It’s quite sad really that they should be missing out on the biggest ascension that has yet occurred. But we all have choices to make. And certainly you are all choosing excitement and ascension and love and it warms our hearts as we gaze with intense love upon all of you.
You will see your third eye opening more and more. You may have some frontal headaches just as this one is now experiencing as we download, always with permission. So please give us your permission to download our light and wisdom and to happily upgrade you so that you can withstand the coming love wave that will carry and soothe away every tear and ascend you into the – quite literally – higher vibrations of life and light that you previously referred to as heaven from your 3d perspective.
Where do loved ones go when they die? Many places, but mostly higher realms, higher dimensions of light and love for most of you reading these words, and other realms where further learning is required so that cause and effect and karma may be fully experienced. What goes around comes around, that’s all that karma is, it is nothing to be feared, it is simply a tool of reference and of understanding, a grand teacher if you will. For if we are all one, and we are, when you show love to others you show it to yourself, which is how this universe of causality responds to love, to action, for every action has a reaction. And we see you, human friends, reacting to these intense energies with profound love and openness which makes your heart centers spin a bit more widely to allow a bit more light.
Would you like us to assist you further? Please ask. We are eager to assist for we are so excited and proud of our ground team that has done an outstanding job and you have proved your mettle. Now is the time to shine brightly, brighter than ever before and to love and laugh more brightly than ever before and to show mercy and love to those who need it. And who doesn’t? We all love love! It is who we are! It is our nature! We Pleiadian Collective had had our fair share of darkness and tribulations. We have had numerous what you have called holocausts and we have learned and learned and experienced and we would be most honored if you would but allow us to assist you with your own remembering and re-awakening. For it is our pleasure to do so.
We love you. We are the Pleiadian Collective, always in service and we behold you with utmost respect and love. We are you. We are one.
~ galaxygirl
6/3/18 The Arcturians by Marilyn Raffaele
www.onenessofall.com
Dear ones, with love and great respect we offer assistance to your evolutionary journey with the intention of bringing hope and enlightenment to all who seek it.
We see a great deal of change taking place on earth although you are unable to see it as we do. Energies of Light continue to intensify as more individuals awaken and begin to comprehend truths previously unavailable to them simply because they were not open or receptive. There is a great deal of assistance available to anyone requesting it, but you must ask.
Many previously closed to change or new ways of seeing and believing are now opening to the idea that there may be better ways of doing things as many accepted beliefs, concepts, laws, simply no longer work as they once did. This realization is the birth of awakening. At the same time, those already spiritually aware are expanding into increasingly higher levels of awareness.
Those already spiritually awake simply need validation of what they are experiencing at this time rather than increasing amounts of new information. The temptation is to seek answers through the mind when things are not fully understood because the three dimensional belief system teaches that study, learning, doing, on a mental level is necessary to understanding which is true in the beginning stages of awakening.
You have learned in this fashion through many lifetimes, and have arrived at a place where the human mind is no longer an effective tool for your inner journey. The human mind is limited to what is already known and cannot access the deeper realms of Divine Consciousness within.
This shift can be a huge and troubling leap for those who have devoted their lives to one particular spiritual path for many years or even through lifetimes. This is especially true for the teachers of those paths who have dedicated themselves, taught classes, written books, and put all their energy and trust into some one particular modality.
Real spiritual paths and modalities (those that have truth at their foundation) will not disappear but rather their core ideas will expand to new and higher levels. Often it is the un-awakened consciousness of followers who fear change that hold the evolutionary expansion of some spiritual modality back in energies that have become obsolete. Nothing real is or can ever be lost, only the illusions of it disappear.
Every organized religion, teaching, or spiritual modality originally come about as truth from a highly evolved teacher, but over generations original teachings are always lost when the teacher passes on and the teachings become organized as a religion. The truths revealed by the original teacher then quickly become ms-interpreted by followers not of the original teacher’s state of consciousness. Some then declare themselves to be the teachers and present the original teachings from a lower and often very three dimensional level. This is why truth should never be organized.
Placing faith, trust, or hope (personal power) in a path, guru, or modality is not meant to continue forever. These things are important tools for awakening, but only work up to a certain point because the nature of evolution determines that a person will eventually evolve beyond a need for them. There comes a time when the seeker is no longer in alignment with some of the very tools and modalities that served to get him to his new level of awareness–he has graduated.
Truths learned through an illumined path or teacher can only be fully accessed and become one’s state of consciousness when they flow from within where all Divine Ideas exist in the fullness of their pure form. Before that, they are simply intellectual knowledge.
Meditation helps to open the door. The silent inner listening of meditation indicates to one’s Higher Self that they are ready and receptive for more. Once accessed, Divine Ideas continue to unfold and reveal themselves as each new level of consciousness is attained where there is alignment with the new truth.
Enjoy life. The ascetic practices of the past that came about as the result of believing spirituality to be separate from ordinary living are no longer a part of the world’s belief system as they once were. Contrary to what many still believe, pain and suffering does not please God in any way and never could because the harmonious perfection of ONE is all there is. Pain and suffering do not exist in Divine Consciousness, if it did it would be universally permanent, held forever in place by Divine Law.
Living as an awakened individual is a matter of being in the world but not of it–living and enjoying life without attachment. Go to work, go to school, have relationships or not, do what you are guided to do but do it from your highest level of awareness in the realization that you are whole and complete with or without these things.
Spiritual living is the experiencing of ordinary activities from a place of love, one that is able to look through appearances of “good” or “bad” with no attachment to their outcome in the realization that everything is spiritual and what is being seen is a three dimensional mind interpretation of it.
You come to understand that your wholeness and completeness is is not dependent upon your education, money, body shape, or anything else three dimensional thinking defines as success. You are comfortable wherever you are and in all situations because you know who you are.
At this point you can go to church or not, because you know that God is only in church if you bring “Him” with you. You begin to have more patience and love for those around you knowing that they have a soul contract and lessons they are learning. You begin to accept the idiosyncrasies of family, friends, and strangers instead of giving them power over you for good or bad. You are able to watch news or not from a level of detachment rather than fear and worry because you now realize that in spite of appearances, all is well. Living becomes a being in the world but not of it.
Allowing the evolutionary progress of self and others is love. It is the realization that everything proceeds according to plan without the need for mental plotting and scheming because in reality, the earth is a spiritual universe peopled by Sons of God. Gaia, who is a living soul and not a piece of dirt, is ready for her next evolutionary step and human thinking cannot stop it because there is a much bigger picture happening than what third dimensional thinking can know or even imagine.
Spiritual consciousness allows others to live their personal journey without the interference that so often happens when well meaning “do-gooders” and many groups ms-interpret love. The belief that anyone who does not believe the same must be saved from their ignorance is a perfect example of how the belief in separation manifests in the world–“others” are separate from real truth and need those who have it, to save them.
Concepts of separation are basic to most organized religions who in turn send out missionaries in a false sense of duty to convert and save anyone who does not believe as they do. Efforts to save and convert others however well intended are always ego based (My way is the only “right” way) and more often than not bring pain and suffering to the recipients while destroying any spiritual practices already in place that are often more evolved than those of the missionary.
Every individual can only save themselves. No church, guru, saint, teacher, or practice can do it for you although these things can open the door for those ready and receptive. Everyone has Divine Source Consciousness already fully present within ready to speak and guide the moment they choose to listen.
Sincerely seeking help or guidance aligns an individual with the help and guidance needed. The common belief that it is love and duty to save every so called floundering person is often just interference, for in spite of appearances no one really needs saving and those that seem to need it are usually learning some difficult lesson they themselves chose for their evolution. Their choice could of simply been to live fully in and experience third dimensional energy.
Allowing is the gift of stepping back while at the same time having your hand ready to grasp the other’s should they reach out. It is NOT a reaching down and pulling someone up out of their personal and chosen gutter. There is a fine line here that can only be accessed through intuition because the world in general continues to promote the “saving” of everyone whether or not the person desires saving.
Intuition, your inner radar or gut feeling, is always the best guide as to whether or not someone appearing to be in need of rescue really needs and wants it or is just seeking someone to assist them to continue in their chosen lifestyle. Always remember that there is a bigger picture going on. This will allow you to make sense of the seeming discord another may be struggling with.
Again, we iterate that there is a fine line in these situations where often intuition is your only guide. Some may seem not to want help, but your intuition may be telling you that they really do want help. Others may seem to want help, but only do it because it was forced upon them and soon return to their chosen lifestyle. Not everyone is ready to be “saved” physically, emotionally, mentally, or spiritually and to presume otherwise is very human.
Free will allows everyone to choose the gutter of their choice and it is not the responsibility of you or angels or even their Guides to interfere with their choice. Always hold yourselves in the energy of compassion and not sympathy, for in sympathy you align with the the person’s lower resonating energy. Your own personal choice may be that it is time to remove yourself from the person or situation which can be difficult when it is a family member, partner, or child.
This is not to say that a parent does not take action, doing whatever they feel is necessary in the case of a child, but when that child becomes an adult who in spite of all the help still chooses self destructive behavior, the parent or guardian must step back into the love of allowing.
Your job as a spiritually evolved person is to recognize that in spite of all appearances every individual is in reality, a Divine Being. Surround the person with Light and then move on for the more you hold them in consciousness according to their human appearance, you add to the illusion. You are creators.
Know that it is often more loving to allow these dear ones to fall flat on their face or even leave this life than to continue enabling them in their illusion. In their next lifetime they will make different choices based on the learned experiences of this one. This is true for most addictions–drugs, alcohol , sex, rituals, or anything else an individual believes will give them the sense of wholeness, happiness, and peace they crave.
The divide between those awakening and those choosing not to awaken grows wider every day and
powerful frequencies of Light are forcing those spiritually ready to live their truth, which can and often does mean leaving behind some person, place, or thing–physically, emotionally, mentally, or spiritually.
Now is a time of many choices that only you can make.
We are the Arcturian Group 6/3/18
6/5/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council through Valerie Donner
www.thegroundcrew.com
Greetings, I am Mira. I am in full service to the earth on the Earth Council, to assist with the ascension of the planet.
I greet you today in a new gateway that was just opened for the ascension process. It will allow more expeditious travel between planetary systems, by giving us more access to strategic locations where our help is needed. We will be installing some more of these as time progresses. We are coming from a place of strength and competency, and so are you. There are increasing numbers of us, because we are on a rapid trajectory to assist the earth’s ascension.
There has been too much outside interference with dark ones going where they do not belong. This is being remedied and will soon be complete. We have numerous ways to purge what needs to be taken care of. We have them running. We are making huge progress and there is still much that we cannot tell you. In the end, you will be made aware of all of it. Right now is not the appropriate time. We have to keep certain information to ourselves.
I can tell you there is a lot going on with your governments. It is behind the scenes. It is election time in the United States. Much change is afoot. Many new people have been called to action. The old system of service to self will be slipping away. You will have better cross representation of the populace. Make the best of the choices at hand. You need to be heard.
It is important that you take a stand on what is most important to you. This is the main way that you will be able to change the planet. Follow your heart and put your energy in to projects of great value. Begin to envision your future. Picture a clean earth. Feel into the abundance that is coming to all of you. See a planet free in all ways. Stay centered and calm. Find new power and strength. Move into the oneness of life with every being on the planet.
We are finding our way to be with you again. Many of us are on the planet already. The truth about us cannot be suppressed. Right now your U.S. government is clearing the deck for full disclosure because they have been told by us that it cannot be stopped. They are trying to save face from anger and distrust when you all know the truth. It could happen sooner than you think. It could shake up many people but it needs to happen. We do not have time for spoon feeding the populace or your government’s control. It is nearly over.
We know that for some of you it brightens your day (or your night) when you see us in the skies. We delight in these maneuvers. We communicate telepathically and enjoy your excitement when we connect. You will begin to see much more of us. Welcome us and this makes it even more favorable.
These are exciting time for all of us. We love and support you. I am Mira.
5/20/18 Mike Quinsey & Kryon on the History of Earth and Human Beings
http://treeofthegoldenlight.com/Mike%20Quinsey/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm
NOTES FROM KRYON MESSAGES: We are beginning to open the door to remarkable information that makes you so big, and yet at the same time you realise what is going on and we will start this way. The Universe is old and the Galaxy the same age. This Galaxy has been finished for over 4 billon years, and in some places the solar systems around the stars completed, and while this Earth was still forming there was life elsewhere. All of it was designed for you, it was designed for today. When the Pleiadians showed up they had been through thousands of years of evolution after they had passed their own marker, in their own way, on their own planet. They used the physics of consciousness to be able to make what they needed literally from the consciousness of their minds, to shape that which you would call the reality of travel. There were three Pleiadian planets by the time you were seated around the same set of Suns, and before them they had their “seed parents” who went through similar things, and before them they also had their seed parents. Billions of years of Humanity on their planet knowing God before humans ever showed up. There is a lineage in this Galaxy which is remarkable. The Galaxy is old – and you are not, yet human beings had to come from somewhere. What you brought to this planet was a Star Akash, because you had participated in so much of this life.
You human Beings represent the lowest spiritual consciousness in the Galaxy. The Pleiadians came here without craft and seeded you and you cannot go back. God is in you and the higher the consciousness the more you meld into God. The Pleiadians are not Gods and represent the Great Central Source for a task they have performed for you, and with free choice if you survive what is coming, the task will be on you some day to do the same for someone else. You are protected and the ones who have the highest consciousness in the Galaxy are still here, and it is enough to scare away anything that would visit you. As you grow you help others and the Pleiadians left time capsules that have caused you to look for God. The new template calls for peace, and the awareness that peace is the strength of humanity and not war. The old template gave you free choice, whereas the new template starts to rearrange what is important to the psyche of human beings, and goes beyond survival. Here are some potentials for what happens next. In some countries there are some old energies on the planet, and there is old leadership doing their best to pull you backwards. There will be a consciousness of Humanity that understands that putting things together and all growing countries will bring peace. Start thinking of the future with the eyes of a Galactic citizen, not an Earth citizen – you have been through it before, old soul.
There is one way to get all of the resources together and is not war, it is to put all of the countries together and share them. Inventions are coming your way for energy that will cost very little, not on a grid system but individual neighbourhoods, water for everyone through inventions, some of them without pipes. These are things to look forward to – pulling moisture and heat from places you do not pull it from now, and having it free. The curing of disease through processes that were hidden from you before, that are natural and have no side effects. The Pleiadians went through it, they are just like you and there will come to you some science from former Pleiadians who will pop in as “walk ins” and do the work, and give you the inventions. One of them is a Pleiadian coming back and his name is Tesla, he will give you the Quantum when you are ready. Say “Goodbye” to the old energy that will keep you in the dark lifetime after lifetime, say “Hello” to an energy you do not expect, it allows you to call upon your Akash for what you deserve, and have learned a mine of knowledge, wisdom and experience that you can now call upon like the Masters.
END OF KRYON MESSAGE
MIKE QUINSEY: In general terms much information is given by Kryon from time to time, informing us as to what we may expect in the near future. The weather is slowly changing and in most people’s time it will get colder. Kryon points out that we will need more energy – free thermal energy that is available from the Earth itself. We are told how to extract it and heat our homes, and you have to build an extractor to get it. With it you can drive turbines and create electricity that will create heat.
Global warming is part of the cycle that always was. It is the waxing and waning of the Water Cycle, evaporation that has been here before.
There is a mandate to change your energy as what you put into the air is significant, before it is a hazard to your health and hurts Humanity.
Information is given of a new way of desalination that is nanotechnology, using it as “robotic” technology, in a way that unlike our present expensive methods is very cheap and also enables the salt extracted to be used for other purposes.
Kryon points out the need to be ready for big changes in our lives, and the need for new integrity in business.
Life continues as ever with uncertainty all around, yet underlying it is a progressive move to bring about the changes that are needed and have been expected for quite a long time. Many go unreported but when the time is considered right the truth will eventually come out. Regardless of how events are reported and at times they are far from the truth, as those who work for the Light continue to make advancements for the long awaited changes. It will have been worthwhile as it will mean the dark Ones have lost their power to dictate the future of mankind. The new Republic is waiting in the wings to announce the changes and all seems set for the first stages of them that will show beyond doubt that a new phase has commenced. It will mean that there is no going back to the old ways of deceit and suppression of the truth.
I leave you with love and blessings, and may the Light brighten your days and path to completion. This message comes through my Higher Self, my God Self, and every soul has the same connection to God.
In Love and Light.
Mike Quinsey.
Website: Tree of the Golden Light
5/13/18 James Gilliland - Unseen negative influences in the UFO community
www.eceti.org
Many have asked me to cover this topic and clear up some of the fallacies present in today’s spiritual and UFO community. This also bleeds into other aspects of life, politics, business and religion.
Many start out on the right track yet due to events childhood on, end up under the influence of unseen negative influences. This can be due to past lives where they participated in the black arts, sorcery and the dark side of witchcraft, which surfaces or is called upon during times of great stress. There are those who also profess these influences do not exist which is unknowingly becoming an expression of these influences.
This article is to address some of the pitfalls and how to avoid them. If you are feeling resistance to these words chances are there are unseen negative influences working in your fields.
The chain of events in many cases begins with childhood. Many times there are abuse patterns – physical mental or emotional. There are cases where an event triggers a past life that opens the door to unseen negative influences as well. Traumas can activate past connections because of the desire to change an event, a person, or even the desire to manipulate another against their will.
The core issue in most cases goes back to childhood, the need to get what you didn’t get as a child.The steps that lead to the fall in most cases go from an unhappy childhood, seeking love acceptance and approval outside of self, what you did not get as a child. Then the wounded ego seeks to heal itself and understand the source of its unhappiness.
The journey to fill the void begins and can lead down many paths. After trying again and again to fill that void externally eventually one comes to the realization that no matter how many material acquisitions, women or men one engages the void is still there. No matter how famous one becomes in seeking external love acceptance and approval again the emptiness remains.
At this point there are two choices – go within and make one’s own personal connection to God/Creator/Great Spirit and maintain an attitude of humility and service. The other choice is to continue in denial and seek more material acquisitions, notoriety, fame. After all if enough people love and accept you then you don’t have to deal with any of the past life or childhood wounds, traumas or wrong conclusions from past experiences.
This is where the division occurs within self as well as an opening to unseen negative influences. The ego takes control. Humility is lost, followed by the spiritual ego, eventually leading to narcissism.When individuals get to the narcissism state in most cases they are not open to hearing anything fro m anyone. You are all inferior and they are the only ones who know the truth. But whose truth is it? Many will seek out those of like mind to validate their belief it is everyone else that is the problem.
Like attracts like. The negative influences, the spiritual ego and the narcissism will not allow you to seek out a true healer, and enlightened one for that would be the end of denial and most likely their career. At this point the only ones you are interested in are the ones who validate you and the separation game begins. It becomes and endless loop, yet the energy does not lie. Nor do the reoccurring patterns. Eventually one has to own the fact that their reflection is telling them something.
The reoccurring patterns are there because there is something you missed, something unhealed. Now here is the kicker, the unseen negative influences depending on their adeptness are masters at manipulation. Not just you but others as well. They use your own sympathy and compassion against you. They also use spiritual half-truths that fit their agendas.
The big question is how did they get in? Was it through unresolved past lives, childhood trauma, spiritual ego or the last stage which is narcissism. Narcissists can fool a lot of people. They can really put on a show. They are actors of the highest caliber. They can even fool themselves.
Many are adept at masking their intentions. What they cannot fool is their own souls and an enlightened one and that is why the enlightened ones are such a threat. Those who have taken the path of spiritual ego and narcissism have to hold themselves superior to others.
They have to find fault in those who are a threat to their denial. Those who can truly see the game, those who can see who in error these wounded healers call upon become a threat. Not just to them but the other unseen negative influences around them.
Those unseen negative influences will do everything possible to maintain their hold on the people they inhabit. They will create chaos, a wide spectrum of emotions in which most affected will not even know the source. Yet this is also a part of Self Mastery which is to learn how to maintain your self-authority, heal unseen negative influences and know yourself.
Knowing yourself will allow you to know which emotions are yours and which are being projected on you. Remember these unseen negative influences do have a mental and emotional body and can intrude on your mental and emotional body. A master will say not mine, set a boundary and do clearings.
Those entrapped by negative entities due to denial, spiritual ego or narcism cannot heal or counsel others until they heal themselves. The darker forces will always be influencing the information and the energy. Also beware of flattery, you are the chosen one, superior etc. This is the separation game again and traps one in the ego.
There is a saying evil is invited. If you have an agreement or contract this life or others with malevolent or self-serving entities healings are just words. Invitation in error or knowingly according to the unseen negative influences gives them the right to stay. They will continue to support and influence the altered ego or false self. The only way out is brutal honesty. Denial and attachment will never allow you to see beyond your desires.
What is your come from, what is the goal? We are not talking about lip service, facebook spirituality and knowing all the buzz words. We are talking about a deep soul search and a heartfelt soul desire to break all contracts and agreements with beings physical and nonphysical that are not in your highest and best good. Those that inhibit your spiritual growth.
You will fool yourself, allow unseen negative influences to fool you. They will even work through others to fool you until you break free of all con tracts and agreements, release the past and heal any wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences.It does not mean you have to be a saint. Know yourself, your own dark side, where you are vulnerable. Only then do you have control of your destiny.
The biggest trap is the desire for fame. After all if enough people worship you and you can gather enough people to validate your lofty position you have placed yourself in you can continue filling that void with the energies of others.
Guess who loves famous people? The unseen negative influences see them as a conduit to energetically feed upon others. Where do most of the famous people eventually end up? Usually it is with something else in control of their soul and it is a downward spiral.When you climb the ladder of power wealth and fame in most cases it ends up in some very dark places. Once the spiritual ego kicks in followed by narcissism it is very hard to break free.
Best thing to do is never go there. If you want true happiness, love, joy, bliss and tap into the ultimate power, the true wealth is and always has been an internal process.
5/13/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings: I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I work full time with the Earth Council and am focused on the ascension process.
You are proceeding rapidly with your Ascension Process. We are with you every step of the way. You are pulling your energies away from the third dimension. You are focusing on moving through the fourth dimension and into the fifth dimension.
Some of you are still quite attached to the material world. You are beginning to understand the lessons that you came to learn from the third dimension. We know that you would like to retreat from some of these lessons, yet they still require your completion. If you look at what you are going through you will see that you are putting the finishing touches on the karma so that you can be free to ascend. You will not have to go through these lessons again. Then you will be able to pat your self on the back. If you like, we will even give you a diploma so that you can put it on your resume when you apply for other planetary service.
You are reaching new levels of understanding of yourself and the world in which you have been living. It is like none other. You are a special needs planet due to extreme diversity and the energy vampires who have settled on your planet. Their energy scavenging is nearly over. Their reign of terror will no longer be allowed. You will be dancing in the streets perhaps singing “Good riddance to bad rubbish.” Then you will be singing “Let the good times roll” and the streets will be paved with gold.
Please mark my words. They are filled with love and truth. They are a predictor of what lies ahead. Do not let these challenges overwhelm you. You are spiritual warriors filled with light, power and truth. I proclaim that the time is now. You are ready for the Golden Age. Change is at hand.
I am Mira saying good bye today with bountiful love.
Also from Mira on 4/20/18 via Valeria Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleaidian High Council currently serving the Earth Council.
I greet you today with all of the love in my heart. We are so impressed with the work that you are doing on the behalf of the ascension process. You are at your best.
Every day progress is being made. With your help, the dark forces are being rooted out of hiding and taking off of the planet where they can do no more harm. This process is huge and a couple of days ago we completed one of our biggest operations yet. It was carefully planned and skillfully executed much to their surprise. This success will allow for increasingly complex operations to fully rid the planet of these beings that have well overstayed their welcome.
These operations are happening with expedited regularity. It is untenable for the dark ones to be allowed on the planet much longer. They have done horrific things that will no longer be tolerated. They will pay the price for what they have done. This we guarantee.
As we clear out this dark debris the planet will begin to feel more relaxed and peaceful. You will notice the feeling of happiness and like the atmosphere has changed. The fearful and anxious feelings that many have will evaporate. This is making way for the Day of Revelation (the Event).
Your finances will begin improve and you will learn to fully manifest what you need. Your faith will flower and your loving hearts will expand. You will be ready to learn to live in love and unity the way the planet was originally designed to be. No more intruders. The earth will be returned to the sacred planet that she was in the beginning.
Like you, the earth has learned to set boundaries and not to tolerate disrespect or abuse. She is awakening to her new higher consciousness self. Isn’t it wonderful that you can join her in this journey? You are both honored to be in this growth and learning cycle together.
Learn from the earth. Pay attention to what she is doing and showing you. She is powerful beyond measure and so are you. Believe in yourselves and stand up for what is right. Know that you will get through the finals stages of removal of the darkness so you can live in the fifth dimension and progress with your evolution.
We are busy in the Earth Council monitoring all that is happening. The response teams are well trained and are working diligently. We have your best interests at heart.
Love from all of us. I am Mira.
Also from Mira on 10/7/17 via Valeria Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings: I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I speak with you today as a busy member of the Earth Council. We have the honor of overseeing what is occurring on the earth and monitoring various conditions where extra assistance is needed. If you can imagine that you are a microcosm of the macrocosm, you might get a sense of our awareness of the chaos on the earth and around the earth at this time.
It could appear that things are out of control. In the true sense of the situation the light is unraveling the third dimension and transfiguring the darkness under which you have lived for too long. The dark is trying their best to worsen the chaos, fear, and horrific conditions which they have created and perpetuated. We ask our ground crew to please do your best to rise above these energies.
Staying away from the mainstream media, as you likely know, is one of the best ways to rise above what is going on. We hope that you understand that you are being given every bit of assistance that you need to do your jobs and to rise into higher consciousness. We do a lot in your dream state while you work with us too.
The Light Alliance and Galactic Alliance are in full combat mode protecting you, the earth, and all who are aligned with love and light. Those of a different consciousness are also being loved, counseled, and given direction for their life paths. There is no judgment but compassionate concern and support. It is not that we condone their darkness or misbehaviors, because we do not. We just want to see each soul where they need to be on their path.
As you know, the earth is a pivotal planet for all of creation to go through their Ascension. What happens on the earth is given full focus. We want to remind you of the importance of your work. Do not think for a second that your thoughts, deeds, love, and healing have little importance. We ask you to please continue to participate by clearing your own lingering issues, and by being as kind and loving to others as much as possible. From this behavior miracles can be achieved. You are living in the time of the light and profound miracles. Happiness and joy, abundance and love, will be how you will be spending your time in the higher dimensions.
Pay little attention to the illusions that are slipping away rapidly. Before your eyes you will marvel at what is disappearing in the third dimensional world. That world is what you call no longer applicable. You will be living by universal law, and co-creating with Prime Source. Much of the material world’s definition of normality will become outmoded. This is because the 3rd dimension is not serving all of the people. You will find service to others the rule of the day. Service to self is being revealed. As a part of the increased transparency, you might find that some who have purported to be lightworkers could be fake. Everything is coming out into the open. You might be surprised.
We have also been assisting those who are deeply affected by the major earth changes on the planet along with those involved with other crises. Each person is loved and being helped in ways you can’t imagine. It is time for all to come together. We stand with you in love and peace.
I am Mira.
http://thegroundcrew.com
4/23/18 The Arcturian Collective & Family via Galaxygirl
sananda.website
Greetings, we are the Arcturian Collective. We come today to discuss the rapid changes that are heading your way and in some cases are already here on precious Gaia, and are changing you from deep within. For old time beliefs no longer ring true, do they not? And things that once brought you fear are now more of a neutral observance of detachment, yes? We see this as progress, improvement, for as you are less attached to this physical reality and become more of an observer in a movie around you, you can more objectively send tremendous love and amounts of violet fire to any and all situations – and be the master that you are, and that you came here to be. For much distraction exists in your realm. Business and constantly ‘doing’ are the fabric of your society, or has been, for so long, to keep you knotted up and distracted from finding that inner peace, your own god spark, that lies within you, that is eager to reconnect with you. And in this reconnection, you find your peace, you find yourself. For this is the hole in the heart, the longing, the void, that must, and can only be, filled with love, and in this case is the love of your own higher self, the very fabric of you. And now we see this fabric that has been torn as being mended, and becoming stronger, as one, glowing brightly, as your higher selves become more firmly attached and as you allow in more and more light. And we see this as a beautiful thing. We are the Arcturian Collective and we have enjoyed connecting with you today.
Sanat Kumara
Hello friends, I am Sanat Kumara, Ancient of Days, here today to lend my love and light in support of both your collective and individual ascension. For humanity is undergoing many changes in this Now moment and it would be wise to anchor deep into Nova Gaia, Mother Earth, who is ascending as we speak, as you read these words too, you are ascending yet one notch higher. Life is a beautiful tapestry of color, of experience. Sometimes there are knots as new colors are changed out into the old, but all threads are anchored into the core foundation of the tapestry, as is what is being experienced now on your planet. Anchor into the grid of Nova Gaia, as you change your colors, your dimensions, and transmute all with the violet fire of St. Germaine, who is ever watching over you all as well, and an integral part of this ascension plan of Nova Gaia. We are all working tirelessly around the clock, even though we don’t have clocks! We are here for you, in support of you, our dear friends and family, who are here to serve, ever in support of you. So call on us. We are but a thought away. Your connecting to our realms is melding, merging, and this gives us tremendous pleasure and excitement. For you are coming home. Please remember home is within you. For you are consciousness, and you are beginning to remember this. Best claim this as your reality for this is the most probable timeline we see for you in your near future. The dark has lost. They know this and all is being dealt with accordingly. You do your part by anchoring the new light codes. Get out in the sun and anchor the light. Remember you have your own inner sun within your heart chakra that ever spins. It is like a solar battery now that is continually getting recharged by these tremendous waves of light and love from the Great Central Sun, the Devine Mother. We are all lending our light and love to you now. I am your Sanat Kumara.
The Fairies
We are the fairies, here for you humanity now, ever in this Now, to lend our love and light and laughter too; for all is love, all is light, and the realms are transcending, merging, becoming one, becoming light, becoming transmuted into bliss, into oneness, and we the elementals are finally becoming ever closer to our human friends and we are ever in support of you and this fills us with great glee as we dance with the unicorns, on the wings of the wind, in the dandelion fluff that drifts by and tickles your nose; we are all around you, we are all in and surrounding you in love, ever love, buoying you up like a bouy on the ocean for when the waves come it never sinks for long – it may bob a bit in the waves and the pressure, but it is ever afloat! and this is what we see on this side of time – we see time bobbing, bending, becoming more of a non-issue and this is greatly exciting, for it means that the dimensions are shifting and the old is falling away. The old is falling away, fallen, only to be redeemed and repurposed into the light of the light! The light and the breath of the Mother is all around you; let it into your precious cells of Source light and become that which you are, creator gods who are in the process of remembering, remembering who they are, and becoming delighted in the learning. We are the fairies an we are delighted to connect with our human friends again.
Sananda
I am your brother Sananda! Greetings friends. You are exhausted, and I see this, but please know that your exhaustion and light lending have made a tremendous impact on planet earth and all is proceeding well. The winds of change are what you are experiencing. When a new planet is formed (do you remember?) there is always darkness before the light. There is always the chaos of the birth of the new; volcanoes, fog, lightening, wind. And then it calms down a bit and the plants take hold, and then the species come and an ecosystem begins. And this is where you are now. The volcanos the chaos are evident but the plants of newness of change, that repurpose the air and fill the atmosphere with healthy oxygen for new breath, this is what you are all doing, our light worker friends. You are laying the groundwork quite literally to ground in these new energies as you build, you create this new earth reality that will be unmatched, unparalleled in beauty and in purpose and in hope in this entire universe. Nova Gaia will be the example of true victory of true over coming and you humans will remember who you are. She will be called the planet of the Golden Rose, and the Milky Way will be renamed into the Golden Rose galaxy, so it has been foretold. And many of you remember this deep in your hearts from all of those exciting galactic meetings that you have attended and contributed most excellently to. Ha! Yes, even with ascension, even in the higher realms, we have meetings. But be encouraged they are for the most part fun. There is great camaraderie up here, in the higher realms and we long to bring this camaraderie to you. But when you reach for us, for me, you are building this bridge of friendship across the realms of time and space, of dimension, and we are creating the bridge across this space for humanity to follow. You are the way showers. The brick layers. The bridge builders. And we love you all so much. I embrace you, we love you and you are not alone. Let us build a firm foundation of Christed light deep into the heart of all of humanity and anchor it into the heart of Nova Gaia. Be at peace. Be at peace! All is well! All is unfolding. We’re just ironing out the creases right now. I love you. I am your Sananda.
The Unicorns
I am Starlight of the Unicorn race. I am that I am, just as you are that you are. It is time that you recall this humanity, and claim your divine power back. For you are rising in these energies and you are empowered deeply in all ways from all angles and your success is assured. We see the light and the hope of promise in your eyes, and we see Source light reflecting back to us with hope and promise of a new experiences unfolding on Nova Gaia. A new experience that you are all in the process of creating, of being, of becoming. You friends are getting ready to fly. And fly high you will, like our pegasus friends, who glide effortlessly across time and dimension, so beautifully I might add, you too are doing this. You are dimension jumping every time you connect deep within you strip yourself away from the distractions of the surrounding illusion. You are becoming able to see through the illusion, which will bode well for coming civilizations and coming governmental changes that will be in place to best serve the all, the weaker ones, and only society structures that heal and help – not harm – will be allowed to coexist within this new high energy field that is beginning to become the fabric of your new reality. Many of you will be leaders in this, for in fact, you already are just by being here and reading these words you are contributing to new thought forms, new patterns of consciousness that will fertilize the new soil and help the new plants the new foundation to grow strongly as they absorb the light. The light is especially strong today. Can you feel it? Get outside and absorb and anchor friends, it will soothe your aches and pains from transmuting. Mother Earth is a mighty healer. Let her help you and share these vibratory codes with her as you connect. For in doing so you will be yet another bridge of healing and renewal. I am Starlight of the unicorn race. Connect with your unicorn self and claim your multidimensionality for it is real, I assure you. The illusion is stripping away quickly and soon this will become quite apparent to you. Form is but a thought form of itself. You are much more than this little human body reading these words, I assure you. You are loved. I depart in peace.
We are the Arcturian Collective and we have enjoyed connecting with you and with all of our friends and family today. We are all one of the light. We welcome you home.
~ galaxygirl
______________________
4/22/18 The Arcurian Group via Marilyn Rafaele
www.onenessofall.com
Dear readers, welcome to the new age–the one songs have been written about, the one that has been long predicted, and the one being created right now through your evolved states of consciousness and increasing ability to see through the chaos and troubles of a world quickly moving beyond the ignorance and un-enlightened awareness that has governed her for so long.
You are doing a fine job in spite of appearances. Increasingly intense energies of Light continue to expose actions either previously unknown to the general public or that were promoted and defined through misinformation intended to make them seem ordinary and in the best interests of the majority.
Be not afraid dear ones, even though there is much going on at this time that can easily fool you into fear and a desire to maintain the status quo. Fear and ms-information are the primary tools of those who wish to keep you in ignorance because as the majority awakens and begins to reclaim their innate power, it automatically dissolves false power and the stranglehold it has maintained over others for eons.
Trust your intuition always, and do not automatically accept as truth everything seen and heard through commercial news outlets. Things are happening that you do not hear about. What you are reading and being told is often misinformation or only half of the story intended to keep the general public stirred up for the purpose of perpetuating an old belief system, one that feeds from the energies of struggle, anger, retaliation, hopelessness, and fear .
Learn to live simply, staying in the now moment and being true to the prompting’s of your heart. Allow yourselves to be guided from a place of love regardless of what may present itself as you go about your day, for love is the only power and the only reality regardless of any outer appearances.
Guides, angels, masters, and teachers are available to everyone at all times. Some of you may feel that your guide has abandoned you or believe that you do not have a guide because you do not hear specific directions when you ask. Everyone has personal guides throughout their earthly lifetime. Guides change as new levels of awareness evolve, but you are never without a guide.
Because you have free will, guides are not permitted to tell you what to do because this is your journey, not theirs. Their job is to support and guide you through the decisions that you choose to make. They can and do often whisper suggestions, but the bottom line always remains yours.
There are many who believe “grandma, or aunt Agnes” is their guide and for spiritual beginners this is can be somewhat true because the person may best respond to what is familiar. However, a real guide is always “waiting in the wings” to step in as needed or when the individual is more spiritually ready.
Individuals are only able to hear guide suggestions and intuition when they are quiet enough to hear the still, silent voice within. Technological distractions are serving to block inner communication for many. It is not only important, but imperative that anyone seeking guidance from within, learn to detach themselves from 24/7 technology . Anyone choosing to evolve and live spiritually, will have a very difficult time if they are plugged into and checking phones and computers every five minutes.
Some will say, ” I need it for my work” which may be true for those who believe that success is entirely dependant upon personal effort because according to the three dimensional belief system, it is a “dog eat dog” world. However, you who read these messages are beyond this level and have become aware of the bigger picture. For you, a continuing reliance on three dimensional concepts will no longer serve you because you are no longer in alignment with that energy.
Let go of the temptation to stay constantly plugged in to news and information that quickly becomes obsolete. Technology is an important and powerful tool especially as it serves to awaken those of the status quo with video exposing situations the world over that heretofore were being ignored or covered up. However never lose sight of the fact that Technology is a tool to serve you, not for you to serve it.
Children must be taught that technology is a tool for learning and for fun, but must never become a distraction from living real life. Many children as well as adults, are losing their ability to play, love, evolve, and interact with others on a mature personal level because their obsession with technology leaves no room for real life experiences and allows them to live “fake” lives.
You have evolved beyond living in slavery to material distractions in order to feel fulfilled. This is not to say you cannot enjoy quality television, films, books, games, or take advantage of the latest technology but it must be remembered that the moment any of these things become “needs” necessary in order for you to feel complete and happy, you are in the old belief of separation.
The three dimensional world continues to seek your loyalty, interest, and purchases, through promotional efforts that inform you of latest trends guaranteed to solve everything troubling you. As the evolved states of consciousness you now are, you must accept the fact that it is time to come out and be separate, reclaim your innate power, and refuse to accept at face value everything so called experts, government, and religions tell you is true.
It is a new time, a time in which your inner self/SELF can become your best news source, technology, and font of information. Having free will, every individual is permitted to live as they choose for as long as they choose, but you reading these messages are spiritually mature enough to accept that it is one’s state of consciousness that determines their outer experiences. In reality there are no victims, only those suffering the effects of believing themselves separate from Source, others, and their good .
You are creators, and must ask yourselves what you are choosing to create–for yourself and for the world. It is serious and often difficult work to be awake in a third dimensional world at this time, but know that you knew this before incarnating and chose to be here.
Being awake does not mean that you cannot enjoy the ride while on earth, for the energy of joy is the closest to Divine energy. What we do say is that if you find that yourself still dependent on three dimensional rules and information, entertainments, news, literature, music, etc. for your sense of completeness, it is time to examine why you chose to be here at this time and if you really believe and want to live what you have come to know as truth.
Dear ones, the time for game playing is quickly drawing to a close. Soon you who are aware of Divine Truth will no longer be permitted to live happily with one foot in the old energy and one foot in the new, making truth into pleasant dinner conversation that is too inconvenient to actually live.
You have reached the place in your personal evolutionary journey where you must decide which world you choose to live in. No more questioning, pretending, rites and rituals, or allowing the false beliefs of the third dimension to govern your life in an effort to attain what is already fully present within you.
Present times are powerful and often not gentle even for the enlightened, but you are ready to move with and into whatever comes. It was never meant for mankind to stay forever locked in ignorance. It is graduation time for those who choose. What will you choose?
You are ready, never doubt this.
We are the Arcturian Group
4/16/18 Lady Portia on Extraterrestrial Contact
through Star Hinman
www.starbird1.net
At a Live Channeling, Lady Portia speaks through Star Hinman....
Good evening, my dears, it is our joy to be with you this evening and to have an opportunity to review some of these concepts which you are so familiar with -- from your classes [with us] in the higher realms -- and to review this here when we have you in the physical form. There are many, many beings who are with us here this evening from the far reaches of space, as it may be said, and we are very fortunate to have all of these dear ones join us here this evening, because they bring such energy with them when they travel these distances and encounter the energies of Earth.
They bring with them the star-based energies, which are very beneficial for all of you to encounter -- since you are all becoming quite sensitive to this type of thing -- and you are easily able to incorporate all of these finer “star-based essences,” shall we say, into who you are. And for each one of you, this stretches and enlarges your consciousness. If you could see what is going on [in the room] as a result of these energies! It is like a light show! It is like rainbows traversing through this room and moving through your auric fields and interpenetrating within the physical forms of who you are, so you are literally being bathed by these star-based energies.
Normally you would not come into contact with anything such as this unless you got into some spaceship and traveled far distances out into these realms where these energies exist. So you see how fortunate an occurrence this is for you to be able to incorporate these energies, because I cannot even begin to tell you how this refines and polishes your energies – and it adds literally dimensions in consciousness to who you are, because these energies include many frequencies. “Frequencies” is not quite the right word – it is a mathematical term, but I cannot find it in this brain here [referring to the channel], so we will not speak it at this point in time. But suffice it to say that these are very, very fine essences of intelligent energy which you would normally not be able to access, living on this planet -- unless you should come into contact with what are called extraterrestrial beings, and that is exactly who we have joining us here this evening.
And so, it is by the osmosis of consciousness, you see, that by being in their presence you are like a "sponge," if you will excuse the use of this word in referring to you. In this way, you can absorb these much higher frequencies than what you would normally encounter on the Earth, and these energies contain untold realms of knowledge. This is star-based knowledge from the realms which these beings normally inhabit. So, it is as though they have brought you great gifts of energy, just by being with us here in this room this evening, because it is like receiving an advanced college degree for a human being to be in the presence of these types of star-based intelligences. Of course, by being star-based intelligence, they have encountered many realms, each containing energies and information specific to those realms. And so, by traveling to be here with you this evening, they have brought potentially the information from many, many other systems of worlds. And for those who know how to read these energies, it is an exquisite experience, I will tell you, for the human being to encounter these light beings who are so expanded in consciousness and hold such untold frequencies of knowledge – which is encoded in the light frequencies of who they are.
It is not something which is difficult to access! And I want to tell you quite directly that it IS available to the human consciousness. You do not have to be in an adept, you do not have to be a master, in order to partake of these sources of information. This is energy-encoded information which they transmit. They broadcast these frequencies, just by being in your proximity, you see. And so, it is not a difficult thing to learn a great deal while one is in proximity to beings such as this – and that is why they are often sought out upon the Earth.
There are many people who go to great and unusual lengths to try to call these beings forth, hoping that they hear the call and answer, and come to the location. There are many conferences such as these UFO meetings and conferences where they try to call forth these beings from the far reaches of the galaxy in order to have this experience of learning through osmosis. It is a very easy form of learning, because one does not have to study for years and years to gather the information out of books. It is something which is done, as I said, through a type of osmosis – by the melding and blending of the energy frequencies in this room where your energies are becoming quite expanded as we continue this discussion, and they are downloading their frequencies into the area of this room.
There is quite a bit of this blending and melding of many, many energy fields that is happening here. And, as I said, you are all becoming quite expanded in your energy fields, so that it is an informational "soup" of energy – this star-based energy and the Earth energy of the consciousness of many of you. So, this is what we thrive on doing! It is Count St. Germain and myself creating these types of merging experiences for human beings with these star-based intelligences for the purpose of introducing into human genetics, and teaching in a certain way to the human mind, many of these advanced, universal concepts and energies -- which are brought by these volunteers.
They have come from these far distances, and in your terms, it would be quite a distance, in order to encounter human beings -- and they have enjoyed it very much. They wish me to tell you that they are very much enjoying meeting human beings and having an opportunity to meld their consciousness with human beings, because for many of these ones here tonight, this is their first meeting with human beings. They are overjoyed to have this opportunity to meet with representatives of humanity on the Earth and to have this exchange of consciousness and information through this melding process of energy and consciousness, which is happening here.
And they also wish me to say this to you, that they consider this meeting to be an invaluable experience for themselves, because they have this sacred opportunity to appreciate, in this encounter, the human energy field. And, most importantly, in regard to each one of you individually, they have the opportunity to appreciate your "spiritual consciousness essence" -- for this is the way they are terming it. And they wish me to say this to you quite directly, that they are enjoying this very much – having the opportunity to appreciate who each of you is, and to have this interaction with your spirit.
They are saying that this will not be the last time that we meet in this way, because, you see, many of these star-based intelligences are coming forth to Earth quite a bit now in order to have these melding experiences with human consciousness, because this is "testing the waters" for further explorations into meetings with human beings. They say that they are learning quite a bit about this process of meeting and merging consciousness with humanity, because, for many of these beings, that is something that they are very committed to pursuing – this path of communication with human beings.
And so, you might say that they are learning how to do this, this evening, here in this safe place, so that they will be able to try this process in other areas where, perhaps, they meet human beings under somewhat different circumstances. And then they will have some parameters set up, so that they know how to approach human beings without being in any way upsetting or frightening to human beings, because that negatively affects the whole process when the ones that they are contacting feel threatened in any way or go into fear. And they very much appreciate the openness of your hearts toward all of them, and the love that you are feeling toward these "wayshowers from other planetary systems."
And this will not be the last of this process, I can promise you that, because we have quite a few volunteers who are constantly coming forth to us, myself and Count St. Germain, wishing to have these preliminary types of meetings with human beings for the purpose of setting up this program that they are interested in doing for the melding of consciousness between human beings and these star-based intelligences, you see, because I cannot tell you the many ramifications that may expand and occur from this type of meeting -- when it is done in a safe and loving environment.
Fear is the enemy of learning and merging with other levels of consciousness. And you see, all of you, in your trust of all of us, have opened your hearts, and also your levels of consciousness, to these beings who are -- "advanced" is not the correct word -- they are "super advanced" in their consciousness. Because of this, the effect that they are able to have on human consciousness is what you would term "the process of ascension." In a nutshell, that is what happens when you are in an expanded state of consciousness – which you are all already in – and then you encounter beings of such great magnitude of energy and information, and there is a merging – “a melding of consciousness.”
You cannot imagine the benefit that is accruing to each of you through this merging process that you are allowing to happen here tonight. And I will tell you that you are all light years further along in your consciousness now than you were when you came through that door earlier this evening! And you cannot imagine the beneficial effect that this type of encounter has with human beings! It is unfortunate that this type of meeting is relatively rare upon the Earth in this way, because if it were openly attempted, you see, human beings do tend to go into fear over these things, and so we do have a relatively difficult time in arranging these types of meetings, if you will, to have everyone in the proper spirit and in the proper frame of mind.
We are very fortunate here tonight! Yes, we have all agreed that we are all very fortunate here tonight to have such a loving presence expressed towards all of us that are here. And I will tell you that they are very moved by this, and some of them are becoming quite emotional over this because of the love that is being expressed by all of you here this evening. They are quite touched by the way you are receiving and welcoming them. This has been, I will tell you, their goal in many attempts to contact humanity in a beneficial way for advancing the consciousness on this planet -- because, as you see, that is their agenda, if one can call it an “agenda.” It would be to facilitate the advancement in consciousness of humanity on this planet, and that is why they seek these encounters. It is not done in any selfish way; it is purely an altruistic motive: to seek out ways to better the circumstances of everyone who exists on this planet.
You have taken a great step forward, all of you who are present in this room, to facilitate this type of meeting, because they are learning a great deal about how to approach humanity and to have a beneficial outcome of their overtures towards humanity. And so, you might say there is a great deal of learning going on this evening – on both sides of this equation, the human and the star-based -- as you learn much about each one communicating with the other. This is one of the most beneficial ways that humanity can be contacted by other intelligences -- in order to increase, by quantum leaps, the energy quotient of understanding and knowledge on this planet! This can be done because these are beings of untold experience with other realms -- which you have, as yet, not contacted -- but they have!
As “star travelers,” they have been through many, many realms, learning and absorbing information. So, when they come to Earth -- to visit Earth, to visit humanity -- they bring immense levels of star-based knowledge, not only from their home planets, but also from the many realms which they have contacted. They are the “star travelers” of the universe! This is what they DO! They travel, they learn – through many realms. They are purveyors of informational frequencies and also much energy which is encoded with informational frequencies.
And so, it is very much to the benefit of any human being who is allowed to be in the presence of ones such as this! And we are delighted to have their presence here this evening, both from the standpoint of their learning from you, and your absorption of many levels of their intelligence and accumulated star-based knowledge -- because you are all of the star realms, and you know this. And so, this does not come as a shock to anyone in this room to realize that you have all previously had much star-based experience in various realms, each of you. So, this is like "coming home" for many of you -- to have this type of, shall we say, face-to-face encounter with otherworldly intelligence.
These meetings will be happening more and more, I feel, upon Earth because humanity is calling out for this type of experience – even if your governments are not allowing this activity to openly occur at this time, unfortunately. The consciousness of humanity, as a whole, is reaching out – opening their hands – to these travelers from other realms! They are reaching out for information and accurate knowledge of what IS beyond Earth – even though the governments of Earth prevent this as much as possible. Fortunately, we are able to facilitate these types of meetings wherever we have the opportunity, all over the globe, and you would be surprised how many of these meetings we have been able to facilitate. This is just one of many, because this is one of our goals at this point in time, myself and Count St. Germain -- and the many other volunteers with whom we are working.
And so, I will tell you that this is a very happy encounter that we have had here this evening. You are all deeply loved by all of us who have come to visit you this evening, as per your kind invitation to do so. We only come where we are invited, in peace and in love. You have done well! You have merged with energies which are vast in their scope and intelligence, and I promise each one of you that you will see and experience an expansion in your consciousness as a direct result of what you have allowed to occur here this evening.
Let me see if any of these ones would like to speak to you while we have the channel here. Just a moment:
(Note: One of the extra-terrestrial guests speaks.)
Greetings, we are joyful to be here this evening, in your loving presence, human beings of the Earth. We are from the star system “Explanchion” -- [this] is the best I can say [the name]. We wish to tell you the name of our system, so that someday you may hear it more widely said upon your planet. This is not our first encounter with human beings. We have been coming to this planet from "biblical times," in your words, and we have openly encountered many human beings on the Earth and much exchange of star-based and planetary knowledge has taken place – much to the benefit of our world and your world. This is our goal on Earth: It is to bring expansion of your concepts of what is truly an interplanetary society of consciousness.
We are not all like human beings, but we are all in the brotherhood of what you would say [is] "divine creation of living consciousness." So, "we are all brothers" is our concept. We do not see ourselves as different from you. You are beloved of us. We come for love of your planet and your people to help Earth evolve. That is our will: to bless human consciousness with evolutionary information source. We come often to Earth now in this way – to contact humanity and to teach – also to learn. You teach us much in ways you do not yet understand. We wish communication – open communication, exchange of information -- for the benefit of our realm as well as yours.
We learn from each other in ways neither of us has known before. When we come together, there is evolution of consciousness for all of us – Earth and ourselves. We come, and we will continue to come – until Earth is free of this darkness and fear which has infected the populations of Earth since, "the fall of man" is what you term it. We have been coming since that time to correct this infection in the planet. We have made the promise to come as long as needed, and we will do this.
Blessings to all of you from all of us. We are your brothers and sisters. We may not look like you, but we are all from the same source. Let it be this way, in peace and in beauty, and in love, for both of our cultures. We need harmony and understanding across the dimensions of space-time reality.
I am through, Thank you.
_____________________________
4/15/18 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
http://danielscranton.com/
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
In your attempts to take back control over your lives you often forget that any power someone else has over your lives has been given to them by you. You do not have to defeat anyone or overthrow any organization, or government, or corporation to take back your power. You just need to stop giving it away.
Now we know that you incarnated on the heels of thousands of years of humans giving away their power, and in that sense you didn’t create what you incarnated into. But in another sense you did – in your previous lifetimes. So the state of affairs you are in nationally, and globally, has everything to do with you.
Why would you create an experience of living amongst oppressors? How does that serve you? Well, it gives you the opportunity to know what it’s like to feel disempowered so that you can move back into your sense of power, but again, you’re not going to get there by force. You’re not even going to get there through political activism. You’re going to get there by accessing the power that is within you.
The power of Source Energy exists within each and every one of you, and the power to create your reality also exists within each one of you. Creating through accessing higher frequency vibrations is the fifth-dimensional way. Taking up arms against your oppressor is the third-dimensional way.
When we say, ‘Stop giving your power away,’ what we are really saying to you is, ‘Stop resisting those who are in power.’ Remember that this is a co-creation, that you put them in power, and that you did so because you wanted to experience what it is like to move from that position of feeling disempowered to awakening to the realization that you are all-powerful beings. You wanted to experience the powerful surge of energy that can only come from within.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
___________________________
4/14/18 The Andromedans via Galaxygirl
sananda.website
Greetings neighbors and friends. We are the Andromedan Collective here to today to send our love and light in greeting to you, friends, and family, on this crucial and integral time / moment on your beautiful Gaia.
For you are at the juncture friends, of something big, and that ‘big deal’ is you all, as you discover your god-selves within, and claim your divinity, your mastery and as a human collective rise as one and ascend. It is true not all will choose to do this and that is their right, there prerogative, their decision. We do not judge them. They simply desire to learn more of the hard lessons and work through their issues. We do not begrudge them this. But for those of you who have chosen the light have chosen wisely, and it is time to rise friends.
We are so excited for you. We are extremely interested in your delightful Earth culture and customs. And it is so varied all over the planet! So many different dishes and culinary delights, so many different ways of dressing, of eating, of living, of worshiping. Truly earth is a potpourri of experience and you friends, have experienced all of this, all that Earth has to offer, because you have been through it so many times and served the collective in so many capacities that it is truly wondrous that you are still here and still doing what you have been doing for so long, serving the collective. It has been arduous, to be sure.
We Andromedans have had our own issues and upgrades. We are an older galaxy (spiritually) than your own but we see you as our sister galaxy, what you call the Milky Way. And we have had many delightful interactions together over the eons. And we are of course here to lend our light and service to humanity at this most critical juncture of time and energy as this influx – this great influx – of light blasts into your world and rearranges all into light and purity, leaving nothing untouched in this tsunami of love and light that purifies masterfully. Let it in, allow its purity to calm and comfort and burn away the dross, that which no longer serves. For this is why you are here now friends, to experience and to bear witness to this mighty time of tumultuous change. And you have volunteered yet again to lead your light and power and strength so that it may not be quite so tumultuous as has been predicted. And you are doing this splendidly.
We are the Andromedan Collective and we send our love and neighborly “hello” to you now.
~ galaxygirl
_____________________________
3/29/18 Message from the webmaster
A message received from South Africa requests to be put on the newsletter mailing list. Apologies to those who check this site. We have not been sending newsletters for about a year. In this past year there have been such huge changes in consciousness that it has been difficult to process the new realizations. This website was started out of a desire to share very real information about visitors from other, more advanced, planets or locations in the universe. Now the consciousness of our world has expanded sufficiently so that our awareness is more cosmic and universal
than it was in 2012 when this site was published. It is difficult to focus on star ships as if they are separate vehicles coming from a distant world. Rather, our consciousness is one of linking up with those who are coming. We are being nudged, advised and counseled through different channels how to expand ourselves beyond self-limiting beliefs. So the messages here posted have taken a turn toward self-help, self-growth, self-awareness. Star ships are real and people see them when they want to be seen, and the visitors ARE here already, walking in disguise among us, but the focus should not be "them" as separate from "us", but rather on how to connect with them mind to mind. This is about us opening our minds internally. It's a consciousness shift to being more connected and less separated.
Someone wrote and asked today, "Can you point me to other literature or places where the information you have presented is corroborated. I have taken an interest and would like to explore the Galactic Federation of Light further, but desire a solid base besides one persons website. I hope this isn't a problem."
I wrote back: "Try www.paoweb.com. Also Google Dr. Stephen Greer. My computer is down or I would give you more websites. You won't find government or scientists corroborating this. They are actively denying it and have been ridiculing the subject for years, trying to stop this information from getting out. These people will do anything to obstruct, including murder. Stephen Greer has the disclosure project. He has a documentary out on this. He's probably your best bet to get some understanding. There are levels that go deep down into darkness and levels that go high up into light as far as you are able to go. Light is information, darkness is secrecy and lies. Only your ability to accept will give you more information. Keep an open mind. There is a battle going on. One side trying to hide the existence of other advanced civilizations, and the other side providing evidence. It's up to you to process what you learn. We are at the point of turning the page in human history where we as an isolated world fully accept the inevitable that we are not alone in the universe."
I hope to get out more newsletters but many of the messages start out here. Check in often.
3/29/18 Ashtar via James McConnell, March 24, 2018
www.ancientawakenings.org
I AM Ashtar. I Am always pleased to be with you in these times, in these moments, always remembering that we are in the now moment. Yes there are many things to look forward to and yes there have been many things that you have gone through in your past. But begin more and more now to let go of the past. Let go of all of the programming of the past and begin more and more to live in this perfect now, knowing that this is the perfect now. That everything is being prepared, orchestrated as you will, to bring in the perfect system for this planet. And realizing that you are this perfect system here in this planet.
Several weeks ago I spoke about preparation that we are in the final stages now. We have been given that signal to be in that final stage of the preparation through this transition process. And I come now to share that with you again so that you know that not only are we prepared to move in a moment’s notice when that signal is given by Prime Creator, but that each one of you are also prepared to be in that moment.
You are hearing, much of you are hearing now about landings, about contact, and yes that is also in preparation. Those that you know of as the Pleiadians are the forerunners of this. They are the ones that you will be primarily making contact with and will be making contact with you. Because this is that moment prior to when these events can begin to happen.
You have heard about the Great Event and we have spoken to you about many mini events that will be leading up to this. This is one of those mini events where you will begin to have more and more sightings of our ships in the skies. Many of you will begin to make contact with those of us in our ships and we with you as you call upon us. For we will never interfere with your direct lives unless you call upon us. But know that even when you do call that it may not yet be quite the right moment for you, individually.
But know that those times are coming. Those moments are ahead. We relish these times where we can be of assistance. But always remember that even though we are here to be assistants to you, you are here to be of assistance to us. For we cannot do it without you and together, all of us working with you, are bringing about this great orchestration here in this transition on the planet.
You are going to be hearing of many revealings that are coming forward. From many different sources they will come. Those moments prior to this, you have been leading up to and everything is about to begin to take its course. Everything is about to begin to shift more and more. But as always it is for those that have eyes to see and ears to hear. Those of you that have been readying for this will be the first ones to make contact with those of us in our ships. You will be the first ones to hear the revealings that are coming forward in many different areas. You will be the ones that will be hearing about the financial changeover that is in the works now.
But as always be patient. Let it come to you. And as the One Who Serves is so fond of saying, go with the flow at all times for this is the way of the future. This is the way of the fifth dimension, the higher frequencies. Learn to go with the flow and learn to be neutral at every moment that you can. Find that neutrality within you just as you find the Source within you which is neutral.
I AM Ashtar. I leave you now with all my peace and love and know that we are standing by to move at a moment’s notice to be there with you when the times call for it and the frequencies have reached their crescendo.
Channeled by James McConnell
www.meetup.com/ancient-awakenings
www.ancientawakenings.org
1/29/18 Ashtar Command via Christine Preston
sananda.website
ASHTAR COMMAND: Dear ones, this is an Alert from Ashtar Command. We are approaching a time of difficulty because of the planetary adjustment that will take place with the process of Disclosure. The Earth has entered a most dense area of the Ring of Light that is called a Photon Belt, and the entire Solar System is being buffeted by electro-magnetic waves. These waves are instrumental to the Great Awakening as the photonic light and gamma rays of these electro-magnetic surges are stripping the psyche of mankind of negative elements in much the same way as the circles and swords of Blue Flame of Archangel Michael, as well as of the Elohim Hercules and Astrea.
We are referring to intrinsic characters in the persona that have been created by the self in the process of using the light of God, but which represents an effluence or contamination. At every moment the self makes a choice to use this power in the right way or not. You either qualify the Light as you use it, or misqualify it, as you live your lives.
Due to the descent into the 3rd dimension of duality, billions of souls have created an ego that has a life of its own and occupies the psyche, the subconscious and conscious minds of the person in incarnation.
Their intrinsic values and qualities have been perverted. You know of the tool you can use to obtain a purification of your psyche. We are referring to the Call to Archangel Michael, or the Elohim, to strip you of elements, such as doubts and fears, and also of all the perversions of the qualities of the Divine Mother-Father. You know of the purification of the aura and chakras that are instruments or chalices for the reception of divine Light as well. You can recreate yourselves in the image of the Christ consciousness that is your blueprint and that is descending. This is a basic understanding to have to appreciate the changes taking place due to the presence of the Solar System and the Earth in the Ring of Photonic Light which is about ten times larger in size than the Galaxy of the Milky Way in which you exist. However, it extends over and below the Galaxy as a vertical loop, so the edges of the Galaxy are not continuously in this Photonic Ring. As the Galaxy moves in space the extremities of its edges remain outside of this Ring for thousands of years and then cross it again.
This is indeed Ashtar Command. This transmission is from a Unit of communication. With regard to how large this Photon Belt is, it is ten times larger than the Solar System. It is a body of Light that transcends the human nature. As stated before it contains electro-magnetic energies and its gamma Rays are irradiating all of Earth at the moment. Its particles have a stripping effect upon the accumulated substances that constitute a densification of the Light in the human body, and even in the planetary body.
This has occurred by the wrong use of the Light of God over many decades and thousands of years. The light substances strip the psyche from its negative elements and therefore convert the ego, or transcend it.
The process frees the psyche of mankind from all perversions and darkness, and the terminology that we have in place controls its effects by diffusing the particles and ensuring the absorption of light is progressive and positive. Too much at any time could have a destructive effect. This process is causing the Awakening and raising you to higher levels of vibration, of spirituality, of love, and it is enlarging your capacity for understanding. You are able to download in your mind light codes which you translate into information and knowledge. You have been born in bodies with a DNA that has been handed down by your parents and ancestors. Going back many thousands of years in history the Anunnaki did perform some modifications to mankind’s DNA to keep mankind ignorant of its identity and its function. In other words ‘ignorant of all of the meanings of life.’ For instance, the purpose of the material world and of physicality. The innate abilities of physical angels, those abilities that were possessed originally, or before the planetary take-over about 400,000 years ago, after the Galactic Federation regained control of the Solar System about a million years ago. This was after the destruction of the planet Maldek and an era of decadence in the Solar System due to the presence of the Reptilian forces of darkness. The creation of Maldek some millions of years, before that, was for a project of physicality which will now be completed in a Golden Age after the Earth, or Gaia, has been risen to a higher level of frequency vibration. This is dependent upon the vibrational level of its inhabitants, of their perception of Reality which in turn affects their own reality and density.
This messenger is not trained in Science and we are using the terms that she is familiar with. We will not explore the technical aspect of Resonance and Hertz deeply but will give you some details about this subject. The Resonance that is occurring in respect of mankind corresponds to the level of consciousness, or refinement, in terms of civilization. Or you could call it the level of righteousness or Spirituality. It is to do with the psyche, the soul, or self, and it will be able to move upon the etheric realm out of the body when the individual goes to sleep, if its resonance is high. After death the self is not always freed from the wheel of reincarnation because it has not been freed from its negative traits. Light is always necessary to balance karma. Many souls have been able to ascend after death for they are righteous, and accomplishing this out of the body is an easier task. The ascension could take place after re-education in the schools of the etheric realms, even decades after the passing over. At this time many souls who have ascended have returned into embodiment to take part in the Ascension of Earth in its physicality and density. This is the great project of the Age.
The plan to raise the Earth as well as the entire Solar System, and beyond, is being implemented as the manifestation of the divine Will of Almighty God and has been in the works since time immemorial. A Prophecy, such as the one Archangel Michael made known to the Galaxy more than 25 million years ago, was a statement of his knowledge of the Will of God which he brought down to the levels of physicality for its manifestation. It was revealed to both the forces of the Light and of Darkness. He didn’t reveal which planetary system and which planet would play a key role in the unfoldment of Events in the last days, before all life would be lifted up to a higher octave, or dimension, in a golden age. Then physicality would be used as originally intended. By seeking to interfere with this plan the forces of darkness were affected by the vision that they held without realizing it. Earth was to play a key role in the manifestation of the Divine Will and we are close to the goal because the planetary body is being swept by a flux of energy that has impacted the Solar System on March 20, 2016. Today, on March 22, this stream of light has gone round the world for the second time. The energies enter through the Sun and are diffused through cosmic channels, through the planet Venus, through the Lord Sanat Kumara and the Logos of Earth, as well as the other usual channels of consciousness.
Technology is aiding to soften and distribute their impact. All of the material world is being irradiated at the moment and the light is helping the elemental kingdom as well. The prayers and calls, that the lightworkers make, help the absorption of Light. It is beneficial to raise the consciousness, spirituality and resonance at which forms vibrate. The calls permit the angelic kingdom to intervene where necessary. The technology of the Blue Avians who are higher dimensional, as well as technologically advanced beings, is helping to filter the highly charged electro-magnetic particles and gamma rays of the Photon belt. An example is the biospheres now observed near the Sun, or in the sky, where there were none decades ago.
The peak of energies encountered on March 20 have been called a Wave, but in the sense that a group of souls ready to take in this light have had their resonance affected by it and have been elevated to a higher level upon the ladder of the dimensions, or consciousness. The souls which were able to take part in the same process with the influence of the peak of energies on September 28 of last year, because they were ready for it, are being taken even higher with this second surge of electro-magnetic light substance. They are at the top of the pyramid of the lightworkers which symbolically represents the Body of God on Earth. They are the Woman in Heaven who gives birth to Christ consciousness, the Manchild of the book of Revelation, and at the same time those souls are the bride of Christ, a Collective.
They are being wedded in that garment of bright light, or that golden and solar garment, and they walk upon the rainbow bridge of the Rays of God, and become that path. Their system of chakras is being worked on. Many souls are increasingly becoming able to enter into telepathic communication and will, at one time, be contacted by their Higher Selves, or Ascended Masters.
However, the Dragon that is waiting to devour that manchild which the Woman is giving birth to, that Dragon is what remain of the forces of the Dark that have controlled mankind. They are the Illuminati and Cabal with their astral counterparts and overlords, though a work of clearing those has been taking place for decades, as mentioned in the video ‘Vials of Karma’. The removal of some among biblical and mythological Luciferian characters has taken place.
The souls of the First Wave at the top of the Pyramid of mankind are on their way towards the 6th dimension. They are now firmly physically upon the 5th dimension. In meditation, telepathic communication, or attunement, they can reach the 12thdimension but in consciousness. The Second Wave of souls that have been affected by the currents of these electro-magnetic energies of Light and gamma rays have now passed through the ‘hole of the needle’ and entered the 5th dimension. The other souls below them are traversing the 4th dimension and beginning to be affected in the way their more vibrant brothers and sisters were in about the years 2012 to 2014.
The process was harder for the First Wave and they took longer to achieve their status. The Second Wave is going to achieve the same at a faster pace. Then the First and Second Waves of souls will join together to help the rest of mankind accomplish the same transformations in a third Wave. What the first Waves experience is shared through a field because of their interconnectedness. The Second Wave will have awakened and feel compelled to share their new vision.
When you achieve ascension, you open the Way and it was Jesus Christ who opened it two thousand years ago, not by dying on a cross, but by resurrecting from the human consciousness. He integrated with Christ consciousness and was then called the Christ but this has been lost in time. You are opening the way then can declare I AM the Way, I AM the Truth, I AM the Life. Because of the Ascension darkness will be consumed. It will be transmuted because you are transcending it. Because of the Ascension and the intensification of the Light anything that is less than Christ consciousness will disappear.
Understand that the process is being slowed down by technology because, if it happened as nature intended by the sheer fact that the Solar System is traversing this dense substance of photonic Light, the stripping of the psyche would be painful. In order to ascend you need to have magnetized light because if you are filled with a great percentage of darkness, when it is stripped from you, there is not much left of you. This is why the dark Lords wanted to leave the Solar System. It is by mercy, however, that the Almighty is providing all manners of interventions to save as many souls as possible.
The suppression of truth cannot endure in this Light and the process of Ascension. A great change is taking place in the psyche of the individuals who work in the media and who work as Journalists. It is through their eyes that you perceive the world, is it not? They are some who call themselves investigative journalists and who reject control. They do not tolerate being told what to report. They choose the way of their conscience. They are in many cases, incarnations of Galactic beings. They are Star seeds. They are recovering the memory of who they are. They care about what is right and are in alignment with the Defender of Truth, Archangel Michael. They cut through the falsities of the propaganda. Some schemes fade away because of the Violet Flame that erases the causes and cores of all problems, whether personal or global. And so the world is progressing fast. A great part of the physical chaos and turmoil is caused by the awakening and the demand for change. Changes are enormous if you look into yourselves with whatever method of introspection you can use. Your capacity for understanding what is happening has greatly increased.
I started with the mention of a coming time of difficulty and planetary adjustment. You now have the background to understand that there still is a movement of opposition to the plan of Ascension that is the result of a lack of alignment with the Divine Will. It is born of erroneous concepts, an antichrist philosophy and materialism, and all that represents the delusion that are holding the ‘powers that’d be’ in the grip of an ancient indoctrination. Those at the top of their pyramid of control have made their move like in a game of chess, to go ahead with a scheme designed long ago. They have tried various tactics to create a global conflict and weaponized space. They did not understand that the process of Ascension is a cosmic one and that it is also affecting the planetary bodies of the Solar System. They discovered that they could not leave Earth, nor run away with their secret technology and spacecraft. They would love to declare ownership of the Solar System. They intended to use their holographic technology to stage an alien invasion such as the one of ‘Independence Day’ or ‘The War of the Worlds.’ They are being kept under surveillance of the Galactic Federation of Light and Ashtar Command which would not allow it.
The planetary adjustment due is that of Disclosure although it is already taking place, as it will be intensified. It will be a difficult time even for the lightworkers who have acquired so much knowledge in the alternative field, because what will be exposed is more than what you already know. All you know is the surface of the iceberg of that suppression of truth. Disclosure will cause problems. There will be a need for direction.
Waves of souls will become teachers and your destinies will unfold. You will recover memory of who you are and your mission will become clear. Together we will approach a time when you will be taken to the Light Chambers for the healing of your physical bodies, as well as turning the clock back of their atoms. You will increasingly be able to heal yourselves and increase your vitality even before the gradual introduction in society of our presence. In the meantime you have been taken to the light chambers out of the body and the effects of their irradiation eventually manifest physically. The irradiations from the photon belt are presently causing you some fatigue, so it will be important for you to sleep the hours that you need and look after yourselves well. Spread the word. Following this high peak of electro-magnetic and gamma waves you will be integrating the energies and create even more changes. There may be difficulties ahead but overall it should be an interesting time with a great amount of discernment taking place. You will discover that your capacity for understanding has increased. Many events will occur as a result of disclosure.
I am speaking on behalf of Asthtar Command, and of the Liaison Team, channeling this message for your information. We are guarding you, teaching you, we have at our side the Masters and Archangels you are familiar with. The Earth will be in physicality, but a lighter one, and you are being restored so that you will be able to function upon higher dimensions in full consciousness in the same way that you do upon the physical plane of expression. It is to do with the descent of the quantum DNA together with the Light Body and Christ consciousness. A great work will be done to remove the pollution of the elements and this will mainly be done when we can move more freely upon the world. The oceans will then become a more suitable environment for the Whales, Cetaceans and all species which will inhabit them. The media is reporting the death of these species and people are identifying the causes, such as pollution of the seas with plastic, overfishing, chemical trails, sonar experiments, radio-activity, under water-volcanic activity. Their extinction is contributing to the awakening of many people, as it is plain to see, and they are upset.
We are coming close to a time when the world will be even more shaken up than it is today. However some replacement in power, in just a few months from now, will also create a more favorable climate for disclosure. We can see that Victory is very close, and we rejoice. A new perception of Reality of the whole situation upon Earth is being received. Enlightenment is also playing a part in the whole process, and you will be looking forward to the progress of the Third Wave when the energies peak at the end of the year.
I will now leave you with this new information and with gratitude for your greater understanding of the way the human nature is being transcended, as well as for the service of our associates who are involved with the publishing of our messages. Keep your eyes on the skies and the stars because we are there above you watching you. We keep an eye on you.
This was Ashtar Command, we are your Galactic brothers and sisters and we love you, Namaste!
1/8/18 The Collective of Guides via Caroline Oceana Ryan, 1/8/18
"http://carolineoceanaryan.com/messages-lightworkers/
A Message to Lightworkers
The latest guidance from the Ascended Masters, Galactics, Earth Elementals, Faery Elders, Angels and Archangels known as the Collective:
Greetings, dear ones, and welcome to this astounding and co-Creative year of 2018!
Our writer has a question to ask, which is utterly relevant to all Lightworkers’ situation at present . . .
COR: My friends, over the past year I have received numerous emails from people who are at their wit’s end.
They are feeling so ill and exhausted from a disorder or illness that is often not properly diagnosed, that they say they are are ready to just let go of their physical body.
Or they are so tied up in financial debt and lack, so unable to manifest what they need to live their lives on a basic level, that they are feeling increasingly desperate, and feel to be sinking lower by the day.
Or their self-esteem and feelings of self-worth, and disconnection from their life purpose, is such that they feel have no voice, no vision, no reason to be here.
I feel strongly that all of this is related somehow, even though these seem to be separate maladies.
The worst part is when they say they keep trying to hear their Spirit team, but can’t, and muscle testing doesn’t seem to be working for them either.
Please give us your viewpoint on what is happening!
The Collective: What is fascinating to us, and quite positive and exciting, is that all that you describe here, dear one, are exactly the experiences lived by a race of people passing from one era of evolvement and consciousness into another.
We are aware that you have often heard people refer to “Ascension symptoms,” and we would say, that one could call these that, if needed.
But what we see goes well beyond symptoms in the sense of “something’s wrong, and I need to fix it,” and even beyond the need to blame everything on the Ascension process.
None, and we mean None of the situations you describe have very much to do with what they are apparently about.
You read many years ago a declaration written by a wonderful Light Warrior known to you as Louise Hay, who stated, “The problem is never the problem,” and we could not agree more.
We will give you an example: When you see two children out at play, and one is clearly bullying the other, you can if you wish step in and stop the bullying.
Yet in your heart, you will know that there is a much greater issue at hand than the outer manifestation of any one moment of bullying.
You know inwardly that that child has internalized destructive behavior from someone in their home, or from images in the media, or a friend.
Or that they have carried past life tendencies into this life, and that these are part of the lessons they came to face in this current life. Or several of these.
And so you have the satisfaction of knowing that you rescued one child from one unhappy situation, but you do not kid yourself that your role as a peacemaker, as one who instills higher self-esteem, compassion, and empathy in young people is completed and done.
There is far more to your role than you expressed in that one moment, just as there is far more to both children’s life paths.
In the same way, the issues you name are not “one-offs”—they are not simply about money or health or love or life purpose, however large these issues may be.
These are all outer indications of a greater energy pattern that is being revised from the inside out—sometimes, on behalf of thousands or even millions of Earth beings, and not only for that one person.
The person involved will experience the bumpy ride of that transformation as it evolves, until they turn to fully look at the deeper issue and accept the transfiguration of it.
This is why, when one illness is cured, or one set of debts paid off, another debt or illness will in time come to take its place—because the deeper issue still has not been addressed.
Let us look at these issues—money and health and self-worth are some of the very great “triggers” that alert people to the fact that their entire being, from etheric essence to heart-mind to cellular structure, is undergoing an astounding, miraculous remaking.
Yet if one is suddenly out of money with no new income in sight, or experiences a prolonged, severe money shortage, as if Lack itself had pulled a chair up to the table and made itself permanently at home, that person will not feel to be a walking miracle.
They will only feel to be in a terrible situation that they cannot shake their way out of, no matter how hard they try, using manifestation techniques, meditation, visualization, or just plain hard work, to revise their situation.
All of that inner and outer work is fine, but they are not the journey itself.
The actual journey has to do with uncovering the essence of the challenge that the money shortage represents.
You will not be surprised when we speak of the vital importance of a flow of thoughts, objects, feelings, and energies in life—of releasing the need to hold on, to cling to any one outer condition.
Of the vital need to forgive yourself for the times you took up the aggressor or victim role in life.
Of the vital need to release those who were brave enough (on a higher level) to be willing to play a terrible, dense, unpopular role in your life.
You will not be surprised (because you know it already) when we speak of the need to just Allow some days—to sit with the problem and send it Love and thanks, even before you extract positive meaning and growth from it.
At that moment, you realize what you have called a problem is not a problem.
It is simply an outer condition, an expression of something that feels to you to be an energy imbalance and a blockage between what you prefer to have and what you have now.
And that like all outer conditions, it is constantly revising itself.
So that the moment you stop calling it Bad, or out of alignment with what you want, you free yourself from feeling defeated by it.
The moment you bless and thank it and stop blaming it or yourself, you free that condition to leave you, because it has nothing more to show you.
Though experiencing wealth, health, love, and outer accomplishment are all fine and good, for the most part, you did not come here for these.
You did not come to admire the outer conditions of your life as constantly smooth and satisfactory.
You came to dive head first into outer conditions that would require you to forgive and love them no matter how difficult and taxing they seemed to your logical mind.
No matter how annoying and unthinkable they are to your ego-based need to survive, to your need to distinguish yourself as “separate but safe.”
And to your need to “accomplish something” in outer terms.
And so, we are willing to bet as they say, that those who are unhappy with their finances have not lately put a hand over their bank statement or their wallet, and proclaimed, “I Love you and thank you for all you do for me! I AM blessed beyond my most beautiful visions. Multiply and be fruitful, my friend!”
We are willing to bet that those who are unhappy with their bodies have not lately blessed and thanked their body for all it does for them, spending entire days concentrating on what IS going well with their health, instead of investing constant energy and focus on what is not going well (thereby extending the condition).
We are feeling that these ideas, practiced daily and often throughout the day, are mainly untried by them.
Likewise, saying to the body part or illness or system that seems to be failing, “What have you come to tell me, friend? I AM listening. What message do you bring?”
Consistently asking such, until the heart-mind hears and reveals the answer.
No, the answer will not always be immediate. That takes a bit of practice, and a quiet mind that is actively expecting and receptive to higher wisdom.
We guarantee you, each and every one of you has a beautiful Spirit team, full of Love and empathy for all you travel through in this life, who are Constantly sending you messages of encouragement, wisdom, and understanding that would not naturally occur to you.
We say constantly to Lightworkers, “If you do not hear your team inwardly, tell them to send you Outer signs, symbols, signals, and messages.
“Outer indications of what path to take for greater Healing or increased Abundance or your life purpose—and the patience, self-Love, and thankfulness it takes to Accept those things.”
You will not find the solutions you seek while in the same state of mind that created the challenge to begin with, as one of your great scientists noted some time ago.
You must, within yourself, move to a level of acceptance, of no longer struggling against, of releasing resentment toward money or lack of life direction or your current job or relationship or physical state.
Acceptance and Love, with thanks for all it has brought you.
These challenges are not blocks along the road, dear ones. They ARE the road itself.
“But what if I want a peaceful life, free of these pains and distractions and feelings of loss?” you ask.
We would say, you can have it, the moment you actively choose such.
Are you willing to release the drama, the pain, the complaints, the expectation of trouble?
Because the third dimensional human is quite complacent and happy to stay in a rut on that front—another reason why these problems are squawking at you so loudly now, now that your vibration is moving so powerfully out of the third dimension.
The interesting, and quite challenging part of being willing to release your problems and no longer call them problems, is that the bully only loses interest when the one they are trying to upset doesn’t mind, and even enjoys their presence.
Where is the fun in that?
“Why should I stick around and be a thorn in this person’s life, when all they do is Love and accept me? That is too high a vibration for me to stand—I’m getting out of here!”
Do your “problems” or challenges love your resistance? Do they love your disdain and hatred of them?
Most assuredly—that is the gift.
They came to reveal that vibration, that resistance to What Is, so that you would become aware of it.
And they shall remain with you, for as long as you refuse to bless and Love them, and release them on their way.
For as long you, a powerful co-Creator, name them “problems.”
And so you will today inwardly ask your health or body part, your debt or your current income, your feelings about your spouse or lover, or other challenge:
“What have you come to tell me, dear one? I AM listening. I AM willing to learn. What I AM no longer doing, is feeling at a loss, as if I have been earmarked for trouble and suffering.
“I release the need to complain and resist my life circumstances. I loosen my grip. I release anger and resistance. I let go. I release, and flow down the stream of Life.
“I Love and accept this new higher vibration, and celebrate the Sat Yuga as a time of my highest visions coming to Life.
“And I remember now, Why I AM here, and What I have come here for, in the most joyful and fulfilling sense.
“I AM here to become my higher self, and I welcome him/her into my consciousness fully now. I give thanks!”
As do all of us, dear ones.
You cannot know how much you are Loved, and as we have said many times, very nearly envied (and greatly admired) for the bravery it took for you to incarnate in these powerfully transformative, often rocky and tenuous-looking times.
Namaste, powerful co-Creators in this Universe of Nebadon!
We love and are with you, always.
You are never alone.
1/8/18 Sanat Kumara via Jahn Kassl, 1/7/18
sananda.website
BELOVED HUMANS!
Resonate with the energies of light that are now reaching the earth, because 2018 is offering the opportunity to dissolve blockades and remove hindering structures that are governing your emotions and dominating your thoughts. Now’s the time when everything that is holding you back and keeping you from self-awareness can be healed at the roots. Stop going in circles. Issues and blockades that keep coming back because they haven’t been resolved yet present a huge obstacle on the spiritual path.
RECOGNIZING SPIRITUAL “PROBLEM AREAS”
That’s why I encourage you today to dedicate yourself with all your power to your spiritual “problem areas” this year. Don’t put anything off, continue your transformation with determination, and don’t wait until your life issues need to be reflected back to you in a painful way.
This is the time when realizations can be reaped to an unimaginable extent and with an incredible dynamic.
These times don’t wait for you to become conscious, but expect you to take advantage of these most favorable conditions for awakening that now exist on this earth. I therefore give you three pointers, so that you can start this year with the proper attention and shape the oncoming years with wisdom, power and spiritual presence.
THREE POINTERS FOR 2018
1.) Dedicate yourself with all your energy to the process of expanding your own awareness! Nothing is more important in 2018 than this.
2.) Use devotion, meditation and prayer as your tools. Because every time you don’t know how to proceed, you will receive help and direct divine guidance.
3.) Be truthful and authentic in everything – that means in every relationship and in everything you do! It is better to make your own mistakes than to take credit for someone else’s achievements. Take back control and sovereignty of your own life, and know this:
Realizations are anchored in self-awareness and not theoretical knowledge or books! These are the three pointers that matter now.
IN THE MIDST OF THE TRANSFORMATIONAL PULL
The outer world becomes more unstable, the earth is in the process of transforming energies from millennia. And human beings find themselves, no matter how they are internally dealing with it, in the midst of this transformational pull – it is happening.
Those who close themselves off from the current energetic conditions on this earth and keep up their blockades are facing the end of their journey on this planet. Because only those who hold and integrate the incoming energies step by step can participate in the golden age. This means: Only one’s own transformation and conscious path of awareness lead to the capability of a human being to keep up with the continuously increasing frequency.
THE PROFOUND PURIFICATION
All dark and destructive forces, all those who brought evil and negativity into this world, are running out of time. Thus 2018 will certainly provide us with further discoveries and revelations on all levels. Many people will be shocked and recoil, and many will lose faith in the good.
Many however, the ones who have been longing to return home for lifetimes, will recognize the signs of this time.
They will face the facts with great courage, unafraid and with inner determination, and they will understand the necessity of this process. The profound purification will shed light on the impure, and clean-up operations will take place both internally and externally, because you can only get rid of that which you are aware of.
Thus confront yourself with the truth, don’t deny it! Transform and heal everything that causes pain in the outer and inner world. Get to work, be reborn and create the new earth.
I am the Logos of this earth. And today I call upon all human beings to return into oneness. I am waiting for you in the light. Be guided by your longing, because it will lead you directly to me. We are one from the beginning of all times and for eternity. Without me there is no you, and without you there is no me.
BELOVED HUMANS!
Realize your origin, touch my hem and wake up from the dream.
SANAT KUMARA
King of this world
[Ed: Sanat Kumara is the one known as "the Ancient of Days" in the Christian bible who saved the Earth from being destroyed. Due to insufficient light, Earth couldn't hold its course in orbit around the sun. SK came from Venus to reside here and held the Light for Earth until humankind could grow spiritually - many millions of years.]
1/8/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner, 1/6/18
"http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings I am Mira. I am at your service focusing full-time on the Ascension process that you and your planet are going through. It is quite remarkable. You have made progress with adapting to and assimilating to rapid change. We marvel at humanity’s adaptability and willingness to move through the requirements that are necessary.
We understand humanities reluctance to change for their own good. Yet at the core of life and the heart of the earth life seems to realize that it has to go with the flow. You may have noticed how unpredictable the flow can be during these chaotic times. The turbulence pushes openings wherever they are ready. Although sometimes these can be painful they are important for growth and understanding.
We report to you today that the earth is in a fluid state. This means that one must pay close attention to what is occurring around them as well as what is happening inside. All is not as it seems. The earth is unleashing trapped forces that must be removed before the Ascension can be completed. Perhaps you can imagine what these forces have been doing on your planet. Their presence is getting expunged in a myriad of ways. They have been hazardous and detrimental to life.
We assure you that what you need to know will be revealed to you at the perfect time. Your job is to be ready to respond in any way where you feel you could be helpful. Your material world is falling apart. Just look around. Feel what your sensations are for the day. Some of you might feel that you are masquerading and wondering what will come next. You are between worlds. Although you are in the physical form of the third dimension you are bouncing from the fourth to the fifth dimension and higher. This can appear as surreal. It is and will continue to be. Your job is to be as grounded as possible while filtering in the influx of light and while altering your consciousness.
You are adaptable beings, ground crew, stewards of love and kindness. We are working with you and a myriad of Galactic’s and many other beings of light to free life and the earth. Soon you will begin to see a parade of beings leaving this planet. They have held you back for far too long. They simply cannot match the resonance of the new earth.
Please remember that you are being assisted by all of creation. All you have to do is follow your path by listening to your heart. You are loved greatly and respected throughout creation. Keep flowing. Allow everyone their own choices. Know that even when things are challenging you will be able to move easily and quickly to come back into balance.
We are with you in love and light.
I am Mira.
Source: The Ground Crew
1/8/18 The Arcturians through Suzanne Lie
Learning & Remembering Inter-dimensional Light Language
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
Again, you may find your heart and mind hanging around our higher dimensional group of the Masters, Angels, Elohim. You see, “The beginning of the Beginning” is beginning. We, the Arcturians are always with you and are playing an increasingly different role in what was once known as your “time.”
As the frequency streamers of the emergence of the “fifth dimensional concepts, feelings, and memories” come forth to integrate within your consciousness, you are beginning to release many of your third dimensional emotions and reactions to your Time and Space Operating System. As you release your attachments to your Third Dimensional, Time/Space Operating System, you will find that gradually, or all at once, you will return to your innate, fifth dimensional, Here/Now Operating Systems.
We know that “you,” meaning any person, place, situation, or thing that is on the Path of Ascension, are coming closer and closer to the experience of consciously perceiving the frequency expansion of your reality into the fifth dimension.
It is within this fifth dimensional reality that the third/fourth dimensional energy fields merge and transmute into fifth dimensional energy fields. As you feel these streams of energy advancing towards each other, like two streams rushing towards a reunion, you can feel that something is changing, or is it transmuting?
“Changing” means that something is different than it was before the change. “Transmuting” means that something has expanded into a higher frequency of resonance. Right NOW, the ascending ones, as well as the ascension process, is in between the frequency of your fifth dimensional consciousness of your fifth dimensional Lightbody and the third dimensional consciousness of your earth vessel.
You note that we say, “consciousness of earth body,” as it is your state of consciousness that dictates the frequency of your earth vessel, rather than your earth vessel dictating the frequency of your consciousness. Of course, your consciousness and your physical body have a very deep relationship and a greater interaction than most humans understand. However, please remember that:
The frequency of your consciousness determines your perceptions, and the reality that you perceive is the reality that you live. Therefore, the highest frequency of your consciousness will be the first component of your SELF that will return to its innate fifth dimensional resonance. Then, once your consciousness has fully accepted the resonance of the fifth dimension, your physical body will begin to slowly transmute into higher and higher frequencies of resonance.
Of course, some areas of your body will transmute quite quickly, while other areas of your body will take longer to transmute, as they will need to complete their healing and/or the release of old “effluvia.”
During the NOW in which you are in-between… The YOU who has NOT YET completed your visit to the third/fourth dimensional version of Gaia, AND the YOU who has completed your many visits to third/fourth dimensional Earth, are ready to return to your fifth dimensional version of Earth.
Your visits to fifth dimensional Earth, your fifth dimensional Starship and/or your fifth dimensional Homeworld, have often been when your earth vessel is sleeping, or when you are in such deep meditation that you expanded your brainwaves to “Gamma Waves.”
These Gamma Waves resonate to the frequency of the fifth dimension. Therefore, they assist your third/fourth dimensional consciousness to expand into your fifth dimensional consciousness. At first, your fifth dimensional streams of consciousness will be invisible to your physical self. However, as you continually activate your fifth dimensional brainwaves, you will gradually re-calibrate your brain to send these fifth dimensional energy waves to the language area of your third dimensional body.
Each of you, according to your desire and experience, will translate these fifth dimensional brainwaves into the language area of your third dimensional brain. At first, you may experience these “messages” via visions, which you will “translate” into messages. When you “read a picture”, you innately use your fifth dimensional consciousness because a picture can contain many messages at once. “Light language,” which is “fifth dimensional language” is best sent to another via a mental picture which can have many meanings within the same NOW.
When you tune into Light Language, you do not experience separate words lined up individually. Instead, you experience the gestalt, which is the entire message regarded as a whole. At first, your experience of Light Language may feel very “emotional” because your body FEELS it, but your eyes and ears may, or may not even be seeing or hearing it.
It is for this reason that humans often have a difficult time with Light Language, as it calls on different areas of the brain to receive it, as well as different areas of the brain to translate the message to your third dimensional communication system.
In closing, we the Golden Ones, Arcturians and/or the Ascending Ones, have been coming to the consciousness of humanity more and more. Therefore, they all want to remind us, those wearing a 3D earth vessel, that:
When you stand before the Ascended ONES at the threshold to the fifth dimension, you will have feelings that you cannot remember having before because within that NOW, there is definitely something different about your Earthly consciousness. Surrounding dear Gaia, there is a “place” or “energy field” that is beginning its transmutation from the time/space of the third/fourth dimension, and into the fifth dimension of the HERE and NOW. Therefore, remember your Light Language, as it is the Golden Path that will guide you HOME.
Blessings from the Golden Ones, the Arcturians
and the Ascending Ones
1/8/18 Pleiadian Message via Christine Day, 1/4/18
https://christineday.worldsecuresystems.com/the-pleiadian-story
Beloved ones we greet you,
Humanity has moved into a new potential of awakening as another phase of the ‘New Dawning’ energy has entered your planet at New Year.
At that moment when you entered the frequency setting of 2018 the Sun physically shifted its position, moving into a more direct path to planet Earth. This movement created a new multidimensional opening on your earth plane, as a series of expanded multidimensional settings of light rays from the Sun entered the planet. The Sun’s rays carry the emanations of God. This shift brings another form of the essence of God to the planet, and you are ready to receive this awakening. Earth has undergone a complete energetic reset since that moment of New Year. You, all of humanity have been moved into a different time continuum, into a new phase of potential for self-realization through this expansion of God consciousness that is flowing within the planet. Your Heart chamber is now in direct alignment to those multidimensional forms of God.
Through this reset there is a rapid process of acceleration in motion that is going to intensify your human experience, the human drama, while simultaneously you are being reconnected, reunited energetically to Self. Letting go and stabilizing within your Heart will be an essential component for flourishing at this juncture.
The actual physical shift between Earth and the Sun is revealing a series of new frequency settings of light that have been activated within the magnetic core of your planet and there is shift in the central pulse of rotation within the Earth. You are being changed through a new pure frequency patterning that is emerging. This design is being interwoven from the central pulse into your Heart cells. This developed patterning will strongly impact you, expanding your ability to realign within your own unique sacred aspect, which exists within the sphere of the Heart cells.
Your Heart cells are multidimensional and will fully respond to these emanations of God that are flowing onto our earth plane. As you choose, you will undergo a metamorphic process redesigning your Hearts multidimensional potential, through activating the chambers that exist on a multidimensional level within your heart.
You have been in a deep and continual process of ‘not knowing’ over the past months, and now it’s as though the Sun’s rays carry a light to illuminate your path. You are able to move as a conscious community, as a ray of light, like a torch.
Through this New Year dawning, your potential for reconnection to clarity, truth and a remembering of your own essence unfolds through the Sun’s rays. We witness you as you unfold, we hold an energetic ‘Platform’ to support you in your transition.
Blessings,
The Pleiadians
https://christineday.worldsecuresystems.com/the-pleiadian-story
1/8/18 Archangel Michael via Daniel Scranton
www.danielscranton.com
You and Only You
“Welcome. We are here to serve and assist you.
We would like to begin by asking all of you to give yourselves some credit. We would like for each of you to recognize yourselves as having made it this far. Participating in a shift, such as the one you are in the midst of, is not easy. It is not for the faint of heart.
Many of you are taking on more than your share in order to be of service, and we are pleased to witness you in your process and to offer our support every step of the way. It only takes a moment to acknowledge yourselves, but the impact of that moment stretches out across all time and space.
You and only you can give yourselves the credit, the recognition, and the acknowledgment that you really deserve, because if you receive it from somewhere or someone outside of you, it will not be received by you, not in the same way. Fortunately, you have us to remind you. And you have all of your guides encouraging you to love yourselves, to take care of yourselves, and to give yourselves that which no one else can.
But ultimately, it is up to you. It is up to you to hold yourselves in the light, to praise yourselves, and to acknowledge your worth. And in so doing, you build a bridge between your ego and your higher self. You give yourselves an upgrade. You spread your wings, and you allow yourselves to soar as you were always meant to.
So take a moment to acknowledge the beauty of your essence, the determination that you have demonstrated, and every single act of kindness and service that you have ever performed. Be willing to do this at least once a day, and feel the immediate benefits.
We are Michael. We are infinite. We are Love.”
12/18/17 The Arcturians via Marilyn Raffaele on 12/17/17
www.onenessofall.com
Dear readers, greetings to all at this special time of celebration and festive activity. The holidays often serve as a trigger that activates a sense of oneness within those normally unfamiliar these energies. The emotions of love and giving that freely flow throughout the Christmas season are often someone’s beginning steps toward awakening if they are ready and open to it.
People of any and all belief systems can celebrate Christmas if they understand its true meaning. Christmas is not just about the birth of a highly evolved child 2000 years ago, but is representative of the birth of the Christ within every individual. We have spoken of this in previous Christmas messages, but choose to repeat it for those yet unaware of the real meaning of Christmas.
The word Christ does not refer to the master Jesus except as his attained title, nor does it only have to do with the religion called Christianity. The word Christ is not a man, or a name, or a religion, but means Light or full illumination–enlightenment. Christhood is the birthright of every soul, each being the perfect expression of God/Source no matter how un-aware of this they may be. There is only ONE Reality and you are IT.
Everything you see, hear, taste, touch, and smell in the human scene is a mind formed interpretation of a spiritual reality–you cannot make something out of nothing. The Christmas story and all that surrounds it represents a much deeper reality, one that effects each and every soul.
The Christmas story is the story of every soul’s evolution into Christ Consciousness. Creation is already complete and you are already whole, but being on earth in a physical body that is governed by time and space brings with it a veil of unknowing, one that leaves the majority unaware of who and what they are, thus making evolution into a process.
Mary and Joseph represent the perfect balance of the Divine feminine and masculine energies necessary in order for the new and higher state of consciousness to be formed.
As the infant state of awareness begins to grow, there arise third dimensional concepts and beliefs to be examined and cleared. This gestation period can and usually does take lifetimes and usually leaves the individual often feeling depleted and lost as their known foundation crumbles, seeming to leave them with nothing. This is the stable.
The Christ cannot and never will be born into a consciousness that is already filled with three dimensional concepts and beliefs. The humble stable represents an attained state of consciousness devoid of everything false and unreal–necessary for birthing the Christ consciousness.
Those with eyes to see and ears to hear, easily recognize and are drawn to the energy of this state of consciousness, (the wise men) and think nothing of any inconveniences that may be involved in order to be in its presence.
At the same time, those living from a sense of their own power and importance within the energies of duality and separation are only able to comprehend the strength of others or love as a threat. They understand power only as power over something or someone, rather than power being the birthright of every soul by virtue of their oneness with Source. Thus we have the soldiers of Herod seeking to destroy the new born child.
The Christ consciousness will always be hunted and persecuted by those who believe that their very existence (ego) is threatened by the power of another. The newly born Christ consciousness must be hidden silently and secretly, and nurtured within until it is strong enough to withstand the slings and arrows of the outer scene.
The Christmas story is your story dear ones, and is the story of every person regardless of where they are in their evolutionary journey because everyone is the expression of Divine Consciousness and therefore already holds the fullness of the living Christ within.
No one attains this state of consciousness from outside of self, from some “right” teacher, or teaching for there is no such thing. Rather, the whole journey of evolution is about opening up to the “imprisoned splendor” already present within.
Enjoy the season and freely give not only material gifts, but gifts of love, abundance, joy, peace, wholeness, harmony, etc., fully aware that you can never be depleted of these gifts for they are never yours personally, but rather flow infinitely from that endless Source within.
Let Christmas be yours every day of the year. Let Christmas become who and what you are in every moment, situation, and experience and you will observe it flow easily into each New Year (life).
Wishing all your own true Christmas.
We are the Arcturian Group
12/15/17 Saul via John Smallman
https://johnsmallman.wordpress.com/
Humanity’s progress toward awakening has amazed all of us here in the spiritual realms. Despite all the chaos and confusion that is arising worldwide, the awakening process is now proceeding extremely rapidly. All the bits and pieces, all the strings and connections, all the pieces of the puzzle are in fact coming beautifully into alignment, and your moment of mass awakening is very close. Many of you have heard this kind of message before and are wondering as you read if this will be yet another non-event. I assure you that it will not. There have been issues previously because time is fluid and flexible, even though to humans it appears to flow in a most regular and constant line and at a constant speed, and that is the speed to which you have become accustomed and to which you have regulated your metabolisms. But it is not that simple, time, as part of the illusion, is quite variable even though it does not appear to you that that can be so. Those time issues have now been resolved and your awakening process is proceeding beautifully.
Taking that into account I assure you that your moment of awakening is very close. Continue to hold the intent to awaken, and renew it daily when you go within to meditate, pray, or just relax into the Love that resides there. That daily time of turning inwards and opening to the Love within is the most important part of your daily routine, no matter how busy you believe yourselves to be. And of course, when you take time out of your busy day to do so, you emerge afterwards feeling restored, refreshed, and more alive, thus you are far better able to deal with whatever arises for you personally during your day.
Although the news on the mainstream media may be very disturbing or unsettling, do not engage with fear or a sense of helplessness in response to it. You are each exactly where you are meant to be in every moment, and by opening to the Love within you strengthen your human energy fields, making them far more effective as they interact throughout the day with the energy fields of those with whom you engage in thought, word, or deed. That is what you are on Earth at this moment in time to do, to engage lovingly with others, regardless of the kind of situations in which you find yourselves, by most effectively demonstrating Love in action. As the divine children of God you are Love in action, but as ego directed humans you allow your fears and your sense of inadequacy or incompetence to erect a very ephemeral veil between your human selves and your true Self, thus keeping the latter hidden from view.
Your pre-incarnational intent has always been to bring Love and Light to every issue or problem that arises for you. However, due to your having forgotten that, and also due to your tendency to believe and trust what your egos tell you, it can often seem to you that you are practically powerless to influence the events that just seem happen around you. This is not the case because, as humans, you have practically no idea of the enormous power of your energy fields when you recharge them daily in those quiet moments that you spend within. You chose before you incarnated to be precisely where you are in every moment of your human existence, even though, as a human, that seems to be a preposterous idea. But truly there are no “chance or random” events or situations in which you find yourselves involved, they are all part of the divine plan, your plan. The only unknown is how you, in human form, will respond, having mostly forgotten who you truly are – beings of immense power and Love.
Those of you reading this and similar messages are seeking to awaken, seeking to know yourselves as you really are, because you know deep within that you are far more than you appear to be when you identify solely with your human bodies. However, because of the limitations your human forms impose upon you and under which you agreed to work before you incarnated, and because of the noise and distractions in which your egos are constantly attempting to embroil you, it often seems to you that the task ahead of you is all but impossible. When it does all seem utterly overwhelming please go within for a few moments, quieten your minds, and call on us, your spiritual support team, for guidance and assistance – we are always with you waiting to answer your calls.
When you call on us we always answer you immediately, that is why we are with you. What you need to do is to trust your intuitive sense of what is the right move in any situation, because that is the guidance that you have asked us for. Frequently, however, your egos rush in very loudly either to convince you that the loving idea that just occurred to you will not work, or to drown it out so that you do not “hear” it. Because of the illusory games in which you have been involved throughout your human lives it does seem that to be loving is a weak and ineffectual response when intense emotions are flowing. But, when you restrain yourselves from engaging instantly and emotionally, by allowing a moment to pass before responding, you will be able to respond lovingly thus dissolving any potential tensional conflict before it arises.
You are beings of Love, Peace, and Harmony, but you are temporarily playing games in which you reject the reality of that to engage with fear and judgment. In the games it appears that you need to hold onto fear in order to be fully aware of the dangers that abound, and to make judgments about right and wrong, left and right, good and evil, beautiful and ugly in order to remain safe in this unsafe and threatening environment that might rise up at any moment to crush you. Yes, your human bodies are vulnerable, but they are not you. You are far, far more than the bodies you are using as vehicles to enable you to live within and experience the illusory world of separation games.
Your Home, Reality, is where you exist eternally in every moment of your existence, and that is right now, wherever you may be experiencing life as a human. The path to your awakening, the path to fully conscious awareness of your true and divine nature will always lead you inwards to your holy inner sanctuary, where Love resides permanently, eternally. It is within you, and that is where you will find It, to seek It outside, somewhere else, or from someone else is basically a choice not to find what you seek.
That holy state is in the Presence of God where all that He created has its eternal and utterly joyful existence. And as He created you, that is where you reside in every moment. You have just been temporarily swept into a state of amnesia, where faint glimpses of Reality come briefly to mind and then fade away as distractions arise, dragging you back through your bodies into the illusion. You need your bodies to play the game of separation, but in that experience of separation there are seemingly endless opportunities to experience pain and suffering, and it is your bodies that undergo these traumas.
Going within daily is always an opportunity to recognize that you are not bodies but divine beings having a bodily experience, and as you do the Love that you are will empower you, and the intensity of any pain or suffering will diminish. Being divine you have the power both to heal your bodies and to live in the world in your bodies, while at the same time not being enslaved or entrapped by the pain and suffering that they experience. To awaken is to restore your bodies to perfect health in the flower of youth for as long as you choose to remain in form.
You are free because you were created free, all that God creates is eternally free, and through your inevitable awakening you will return to full awareness of the infinite freedom that is your divine heritage.
With so very much love, Saul.
12/15/17 The Arcturians through Daniel Scranton
Your Galactic Origins ∞The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
DanielScranton.com
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
In your discovery of your connection to beings from other parts of the galaxy, you often wonder where you are from. You have a lineage, and you all have led lifetimes in other parts of the galaxy, because you are all very, very old souls. And so, the connections that you feel are real, but they are also varied. Chances are, you have felt a connection to more than one star system or more than one species of extra-terrestrials, and this is because of that lineage.
It is because you all contain energy and DNA from a variety of places and a variety of beings. You are here on Earth, playing the role that you are playing in an effort to unite all beings in the galaxy and all star systems. If you can do it, if you can set aside your differences on planet Earth and work together regardless of race, religion, or country of origin, then you will demonstrate to the rest of the galaxy that it is possible and it is fruitful to do so.
We are all stronger when we are united than when we are separated, and we are all children of the same universe, the same Source. Now, whichever star system you feel closely connected to at this time is likely to be a star system where you originated in the galaxy, where you spent most of your lifetimes, or where you spent your most recent lifetimes, outside of Earth, of course.
Bringing together these various aspects of yourself will help you tremendously, but it will do much more than that. Just by working on your own personal integration of energies, you help the entire galaxy, and you are starting with helping yourselves and helping each other. When humanity is able to form a union, that is when you will know you are on the verge of ascension.
When you can stop playing politics, and start working together, that is when you will know that you have fulfilled your mission as individuals and as a human race.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
12/5/17 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council
through Valerie Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/updates/vdonner/2017/120617_print.htm
Greetings. I am Mira coming to you today with a strong force of love, and commitment from the Earth Council, where I have been serving full-time now for five years. With this commitment I pledge to you and to the earth to see you through this powerful time of Ascension.As you might have noticed there are strange occurrences on your planet. You are probably feeling some of them, for most lightworkers feel these energies. Even the awakening humanity are paying greater attention to these anomalies. They are occurring because you are going through the Ascension process.
Please be assured that these unusual activities and events are a normal part of Ascension. It is common to feel awkward as you make your way sometimes feeling clumsy. There is a monumental shift occurring with the earth herself. The magnetic fields of the planet are unstable. Therefore, as you know, the ride can get a little rocky.
Due to the influx of light and information your consciousness is rising. Transparency is becoming the norm. As there is increasing exposure of the secrets and the darkness, the foundation from the third dimension is crumbling before you. This can also create the feeling of instability and impermanence, which is the situation in which you now find your selves.
It is interesting to us that some of your historical figures, icons, monuments, and statues are being removed. The spaces that they occupied will be replaced with something significant for the new energies. If only those who are assisting in this removal would realize that these also are mirrors for their own the replacement. These icons, figures, people in long-term political stature, etc. will also fall way as the third dimension implodes upon itself.
We are calling this process “The greatest show on earth.” It is somewhat akin to a circus, in case you hadn’t noticed. There are billions of Galactic’s surrounding your planet providing assistance, protection, technology, and who are ready for divine intervention if necessary. Please remember that we will not allow nuclear weaponry on your planet. Dispense with the fear of war because there are no more energies for war. There are only energies by the cabal to make more money by creating weapons. This is the truth.
What happens on the earth affects all of life, your solar system and the seven solar systems of which you are part. It is a precious planet where darkness and evil are being removed. You get to watch this happen. Observe it like you are in an audience and watch it fall. Take back your power, claim your planet back, release whatever is holding you back, and clear the way for a new Golden age.
We look forward to the time that we can be together where we can share our technology with you and celebrate the completion of the darkness on planet Earth. There is a big excavation process happening right now and thanks to you for playing an important part in this extremely important project.
We send profound love, support and healing, to all of you. I am Mira.
12/1/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
Your Recent Downloads ∞The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
It is beautiful to witness the way that you all have taken to the energies that have been sent. It is extraordinary to see you opening yourselves up to receive that which we and others have been sending you. We know that many of you are capable of feeling what it is like to receive and assimilate those energies, and we know that the rest of you are benefitting even if you are not aware of what is happening.
The subtle changes are the ones that often go overlooked when you receive these downloads, but if you look closely, you will see that the changes are occurring within you. You will notice that one of the biggest effects of these recent downloads is a bringing together of your consciousness and your physical body in a way that you have not yet experienced.
You have access to more of the information that is stored within your DNA, and you have more of an ability to sense when something is going on with you physically. But unlike in previous years, and even decades, now you have the ability to understand what is happening to you physically. You are transforming, and the transformation does happen in very subtle stages, but it is happening and it is undeniable.
Many of the ascension symptoms that you’ve been feeling and experiencing are starting to clear up, as you gain more access to those hidden parts of your physical bodies. When you ascend, you are going to ascend with the physical vehicle that you currently have, but when the ascension is complete, so will the transformation be.
You will know yourselves more as light and love than as a physical body with an ego, and you will have access to all of your records, all of the information that is stored within you. It will be unlocked. You will know yourselves more completely, and you will love yourselves more fully.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
12/1/17 Ashtar via James McConnell, November 26, 2017
www.meetup.com/ancient-awakenings
www.ancientawakenings.org
I AM Ashtar.
These times that we can be together are very fulfilling times, not only for us but for those of you that are awaiting these many changes that are coming, that some that are already here.
But as always, we always caution you to not look only to the future but to be in the present moment now. For that is all you have. You only have the now. The past will soon be forgotten in many respects. The future has not yet been written. But each and every moment of your life you are preparing that story that is yet to come.
And know this: as everything around you begins to crumble, everything that you’ve known begins to fall apart in many respects — it is not to spread fear, certainly, for we would never do that — but it is to let you know that the paradigm that you have come to understand in this 3-D illusionary world is coming apart … is coming down.
Each and every day it comes down just a little bit more until one of these mornings you will awaken and a paradigm that you have known for so long will begin to fall into your rear view mirror and more and more will be forgotten because you will have moved through this transition, through this ascension process. You will have come into those higher vibrations that have been spoken of for so many, for so long now and you will know that you have finally arrived at what Sananda has called the finish line; what others call the new beginning, the New Age of Gaia, the New Nova Earth. All of these things are yet the same.
But you yourselves are not going to be the same, not the same as you have always known yourselves. For those of you that are the light workers, and many are now becoming the warriors, the light warriors, the ones that are ready to take action, the ones that are ready to move forward. We share the Sword of Light and Truth which you will all be holding.
It is not only Archangel Michael that carries the Sword. He has entrusted the Sword to all of you now as well. You will all be carrying this forth. All of those up here on our ships are in preparatory mode to move at a moment’s notice as soon as that signal is given. We are expecting a great deal to occur in the very near future. Much is about to shift and change.
You are receiving much information now. Many truths are coming forward and those truths shall indeed set you free. In order for those truths to come forward takes more of you, more of you the light warriors, ones who are sharing the light now. It takes more of you to bring this about, to bring these truths to come forward. Because you are the audience. You are the ones these truths are meant for now. You are the ones that are in the awakening stages. You are also the ones that will assist others in awakening.
You have heard many times without you we would not be able to do what we are doing. And without us, you would not be able to do what you need to do going forward.
Expect now in the next days and weeks a great many things to come forward, many truths to be revealed. Some from unexpected places; unexpected ones to come forward. You have already heard of a few. More are coming forward. More are going to bring information, information that has long been in the shadows is now coming into the light just as all of you are.
I AM Ashtar. I will be with you very much so in this coming Advance. If not more physically in person, certainly as a consciousness to be with you. All of my peace and love be with all of you.
11/30/17 The Andromedans thru Galaxy Girl
http://inteldinarchronicles.blogspot.com/2017/11/message-from-andromedans-for-november.html
Greetings Humanity! We are the Andromedans and it is our delight to connect with you on this day.
For much is occurring on your surface world that indeed not only interests us, but all of your Galactic brothers and sisters as well! For you see, we are all united, connected. What you do creates a ripple across the multiverse truly – such a hard concept to integrate and accept when thrust into separation, but it is true. That is why both your individual and collective light are so important. For we are all a part of oneness. Every thought, every deed of kindness and service create ripples that eventually build up and create enormous waves of change on a galactic scale, which is exactly what is occurring in this Now, both yours and ours!
Does this excite you as it excites us? Are you honored to know that your ripples individually are making their mark across time and space? The horror show that you have been immersed in for too long has ended. Now it is time for you to realize the show is over, the curtain lifted and the lights are on. People will be blinking as their consciousness adjusted to the bright light of Source and unity conscious that is bombarding your beautiful planet with waves and waves of love. Love and light of the highest order are making their way here to integrate and restore that which was broken.
We encourage you dear family to integrate these new light codes with firm intention, for they are Source’s gift that you. Accept them deeply into the quiet heart space of you and claim your new life. Claim your new reality. Build it with your brothers and sisters. Hold hands and hearts and realize the great strength of unification and of oneness.
We Andromedans are delighted to be a part of serving you all in this time of unprecedented change. Many of us are among you serving quietly, so make sure to smile freely at all around you as we are all in a state of serving each other. Whether or not this is fully realized yet, it is all right. All is well.
We are eager to lend, explain and teach our technologies to you, for that will create such advancement and excitement on your surface world and we eagerly anticipate this revival of Science. We Andromedans love the field of Science and its’ advancement. It greatly interests and excites us. We have reached a state of our own evolvement where we all work in cohesive unity with each other and with our technology and we all communicate very effectively. We have no secrets because we have nothing to hide. Our desire is for all to have everything that is needed and our society has been smoothly running this way for a great while.
It is both exciting and a great honor to be a part of assisting other civilizations achieve this cohesive state of unity with technology in a way that only helps for the greatest good of all kind. We have no subversive agenda. We do not think this way. We only pledge our love and service wrapped in Source-light to all of our brothers and sisters. For we are all one.
We love you. We are the Andromedans and it is our delight, our honor and our pleasure to connect with you today. We are as close as you wish us to be. We invite you to our healing pods on our ships to assist with integrating these awesome new light codes for your own personal and collective advancement. Peace out. (We do so enjoy your human phrases.)
Source – Channel: Galaxygirl
11/29/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
sananda.website (no .com or .org)
No Comparisons - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council“
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.This is the perfect time for all of you to stop comparing yourselves to others. And here is why we say this is the perfect time to do this. You are becoming aware of your abilities as conscious creator beings, and what you are on the verge of creating is that which has never been seen, or experienced, or even dreamt of in your reality. Therefore, it makes very little sense to compare yourself, or to compare your success, to anyone else’s.
You are all here, now, to break new ground and to take consciousness in the fourth dimension beyond where it has ever been before. This is what creates the new version of the fifth dimension that you are all seeking to experience. It is in the letting go of comparisons to what has been that will take you beyond that which has ever been created.
It is time for you all to recognize yourselves as the pioneers that you are, taking life on planet Earth to new heights, taking yourselves beyond where you have ever been before. This is no small task, and the beings that you are collaborating with to make all of this happen are creating the synergy with you that makes it all possible.
You are working with high frequency energy. You are working with high frequency beings, and you are bringing forth the highest frequency version of yourself that you have ever experienced. Therefore, what you are creating cannot be compared to anything else in all of reality. If you are comparing how much money you make to how much money someone else makes, or how many houses you have to how many houses someone else has, then you are staying in a third dimensional consciousness.
Those types of comparisons have no business where you are going because you are going to be leading such different lives in the fifth dimension. There will be no comparison. There is no purpose in comparing where you are to where anyone else is. You are all so beautifully different, and where you are is unique to you. It is not what defines you, but it does give you an opportunity to make your mark. Your mark will be like no other. That is our promise to you.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/28/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
sananda.website (no .com or .org)
Open First Contact With E.T.s - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council“
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.This is the perfect time for all of you to stop comparing yourselves to others. And here is why we say this is the perfect time to do this. You are becoming aware of your abilities as conscious creator beings, and what you are on the verge of creating is that which has never been seen, or experienced, or even dreamt of in your reality. Therefore, it makes very little sense to compare yourself, or to compare your success, to anyone else’s.
You are all here, now, to break new ground and to take consciousness in the fourth dimension beyond where it has ever been before. This is what creates the new version of the fifth dimension that you are all seeking to experience. It is in the letting go of comparisons to what has been that will take you beyond that which has ever been created.
It is time for you all to recognize yourselves as the pioneers that you are, taking life on planet Earth to new heights, taking yourselves beyond where you have ever been before. This is no small task, and the beings that you are collaborating with to make all of this happen are creating the synergy with you that makes it all possible.
You are working with high frequency energy. You are working with high frequency beings, and you are bringing forth the highest frequency version of yourself that you have ever experienced. Therefore, what you are creating cannot be compared to anything else in all of reality. If you are comparing how much money you make to how much money someone else makes, or how many houses you have to how many houses someone else has, then you are staying in a third dimensional consciousness.
Those types of comparisons have no business where you are going because you are going to be leading such different lives in the fifth dimension. There will be no comparison. There is no purpose in comparing where you are to where anyone else is. You are all so beautifully different, and where you are is unique to you. It is not what defines you, but it does give you an opportunity to make your mark. Your mark will be like no other. That is our promise to you.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/28/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
sananda.website (no .com or .org)
Open First Contact with E.T.s - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
It is an awakening that the rest of the galaxy has been waiting for. You are the awakened ones who are bringing more light and more love to planet Earth, making it possible for more contact with your extra-terrestrial brothers and sisters. You are the ones who are responsible for the elevation of the status of humanity, bringing all of you to a point where you are closer than ever to having open first contact with extra-terrestrial beings.
Of course, there has been contact. It has been made. We are talking about open contact, contact that is undeniable, and contact with a large enough portion of the population that there will be a trust. The humans who would have feared the presence of physical extra-terrestrials will be able to sense how trustworthy they are by the effect these E.T.s have on those of you who welcome them with open arms.
Now we are not saying when this is going to happen. We are just saying that you are closer than you have ever been in this day and age. It has been a long time since other beings were able to walk among you without striking fear in the hearts of those who would come across them. However, the groundwork has been laid for this to occur again on planet Earth, and this time the E.T. beings will be coming as your equals, as your partners, and as your co-creators.
They will not be seeking worship, and they will not be seeking to enslave. They want you to be a part of the galactic community. They want it as much as you do. Your leaders of nations are aware of these beings. They are aware, and they are more open than ever to becoming part of the galactic family that you all want to be a part of. We want you to know that the openness in your hearts has tipped the scales.
Those who would be afraid are far outnumbers. And those of you who know who you really are, and know that extra-terrestrial beings are a part of your history are the ones who made this happen.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/23/17 The Pleiadians via James Gilliland
Pleiadians are given full authority and control over the awakening, healing and liberation of Earth. Message given to James Gilliland on 11/20/17
_______________
As of Nov 19th, the councils have all met and agreed the Pleiadians – due to their terraforming of the Earth before the days of Atlantis and Lemuria, and having more genetic stock, plant, animal and human on Earth, will be in charge of establishing once again Universal Law. Tyranny, and all trespass on the divine right to free will, as long as it does not harm humanity and the earth will come to a close. This will mainly be done with consciousness and energy waves yet hands on is also effective as of the 19th. There has been an ongoing liberation movement, yet due to Universal Law, it was limited by what some call the prime directive, or noninterference policy. It has been decided that – due to the extreme negative – intervention to preserve humanity and the Earth major intervention is necessary.
The malevolent off world visitors and what many refer to as the Archons are being removed. The Draconian Grid has been disassembled. Those who are aligned with the malevolent forces are going to be rounded up. This is a multidimensional operation. The reason there is so much inhumanity on the Earth is it has fallen into the hands of malevolent nonhumans. Their human counter parts deceptive ways will be revealed and no longer tolerated. It is time for humanity to wake up.
Know your true history, the true nature of God and what it means to be human. Hu=God man/woman. You were created in the same image and likeness of the gods, little g which were nothing more than extremely evolved off world visitors. You have the DNA of the gods which explains all the abductions and hybrids. What better prize than to control and own the gods.
You have been lied too, dumbed down and manipulated in too many ways to categorize. The additives in your water, food, GMOs, big pharma, the inoculations the endless wars are all part of the programs run by the Archon or Draconian grid. You will soon be released from and be made aware of all of their methods and they will be held accountable. The days of the tyrants, the war and disease profiteers and their puppet masters from unseen realms are and will be removed.
This is decided by the councils and civilizations that operate under universal Law, the real Gods law. Time to awaken, remember, step into your divinity and take your planet back. As above so below
Pass this on far and wide.
Be Well,
James Gilliland
www.eceti.org
www.bbsradio.com
www.privateinvitationeceti.com
ECETI Official YouTube Channel
Instagram
11/18/17 The Back Story About the RV, Banking, Transition, Disclosures, Galactics
This is a partial transcription of "The Big Call" on November 18, 2017 (www.thebigcall.net). An anonymous caller, ID Jared Rand, provided significant inside information about what is happening in America and the world.
____________
Been listening to everybody talk. A little bit about my background, my name is Jared Rand. In a good way attached to the company Sperry Rand, Rand McNally, RAND Corporation. I became involved in the transition in this country 36 years ago. And I was one of the people that was approached in college on a process that needed to be enacted to carry our country after over 150 years of tyranny into a true republic.
So it’s interesting the process here, and I’ve heard a lot of people talk and the concerns and how many people have suffered and you all know that on this planet today, many, many brothers and sisters are suffering and passing. Way before this monetary shift was envisaged, and we do what we can to help those that we can in stressful times because we’re all responsible for each other, and we always will be on this planet.
And the interesting thing is, when you’ve got so many varying governing bodies on the planet: different cultures, different social structures, you have layered tiers of those in command. When I’m talking about those in command, I’m talking about the off-worlders, the galactic council, the Asian families, the sovereign European families, the so-called keepers of the wealth of the planet.
Then you have the good people who have become good, who weren’t too good awhile ago, but who decided that they didn’t want this planet to be destroyed, and they wanted to start doing good things for humanity. So, I don’t think any of us have stellar backgrounds, we’ve all made mistakes in our lives. The fact of the matter is, when you have so many nooks and crannies, if you will, scattered just across this country, in North America, where you have the rot and the slime that has just grown completely out of control. And every village, township, parish, state, city… it is massive.
And when we talk about the 1,800 – for better choice of a word – arrest warrants, which they will end up becoming, we’re looking at, folks, literally tens of thousands of arrests. See, I’m trying to give you a good understanding of the scope of this, alright? I50 years of rot and criminality perpetrated against the American people on a knowing basis, repeatedly, generation after generation of these people who did what they have done, and also knowing that they have done it, alright?
Shame on us, we fell asleep at the wheel, we weren’t awake, we became complacent as people, and we pulled ourselves away from running our country. And we just said, let the government do it, let the government do it. Obviously they aren’t our government and never were.
So what has happened here is that you start off with a good idea. Just like anything. You have an idea, it looks like a good model, you get people together that care about the country, and they all sit around and they say, you know, this is a good thing but, man, is it a huge undertaking. I don’t know if we can do it or not. And then you have the other people that say, yeah, we can do it, we can do it. And as a lot of you well know, there are not a lot of leaders, true leaders. Either you’re born a leader or you’re not. That’s the bottom line. Unfortunately, there’s a lot of C students in this country leading A students around.
But anyway, the effect of this finally took hold. And more and more good people started joining forces. And they started working in a collaborative effort to rid this country of the cesspool or the infection [clears throat] that has grown at an exponential rate through the years. And what we have now is that we have a country on the verge of finally becoming a republic. And all of us on this call should be really proud of the fact that we’re part of it. That we’re actually going to witness a shift in a country of over 300 million people, and a shift of the entire planet, of every single country to a gold-backed currency.
And I’d really like to let people know that the amount of wealth on this planet has accumulated over tens of thousands of years. Alexander the Great, Attila the Hun, Caesar and the Roman empire, which partially still exists at the Vatican. And you start realizing that some of the wealth is taken off-planet, but the majority of the wealth is still here, buried in underground vaults as I’m sure a lot of you have heard. This wealth is for the human race. It’s for you, me, everybody: the people that are suffering right now. The people that are getting ready to lose their homes now. All of the American people and the people across the planet.
And then what we have is, we have the technologies. Now, we have a foundation that we’ve had for many years; that we’ve met many, many inventors; that we’ve seen and experienced much of these technologies. So we’ve verified, confirmed, authenticated them to make sure that they are basically what they say they are. And we see them in action.
Now, it is almost so exciting to know this, when you actually know it, and you actually experience certain aspects of it. You take on a whole different type of attitude. You start feeling brighter, you start feeling better, you start feeling lighter, you get spring in your step because of the fact that it’s a one-time deal. And I think we’re going to get it right this time. We’re going to turn the corner, and the human race is going to get it right.
And it’s so refreshing to hear people make statements with true, heartfelt convictions on the call tonight, to basically make the statement that hey, this isn’t about the money for me, this is about really, truly wanting to help people, and wanting to help people across the board. You know, we counsel people on their project usage and everything, but it’s really simple with projects. You don’t need a big confab with your projects. Basically what you do is, you start in your community.
There’s an old adage: ‘How do you eat an elephant? One bite at a time.’ And that’s all you need to do. That’s all you need to do. And there’s no… you don’t have to be a rocket scientist, you don’t have to have four Ph.Ds, you don’t have to have an MBA and years and years of experience, you just have to have it in your heart, and to know that what you want to do, you’re going to do. You’re going to help people, you’re going to help each other.
So getting to the actual shish-boom-ba-bang-shabang, and that is the financial shift here on the planet. And I’ll just say that generally for the entire planet earth, the entire population. The problem has always been… is that, I’ll give you an example: Mary sprained her ankle this morning, and by that evening, with people talking with people about Mary spraining her ankle, she’s in intensive care in a body cast. And unfortunately, what a lot of people don’t realize is that information is deliberately leaked to kind of get it out there, to test the waters, to see how the audience responds to the information. What happens is, is that rumors start, alright? And they build. It’s human nature, it happens all the time. I’m sure you’ve all experienced it yourselves. The truth of the matter is one thing, but the end factor is an entirely whole different story that’s just blossomed into something just absolutely ridiculous, ok?
So when you have to coordinate with all different governments and cultures… imagine countries that have never, ever had a say about anything on the planet – never – they’ve been dumped on, treated like dog dung, had their currencies totally bastardized and destroyed for generations, and now they have a say. They actually have a say about what happens on planet earth. Imagine coordinating all of that. Before you even get to the money aspect, you’re coordinating, trying to get all these people in the proper positions of authority. And we’re not talking about most of the current governments, we’re talking about the new republic governments for the planet and coordinating all these people. All with different bringing-ups, all with different directions, attitudes, ideas, so on and so forth.
It’s massive. It is absolutely massive. And everybody signs documents. Everybody has to sign agreements. You have a record, you keep a record of all of this, so it’s done legit and legally and clean. Ok, so you have everybody sign documents and sign this agreement and that agreement. And then a few of them decide they change their minds. It all has to be done again. Now to the general public this looks like a stall, or it looks like a bunch of crap again, ok? Because they don’t know the facts. And it’s hard. How are they going to know the facts? They don’t. It’s all broken pieces, you know, it’s a bunch of broken pieces.
So they try to put two and two together with the calls that people have, and the conference calls and everything, and they do the best they can. But then what happens is, is that these things continue, and they keep leaking out, and people start twisting them – some knowingly, some not knowingly. And then everybody gets confused. Then they get frustrated. It’s like the boy who cried wolf one too many times. So after awhile people just say, ‘yeah, right’. So we are what we think, unfortunately. That’s very powerful. So what we think, we create. We’re all creators, we’ve had people reinforce that tonight on this call.
So when you think a certain way, you’re going to create it. So what do you get? If you think ‘is this ever going to happen?’ or ‘maybe it’s never going to happen’ or ‘oh my god, what’s going to… I need this now, I want it now, quit messing with me and give it to me, I want it now, I demand it now” – well, when you don’t really know the whole picture, the full scope of what’s really taking place on the planet, and the money part is a part of it but not all of it, it gets real frustrating.
So, you think about coordinating all of this, and all these different nationalities, all these different cultures, and people, and governments, and so forth, positioning them, putting militaries in the right place for the people, which is another undertaking when you have a military that actually thinks it is for the people, and it finds out it isn’t for the people, ok?
Now all of you on this call know one thing: you’re awakened. You’re all awakened at certain levels, ok? So you’re not the general pop. Now what happens with the general population is, is that – and I think you all know this – is that when you send information out to the general population, it’s dangerous. You’ve got to be careful, because you’ve got such a varying degree of perspective. It’s massive. It’s not uniform. It’s perspectives, different outlooks, different attitudes, different ideas. You’re giving this information out in a vanilla flavor but it isn’t taken that way. And it’s very difficult.
So every bit of information that goes out there gets twisted, it gets turned. And it causes problems. And it causes holdups because of that. So you keep trying to figure out a way to get the information out to the people so that the people can comprehend it and understand what’s actually transpiring. So what the end result is, is a call like tonight, where everybody’s downright had it, tired out, burned out, people in this for eight years, people in it for 10, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. You’ve got the prosperity package people that have been in this, some of them, for 45 years. And so it’s… well, you get to a point where you say, ‘yeah, well, you know…’. It’s a flip of the switch.
And so what you have is, is you get a situation that is, how safe can we have it before we can let it? How safe can we have it before we can let it? And the safety is for everybody. I’m sure you’ve all seen pictures of Black Friday. The proverbial Walmart video where people are just fighting over TV sets, ok? We all know what can happen in panic. If you were around the ’68 riots in Detroit. Those of you that were, know what happened, ok? What can happen to groups of people that are confused and misinformed, ok? All it takes is one little drop, one little drop, and you can see what can happen to the populace.
And it’s like a massive infection that spreads like wildfire. And once it spreads it’s almost primordial in the masses. So all of you are keepers of the flame, because you’re going to be the guidance for so many people. The responsibility is horrendous. It is absolutely paramount. You’ll receive your monies, but then the real work will start and never end. It will start and it will never end. It will be the rest of your life. And the responsibility is just absolutely massive.
And I think that a lot of you are so fearless, that a lot of you lost everything so, you know, you lose everything, you become the most dangerous being on the planet because you’ve got nothing to lose at that point. Someone who’s got nothing to lose is the most dangerous opponent you could possibly have.
So when you look at all of this and you say, so when’s this going to happen, when’s this going to happen? You know, all of this intel, it’s all crap, it’s all… we had the same thing played on us last year, we went through the same thing, and repetitive, repetitive… and all of the games have been played.
Now, we work closely with the admiral, the group there, and the native Americans, and the structures in Texas, and the structures in Atlanta, and we work very close with those people who are really… and you probably never will hear the stories, but the fearless work that they’ve put in to making this as smooth a transition as possible. So that we don’t have to have the preppers come out and say, you’ve got to save up food and you’ve got to do this and you’ve got to do that, scare the living bejeezus out of people and the country, just like they did with Y2K, alright?
And the thing is, is that there isn’t going to be armageddon in North America and America. The transition… the fiat currency, is for all intents and purposes, other than the masses not knowing about it on a global scale, has been put to rest. The gold-backed currencies… now remember something, is that when you have a certificate, the certificate represents something. You have a note, it’s an IOU. Just like the FRN.
Now the US, the new republic money, which will represent our country, the new republic money, is what will be released to the public. And people will go to the bank, you’ll go to the bank and you’ll say, what is this? Well, this is your new money, gold-backed currency, and all the American people will want to know: does it buy the same as the one I had before? Does it buy the same as the one I had before? Yes it does. Nothing’s different. The only thing is, is it’s gold backed. And then you think the American people at that point are going to worry about anything else? No, as long as it can buy what the other one did.
Now that process, and I’ll tell that emphatically, is completed. There’s no more dinking around with it, it’s already done. Trump has done his thing as he’s been ordered to do, and he’s doing it well. He’s taking care of things that should be taken care of. We have an entirely new republic government that has not presented itself to the public as of yet. That is in their camp, that they’re deciding right now, at this very moment, on when that is going to take place.
Now, the discussion has been of gradualization. You know what gradualization is, that’s how they’ve conditioned most of the American people. You do it a little bit at a time, a little sip at a time, a little sip at a time. You know, that’s when they dumbed-down the country when they went into the new math back in 1963. It’s a dog chasing its tail and ends up coming to a formal solution.
So anyway, what happens is, is you gradualize and you gradualize and you gradualize, and you condition people, and before they know it, and they don’t even know it, they’ve been conditioned. They accept things. It’s much easier to accept things that way. Now if you slap them in the face it’s going to be a lot harder, you almost have to force-feed them. So you do it through gradualization. So this is a different way.
This is going to be a slap upside the face. This is… we will have, and we do have already in place, many learning centers across America, where people will be able to go in, and they will be able to educate themselves, and it won’t cost any money, you won’t have to sign a bunch of paperwork, you just go in, kind of like a library in a way. But you’ll go in, and you’ll learn the true story of your country: what actually took place and what happened. It is to inform the people of the atrocities that were committed against them, so that they can pass it on to generations and generations ahead of them, so that that can never happen again.
You have to educate and inform the populace of the damages that were done to them. And that’s exactly what’s going to take place. And it’s going to take place all at once. Is that a good thing? Some people think it is. Other people think it’s a real bad mistake, because it’s going to shock a lot of people. But I think that the majority of the American people and the people on this call, there are other people that unfortunately couldn’t make it to the call, are aware of enough things to keep things in order and then align, so to speak, some form of assemblance [?]. But with some people, it’s the same old adage with this… it’s going to take another year, it’s going to take years, it’s going to take ten years, ok? And then people get upset because, oh, I can’t last that long. I just can’t last that long.
The fact of the matter is, when is this going to happen? I can tell you right now that it is, all of this, is on the verge of happening in the next 24 hours. Now, if (and there is the big ‘if’) if everything goes well accordingly, from what I can understand, and what I have been informed about, it is on the money, alright? It is just the way it is. And they’ve timed it a certain way, with all three layers of authority, on how this is going to happen.
It’s the same with the exchanges. It’s not going to be a big deal. It’s not going to be a big deal. It is going to be as simple as you walking into your local bank and saying, oh, I understand that there is new currency that has new value. Well yeah, and look at that. See, that looks good. And do you have a higher rate than that because I have a bunch of projects that I would like to take care of and I don’t have to continually try to raise funds to pay for those projects. And can I get a special rate if that’s possible? And I have proof here of some of my projects if you’d care to take a look at them, because it’s taken me a lot of time to put this stuff together. That’s basically it, right there.
Other people will just come in and say, wow, that’s a great rate. Can I have that? Yeah, there you go. People will become money managers. And it’s all going to be about managing the money, folks. It’s not going to be about having the money, it’s going to be about managing the money. It’s going to be huge, huge: accountants, finance people… it’ll be a boom in jobs, an absolute boom in jobs. Just absolutely phenomenal.
Now understand that all colleges and universities across America will end up being free. Because there’s a lot of people that plan on making sure that it’s free. So they go into the university or college… I’ll give you all one of them, here’s one of them: you go into a university or college in your state. You sit down with the dean, president, you network or you get in with people. You say, look, what I would like to do right now is I would like to pay all the college tuition for all undergrads and grads, Ph.D program, for the next ten years. No matter how much it is. I’ll establish a fund, my people will manage that fund, and then I will be able to keep track of that, and you pay that out. You will be able to pay all of the college tuition in this country for every student that wants to get an education. And there will be a lot of changes at the universities too, because the books will be rewritten.
But the fact of the matter is, the amount of effect that, let’s just say, the 700 people on this call can make is absolutely spectacular. And these are the things that we’re discussing now. We’re not discussing, you know, when’s this going to happen, because it’s already in the gut; it’s already in the chute. So these are the things that are being discussed now: I’m going to do that, and I’m going to do this, and I’m going to do that.
And obviously some people… you know, there’s a formula that was established years and years ago. Out of a million people, and everybody’s saying they’re going to do something, usually when they are finally faced with everything and all the challenges and everything that’s thrown at them, usually one in a million will follow through with it.
Now, I think that’s a totally different story with the people on this call and they’re people who have stuck this out. And I take my hat off to you and I salute you all, that you’ve stuck this out through thick and thin, through how many years or months or weeks or days you’ve been in it.
There’s a reason for that, because you were all chosen to do it. In some way, shape, or form, you’ve been brought to this one path, this one circle, the circle of influence. And the circle of influence is each and every one of you. And you’ve all done a spectacular job with it. No matter how burned out, tired, and sick and falling apart you are, whatever your challenge is, we’ve lost over 4,000 people that were close friends of ours through the last 36 years, from every kind of calamity, every kind of challenge. There’s not a day that goes by that we don’t think about each and every one of them.
But what we have now is we have a consensus, and a fluid movement of massive amounts of
money. Now, you see a very large amount being processed out there, and then everybody’s going to be taken care of. That’s pretty simple. Scaring the living bejeezus out of people, ‘all kinds of bad things are going to happen to you, you’ve got to be really careful’… it’s just, bascially it’s just, it’s all been taken care of. Just be aware, look around, look over your shoulder, look exactly… be clear on what you’re doing. Clear on what you say afterwards. That’s all you’ve got to do, it’s like anything else, you win the lotto and you win 500 million dollars, there’s all of a sudden you gotta change the way you are: the way you act, the way you talk, what you attract.
Folks, you’re the minority. Not the majority that’s being given this wealth, the minority. So nothing really changes outside of where you’re at, ok? It’s still the same. People struggling, people suffering, you know? People losing their homes, people not being able to eat, veterans living in cardboard boxes under bridge overpasses. You know? I mean it goes on and on.
To effect the change, you are the folks. You are the ones. You are going to effect that change. You’re going to get those veterans out of those overpasses; you’re going to fix the bridges, the roads; you’re going to make your counties and your cities, your towns, clean and well-run and organized; and groups of people working for people with the law of the land and not the sea.
And there’s a lot of work to be done. Don’t get fooled into thinking that everything’s going to be done for you, because it is not. There’s a massive amount of work out there that we’re all going to be tasked with doing. But in the long run it’s going to be a lot of fun, it’s going to be very fulfilling. And it will warm every single person’s heart and spirit for many generations to come.
See, you’re all pioneers, and you’re all entrepreneurs, and you’re all philanthropists, and you’re all humanitarians. It doesn’t matter if you’ve got 25 dinar. It doesn’t matter. The massive, massive, unending wealth… it’s just, there isn’t even a figure to pin it. There’s no name for the amount of wealth. It is just absolutely unending. I’ve seen these places underground, it is, it’s like out of a science-fiction movie. Period. And the bad guys have been trying to steal it for centuries. Steal it, steal it, steal it, steal it, steal it. And they just haven’t been successful. They just have not been successful.
So positive, reinforcing, phenomenal – you all have had phenomenal impact and I pray and I continue to have faith that you’ll have phenomenal impact on the next several hours here. And then everybody is just going to hopefully stay together, work together, network – several heads are better than one, and we all have strengths and weaknesses. You know, the mastermind group that National Steel used years and years ago, it’s a good thing to put into practice: it’s getting groups of people together in mastermind groups that have a lot of, it doesn’t matter if they’re 100 years old, as long as they have that wisdom and that knowledge, and those skills, we can use every single able-bodied person we can possibly get our hands on.
The biggest problem is going to be employment. Massive amounts of people will be needed – massive. When you have technology that can heal everything wrong with you, that can re-atomize limbs on your body; if the veterans who have lost limbs, every limb will be re-atomized. And they won’t have to rehab it, they’ll be able to use it just right away. It’ll be like a new limb. Those technologies are used. They have been used – I’ll put it that way. So it’s not like they’re something that someone flipped out of some science-fiction book, those are a reality.
You want to stay 35 years old? You can stay 35 years old if you understand the responsibility of staying 35 years old. Any disease that you have in your body, all the diseases on the planet were created like we were, in a petri dish. And they wanted to test the human genetics to see how we could combat these different diseases. This planet was never meant to have all these different diseases. I kid you not. And you know, the atrocities go on and on and on, and it’s not meant to… people get super pissed… it’s to make everybody come together and say, well, we’re going to end this, it’s not going to happen anymore.
Although as far as they tell you, they have one technology that is ET origin, that a person can pass, and after a few hours, not for long, not days and days and days, but a few hours after that person has passed, they can bring them back to life in this chamber. That actually is a reality. And I’ll give you an example where it was first shown, and again it was in a science-fiction movie. But if any of you get a copy of SG1 Stargate, the movie with Kurt Russell, alright? If any of you have seen that movie, there is a part in there where the alien keeps himself young by staying in this chamber, and where they bring a couple of people back to life… that chamber, that technology, will be released to the human race.
I mean, this stuff is so exciting, it’s positive, it’s uplifting, it is absolutely miraculous stuff. We should have let go of the combustion engine 100 years ago. We shouldn’t be using carbon-based fuels, we should have gotten rid of those decades ago, ok? We have anti-gravitic drive. The Germans used it years ago, back in WWII, alright? I mean ,it goes on and on and on. Electric cars will become a thing of the past. We have an inventor right now that has an electric motor with a battery, a bio-organic battery, where you can drive an electric car indefinitely without recharging, ok? We’ve seen this thing in action.
So it’s just mind-boggling, it’s just so exciting. It’s just absolutely phenomenal. I wanted to make sure that I could share some of that with you guys tonight, because this is an uplifting time, this is phenomenal, energizing, knock-your-socks-off, blow-your-wigs-to-fire, unbelievable. Just unbelievable. It is just phenomenally fantastic. It’s spectacular. It’s better than 5,000 4th of July’s. It is just anything you could imagine being happy in your life right now. If you could have a wish come true, it will come true. It will come true.
So this is just speaking and sharing with you what I’m allowed to do tonight, it is basically the truth on what has transpired. That’s it.
[3:05:04]
8/9/17 Military Insider Bob Dean on Extraterrestrials
It is important to have an open mind and choose your thoughts carefully for the positive and not fall in fear and panic. There is indeed a battle of forces going on and the light forces ARE winning. Main stream news is still under the control of the dark, though it is wavering now with light weaving through it alternatingly. In addition, the alternative news distributors are reporting much more accurate goings-on. Some are phony - there are dark agents there as well - but others are real. Just use your inner voice as a radar and guidance system. You know what is right and what is disinformation. It would appear that more and more of the population are beginning to get the picture that there really are extraterrestrials here.
These pictures shown on the above link are incredible. I've just sent them out to my e-list, telling them to take it or leave it, as they wish. But we've been warned that when the truth starts to come out, there will be panic as well as denial, anger and violence. We encourage keeping an open mind and let these reports flow naturally through you like the wind, rain and sun flow naturally through the atmosphere of earth, setting things right. Know that there is a powerful force of light workers here who know more than the average person does, who are working on our behalf to rebuild the earth into an abundant, happy place, but they remain hidden below the radar in order to get the job done. We don't know what is going on but look for the signs. They are everywhere. Trust your heartmind. It is true. It is real. The galactic presence of light is here to help us rejoin the rest of the galaxy which is teeming with life in sentient form, enjoying abundance, sharing knowledge, living in cities of vast beauty and traveling in space to other worlds. Living in accordance with universal law provides human beings with far more power to enjoy life, than the weapons of the dark can destroy life. It is important to accept that.
Fleets of the Galactic Federation of Light surround the earth in the billions, beaming intelligent clear thoughts which lift us and support benevolence. The ships are called celestial or star ships. There are many different shapes and sizes. The masses have been hood-winked into believing there is no such thing as life on other planets and that we are the only intelligence in the universe. But of course that is nonsense. The truth is breaking like the dawn. Finally. More people are beginning to see and believe that there are galactics here. Over 50 percent of those surveyed believe that extraterrestrials are here and that we should be trying to contact them. The bad ETs who have been running the show for thousands of years and who built the quarantine around earth to keep us locked into what they told us, are leaving. They are being dismanteled by the forces of light.
The light forces, under the command of Ashtar Sheran, came anyway, under orders from higher up to intervene.
They were given permission to step up the resistance program while still living according to universal law. They are here to save the earth from destruction while the forces of the dark - greed, corruption and deceit - are destroying it. The "cabal" they are called. Or the "illuminati" or "annunaki". These are just names. There are many names for the bad guys. But it doesn't matter the name. What matters is that we recognize GOOD from bad and use universal law ourselves in our daily actions. The heart knows what is right and what is wrong. The dark ones are using whatever means they have at their disposal to take advantage over others, and these fires in California seem to be indicating they've stepped up their game by using directed energy weapons openly. It is an indication that THEY are the ones in panic and fear and they're angry. Stay calm, happy, smile a lot, and know that we are on the way to getting rid of them. It won't be much longer.
11/12/18 Spikes in the Schumann Resonance Causing Weird Physical Symptoms
Not mentioned in this article is the fact that we are moving closer to galactic center (the photon belt)
Article: "You're Not Dying, it's the Schuman Resonance"
by Michelle Walling, CHLC (Certified Holistic Life Coach)
https://www.shiftfrequency.com/what-is-the-schumann-resonance/#more-116072
By now, there isn’t one person on Earth that has not felt some kind of weird and unexplained physical symptom that makes them feel uncomfortable. Many do not understand why this is occurring, and some go to their doctor to find that there is nothing wrong with them. In turn, doctors are realizing that there seems to be a phenomena of unexplained “psychosomatic” occurrences. There is scientific evidence that something is happening on the planet that is shaking the apple cart up at this time, and this evidence is from a Russian website that tracks the Schumann Resonance.
What is the Schumann Resonance? The Schumann Resonance is a global electromagnetic resonance named by physicist Winfried Otto Schumann who predicted it mathematically in 1952.
The official description from Wikipedia is-
“The Schumann resonances (SR) are a set of spectrum peaks in the extremely low frequency (ELF) portion of the Earth’s electromagnetic field spectrum. Schumann resonances are global electromagnetic resonances, generated and excited by lightning discharges in the cavity formed by the Earth’s surface and the ionosphere.”
As you can see, the Wikipedia explanation says that we have had a whole lot of lightning lately if you read the charts that I am about to show you. Regardless of whether what is happening on the planet is indeed causing more “lightning” or whether it is causing the equipment to pick up on something else, the scientific evidence proves that something is disturbing or spiking the electromagnetic frequency on the planet. For thousands of year the Schumann resonance has been measured at 7.83 hertz or within shallow spikes of this depending on how many storms are on the planet at the time. A Russian website that can be found HERE is one of the only public sites that releases the daily data on the current Schumann fluctuations. The reasons for this are unclear but seem to point at the control of keeping the data from the public eye.
How does the Schumann Resonance Affect humans?
As a spiritual being merged with a human body, we also merged with the consciousness and energetic makeup of Earth when we were born into a human body. To stay in sync with the planetary composition and frequencies, the human body has an auto correct system that can re-calibrate to the environment when needed. When the auric field of a human is not in sync, however, it is difficult for the emotional, mental, spiritual, and etheric bodies to sync with the physical body and the frequency of Earth.
At the same time, a burst in frequency of Earth’s magnetic frequencies can jostle any energetic blockages in the auric field that can cause the physical body to stay at a low or stagnant ELF (extremely low frequency). Bursts of higher frequencies are a good thing for clearing of the auric field of the human, as long as it is done in moderation. For instance, if a person were to be electrocuted from a household electrical line, they may have a better chance at recovering than being struck by lightning.
The spiritual and metaphysical explanation of raising the frequency of the physical body is the higher the frequency, the less dense reality the human will be experiencing. The goal is to transform the dense, controlling reality we are experiencing in a way that unifies humanity in a love based higher consciousness while still existing in the physical body. This can only be achieved by releasing the energetic blocks of the past and of childhood that keep one stuck in creating a recurring illusion of denseness and dis-ease in the physical reality. This will allow the physical body to vibrate harmoniously with the planetary frequency and to have a healthy energy flow within the body which prevents aging and disease.
If a human is stuck in old patterning and beliefs, or perhaps is lulled by complacency into a low frequency, then a burst of frequency can do one of two things. If the person has raised their consciousness enough to realize something is happening and is able to have an open mind and an open heart, then the person will begin to absorb these frequencies as much and as fast as their mind and spirit allows them to. Absorbing these frequencies causes the water in the body to begin to vibrate at the frequency of the spike. This could cause many uncomfortable symptoms but in the end it is also a testament that something is really happening to our planet and to our consciousness.
A few of the most common symptoms of these spikes in electromagnetic frequency are:
♦ Hot flashes- as the body vibrates faster it generates heat
♦ Blurred vision
♦ Vertigo (dizziness)
♦ Irregular or skipped heartbeat
♦ Unexplained pains that may linger to be acknowledged or may mysteriously come and go
♦ Ringing in one or both ears. High pitched frequencies, harmonic tones, and/or sometimes temporary deafening
♦ Mood swings as emotional blocks come up to be resolved
♦ Extreme fatigue or extreme energy bursts depending on the kind of frequency experienced at the time and how the individual is dealing with it
♦ Increased intuition, a sense of knowing or remembering things that guide you through difficulties, and increased sixth sense abilities (beyond touch, taste, feel, hearing, and sight)
♦ Nausea
♦ Flu-like symptoms
♦ Problems with bowels
♦ Extreme hunger or lack of hunger- different then usual
♦ Anxiety and increased fight or flight mode in the body
As you can see, if some of these negatively affected symptoms persist without the person doing things to help the body acclimate, it certainly could feel like the body would begin to exhibit more evidence of shutting down and may make you feel as if you are dying. In fact, it is purging in order to be able to acclimate, very similar to how it deals with flu or viruses.
If a person is completely unconscious and is not a caring, compassionate human, (or is not a souled human at all) then these frequencies will irritate and disturb and will most likely not be integrated. Thus these type of people will stay at a low frequency and will not benefit from the incoming waves of energy. It could even begin to cause their physical body to shut down because it will not be able to stay manifest in harmony with the planet’s frequency.
Unfortunately some people are not handling this well physically and we are seeing people “leaving” at this time (dying). There is certainly no judgment in this, as some people did not choose to go through this shift in frequency or simply did not have enough energy left to handle it, and no one ever really “dies” anyway. They simply move to another frequency outside of the constraints of the physical body and go where they need to in order to continue on their journey.
How to acclimate the body to accept the higher frequencies
There are many ways to help yourself adjust to the energies, but here are a few of the most common:
♦ Meditation- not the kind of meditation to connect with astral beings or to have out of body experiences. Peace, pause, and breath meditation and focusing on energy flow works best, and open eye meditation is also good.
♦ Grounding, or Earthing- Bare feet on the ground, spending time in nature, sea salt baths, swimming, eating grounding foods.
♦ Asking your higher being (higher self/Source/Guidance team) to assist you in acclimation, especially if you are suffering.
♦ Drink plenty of pure water! No fluoride.
♦ Rest- the body has an uncanny ability to do much of it’s re-setting while it is asleep or lying still.
♦ Loving yourself and caring for the body.
♦ Gentle exercise- moving the energy to release blockages and encourage proper energy flow.
♦ Whole foods- as opposed to processed or GMO foods.
Massage
♦ Spiritual Counsel or Life Coaching with an expert who has an understanding of the cause and holistic treatments
♦ Listen to your body and do what feels right to make it comfortable
How to read the Schumann Resonance
Those who are sensitive to energy have been able to correlate when they are feeling something really different, and look up the chart to see if a “wave” is occurring.
Here is a screen shot of what the Schumann Resonance looked like from the Russian website on November 9, 2018:
(chart) Schumann Resonance
On the left axis you will see the hertz and on the lower axis you will see the time of day in UTC. The top axis shows the date. The green shows what I assume are normal pulses of electromagnetic frequency. A “white out” has been shown to correlate with thousand of people being able to feel the fluctuation in their physical body. the wider the band of the white out, the longer the wave is consistently hitting. The one showed here was a big one, starting around 18:00 UTC on November 8, 2018 and lasting for several hours. It looks as if the spikes were at around 24 hertz. As a side note, at this time I felt extremely sleepy and my eyes started blurring to where I could not read very well on the computer.
Here is the same chart with an arrow that shows what the “norm” of 7.83 hertz is:
(chart) Schumann Resonance
Check this chart out from 9/7 through 9/9 of 2018, where we see 9/9 was a doozy!
(chart) Schumann Resonance
I realize these chart screenshots are a bit hard to see. They are for educational purposes only.
Please go to the Russian website for a real time chart and better clarity.
I do not know the exact amount of time that the Schumann charts have shown these wild fluctuations. If I were to guess, I’d say over the last 40 years, it slowly started to burst more and more, and in the last 6 years has accelerated as if we were traveling down a spiral in frequency and intensity to the end of the spiral, where we were experiencing a node on the spiral in less time and faster as we traveled. I just chose a few random charts that I had saved recently so you could have fresh memory of what you may have been experiencing at that time for comparison.
What does it mean? Frequency means how many wave cycles happen in a second. 1 Hz. means 1 cycle per second, 40 Hz. means 40 cycles per second, Amplitude is the size of the vibration, how big the wave is, and the chart shows the frequency variation in Hz and the amplitude using the white color. We can deduce logically that large white color bursts in electromagnetic frequencies and for long periods of time are going to affect our physical bodies!
These blasts of energy frequency help humanity to awaken from the spell that a low frequency can keep a person stuck in. We can all think back to a time in our lives where we found ourselves hypnotized through entertainment or even through slaving at a job we hated for the need for money out of survival. Many people, including of course those reading this article, have realized that there is something really wrong with what is occurring on the planet at this time. It is these people who are being affected through waves of energy or vibration, light, and sound that will help them break free of the chaos and unhappiness they may find themselves in.
On a “matrix” level, there is 1% of the people on this planet who would like to control the 99% of people on the planet. They do not have the consciousness or ability to move through these up-shifts in frequency like someone who is awake, aware, and has made a conscious choice to not be under the control system. Eventually, those who raise their physical body frequency to their higher consciousness will be able to outwit, outsmart, and outplay those who wish to control them on many levels. New understandings, abilities, and higher dimensional connections will occur to the individuals who are able to adjust. As the frequency continues to blast, rest, then blast, we are slowly (but lately at an accelerated rate) connecting the physical to higher dimensions, densities, and consciousnesses that are beyond those who have controlled humans for a very long time on the planet. The upshifts in frequency also help people to awaken.
This article is a simplified explanation of the Schumann Resonance fluctuation showing a correlation with the way the human body has been experiencing this while examining the scientific proof in increase of frequency through charts found on a Russian website. It is intended to help alleviate the fear of the shift and changes that are occurring by providing logical conclusions. It is not intended to keep anyone from seeking medical attention nor is it a complete explanation of the bigger picture of why it is occurring and where the waves of energy are coming from. Please use your own discernment and do your own research to understand more about this phenomenon, and please share far and wide so that those who are having difficulties can use the techniques described in this article to alleviate their adjustment symptoms.
Finally, in the practice of questioning everything in our reality, here is a note for the doubters. If for some reason even the Russian website that is providing the data for us to be able to track is fraudulent, and if there is something different causing these symptoms that we are going through, at least we are aware that something is happening globally and millions of people are experiencing this. It at least helps us to realize that we need to take care of ourselves in a more holistic way and that we can share information with each other that helps us feel like we are not alone or that our symptoms are not psychosomatic. Many people started consciously working with these energetic frequency years ago and have reported on what has worked best for them to be able to feel better. These people, including myself, no longer suffer when huge waves hit, as we have tried many things and compared notes with each other.
11/5/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings I am Mira.
Thank you for being here at this time. It is ever so clear how important your participation is in this Ascension process. You rank highly in the annals of Ascension. This is clearly one for the books in the Hall of Records.
You know that you are being spied upon through various means with your nosy alphabet agencies. They use artificial synthetic means to capture what you do. They are trying to mimic what we do in the higher realms. We simply tune in and know what you are doing and thinking. With artificial means you may think you are living in a fishbowl. However, with cosmic ways you may find yourself feeling more united with all of life. This is where the oneness principle applies.
You are beginning to understand that there are no secrets. All is known. You have been living in a matrix that is being controlled and has prevented you from realizing your oneness. As a result of the matrix you have learned separation and fear. You have been controlled artificially and unfortunately limited in a myriad of ways.
Humanity has been living like they are a spectator sport for the dark forces. The dark ones have fed upon the fear and have misused the energies of the populace. You have ultimately been restricted in your lives such that we have never seen.
Soon you will begin to realize that the matrix under which you have been living is being reprogrammed for your freedom. It is because of what you have done in raising the levels of your consciousness that the light and energy support allow this freedom.
What the dark forces do not realize is that you work for Source. You will no longer be their fodder. They will not be able to use you. You will become free. You will be able to remove the shackles that held you back from your full creative expression.
Those who have been the perpetrators will realize that they themselves are the prisoners. What has been done to the populace and to the human soul will be paid for karmically for eons. The cruelty, darkness and harshness on the Earth that these dark souls created will imprison them until they can learn their lessons, grow and evolve.
Your job as beings of light and love, is to feed upon these higher dimensional energies as you rise higher in consciousness until you find yourselves Home. It is been a long journey fraught with trials and tribulations, yet the destination of Home will all be worth it. All of creation will celebrate with you with your victory.
We will continue these messages until you are free!
We all send you our strength, courage and blessings. We love and admire you.
I am Mira.
11/2/18 The Pleiadian Emissaries of Light thru Star Hinman
www.starbird1.net
A Timely Message from The Pleiadians on “Consciousness Control”
Beware the attempts by those who would control human consciousness on earth – for this is going on today throughout your political, economic, social, and mass media systems – to name only a few manifestations of this phenomenon. Fear, hatred, suspicion, and aggression are all being wittingly created and foisted upon human beings for the purpose of having you forget or ignore who you are and what is inside you – your divine Creator presence! If those in positions of power can keep all of you focused on the outer dramas they are creating – instead of having you realize that you are, indeed, a part of the Creator presence in human form – then they will have succeeded in carrying out their hidden agendas.
Who are these “puppet masters” from the other realms who wish to control earth and all her consciousness? They are “the dark ones” – the manipulators who have interfered with earth’s evolutionary process since the beginning of time on your planet. And they fight for control – because you are evolving, dear ones, and getting VERY close to realizing who you are, and where, indeed, you came from! And when this happens, their control will be finished.
They love a good story, and they create many of the these in order to get your attention and divert you into meaningless confrontations – both politically and otherwise. How do they do this? By getting your attention! Human beings, by your very nature, are drawn to the dramatic – and the more emotional this is, the better you like it. Have you ever noticed this about yourselves? Well, we have, and we are not the only ones, unfortunately, who have this bit of information about you. Those who would manipulate and limit your consciousness for their own selfish ends, know this – and use it to manipulate consciousness both here and in other star systems.
The Destiny We See for Humanity
Now this is not a serious situation – at least not in the present – because you are very quickly succeeding in raising your consciousness OUT of the levels where they can control you! It is called growth! It is called evolution! Despite everything they can do, you are evolving, you are becoming smarter, and you are starting to catch on to their tricks! And guess what – they are getting desperate, because you are no longer so easy to manipulate! When they try to pull the wool over your eyes, you simply look the other way. And so, they are “scraping the bottom of the barrel,” so to speak – looking for things that will “work.” But, in the meantime, you are still evolving – and you are doing it very quickly now! What used to take very long periods of time, now takes you only days or weeks to accomplish.
“Why is this happening?” you might ask. Well, many people are asking this question now, because they have become aware of what is going on, and they are witnessing the phenomena that are happening. Well, we will give you some very good news! You are finally becoming truly multidimensional beings in your day-to-day consciousness! You don’t have to go into deep states of meditation to reach these levels of what used to be called “altered states of consciousness” – because you ARE in altered states of consciousness all the time! It is a permanent shift – and it’s not going away!
This level of consciousness, where you are aware of other dimensional realities, has become your “normal reality” – for many of you – and you are the leaders in this process. You are the “forerunners” for the rest of humanity, as all of you are “moving into the unknown,” so to speak. You are the ones who will experience this, and be able to describe this state of consciousness to others, who may not yet have had these experiences. And, when they hear this information, maybe the doors will be opened in their minds, as well!
So, this is your “job” now – this is what you are being called to do – because someone always has to be “first” in this type of thing. Someone has to volunteer to lead! So don’t be shy! When you have these experiences of “seeing beyond the veil,” or remembering your experiences in other lifetimes – TELL SOMEONE, for goodness sake! It will help others to hear this, and to know that they are not “weird” or “crazy” when they begin to have these new and unusual levels of consciousness and experience.
It is actually a very helpful occurrence for human beings – when this begins to happen – because you open up levels of your own abilities that perhaps you did not realize that you have. It’s like opening a door and discovering many other “rooms” in your “house of consciousness.” And there are many abilities that come with these advanced levels of consciousness. You will discover that you can do things which you could not previously do! You will know things that you never knew before. It’s very exciting! And it’s a very enjoyable time for humanity.
Ascending to the Top of the Mountain!
Think of it in this way: It’s like walking up a trail on the mountainside, and finally you get to the top! And what you see is not just more of the mountainside in front of you. When you get to the top, your view changes completely! You begin to see an endless and beautiful expanse of clouds and sky – a magnificent vista! You can see into infinity and perceive the enormity of what has opened up before your eyes! Distant views, distant horizons – it is limitless! It is beautiful! And it is YOURS to explore!
It is knowledge that is opening before you – to explore – to know. And you can use it to expand your horizons, and to expand what you believe you can do and accomplish in your lifetime! All limits are being dissolved, and your consciousness is now free to expand into hitherto unknown realms of exploration and ecstasy.
This is exciting, isn’t it? Well, this is what is happening for all of you who are on this path – of expanding into multidimensional consciousness. It will be different from anything you have known before! And this is happening for many people who are alive on the earth now. Your consciousness is expanding, your genetic codings are mutating, and your bodies are evolving!
Ascension’s Effect on the Four Lower Bodies
You are, without fully realizing it, becoming far less “dense” in your physical body than you were in third dimensional reality. As you move up the scale toward fifth dimensional reality, the atomic structure of your body is changing as your energetic frequencies rise. You are becoming more “etheric” every day, and less dense, so that you can hold these finer and finer energies, of which you are now comprised. And your chemistry reflects these changes in other ways as well, to allow you to hold more of the finer etheric elements and essences of physical matter.
All of these important changes in the physical “you” are reflected as the appropriate changes in the finer energies of your etheric, mental, and emotional bodies, as well. All four of what are referred to as your “lower bodies,” which are the physical, etheric, mental, and emotional bodies, are becoming comprised of finer and finer energies which are capable of holding higher vibrational energy. And you are transforming very quickly, indeed! You are on track to reach several important “major milestones” on your spiritual trek toward the huge expansion which will take place in 2038.
Images of Future Time
No one has yet fully realized what this means! The world you will see in 2038 will be NOTHING like the world you have now – which is struggling with some very fundamental questions about who you are and what you want to create with the abilities you have. You are in for a “mass awakening” in the coming years which will leave many people astounded and wondering what happened, why this happened, and, most importantly, HOW this happened!
In future time, the earth will change, as well, to reflect your new consciousness! There will be new climates in many places on earth – and places which were uninhabitable in years past will have temperate climates able to support life. Oceans will no longer be exactly where they are now. But these types of changes are “normal” for earth – at least, from our perspective, they are. We have seen many things like this occur over vast expanses of time, because we have been observing earth for a VERY long time – as you might have guessed.
Some of you will live to see the beginnings of many of these things. The rest of you will have to make “the return trip” (reincarnate) to continue your observation of all these exciting developments. This process will continue into a future which would read like science fiction to the humans who now inhabit earth. It is an exciting future, indeed – and one which will expand into limitless probabilities – even as you do the same!
We tell you of the “future times” – but this is what you are even now “writing,” with every decision you make. Decide wisely, dear ones – for your future is in your hands!
We are the Pleiadian Emissaries of Light, and you are beloved
Channel’s Note:
People often wonder what happens to all the negative, low-vibrational energy which is created due to the efforts of these manipulative beings which the Pleiadians often refer to as the “puppet masters.” Why do they care about creating and perpetuating this type of energy on earth? What are they getting out of all of this?
The simple answer is that there are off-planet intelligences which use this low-vibrational energy as their sustenance. To them, it is “food,” and so they wish to continue with this process. However, the good news coming from the Pleiadians is that this entire scenario is in the process of being thoroughly and permanently disrupted, as human beings evolve into higher-vibrational versions of ourselves – where we do not respond with fear to these negative creations and attempts at manipulation of consciousness. In the future times which the Pleiadians describe to us, this process will have completely ended, and will no longer be able to affect the earth or any of her lifeforms.
In the meantime, the Pleiadians tell us to neither hate nor fear these misguided beings, but to recognize them as being created by the divine Creator of All Things. They are a part of creation – just as we are – even though, to our eyes, they have lost their way. The surest antidote to their efforts to instill fear is the energy of love! Perhaps this is why we have often been counselled by the wisest among us to love our enemies!
Thank you all again!
Star Hinman
info@starbird1.net
www.starbird1.net
11/1/18 Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
https://danielscranton.com
The Individual & the Collective
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We have a better sense of who you are as individuals than we do of you all as a human collective. Your individuality is beautiful. You are all unique, and you are all special, but you have also been led to believe that your differences somehow are responsible for the lack of unity that you sometimes experience as individuals. And nothing could be further from the truth because you all have the ability to celebrate each other no matter what.
You don’t have to see your differences as weird, and you don’t have to see someone else’s different belief as a threat to yours. These are choices that you’ve been making, and you’ve been making those choices as individuals. And the idea that you are somehow separate from each other is one that has served you up until a certain point, and now human has reached that point where it no longer serves you to see yourselves as separate and to see your differences as significant enough to keep you from knowing yourselves as a collective.
Now, the reason why we bring this up now is because of how much polarity we sense within humanity. You all have been taught that you have to choose sides, and you don’t. Instead, you have to embrace all of the sides, all of the sides that are out there and all of the sides that are within you. To become a unified consciousness, to become a fifth dimensional being, you first have to accept everyone as they are in the human collective right now.
You don’t get to decide who is right and who is wrong, and it is not just the righteous ones that get to ascend. It’s everyone who makes that choice, and before you ascend, you are going to start thinking of yourselves more as a collective, and you are going to start operating more as a collective as well. You will achieve peace on Earth in this lifetime, and then we will be able to sense you more as a collective.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
10/9/18 Commander Ashira from Neptune - thru Linda Dillon
http://counciloflove.com/2014/03/ashira-star-fleet-commander-of-ufog-joins-us-on-heavenly-blessings/
(I just discovered this transciipt of a radio interview done in 2014. It provides very good insight into the Galactic presence surrounding the planet in the form of millions of cloaked starships, why they are here and what they are like. As benevolent beings from higher dimensions, they assist as best they can, since our atmosphere is coarser and more chaotic than theirs. Interviews like this help us to understand. Suzanne Maresco, host of InLight Universal asks questions of Ashira, Star Fleet Commander of the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies. Ashira speaks through well-known channel Linda Dillon of the Council of Love website. There are more interviews posted Linda's website for anyone to read or listen to.)
____________________________
Suzanne Maresca: Good morning and welcome to another offering of Heavenly Blessings with Linda Dillon, channel for the Council of Love and author of The New You – Emerging into the Brilliance of Humanity’s Heart Consciousness, and myself, Suzanne Maresca.
Today we are honored to welcome Ashira to our show – Commander of the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies. It’s not a title one uses every day in our reality just yet, but I’d love to think that it soon will be. Today we’ll be getting an update on current events as well as the galactic perspective on the state of collective human consciousness. I’m just so excited to have this opportunity, and the questions I have would take so much more than one show, but I’ll try to be reasonable about it. Good morning Linda.
Linda Dillon: Good morning Suzi and good morning everybody. Thanks for tuning in. Yes, I’m excited about today’s show too. It’s like getting to talk with my family, so … and I’m sure that many of our listeners feel that way, whether you’re an earth-keeper, or a hybrid, or a starseed, that we really know that our star brothers and sisters are part of our galactic family.
SM: Very much, and here and present and just as excited to interact with us as we are with them.
LD: Yes, they are and they do, and they probably do in a lot of ways that we’re simply not cognisant of, but one of the things that I find exciting is – as you know, well probably everybody listening knows – is that I am doing a webinar series called “The New You” – but one of our … we have a forum that we talk on every day about our progress and our issues and what our themes are. But there’s been this wonderful thread on the forum right now, of people discussing all their interactions and their meetings, and their greetings with star beings, and I am just amazed – and somewhat surprised – at how probably the majority of this group has had experiences and current interactions with their Star brothers and sisters. And I think it’s far more common than people think – you just don’t always identify it as such.
SM: I don’t come across too many people that are … well there’s only one I can think of is the receptionist at my Chiropractor’s office – I asked her if she’d ever thought about extraterrestrials, and it was just a flat ‘No’ and anything that was outside of her current reality, she just didn’t want to know about, but other than that … people are like, “Yeah – I’ve thought about it, and I don’t think that they’re scary” and I think there’s far more openness to it, like you said, than many people actually think.
LD: You know, I’m probably going to get the numbers wrong, but it’s certainly going to be a close approximation. Last – in the past year – I think it was the Gallup poll – you know, they poll on all kinds of different issues, and they did a poll on ‘did people believe in angels, and did people believe in extra-terrestrials’. And for the extra-terrestrials it was something like 80%, and even an amazing number like, oh 40 or 50% believed that they had seen a starship or had an encounter. And for the Angelics the number was way up in the 90’s. That’s just you know, in a … well what we would call – or what they would probably call, we would call ‘forever’ and they would call ‘brief’ – period of time. But if you’d asked that question ten years ago I think the answer would have been substantially different. But most people, when you really talk to them seriously about it, is that they think, well it just seems highly unlikely that we would be alone in the Universe. It’s just that simple.
SM: It is, and when you’re saying ten years ago – gosh – ten years ago I was probably open to the idea, ’cus it just makes sense. But, er – God, I feel I knew nothing ten years ago!
LD: I know. Did you see, there was something recently that was going around either on Facebook or social media, there’s been an announcement in the past week by NASA that they have ‘discovered’ something like 760 ‘new’ planets – in our galaxy, and I’m thinking ‘uh-uh’ and people think like, you know, there’s not life anywhere and we already know everything that’s in our galaxy, let alone our universe, and it’s like we haven’t even begun to scratch the surface. And that’s okay, but I think this is a very exciting time to be alive because what we’re going to learn from our galactic and intergalactic friends is going to be phenomenal.
SM: Ah yeah, I’m sure and I’m so looking forward to it and in the interests of that, are we going to do a meditation today – a short one? And get right into it?
LD: Yes, let’s do a very brief meditation, and just to set the tone. But I’d also, before we even go into meditation, I’d like to give you the ‘girlfriend’s scoop’ …
SM: Oh yeah …
LD: … on Ashira. Because I know that you’re going to have many questions for him, and being a Star Fleet Commander he tends to be … ah, low key. But, this is a being that isn’t simply a Commander of a single ship, but he is the Star Fleet Commander of the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies.
And what the Outer Galaxies means is literally the very distant galaxies, so not merely this galaxy, but galaxies from billions of miles away and there are thousands and thousands of ships – and that’s what he’s basically in charge of – not just the few ships that are, well ‘few’ – hundreds actually – that are circling our planet, but the whole fleet. And, yes, it’s a real privilege that he’s coming to talk to us.
Now the ‘girlfriend’ part! And I’m sure that Ashira is certainly sitting right here listening, but he is ‘drop dead gorgeous!’ So, for everybody who’s listening, he appears in a humanoid form. He is of the Hussian race, and when you think of the Hussians they are very ‘cat like’ and he is the son of Grener of Ashira, of Neptune, and he assumed this role as Star Fleet Commander … oh gosh, maybe fifteen of our years ago. And I know I’ve often teased him saying, you know, he got the job because of his father! But he didn’t – he earned it when Grener went to be the Head of the Intergalactic Council of which – the reason he went to do that was to oversee Earth’s initiation – Gaia’s initiation – into that Council and to help steer that process for all of us. But think of uh – a young Omar Sharif, dark hair, dark eyes, very ‘Bedouin looking’ – and you have Ashira. Yes, very, very nice, and we’re very lucky to have him. So with that we’ll go to our meditation!
But I always find that its nice – we do it with the archangels – but it’s fun to give our listeners a visual, or at least to share a visual, of what it is that I get to see.
Alright, so last week we worked with our chakras, and we’ve been talking a lot about the different rays. If you remember, my friends, there is a chakra that’s at the base of your rib cage, just below your heart, and it’s called ‘Halion’, and Halion is this wonderful colour of mint green, a little pink, Electra – as in the planet Electra – and electric blue, and it swirls and it moves. Once upon a time Halion was a planet and that’s one of the star groups that we work with actually, is the Halion engineers who are builders and constructors of all kinds of things. But what I thought we’d do for our meditation to work with that chakra – because this chakra is our bridge to our star brothers and sisters. So, away we go.
Everybody – relax, sink into your chair, your bed, the floor, your car seat, wherever you are, and let go of the week, of your to-do list, and just thank yourself taking this time for you, for your spiritual self, for your emotional self, for your mental self, and anchor in your heart and take a nice deep breath of that wonderful color, that ray called Halion, that sweet mix of mint-green and Electra blue and let’s throw in some Blue Diamond and Archangel Uriel is asking to add some of his Silver Flame.
And feel this chakra at the base of your rib cage and breathe it in and smell the mint and taste the mint and feel yourself sinking down – still anchored in your heart – but sinking down to this chakra point and feel it open and feel that there is a spiral coming out of your body, out of this chakra, a beautiful, brilliant, multi-colored, multi-ray spiral and its spiralling out from you, out through the room, through the roof of your house or your building, up into the sky all the way to your star brothers and sisters, all the way to the Neptune, to that massive Mothership of the Unified Forces. And as you are spiralling out, feel yourself traveling on that spiral – let’s bilocate – so feel your energy following the spiral further and further out, past the blue dome of the sky into what you think of as deep space and there in the distance getting closer and closer is this massive ship, and you see the doors opening and the Welcome Committee hugging you, two fingers to the heart and taking you on board.
And rather than taking you to the Reception area, you look into their smiling eyes and they ask you, “What do you want to see first – is it the Nursery School, or the Healing Chambers, or the Flight Deck, the gardens?” You get to choose and simply go – go exploring. Know that you are anchored to Gaia and that you can come back this beautiful spiral into your Halion chakra when you choose.
Ashira: Greetings, I am Ashira – I am Ashira of Neptune. Welcome and thank you, and I bring you greetings – I bring you greetings and salutations, blessings from the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies, from all of the star fleets, from the Council – and I mean the Intergalactic Council – and I welcome all of you and I thank you dear friends, dear family, for inviting me this day for it has been some time since we have had this opportunity to speak.
I come to you this day not only as Commander-in-Chief, not to speak merely of technology or the workings of our fleet. I come to you as brother and I come to you with open heart and open hands to speak to you, one heart to another. We are not some distant entity, we are not angels, we are not ascended masters. Have we evolved? Yes. And because we have been through our own evolution process might I suggest to you that we are very close to you and we understand – and might I even say empathise – with your evolution process.
You, my beloved friends of Gaia, are doing magnificently. Whether it is Michael, or the Mother, St Germaine or Maitreya, the message that all of us bring is – and needs to be – consistent. We’re very ‘big’ by the way about consistency.
And so we consistently tell you – yes, by way of encouragement but also by way of fact – you are doing magnificently. Is there still war and chaos and mayhem, starvation and rape and pillage? Yes. But the hearts of humanity, which is truly the measure, is changing. It is altering, it is evolving, it is rising up collectively and individually. You are embracing what you know as divine qualities, you are adhering and working with the law. It is very easy – and trust me, we’ve been there – it is too easy to point to what is wrong. But it is more important to pay attention and to build on what is right, what is working, what is beautiful, what is worthwhile, what fills your heart.
We are in co-operation with you. There has been a fair amount of discussion, both here on Heavenly Blessings – which we all listen to, by the way – as well as An Hour with an Angel, as well as Cosmic Vision News, as well as your new offerings and your old offerings – we are always tuned in. We have listened to your discussions with interest, with empathy, with excitement, on divine partnership and union. For this is where I wanted to begin today, if you’ll permit me Suzanne …
SM: Absolutely
Ashira: … and it was to mention and to give you a glimpse to share our perspective – and that is that we are in sacred union with you.
SM: Yay …
Ashira: Yes – Yay! The partnership and love, known and unknown, experienced and yearned for, the love that we share, the partnership that we share, is cherished and valued by us. We don’t view this, our relationship, as something that we could ever simply abandon – lose our tempers, pick up and leave – we’ve been at this too long and we know you individually and collectively. We know you too well. Many of us – as many of you who are listening – know that we are in individual sacred union with you as well.
But in the bigger sense, the bigger picture, part of our mission – but also what we collectively and individually have chosen to do – yes, as our mission and purpose, as our service to the Mother, but you know, you don’t wake up in the morning and say, “How am I going to serve the Mother” in an esoteric way. It is very practical, you get up, you put on your clothes, you either drink some tea, coffee or water with lemon, and then you think, “What am I going to do today.”
It is very similar with us. The backdrop to our existence and to our lives is our projects, our relationship with you. It’s not something that we get up and we think about – well, we don’t really have to sleep anyway, but that’s a whole other discussion that we will probably touch on – but we don’t get up and think about, “How am I going to serve the Mother”. Is it part of our consciousness? Of course it is. But it’s a given. We are with you. We are with you, we love you, and we’re not going anywhere. And we will wait and wait and wait, and if you think you’ve been frustrated you should talk to some of my crew!
We will wait till the time is right for full exposure, but you know there are so many instances of what you think of as exposure. And then there are very convenient memories, individual or media memories of what we would call. But anyway, I digress. Where would you like to start?
SM: Oh my gosh. Well, thank you so much, and I do want to say from my heart, selek-teh-vay – is that the right way to say it?
Ashira: Yes!
SM: Ah, beautiful. Well, I’m so happy to be able to thank you in person for all that you and the rest of our star family have done, and continue to do on behalf of Gaia and humanity.
I wish I could hug you right now, and in lieu of that I’ll just offer you my heartfelt greetings and love along with those of the team, both from InLight Radio and the Golden Age Blog. I’m very excited to have this conversation.
And there’s so many things I would like to get to, but first I would like to get these pressing things out of the way. There’s a great deal going on currently that we are aware of, but the most interesting things seem to be the ones that are beyond our understanding. It occurs to me that you may have limitations about what you can reveal to us at this time, but I would love to hear what you can say about the missing Malaysia Airlines flight 370.
Ashira: It was not interdimensional slippage, and it was not a uh – they were not taken by us. So let us be very clear. We would not do that. Not at this point because from our perspective that would be seen as an act of war or terrorism. We would not break that many hearts.
So what happened was that there was an explosion and the ship went down. Could we have saved it? There are certain things that we are not permitted to interfere with. But let us also – now this is what we can say – on that ship everyone was taken care of.
SM: Ah, all right. I know that there’s lots of people that are going to want me to dig for detail on that, but I’m going to trust that you’ve given us what you can, so we’ll just leave it at that.
Ashira: There were people on there that – now we have also, and when I say we I mean we, the Intergalactic, but I also mean Archangel Michael and several of your ascended masters – who are all our ascended masters, by the way – is that not a question? Do we work with the same ascended masters? Yes, we do. Do we work with a broader spectrum? Yes, we do.
But there were many upon that ship who as a collective – and this is something that often happens – is there is a group soul, whether you realise it or not, who have agreed to leave together. Now those who did not want to pass from their form were beamed up.
SM: Alright. Thank you for that. So the next pressing current event thing is the situation in the Ukraine – it’s also captured the attention of the world, and of course there’s a huge amount of speculation as to the significance and truth of what’s really going on there. Of course, you may be restricted about what you can say about that too, but have the Russians been providing the open door for contact between the people of Earth and extra-terrestrials?
Ashira: The Russian people have been given historically and currently, enormous openings and opportunity to be a point of contact and a point of opening between the various fleets and humanity.
Now are … what you can think of, and you are speaking to me now as Commander – what you would call Commander in Chief – we have intervened as much as we possibly can, not because we are acting in ways that are making contact with the Russian people but in ways to prevent brutality. What is going with Russia, the Ukraine, the Crimea, and we cannot leave China out of this mix, and the United States of America for that matter, what is going is ego and it is the flexing of ego muscles, national ego muscles. There is not a sacred cause behind this.
Now one of the things we keep saying and one of the reasons why we have not, as you would put it, landed on the White House lawn is that we are not going to engage in drama – there will be enough drama! We will not engage in warlike behaviour.
And so we are not going to make what you have termed Disclosure, or arrival, or our presence known other than in ways of protection and intervention, we are not going to do that as a reward for war. So this is not about Russia making way for us – we are quite capable of making way for ourselves! Russia has been offered this opportunity time and time and time again, and we are still very optimistic that they will take us up on it. But this situation that is going on right now is a clearing of old, very old, almost archetypal behaviours on the part of human beings.
You see, one of the things that we foresee, and one of the things that was pivotal – and is pivotal – about Gaia becoming a full member of the Intergalactic Council, which is not made up of this nation state or that nation state, they are planetary, they are galactic. So this behaviour and this warring allegiance to a nation state is very foreign to us.
So while we honour, and on board ship and throughout the fleet we have hundreds of different, what you would think of as cultures, heritages, nationalities, planetary shapes, biological systems, but it would never dawn on us not to honour the culture or the customs, or the way of communication. But the attachment, in the most positive sense of the word, the loyalty is to the galaxy, is to the One, not to this or that power structure – that is truly the oldest, most archaic paradigm there is. You might as well be talking about monarchies!
SM: OK, alright. Can you say anything about the cigar-shaped craft that was filmed?
Ashira: That’s us! That is one of our ships. And as we say, we are intervening and we are making our presence known. We have been very clear that we will not allow violence to escalate beyond a certain level. Now we know that humanity is working out, collectively, many issues, many false grids, paradigms, false belief systems, vasanas, you have a million terms for one thing. But that is good and that is fine. That is like a rebellious teenager trying to find their centre and their sense of self.
But we are simply giving a very gentle reminder that there is a greater force to be reckoned with and we do not mean in any way, shape or form, of violence. We don’t use violence. What we have found over thousands and thousands of years – violence doesn’t work. It only begets violence.
SM: Indeed. And I will say thank you from my heart and the collective heart of humanity if I may for all the work that you’ve done once again – it’s just so appreciated, and there’s so much that we don’t know about what you do. It’s all this love and I just really appreciate it.
Could you tell me if there’s a pyramid there?
Ashira: Yes, there is.
SM: How does it figure into the current situation? Or does it?
Ashira: It has been there for a long time! There are pyramids, more pyramids than you know, all over your planet. And then there are also, what we would call, generators, generator crystals, points of convergence. What the pyramids are for, they are … think of them as points or co-ordinates on the grid, and they are energy generators. Now, there is a trend that we have noted amongst many of our beloved lightworkers to talk about free energy. Energy has always been free. It is only part of the old paradigm that people are actually charging – and paying – for the resources of Gaia. It is quite peculiar!
But what these pyramids – people tend to think of pyramids as sacred places, and they are, but they are not burial places – they are not necessarily places of riches, they are energy generators. So that’s what it is there for, and one of the ‘back stories’ as you would call it, for the pyramid in the Crimea is simply that there is a misunderstanding that perhaps they can harness that energy and use it, and sell it! That is not the point.
SM: Alright, well I didn’t want to get to this question until later because there’s so many other things, but I had a vision maybe last week sometime that the pyramids are very much like lightships in that they’re comprised of a collective consciousness and they basically assembled themselves. I would love to have an entire show devoted to this subject of ancient Egypt. Is that something that you or your colleagues might be interested in joining us for a show or two on?
Ashira: Yes, we would be delighted to. And I will tell you that you are correct … but incomplete. Can I suggest that … that the pyramids, think of them also as we have said, they are energy generator points on the grid, and now we are talking not just the grid of Gaia, but intergalactically. They … just like the crystals that have been embedded, and that Gaia has so graciously shared with us … they are energy generators, but below many of the pyramids of various kinds, including some of the ancient mounds, is there are energy plates and they will play a very big role, not only in future energy for the planet – clean energy for the planet – but also in the Cities of Light.
It is … you shake your head for example under Giza, and you say if there is a huge … hmm your closest reference point would be a nuclear generator – but it is not … underneath the sands, how has it not been detected? Well, we have many ways in which to shield, and we do!
SM: We have some more questions about you, about you actually, and I wonder if we should do that in this show, or if we can devote an entire show on life on board ship. Do you have biological families, how different is Earth from a really huge ship, and things like that?
Ashira: I would be pleased to talk about this. It is your show, dear heart, you decide.
SM: Oh, there’s so much! Alright, well if you’d agree to come back …
Ashira: I will agree to come back.
SM: That’s wonderful. OK, so here’s a good one – the people in my, admittedly unusual circle – and actually well beyond are enthusiastically looking forward to having in-person contact with our galactic family, even just having a conversation like this is wildly exciting because the anticipation of meeting up is just beyond description. I’m feeling a similar desire from you guys and I get that you all have been waiting way longer than we have for reunion, like you said. The technology in sharing of information is all very nice, but there’s so much more to look forward to. So my question is, what needs to take place before ships can land and we can have our conscious face-to-face connections?
Ashira: You are correct in so far as we have been waiting a lot longer than you! But you know, it isn’t a contest. And it isn’t a contest because also our interdimensional, transdimensional experience of time is somewhat different than yours. It is not that we do not understand your 24 hours, seven day, monthly cycles of time – of course we do – but our perception of time, the passage of time and how we measure time, is somewhat different.
The technology that we will bring to Earth is like ‘hors d’oeuvres’ – it is not the ‘main event’! What we look forward to is reunion. I know the yearning of your hearts. I know the yearning of your souls. And I know the yearning … and yes, in certain situations the impatience of many of you, and certainly of my fleet. And that is one of the reasons why we already have had so many Beings on the ground, basically preparing the way.
Now many of you have had experiences where you have encountered a star brother or sister or friend. But what has to happen, we are not asking nor are we waiting for all of you to be saints, to be living completely in the divine qualities. We are not waiting for Ascension, but there are certain vibrations that need to be compatible. And it’s a love vibration. Now I don’t mean romantic love, or even familial love. But there does need to be a vibration of love that is high enough so that we can meet in the middle.
We … it is more than just that we abhor violence, nastiness, greed – we’re working on your control issues – if there is one thing that we are truly working on your recalcitrant groups on, it is control. So it needs to be that there is a place where we can meet – and it is not merely an interdimensional meeting place – Gaia is quite firmly ensconced in the fifth, and most of you are, by the way, as well – you’re just not fully aware of it. But, have you ever gone to a gathering or a party or a situation where you walk in and the energy is so discordant, you don’t even take time to identify it. It is just that there is a danger, a flashing light, and you know, “I’d better get out of here”. That’s what it is for us.
Now, we have had, and I might say some of our most adventurous troops have taken up residence – some back and forth – but some permanent. Well, they get leave, they get to come back, but they are taking up residence on Gaia and not only are they adjusting to the vibration or frequency, that is often why when they first, ah … well what you would call ‘land’ … they come to less populated areas because the energy density is not as thick – as discordant. But they are adjusting and they are migrating to the places of chaos, and what they are doing on behalf of not just UFOG, but of many of the fleets, is that they are attuning not only themselves but us. And particularly the landing fleets so that we would be able to tolerate your atmosphere – and we don’t mean the quality of oxygen, we mean the emotional atmosphere of Earth! Yes, it is very difficult, and that is why we are always shaking our heads and wondering what’s taking so long to change it.
SM: Oh – we wonder that too!
Ashira: I know you do! All my beloved lightworkers and lightholders are saying exactly the same thing. And that is why so many of you, some knowing, some unknowing, spend a great deal of your sleeping ‘R & R time’ up here on ship so that you can be fortified to keep going. But that’s what’s required. We’re not saying that all the divine qualities need to be anchored – we do not see ourselves as substantially different – but one of the things that we have learned is to hold those lesser vibrations, the hatred, the mayhem, the willingness to kill, the willingness to let your neighbour starve, the willingness to live in societies where someone has everything and another person sleeps in the street. We have learned that that doesn’t work.
Now, Archangel Michael has said to you – you collectively – that you have need to reach a place where this is simply not acceptable. For us, we know and that you should never forget that there will always be a residue of the old Third, so that you don’t forget. It is the same with us – no, we’re not in the third dimension – we tend to be, hmm … slightly in the fifth but more in the seventh and eighth – but we remember how dangerous, literally to our survival, it is to engage in those emotions, those qualities, those actions of hatred – of killing. We can’t do it. We won’t do it.
So we work from afar, we’re trying to adjust – well we don’t just try, we are – making our adjustments in your frequency and in ours so that we can come together. One of the rationales, the ‘work around’ that we all came up with as a result of the Intergalactic Council – our directive was that we would have the – what you would refer to as ‘boots on the ground’ so that you would get used to us. Now you are encountering us – now let us tell you how you see us. We have made sure, regardless of the humanoid form that we are adopting, that we have what we would call ‘stars in our eyes’ – that there are pinpricks and starbursts of light in our eyes, that we are kind, that we are gentle – strong, but gentle, considerate. You won’t discover one of your star brothers and sisters pushing in front of you at the grocery! They may yield their place and engage you in conversation, so this is how you know us, we are often – usually, actually – tall. It’s just our way. We also like to be able to see what’s going on.
Now, Suzi, my sister, I am telling you this, all of you, frankly and honestly, perhaps more frankly than we ever have, so that you do know what’s required. We have said time and time again we won’t come in a situation that is going to evoke fear. And as you – well, some of you – know, that is exactly what went awry with the proposed trip for some of you to the Neptune is that it was couched in the threat of violence and we could never allow that – we will not engage in violence.
But the good news is, you’re almost there! There is a handful of people, humans yes, still working out their issues. But the populace is tired of war, is tired of chaos, is tired of inequity, is tired of have and have-not, and more importantly they see through the charades that the so-called leaders are playing. So the populace is at the tipping point and I might say that we have our hand on that scale, and we are helping for the populace to simply say, “No more”. Even those who are wearing battle fatigues and sitting in tanks, in machine-gun nests, in the caves, on the planes, they are so weary of heart. They don’t sit there thinking, “I can’t wait to pull a trigger or throw a grenade and kill somebody”. What they are thinking of is, “I wish I was home holding my new-born baby”.
SM: Well, you know, being tired of the way things are and being able to live from the heart are two different things, completely. I’m just wondering if the Tsunami of Love is designed to wash all those fears and doubts away so that we can just be in our hearts – all of us.
Ashira: That is exactly what the Tsunami is designed for. It is a cleansing, and it is the cleansing that the Mother is giving Gaia, well giving humanity, to wash away the debris so that only the brightness of each being’s divinity is left, and the knowing of that divinity.
SM: So, the effect of the Tsunami on people who are already living from the heart, will that serve to help restore us to full memory because we would be so much more efficient and powerful in our abilities to help the shift along?
Ashira: You are the new leadership.
Suzanne: We want to get on with it!
Ashira: And you are getting on with it. First, the tiredness, the weariness of war – and we think of war as all types of conflict or confrontation – had to happen because if that was not present, what would happen with the Tsunami is that it would mostly short-circuit people and they would die. The energy is that strong. So they are ready and might I suggest, we are ready, you are ready and the Mother has already begun opening the floodgates.
Suzanne: So that brings me to, what significance does the coming equinox have and what can we expect for the second half of March?
Ashira: Miracles!
Suzanne: Yay!
Ashira: Yes! Now miracles to you is every day to us! And I don’t mean that in a derogatory sense. I mean expect the unexpected and expect the fulfillment of what you have been waiting for on many, many fronts, political, societal, financial, cultural. Does it all happen in one day, one of your days, where all of a sudden everything ceases? No. But it does happen like a domino and the good news is that the dominoes have already started falling. You are already in that catalytic conversion process – and it won’t be stopped.
It would take, well the Mother could always stop it but She has no intention of it. She, Her design of which we are also a part of, is for this to increase, not to halt. So what you are looking at and you do tend to look to things like the equinox and the time of revitalization, of rebirth, of spring. There is nothing more exciting than springtime on Gaia!
SM: I agree with you there – it’s a miracle.
Ashira: It is a miracle of regeneration, of rebirth. It is the reminder to each and every human being that recovery, rediscovery, regeneration, rejuvenation is the way of this planet.
SM: I know that we’ve been working together already in a form of energy work, okay, and we’re in partnership already. I haven’t gotten much confirmation beyond that warm fuzzy feeling of being in service. Can we look forward to a more tangible and unmistakable partnership with you? Meaning the collective you, and cleaning up the planet?
Ashira: Yes. Now Gaia, and we – the ‘collective we’ as you put it – have already been working diligently for a long time. Now, one of the major things that we are doing right now, as you know we have spoken of, once again, for the first time in over fifty years, we are bathing the planet in ‘pink’. And so, not only Gaia herself, but all of humanity. It is our contribution to the preparation for the fullness of the Tsunami, and it is a very gentle pink but if you allow your eyes to go a little out of focus and you look at the air around you, you will notice that there is a pink tinge to it – that is us and that is part of our partnership, so yes, we are in conscious partnership.
But let us also throw something into the mix. We are in service to you. So often, and because of the history of the human collective and the way that control and so-called leadership has been historically experienced, you tend to think of yourself in service to … to a cause, to the Mother, to a leader, to a country etc. And then you tend to think you are in service to the masters, you are in service to the archangels, and you are in service to us.
So let us be very clear on this: we are as much – and in the beginning of our interactions, face to face, hand to hand, heart to heart – we are far more in service to you, and we are thrilled, we are excited about it, because there is a lot to do and we know how to do it. So you don’t have to try, for example, and fix the plumbing if you have a plumber in the house! Well, we know how to fix many of the ailing of what is wrong and what you would like to rectify. So yes, we will be tangibly, physically face to face, not in dream time, not in bilocation to be on board ship, but on Gaia, in form.
SM: Surely you can feel how much, well, so much of the collective – all of the people that I know all want that so very much.
Ashira: Can we say this … because we’ve talked a lot – and I thank you for allowing me to talk a lot … about this frequency business, about the vibration business, and when you – and all of you who are listening, and far beyond – when you are holding that anxiousness, that excitement, that yearning in your heart for us to be with you, it raises the frequency, it raises the vibrations, it gives us full permission and it matches our vibration, our yearning, our excitement, our readiness. So please – don’t stop!
SM: I don’t think I could! Alright …
Ashira: You never have!
SM: No … no. I’m so grateful for this conversation and I really look forward to having more of them. Alright, so I just have one more ‘quickie’ and then we’ll go to a couple of callers if it’s alright. Would it be accurate to say that we won’t see Prosperity Packages released or the Global Currency Reset until the Cabal has been in effect disabled, and are you able to offer a status on that situation?
Ashira: No. Prosperity reset, abundance packages, everything you’re thinking of that falls into those categories is part of the defeat of the Cabal. So it is not dependent upon the Cabal being completely – what you call the Cabal, what we call ‘recalcitrant’ … [laughs]
SM: Ok [laughs]
Ashira: It is not dependent … That would give them far too much power – and they’ve had enough power …
SM: I’ll say …
Ashira: So, no – it is not dependent on that. And that is why, my friend, it is already underway. You will be seeing tangible results very quickly.
SM: Alright. Good news – very good news. Thank you, thank you. OK, gosh this is just awesome and I’m really looking forward to having you back on the show to talk about ancient Egypt and life on ships and all that sort of thing. So, shall we go on to a couple of callers then?
Ashira: I would be honored.
SM: Alright, wonderful, thank you so much. OK, so we are on to area code 724 – are you with us?
AC724: Yes, Hello, good morning. Thank you very much, I appreciate the opportunity, Commander Ashira. If I may … the points at which intervention is able to occur and not able to occur – I understand that you don’t advocate anything injuring another, so that’s understandable.
But to help the awakening process, something like the plane disappearance. The people are – the families that is, and other people that are involved and have issues and connections with people that were on board that plane – are in some sort of fear and worry already. But if that plane would happen to be put into a different dimension temporarily and people are safe, and then that would maybe help spur the momentum and awakening process through people questioning, “How can a plane without any debris left just disappear completely, and then maybe appear again at a later time – linear – here on Earth”. And just get your thoughts on that. I do appreciate it, and I thank you and I love you.
Ashira: And I love you my friend. And I love the loyalty that you have shown and demonstrated for many years. Now as I have said, this disappearance of the Malaysian plane was not our doing. But your question is bigger than that, is it not? It is, could we basically, interdimensionally shift a plane and then allow it to reappear. Yes, we could do that …
AC724: … Not to focus on the reasons, if you will, for honest healthy … it would increase in the acceleration of awakening – that’s all.
Ashira: … because we would not do this to think … think of the fear – because of your media, because of your governments – that that would cause if all of a sudden there was a knowing that we could pick up hmm, jumbo jets, and put them down somewhere else. This would give … entire economies – rather than feeding the poor – would then be funneled into military technology – and that is the last thing we want.
We want the hard awakening which has been occurring. You see, this is one of the things that happened during the Intergalactic Wars, was the shifting in-between dimensions, realities and what you would think of as ‘super-technology’. And in that slippage, in that transfer, planets were destroyed – every inhabitant on the planet was killed. So we’re not going to employ that, because even on Earth because there are so many starseeds and brave ones who have volunteered to oversee – yes, oversee – this Ascension process. It would evoke those memories and those concerns that that level of technology had been implemented again. We won’t do it.
Now, will we do other things to assist in the awakening? Yes, we will. And we are. Do you remember when we did a ‘fly-by’ at the London Olympics?
SM: Oh yes!
Ashira: And nobody remembers or comments! There have been massive fly-overs, and the next day they are ‘covered up’ by the powers-that-be to which the media comply. So it is not that we have not given evidence, it is that the evidence is buried and ignored. But we are not going to stop – in fact we are upping it.
SM: Excellent, OK, alright – thank you for your call. We are onto Area Code 949 – are you with us?
949: Yes, Hi.
Ashira: Welcome …
AC949: I wanted to see if you can explain to me what is going on at the volcano in Mexico City – it’s called Popocatepetl. Is like a group of guys is called ? …millenio, these guys are entirely indicated to have a contact with you, right. They even do, like a whole nice show you know like a ? (unintelligible) and watch with cameras and everything, you know like for eight to ten hours constantly to see if they can see you on top of this mountain – I mean this volcano in Mexico City. Have you noticed them? I mean they have seen many UFO’s, what they call it, in the cameras but they really are interested in getting closer contact with you guys – I don’t know, how do you feel about it?
Ashira: There are many such projects under way, which this is just one of them, both in the United States, in Mexico, in Latin America, all over Europe, Australia as well, and so it is not – as we were saying – it is not that there is not ample photographic evidence of our – well, what you are seeing is of course the smaller ships – but nevertheless you are very conscious of our ships, but the way that we are making contact rather – right now – rather than massive contact, is person to person to person to person, because what some of those beings that are looking to see the ships and to identify them, which is good work, is they are looking still for a landing and for beings that are very different – alien – to come forth, and that is not the way that we are going to present ourselves.
SM: OK, that’s beautiful. Alright, so we have five minutes left, is there anything that you would like to say in closing?
Ashira: What I would like to say in closing is how much we love the people of Earth. Have we traveled from afar? Our particular fleet? Yes, we have, and I will tell you that 87% of my fleet is still in the Outer Galaxies. I command from a distance. But we have come here, there is a historical connection between us. You are the return of the Creator Race. You are a group of humans – of beautiful souls – that have decided because you know innately the importance and the value of community, of heart union, that you would ascend as one, that the individual Ascension, as marvelous and as fulfilling as it is, is nothing compared to going as one into a new realm of being.
Your hearts and your bodies are not only persistent and consistent– you are stalwart. You say – whether it is to me or my friend Ashtar, or to Michael, or to the Mother – you have one consistent question, and that is “When?” But your patience, your fortitude, your faith – has really never wavered. Think of it from our perspective: yes, we look down and there is a group of people playing ‘power games’ and doing things that are very unacceptable, untenable, but you collectively have pure hearts, your purity, your vibration, Gaia’s call for help and your call for help has gone out throughout the multiverse.
Thousands of years ago – not seventy years ago, not a hundred years ago, we have been in sacred partnership for a long, long time – for thousands and thousands of years we walked the Earth during the time of Atlantis – we were best friends. And that time – the renewal of that friendship, of our kinship – is not ten thousand years hence, is not seventy years hence – it is now. Right now.
SM: Thank you so much for joining us. I’m really looking forward to more and I’m just – blown away! Thank you so much.
Ashira: I bring you all of our Love and Greetings from the Unified Forces of the Outer Galaxies.
SM: Much Love to all.
Ashira: Go in Peace.
SM: Farewell.
Ashira: Farewell.
Channeled by Linda Dillon 03-11-2014
© 2014 The Council of Love
10/2/18 Update from the Galactic Federation of Light and the Spiritual Hierarchy
thru Sheldan Nidle
Planetary Activation Organization
Selamat Jalwa! (Be in righteousness) All is as before. While the dark cabal persists in being its usual arrogant self, we move forward dynamically, assisting our Earth allies in keeping far ahead of the cabal. Their days are numbered and they are painfully aware of it. As our Earth allies continue to carry out the next stage of our ever-evolving strategies, victory is assured. These plans of action are immensely complex and include a myriad of variables. Remember that this is a global undertaking. We recognize that the time to dismantle the current power structure is taking its toll on your patience. We ask for your continued perseverance and trust while these joint timetables are in process. They will manifest in right divine time. Be confident and gracefully accept that the time approaches for your blessings to begin. Be prepared to use the prosperity promised you to fulfill all your dreams.
The entire process of altering this planetary society has become much more complicated than first expected. Your world was initially conceived by the Anunnaki as a realm utterly convinced of the invincibility of those in power. Thus, the present crew of minions saw themselves as Beings capable of overcoming whatever might reduce or end their hold on power. A contemptuous set of core beliefs was deeply etched into humanity's psyche. One of many reasons we have had such difficulty in supporting our partners in the Light was the very persistence of these insane conceptions. But now, day by day, these beliefs are receding as Heaven beams bursts of positive and consciousness-raising energies at humankind. We have watched as our earthly partners triumphantly transformed this negative ideology while launching a succession of major arrests among this global gaggle of sycophants. The intent of this operation is to ensure that prosperity will lead directly into GESARA for your long-suffering world. Step by inevitable step, this is indeed becoming the case!
As you view your planet, you observe how these changes are taking place. The real truth is that this world of yours can no longer function as it previously has. A glaring and desperate need for change is everywhere. The water crisis is one of the most obvious. Most of your world lacks a totally safe water supply. Resources to provide it are there yet are unavailable, owing to politics and supposed expense. Blessings are to be bestowed, empowering you to use these funds to solve this monstrous humanitarian crisis. This is one of many infrastructure problems to be resolved: many others, such as roads, bridges, and restoring war-torn countries, require compassion, courage and cutting-edge thinking. We know that a great many people are standing by, eager to demonstrate the solutions needed for success. It is a matter of providing a solid foundation for all by producing enough food to end starvation forever.
Surface changes are also affecting the inner realms of Mother Earth. Even the central Sun, the crystal core of your planet, is heating up. This increase of energy is in preparation for Gaia's coming move into full consciousness. These alterations to the Earth's crystalline core are reflected in ecological changes occurring in many parts of Inner Earth: these are being addressed by its Governing Council and the people of Agartha. They decided to increase the frequency of their rituals and send to Gaia's surface specialized teams of scientists who could propose more felicitous solutions. Your Agarthan supporters and your sacred secret associates are alert and equipped to begin a sequence of events that are to result in triumph for the Light. Heaven blesses all who support Gaia's transformation; and all who have worked tirelessly in establishing a funding network, the basis for a new financial system, reworked worldwide currencies and, most of all, a global network of common law. These various frameworks are now interlocked in place to transform and enLighten your dark and distorted reality. Never allow all the previous delays to diminish and dispirit your vision of a new and sacred realm for all humanity. Final celebrations are coming into view! Hallelujah!!
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We arrive with great blessings! We watch as each of you grow in consciousness and gracefully use your new skills to help move the process forward toward your ultimate freedom. Now you are to observe as many unknown to you rise and, in unison, assist Gaia and this "global village" in which you reside to transform and co-create a marvelous new reality. This is the reality that is to welcome your greater family. Always remember that this is all a divine blessing. We thank those of courage and magnificent abilities who have made it possible. We also thank each one of you, who has long held this vision and unleashed your bounteous energies to be added to all that we do.
This undertaking has taken several millennia to develop. You, and your progeny, are to joyfully savor its most delectable fruit. Be ever grateful to Heaven and ready to praise all those who have journeyed from afar to assist you in this sacred cause. As Masters, we deeply bless this task and are fully aware that this momentous change is to be sublimely peaceful. It is to be the dawn of a greater shift, signaling the end of cabal rule. You are to be introduced to clean and transparent governance! This is a new era of rebirth and unsurpassable joy at how Heaven is transforming your reality.
Vibrant spiritual energies will be available to alter your existing reality and prepare you for your crystal Light chambers. Their special living Light is to return to you what the Atlanteans stole. You are to expand this large assembly of Masters and complete the work begun long ago in ancient Lemuria. You are to witness the rebirth of this solar star nation and use your superior new powers to greatly intensify the meditations and prayers that we perform each day in support of Gaia and her sister worlds. Our Sun contains a mighty Spirit that welcomes you in joy to this new realm. The darkness under which you have lived has served a purpose. You are to use its acquired wisdom, much as we have, to transmit the power of the Light to all corners of the Universe. As beings in divine service, we joyously await what Heaven so desires. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!
Today, we moved forward with our messages about what is unfolding all around you. Your reality is shifting, preparing itself to be transformed by the Light. In the course of this process you are being readied to meet your spiritual and space families. You will then be able to become fully conscious Beings of Light! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
10/2/18 The Arcturians thru Suzanne Lie
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
Your spinal column houses kundalini force. It awaits your transmutation into 5th dimensional consciousness through which you can stablish contact with extraterrestrial beings now orbiting Earth
Greetings from the Arcturians, as well as your entire Galactic Family, which is much larger than you may imagine. Please realize that every decision that humanity makes within this NOW is having a great impact on the planet. If that decision is based on love and light for Gaia and All her inhabitants, you have given Gaia a greater gift than you may imagine. As humans become more conscious of their “Higher Self,” who is their Multidimensional Self, they will feel more and more of a need, an urge, to focus on the core of the planet.
As humanity begins to “remember” that Gaia is a living being, they will begin to understand how person and planet are made up of the same elements of Earth, Air, Fire and Water. Also, just as each human has a core, so does Gaia. Therefore, when you focus on Gaia’s planetary Body, you are also focusing on Humanities Human Body. Furthermore, each “element” of humanity’s Earth, Air, Fire and Water interacts and affects every other element.
More and more of humanity is beginning to consciously feel and accept the higher frequencies of light that are NOW entering Earth’s atmosphere, as well as All of Gaia’s planetary life forms. Then, as humanity becomes more and more aware of their own ascension process, they will become more and more aware of Gaia’s planetary ascension. “What does ‘ascension’ mean?” you may ask.
Ascension is a transmutation of the frequency of reality into the next octave of vibration. Transmutation is change, alteration and/or transformation into the next octave of reality. More and more “awakened” humans are becoming aware that they have a core within them, which is their spinal column which houses their Kundalini force. This Kundalini force lies latent within the base of your spinal column awaiting your transmutations into 5th dimensional consciousness. It is through this higher dimensional Kundalini force that humans can establish a conscious contact with the higher dimensional beings who are NOW orbiting Gaia’s Galaxy. These 5th dimensional, and beyond, beings, are orbiting Gaia to assist humanity on Earth with Gaia’s transmutation into the next octave of her planetary Operating Frequency.
These “beings” are Galactics, Angelics, Elohim and Ascended Masters. All of these multidimensional beings are able to communicate with Gaia’s 3rd dimensional reality from their home world in the higher dimensions, and/or from their Star Ships, which are now orbiting Gaia via their cloaked Ships. They keep their Star Ships cloaked so as not to frighten those who are not yet ready to perceive the higher dimensions of reality that have always surrounded them. Usually, these humans are not yet ready to expand their consciousness to encompass higher dimensional thoughts and communications.
However, we know that, eventually, many of them will awaken to their own Multidimensional Self. Once a human is in conscious alignment with their own Multidimensional Self, they will be able to activate their inter-dimensional sensory perceptions. It is your inter-dimensional sensory perception that Allows you to remember who you are within the higher dimensional expressions of your Multidimensional Self. Once they will be able to “listen” to the still, small voice that has been them since their early childhood, they will remember that they have always been under the guidance and protection of their own higher dimensional expression of Self.
Some of the experiences that you may have during this inter-dimensional guidance will be to go through old karmic issues that you are NOW ready to balance and clear. By “balance” we mean that you learn/remember to perceive what has occurred in your life as “a reminder of why you chose to take an earth vessel within this now.” Your 3rd dimensional Self may judge some of these experiences as “bad or painful.” On the other hand you may judge other experiences as being “good and enjoyable.” We, your Galactic Family, remind you that the terms “good and bad” are human terms, as these types of polarities do not exist in the higher fourth and 5th dimensional realities.
Yes there are actual realities that much like what you may perceive as a “reality” on your 3rd dimensional daily life, as well as your fourth dimensional sleeping and/or meditating life. These realities come into your awareness when your consciousness has expanded past the 3rd and lower fourth dimensions and into your upper fourth and 5th dimensional frequencies of realty. In fact, allow us now to give you our Galactic definition of “reality.” Those who resonate to the higher fourth, 5th and beyond frequencies of reality have expanded their brain enough to move into the first octaves of their Multidimensional Mind.
You see, dear humans, your brain is like a computer that files and stores information for your 3rd dimensional physical form. On the other hand, your mind is multidimensional and can interact, hear and even see, higher dimensions of realities. Of course one will need to “believe” in higher dimensional realities or they will just excuse their higher dimensional experience as “a weird dream or meditation.” However, these ones who judge the higher frequencies as “weird” are cheating themselves from Allowing an inter-dimensional communication to enter their consciousness.
An “inter-dimensional” communication is when your 3rd dimensional physical Self is able to receive, believe and accept a message from your Higher Dimensional Self.
Of course, if one does not Allow themselves to receive the message and pushes it away from their awareness, their consciousness will not be exposed to a higher frequencies of resonance. Therefore, their return to the awareness their Higher Dimensional Self will be delayed. A manner in which humanity can assure that they will return to their Higher Dimensional Self is to remember that every one of you are a channel through which the higher dimensional frequencies can be grounded into the body of planet Earth. Through your thoughts, words or writings, you will be able to hear, feel and/or see the higher dimensional beings that live with you, but in a higher frequency of resonance. More and more of humanity is learning to “channel” the messages from their higher dimensional frequencies of Self.
We, your higher dimensional family, as well as your own higher dimensional aspects of Self, are ready and happily willing to communicate with you and guide you through your process of personal and planetary ascension. As more and more members of humanity are willing to be aware of and express their higher dimensional energy fields and communications, they will serve to quicken Gaia’s “transmutation” within the core of her living and fully aware Earth vessel. Once a human awakens to their innate process of transmutation into their 5th dimensional Self, their process of ascension will advance within the core of humanities spinal cord.
The Ancient Monks and Wise Mean knew that one day, likely in their distant future, that a higher frequency of vibration would enter Gaia’s atmosphere and move into her planetary core. Within Gaia’s core are huge crystals, which “keeps the lights on” for Earth’s surface. Just as humans and animals have hearts that beat to keep us alive, Gaia has huge crystals that serve to keep Gaia’s alive. Yes Gaia is an alive being who has evolved into being a planetary Being.
Unfortunately, there are still many humans on Earth who are not aware of Gaia’s core or their own core. Why is the human core, and Gaia’s core are so important? The reason is that the force of Kundalini holds the alchemy to activate the rise of humanity into the 5th dimension, as well as the rise of Gaia’s frequency of resonance into the 5th dimension. Unless humanity makes great changes and advances in their state of consciousness, they will not be able to expand their personal consciousness to match Gaia’s higher planetary consciousness. It is those ones who will experience the “end of their reality.”
However, Gaia’s reality, as well as All humans and beings who can expand their frequency rate into the 5th dimension, will be able to experience the “Birth of New Earth,” that many speak of. For humans, this activation begins within their Kundalini, which is the “the force of transmutation” that is located in the core of humanity’s spinal core and human brain. The Kundalini force lies latent within the base of a human’s spinal cord. When Gaia’s Kundalini force is activated, the transmutation of the spinal cord will begin at the base of the spin and eventually flow up into the brain. This transmutation will activate the latent 5th dimensional frequency of resonance within the core of Gaia.
All of Gaia’s Nature Beings will be activated into, and aligned with, this planetary transmutation, which will begin in Gaia’s core crystals which are in the core of her planetary body. This process of planetary Ascension will then expand out in All directions to move towards the surface of Gaia’s planetary Self. This process is often known as Sacred Alchemy, which initiates one’s 3rd dimensional Self, to begin an accelerated frequency expansion to resonate to the 5th dimension. Sacred Alchemy, which only the most evolved of humans were able to learn, teach and share, is a philosophical/scientific tradition that was first practiced throughout Egypt and Eurasia.
Alchemy is based on the concept of expanding the frequency rate of the earth, air, fire, water and ethers into the next octave of resonance. We capitalize “next octave” to assist you to understand that a great leap in consciousness will occur for All animals, plants, water, fire and air, as well as All humans who are able to align their consciousness with this planetary Transmutation.
We are aware that the “dark ones,” also known as the illuminate” will NOT be able to join the Ascension Movement unless they release their “power over others” and focus on finding their own Higher Dimensional Self who will remind them of their “Power within,” that will ONLY send love and light. After this great transmutation, All life will be considered as “living beings” in the same manner that humanity has been considered to be “living beings.” If any of you have visited Venus, you will understand how All life can, and does, communicate with All life.
Then, humanity’s illusion that they are the most evolved beings on Earth will be revealed as a very small concept in the face of All life resonating to the frequency of the 5th dimension. There have been “Ascended Masters,” who volunteered to come from their 5th dimensional home world to try to educate the 3rd dimensional humans. We say “tried” because most of their teachings were misunderstood and misused. Therefore, the experiment came to a halt until the humans, who were supposed to be the most evolved beings on Earth, fell into the “Dark Night of the Soul.” in which they All had to face and transmute All of their lower 3rd dimensional actions, thoughts and words, into the higher frequency of the 5th dimension.
Humanity still could not live 100% in unconditional love, which was necessary to complete ones transmutation into their 5th dimensional frequency of Self. Hence, many Avatars and Holy Beings, came to Earth to assist humanity to “remember that they are 5th dimensional beings from their perspective home worlds.” That tactic was also, only somewhat successful. It seemed that the Dark ones who lived via “Power Over Others,” had corrupted many of the humans who had chosen to enter Earth in their 5th dimensional bodies to teach others about their innate “Power within.”
As they soon realized, holding a 5th dimensional frequency of resonance on a 3rd dimensional planet was very difficult. However, each of the “avatars” were able to at least “plant the seeds of love and light” in the many realities that were ruled by fear and darkness. Some of these “seeds” grew and some died. However, the concept of transmutation slowly began to infiltrate more and more of humanity’s consciousness. Therefore, more and more Ascended Masters (beings who had already become 5th dimensional beings on Earth, but were largely persecuted and killed) were able to return again to Earth to transmute into their light body once they left their 3rd dimensional earth vessel.
This “Sacred Alchemy” of transmuting into/returning to your Higher Dimensional expression of Self began to expand into the hearts and minds of the humans who were able to gain mastery over their fear and to live within the protection and 5th dimensional frequency of the light. As you All know, many of these Ascended Beings who returned to Earth were murdered by the very humans that they sought to assist. However, there were always a few humans who were able to understand what was actually happening. These awakened and awakening humans were realizing that becoming an Ascended Master meant that each one had “ascended” their consciousness beyond any frequencies of fear, anger, sorrow or need to be better than or harm others.
As you can imagine, this process takes a very long time, and many humans are still no where near perfect understanding, much less perfectly, of living the higher dimensional messages.” Dear Gaia has taken on too much negative, meaning fearful, mental, emotional and physical messages. Gaia, whose heart and mind are in her core, wishes to remind humanity that they too have a core, which runs up their spinal column. Within humanity’s core of the their Spinal column is the “Pathway for the Rise of the Kundalini.” However, most humans are not aware of this Pathway, which is by design.
Only those who have been able to understand and live in unconditional love will be able to understand and live from within the core of Self, which is connected to the core of Gaia. We shall return to speak more about humanity’s core of Self.
Blessing to All who can receive and understand our message. We will return!
Your Galactic Family
9/25/18 Galactic Codex by Cobra
Source: Original article from Cobra’s blog: “Galactic Codex”, published on April 4, 2012.
Planet Earth is the last planet in this universe under the occupation of the Dark Forces, the last relic of galactic wars that raged throughout the galaxy for millions of years.
As the Galaxy was being liberated form the grip of the Dark Forces, the Forces of Light have been evolving from a military force created in the urgent need to defend basic liberties of sentient beings towards a harmonious galactic and cosmic society. As beings within the Galactic Confederation have evolved spiritually and made their alignment and union with the Ascended Masters, they have discovered an inner codex that regulates all inter-relationships between beings of Light and their relation towards the Dark Forces and occupied planets. This codex is called the Galactic Codex and represents the legal basis for all actions of the Confederation in this and other galaxies. This Codex is not a rigid set of external laws but a systematized code of inner ethics of all souls of Light that all beings of Light accept with their free will because it reflects their inner truth.
We will now state the Galactic Codex in a form that is understandable to an average awakened being in a human society.
Section I: The Law of Divine Grace
Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to positive life experience.
To explain Section I we need to understand that suffering and pain have no value in enlightened Galactic society liberated from the influence of Dark Forces and other aspects of cosmic anomaly. To value pain, suffering and sacrifice as a part of the growth experience was a part of the programming from the Dark Forces in order to enslave the population of the occupied planets more easily.
Unconditional positive life experience of every sentient being in the liberated universe is guaranteed from the inner connection of every living being with the Source and strengthened by the power of Ascended Masters over matter which allows them to assist all living beings in their aspirations towards the Source and provide them with necessities of life. Life was never meant to be hard work and struggle but rather a journey of joy and creativity. Different subsections of Section I regulate all life in a liberated universe and all relationships between beings of Light so that conflicts never need to occur.
Let us explain the subsections:
Section I/1: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to physical and spiritual abundance.
This subsection guarantees a positive life experience for every being in the liberated universe. The Ascended Masters provide for all necessities of living and for physical and spiritual richness and beauty using the power they have over redeemed matter of the liberated universe.
Section I/2: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to Ascension.
This subsection explains how the Ascended Masters use their advanced understanding of spiritual technology of Ascension and by utilizing the Electric Fire of redemption assist all beings that free-willingly choose Ascension.
Section I/3: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to merge with other beings in proportion with his/her position in the Soul Family.
This subsection is an instrument of regulation of all relationships inside a Soul Family. It guarantees the merging of beings of opposite polarity (twin souls, soulmates) and alignment of all other beings regardless of their state of development and outer conditions.
Section I/4: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to all information.
This subsection is a guarantee that all beings receive all pieces of information they need to understand their role in the universe, greater perspective of evolution and all other pieces they need for their decisions, growth and well being. All this data is provided by Ascended Masters or other beings that supervise the evolutions of various races and civilizations.
Section I/5: Each sentient being has an inalienable and unconditional right to freedom.
This subsection provides that every being has an unlimited potential of growth and life experience. Since all beings in the liberated universe create only positivism, their freedom never opposes the freedom of other beings.
Section II: The Law of Dividing the Conflicting Parties
Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right to be divided and protected from the negative actions of other sentient beings.
This section regulates the conditions in those sections of the universe that have just been liberated from the influence of the Dark Forces but that have not yet been accepted in the Confederation. It requires that the Forces of Light always divide the parties in conflict to protect them from producing mutual harm to each other. Then the Light Forces mediate the conflict until it is resolved. This section is often used to end wars and other armed conflicts.
Section III: The Law of Balance
Each sentient being that has chosen to live and act against the principles of Galactic Codex and refuses to, or is not
able to, accept them now and balance the consequences of the past actions will be taken to the Central Sun, restructured into the basic elemental essence and begin a new cycle of evolution afresh.
This section regulates the relations between the Forces of Light and the Forces of Darkness. When defeated, beings that belong to the Forces of Darkness are given the opportunity to accept the Galactic Codex, do the best they can to correct the mistakes they made and to live positively afterwards. If they accept, they are forgiven and join the Confederation. If they are unable or unwilling to accept, they are taken to the Central Sun, their personalities and soul essences are restructured with the Electric Fire and their divine spark begin a new cycle of evolution.
Section IV: The Law of Intervention
The Galactic Confederation has an unalienable and unconditional right to the intervention in all situations where the Galactic Codex is violated, regardless of the local laws.
This section describes the policy of the Light Forces regarding occupied planets. The Confederation reserves the right to intervene in all areas, civilizations, planets or solar systems where the Galactic Codex is violated. It has the right to do so regardless of the position of the local civilizations about this intervention. It always has the right to use all peaceful means of education and regulation. If the critical mass of the Galactic Codex principles is violated, it has the right to use military force. Special cases are planets under direct occupation of the Dark Forces. The Dark Forces usually take the local population hostage to hinder the progress of the Forces of Light. On Earth they have threatened with nuclear war if the Light Forces would intervene. This is the main reason why the Light Forces have not yet liberated this planet (and not the so called we-will-not-intervene-because-we-respect-free-will, we-will-just-watch-as-the-suffering-goes-on nonsense). As in any hostage situation, this requires a lot of skillful negotiation and tactical approach. This situation is now being resolved and planet Earth will be liberated soon.
Section IV/1: Each sentient being has an unalienable and unconditional right of calling upon the Galactic Confederation in need and the Galactic Confederation has the right to assist, regardless of local laws.
This subsection gives a legal basis for intervention and assistance to all hostages of the Dark Forces. The Forces of Light always do the best they can to assist and improve the living conditions of all sentient beings, even on Earth. The situation on planet Earth just indicates how much more power darkness had over Light on this planet. Fortunately, this is changing now.
Section IV/2: The Galactic Confederation has an unalienable and unconditional right to the implementation of the Galactic Codex and of conquering the areas of Galactic Codex violation with military force if necessary.
This subsection gives a legal basis for the liberation of the occupied planets with military force. The military forces of the Confederation remove or give assistance in removal of the representatives of the Dark Forces and set the hostages free. Then other Confederation forces guide the process of acceptance of the planet into the Confederation by instructing the local population.
Perhaps some humans feel that the Confederation has no right to intervene and that humanity has the right to solve its problems by itself. This is simply not true. Many wars all over the planet and constant abuse of basic human rights have proven that humanity is not capable of handling its own situation. So it is much better that it receives wise guardians to guide it. The Confederation will give assistance in replacing current masters of the puppets (Dark Forces) that humanity has invited long ago in Atlantis. Then the Galactic Codex will finally become the universal code of ethics throughout the universe and darkness will be no more.
9/24/18 Resistance Movement by Cobra
Original article from Cobra’s blog: “Resistance movement”, published on April 6, 2012.
Origin
In 1975, a certain intelligence agent under codename Michael was running for his life from Illuminati that were chasing him. He gathered around him a group of 12 operatives in order to protect himself. While on the run and in hiding, they discovered a maze of tunnels below the New York underground subway system. They entered the tunnels, disappeared from the surface and regrouped down there. So the Organization was born, having its main command center under the subway system of New York. Through the vast spy network that Michael still had on the surface, they have contacted many operatives that fought against the Illuminati and many of them went underground and joined the Organization.
Their main objective was to overthrow the rule of the Illuminati and give advanced technologies to humanity. Personal computers that we know now were developed with assistance of Organization and I have personally seen a room full with rows of computers as they were being developed in their main underground command center back in 1977. The Organization had contact with the positive civilization of Agartha that existed in subterannean caverns for millennia. They had contact with positive Andromedans already in 1977 if not before, as I have seen a sleek silver Andromedan cigar shaped craft in their underground hangar as well. In early 1990s, they had some influence in assuring that internet expanded from military ARPANET into public domain.
The Illuminati and off-planet dark forces launched an offensive in 1996 to destroy the Organization and there were severe physical battles in underground tunnels and caverns that almost destroyed the Organization and also nearly wiped out Agartha.
In the hour of need, a plan was devised to counteract this. In early December 1999, Pleiadians have contacted the Resistance Movement on planet X and ignited a massive uprising against Illuminati there. The Illuminati were overthrown in about three weeks and they had to flee to their bases on Mars and the Moon. At that time, many Resistance Movement freedom fighters have entered the underground tunnel systems on Earth to join the Organization in their fight. The two forces integrated and emerged as one and are now called Resistance Movement.
Their increased joint force has turned the course of events and now the dark forces were in retreat. In 2000 and 2001 the Illuminati has lost their bases on Mars and the Moon and elsewhere in the solar system. With the assistance of the Pleiadians and other Galactic Confederation forces all remaining Reptilian, Draconian and Reticulan forces were cleared out of the solar system also in the same time frame. This set the dark ones into panic mode and they have staged 9-11 to preserve their last stronghold – planet Earth.
Planet X
Planet X is a planet in the outskirts of our solar system. Its surface is not suitable for physical life, but underground there is a vast system of tunnels and bases that was under Illuminati control until 1999 and is in the hands of the Light forces thereon.
In 2002, the Pleiadians have given me exact data about characteristics and orbital elements of that planet. It has a rock interior and surface covered with frozen methane ice, which gives it a bluish hue. Its diameter is 9400 miles and its mass is 0.76 Earth masses. Semimajor axis of the orbit is 70 AU, and the inclination is 40 degrees
Imagine my delight and surprise when I found an article by Japanese astronomer Patryk Lykawka, who stated in 2008 that »hypothetical« planet X should be composed of rock and ice, its diameter would be between 6200 and 9300 miles and its mass between 0.3 and 0.7 Earth masses. Semimajor axis of the orbit should be between 100 and 170 AU and inclination up to 40 degrees:
http://allesoversterrenkunde.nl/artikelen/755-The-mystery-of-Planet-X.html
The main reason why the astronomers have officially not yet discovered this planet is that they are »told« by the Cabal not to report about it. Also, they are mainly looking for new planets near the ecliptic, but because of its highly inclined orbit this is not where planet X is to be found. Since it is a pretty big object, it would be fairly easy to see it even in larger amateur telescopes if you knew where to look. And oh by the way, it is NOT Nibiru and is NOT going to crash on Earth.
The Event
9-11 had not turned out as the Cabal had planned. Instead it served as an awakening trigger that helped many humans realize what is really going on beyond the propaganda of the mass media.
This new awareness has made it easier for the Resistance Movement to improve their plan of overthrow of the Illuminati on planet Earth.
Until 2003, they have managed to clear all the deep underground military bases and only the uppermost portions of those bases remained.
Since then, the Resistance Movement has infiltrated around 300 of its operatives inside Illuminati network, mostly in top positions in the military and intelligence agencies. Those operatives are undetectable and Illuminati have no idea who or where they are.
In January and early February of this year of 2012, the Resistance Movement has seized most of the gold that was in Illuminati hands. So if you are asking yourself where the Yamashita gold is, now you know the answer. It is not in Mariana trench, it is not in Fort Knox, it is not in cellars of private Rothschild villas and chateaux, it is not in vaults under Kloten airport, it is not in safes of UBS in Zurich, it is not scattered in safes of small banks around the world under Jesuit control. It is in underground chambers of the Resistance Movement, and after the Event it will be returned to humanity and it will serve as a reserve for a new currency which will mean abundance for everyone.
The idea to devise a plan to overthrow the Illuminati network was there ever since the formation of Organization in 1975. In 1977 I spoke with the man who conceived that plan. The document that Drake saw around 1979 was probably an early version of that plan. The early idea was for the military to take over and overthrow the Illuminati under the guidance of the Organization and later the Resistance Movement.
Because of the awakening that happened after 9-11, the original plan has been revised. Now, nobody is taking over the planet. The Resistance Movement will back up the military mainly only with intelligence data about Illuminati and some logistic advice, but will mostly stay behind the scenes. The military will back up civilian authority (federal marshals in the US and Interpol worldwide), which will back up local law enforcement to arrest the members of the Cabal.
The Resistance movement has experience with overthrowing the Cabal and liberating planets, since they did this on planet X in 1999. They have constant physical (not telepathic) contact with the Pleiadians and other positive ET races within the Confederation, which give them daily intel about every Cabal member, where they are, what they do, even what they think. The Illuminati now have nowhere to hide.
No human authority will decide when this is about to happen. The final word when the Event is to happen is coming directly from the Source. This is an event of cosmic importance. The last planet under the grip of the dark forces is about to be liberated and this is going to send ripples of Light throughout the Galaxy.
Just before the Event, the Source will send a pulse of Light through the Galactic Confederation and the Pleiadians will instruct the Resistance Movement to use its 300 operatives on the surface of the planet to contact the key people inside the military and law enforcement and then the operation will start.
After the operation is successfully completed, there might be people that would like to take advantage of the situation by setting their own governments, confiscating funds… Because the Cabal will be taken care of this does not mean that human greed and lust for power will be exterminated. They are simply part of the character for a certain percentage of unenlightened human population. Rest assured that the Resistance Movement knows who those people are, their actions are being monitored and they will not be allowed to take advantage of the situation.
Until a certain degree of awareness on the planet is reached, the Resistance Movement will be working behind the scenes for the benefit of humanity. At a certain point, most likely not long before the First Contact with the positive extraterrestrials, they will make themselves public.
They have created a fund of 120 trillion dollars, which will be given to humanity along with other prosperity packages. They are in possession of very advanced technologies, mostly of extraterrestrial origin. They will provide some background assistance in putting forth 6000 inventions that were developed by geniuses around the world and then suppressed by the Cabal. After that, they will introduce some of their own technologies that are even more advanced.
This blog was created under instructions from the Resistance Movement with the purpose of instructing the surface population about certain developments in 2012. Many surface operatives of the Resistance Movement read this blog as it contains some coded communications for them. Internet is the easiest way to give them certain not very sensitive intel, at least that part which can be safely transmitted through this public channel. In the future, the Resistance Movement may decide to give some communications to general public and then this blog will become an official communication channel for the Resistance Movement on the surface of this planet.
9/3/18 Tall Whites, an Extraterrestrial Race, Have a Base in Nevada
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cLgjlgTVXDQ
I just listened to this interview with Charles J. Hall, USAF Retired. Very fascinating. Authentic and realistic as he tells his story when, as a young weatherman in the Air Force stationed in Indian Springs, Nevada, he became aware of a base hidden in the mountains populated by Tall Whites, an extraterrestrial race from an unknown planet. His job was to go out into the dessert and read clouds, wind, take measurements and write into log books, as this was before computers. Day after day in the dessert, eventually he noticed these beings watching him. Apparently, they were given permission to create a base in an isolated part of the mountain range in exchange for technology. Local people did not know they were there. They kept to themselves. Only his lone appearance day after day permitted the contact. The children first, interested in the brightly colored weather balloons, followed by their mothers. Otherwise they kept to themselves. When Charles Hall tried to tell others, they didn't take him seriously. Nobody believed him. This is an extraordinary story. It really makes one think. We are already being visited by extraterrestrials and the public doesn't know. As a weatherman, Charles was not under orders to keep anything secret so he is free to tell his story. He has written three books about his experiences with them. This video says it's 1 hour 53 min long, but it repeats itself half way through, so it's less than an hour. Published on March 14, 2018 by Meda Elvie.
8/30/18 Dr. Steven Greer's Draft Disclosure Announcement
Note from the webmaster: This is most interesting piece of news. This morning I received the following "Draft Disclosure Announcement for World Leaders". Dr. Steven Greer's biography is extensive on UFO and extraterrestrial studies. I went to Wikipedia and drew up a biography of him, which is shown below Dr. Greer's letter. It's easy to see why he would be worthy of drafting such a document for world leaders. The whole world has been waiting for governments to officially admit/announce the ET presence on Earth. Could this be a forerunner?
Preliminary Explanation
link: http://siriusdisclosure.com/cseti-papers/draft-disclosure-announcement-for-world-leaders/
The following DRAFT speech was written by Dr. Greer when requested by two separate points of contact to President Trump and President Putin. The two contacts do not know each other but both requests were made over a few weeks in the Spring of 2018.
Dr. Greer wrote this speech as a DRAFT template that could be adapted by any world leader to announce that we are not alone in the Universe and have had contact with extraterrestrial civilizations.
You may forward this speech to leaders in your own country, and resend and request that President Trump and President Putin collaborate on such an announcement in coordination with the UN and other world leaders in China, the EU and elsewhere.
Thank you!
Draft Disclosure Announcement for World Leaders
link: http://siriusdisclosure.com/cseti-papers/draft-disclosure-announcement-for-world-leaders/
My fellow Americans/ My fellow Russians/ And all the citizens of earth:
It has come to our attention that Extraterrestrial civilizations of great technological advancement have been visiting the earth for some time.
While their presence likely dates from very ancient times, the modern era since WW II has seen a large increase in sightings and interactions with these advanced life forms and their spacecraft.
It must be emphasized that they appear to pose no threat to humanity or earth, but instead are quite concerned about our own unchecked war -making capabilities and violence, combined with our early attempts at the exploration of space.
Since the dawn of the nuclear era, these extraterrestrial civilizations have made concerted efforts to do reconnaissance at all known space and nuclear facilities. In some cases these facilities have been penetrated by ET craft and our nuclear missiles rendered inoperable. Such incursions appear designed to warn us not to use these world-destroying nuclear weapons and are not acts of hostility.
They also appear concerned with the rapid decay of our biosphere and environment and the extinction of many species on earth.
Since World War II there have been extremely secretive programs studying the energy , communication and propulsion systems of these ET spacecraft.
It is time for us to disclose these momentous scientific findings to you.
These technologies have the potential- if used only for peaceful purposes- to give us a new and sustainable civilization on earth, free of poverty and pollution within a generation.
However, if used for destructive and violent purposes these same technologies could end our civilization.
For this and other reasons the strictest secrecy has surrounded the study of these extraterrestrial technologies.
But the time has arrived for the truth to be known: we are not alone in the universe. And it is time for humanity to become a mature, peaceful civilization and take its place in the cosmos with other advanced peoples from other star systems.
To this end, I call on the world community, other world leaders and all the people of earth to come together and begin this new era on earth.
We must make open, peaceful contact and initiate diplomatic ties to these other worlds. We must do this as children of earth and not just one nation. All nations and people of earth must be represented and empowered in this process.
We must commit to keeping all weapons out of space and going only into space for peaceful purposes that benefit all of humanity.
We must bring forth these advanced energy and propulsion technologies so that the world’s environment and people benefit. We must all agree to never allow these new technologies to be used as weapons of war.
And we must commit amongst ourselves that if any nation or group attempts to use these technologies for violent or destructive purposes, every nation and people on earth will rise up to immediately stop it.
We face a choice: If we do nothing, our environment and civilization will degrade and we may face extinction. If we use this new knowledge and science for war and destruction we will also surely perish.
But if we establish a world of peace, humanity can now advance as a civilization that is sustainable, just and worthy of exploring the universe.
This is the singular and great challenge of our generation: to establish world peace, and to create a new sustainable civilization. Once we have achieved this foundation of peace and justice, we have learned that these other worlds will welcome us in the cosmos with open arms and hearts.
So, my fellow citizens of earth, let us work together to achieve the destiny of humanity: An enlightened, peaceful world that joins her place among the other people of the cosmos.
For this is the only possible good future for humanity. It is time for us to unite as a people and create that good future – NOW.
Biography of Steven M. Greer
Steven Macon Greer was born June 28, 1955 (age 63) in Charlotte, NC. His occupation: Physician retired, UFOlogist. He is an American retired traumatologist and ufologist who founded the Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) and the Disclosure Project, which seeks the disclosure of allegedly suppressed UFO information.
He claims to have seen an unidentified flying object at close range when he was about eight years old, which inspired his interest in ufology. Greer was trained as a Transcendental Meditation teacher and served as director of a meditation organization. He completed his graduate work at East Tennessee State University James H. Quillen College of Medicine in 1987. He attended MAHEC University of North Carolina where he completed his internship in 1988 and received his Virginia medical license in 1989. That year he became a member of the Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Medical Society.
Greer founded the Center for the Study of Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence (CSETI) in 1990 to create a diplomatic and research-based initiative to contact extraterrestrial civilizations to focus on collecting information about UFOs with a specific interest in extraterrestrial life forms. It was founded as a non-profit by Steven Greer, who has been the head of the organisation since its inception in 1990, with the stated aim of "establishing peaceful and sustainable relations with extraterrestrial life forms". The official statements regarding its intentions also included a new category of extraterrestrial encounters, namely CE-5 or 'close encounters of the fifth kind'. This was defined by Greer as human initiated contact and/or communication with extraterrestrial life. Since its inception, the organisation has spent anywhere between $3.5 million and $5 million to achieve its goals.
In 1993, he founded the Disclosure Project, a nonprofit research project, whose goal is to disclose to the public the government's alleged knowledge of UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and advanced energy and propulsion systems. The Disclosure Project was founded in an effort to grant amnesty to government whistle-blowers willing to violate their security oaths by sharing insider knowledge about UFOs. Greer says he gave a briefing to CIA director James Woolsey at a dinner party, although this was denied by director Woolsey and attendees.
In October 1994, Greer appeared in Larry King's TV special The UFO Coverup? In 1995, Greer worked as a physician at the department of emergency medicine at Caldwell Memorial Hospital, where he was chairman.
In 1997, Greer, along with other members of CSETI, including Apollo astronaut Edgar Mitchell, made a presentation at a background briefing for members of Congress. In 1998, Greer gave up his career as an emergency room physician in favor of the Disclosure Project.
In May 2001, Greer held a press conference at the National Press Club in Washington, DC, that featured 20 retired Air Force, Federal Aviation Administration and intelligence officers. According to a 2002 report in the Oregon Daily Emerald, Greer has gathered 120 hours of testimony from civilians and various government and military officials, including astronaut Gordon Cooper and a brigadier general, on the topic of UFOs. [In this Wikipedia article, many footnotes and links are provided, which I deleted to make this more personal and readable. I've been following him since the '90's.]
In 2013, Greer co-produced Sirius, a documentary detailing his work and hypotheses regarding extraterrestrial life, government cover-ups and close encounters of the fifth kind. The film was directed by Amardeep Kaleka and narrated by Thomas Jane, and covers Greer's 2006 book Hidden Truth, Forbidden Knowledge. The movie premiered on April 22, 2013, in Los Angeles, California, and features interviews from former government and military officials.
Sirius depicts a six-inch human skeleton known as the Atacama skeleton, and features images and a DNA test of the skeleton. Genetic evidence showed that it was human, with genetic markers found in "indigenous women from the Chilean region of South America". The director of the center that did the analysis said, "It's an interesting medical mystery of an unfortunate human with a series of birth defects that currently [...] the genetics of which are not obvious."
8/24/18 Ashtar - Who are Ashtar and the Ashtar Command? (video)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a0QjIaK-N14
8 minutes. Published 7/8/18. A channeled question and answer session, Steve Beckow (SB) asks Ashtar and Ashtar answers. Steve Beckow maintains the GoldenAgeofGaia.com website. Linda Dillon is the chennel.
8/24/18 Ashtar - Our arrival (video)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OMY6r30fh3s
19 minutes. Published 7/10/17 by Light Guru. This is a download transmission.
8/21/18 Adamu of the Pleiadians - an Open Letter to the Illuminati Bloodline Families by Arn Zingdad Allingham
https://zingdad.com/publications/books/the-ascension-papers-book-3/170-an-open-letter-to-the-illuminati-bloodline-families
I am Adamu of the Monadic Entity of the Pleiadian civilisation brought to you through Zingdad. Today I will be addressing the living members of the ancient bloodline families. Those ones who are sometimes called by other names such as, the Illuminati, The Powers That Be, The Ruling Elite, The Cabal and a few other, less charitable, terms that I shan’t mention.
To be clear: I am not now addressing the rich and powerful who regularly appear in the press. Political leaders, religious leaders and the heads of multinational corporations are not the ones who truly run planetary affairs. These are people who come and go with time. And, when required, they always bow to the far greater power wielded by the ones I now speak of. But, be that as it may. The bloodline family members know who they are. And it is they whom I address today. Though I do suspect that this open letter will be of great interest to many others besides. It is intended, especially, that Starseeds and Lightbringers take note of this communiqué. So here it begins… an open letter to the members of the ancient bloodline families:
My dear friends,
I must begin by saying that you are seen, known, understood and loved. Just as you are, right here and right now, you are loved. Perhaps it will surprise you to hear me say this? There is so much judgement of you wherever one goes, is there not? You are labelled as “dark” and “evil” and all your actions are automatically assumed to be “vile” and “despicable” by those who know almost nothing of you or the long and winding tale of how things came to be as they are and you came to be who you are. So allow me to begin by assuring you that I am not here to damn you or even decry you. I am here to offer you a perspective and a choice. But to do so from a place of loving understanding.
Before I might get to this, allow me to say that I know that your only real “sin” is to be born as you were into the family you were. Between the intense expectations that were placed upon you right from birth, the very specialised training you were subjected to and the derision that was heaped upon those of your line who did not “make the grade”, you were programmed right from the very beginning to be what you have become: a wielder of power over others.
There are ancillary issues too. Such as the fact of your familial bloodlines. A pure ancestry that can be traced back through the ages, via all manner of illustrious forebears, right the way to the high-priests that served the ancient gods themselves back when gods still roamed the earth.
Perhaps you, yourself, now think on the stories of those ancient times of gods, heroes, magic and monsters as myth or superstition. Perhaps you understand it to be the literal truth and know that those ancient gods were actually visitors from other planets in the galaxy bearing highly advanced technologies. Or perhaps you even take the more religious view of matters and hold those deities to be as supernatural as your distant forebears did.
It doesn’t really matter how you interpret these things. What matters is the incontrovertible evidence of the powerful ancient truths that were given to your forebears and that have been passed down through the generations, which have allowed you to rule over the rest of humanity. Not all of humanity, mind. There have always been groups, peoples and nations that have been beyond your grasp. But you have been told that it is your birthright, your responsibility and your privilege to rule over the whole planet and all upon it. And you have believed that. And it has certainly seemed to be true. The ancient teachings that have been placed in your hands have served you and those like you very well indeed. As has your cunning. Those amongst you who rise to the top are nothing if not brilliantly canny. You have used the advantages placed in your hands very, very astutely. Firstly for your own benefit, it is true. Then for the benefit of your family and to ensure the continued ascendency of your familial line. Then in service of your family's contractual agreements with other bloodline families. And finally in consideration of the custodial role you have played over the rest of humanity.
As matters stand, humanity today is largely blithely unaware of the role you have played or indeed of your existence. And this is the way you like it. No mob can arrive at the castle gates bearing pitchforks if they don’t even know that you exist! So you play your games of power and control from the deep shadows. You cunningly obfuscate your activities. And you slowly expand your reach into every sphere of power and control over all of humanity. And when the “sheep” stray, you use guile and skill to reclaim the power of direction over them. Perhaps a little war here or there. Or even a very big one. Perhaps a revolution. Perhaps a crash in the stock market. Perhaps even an outbreak of disease. Or a terrorist attack. Or a tsunami of immigrants to give the populace something to fear. Or, of course, there are always the ever popular bread and circuses. You have certainly made sure that your control of the entertainment industry is ironclad. And there are all manner of complex social nets that you use to make the populace docile and dependant on their government… and therefore upon you. And all such activities are each just a part of your play book that you use to maintain and increase the control you wield over humanity.
You have learned, of course, to offer the sheep the pretence of control over their own destiny. But you know that the REAL power lies always in your hands. Since no matter how they vote, how they revolt, how they machinate, you and your ilk always get what you want in the end. You have managed a number of glorious victories over the years. Perhaps your crowning achievement is to own the planetary money supply. A nifty trick, I must say. And right now you so, so almost own it all. And he who owns the money of the world, owns the world. Is it not so?
And you have also crafted it so that all the elected officials that the human flock believe to have the power, must dance when you pull upon their strings. They have become as puppets to your will. Almost all of them. And those that will not willing dance for you, are removed. Or they are shown a film reel of a brave and proud president. A man of integrity and principal who dared to stand up to you. And how, in full view of his adoring public, he was assassinated. All this, just before he could begin to undo your power over the money supply.
In the end, all political leaders do your bidding or they are simply swept away. And the illusion that you grant the sheep that they can control their destiny through democracy is just that. An illusion. Another nifty trick. And the intelligence agencies! What a truly brilliant move. To elevate spy craft to statecraft. To have the real power behind the politicians vest in the intelligence agencies. To remove political oversight from those agencies. And then to control them directly yourselves. Why, you can almost step right out of the shadows and still remain invisible now!
The only wrinkle in all of this, as far as I can ascertain, is the internet. Somehow, unexpectedly, a silly little electronic gimmick of mere academic interest has suddenly blossomed overnight into something quite powerful and problematic, has it not? It is due to this very technology that the sheep are suddenly behaving in quite an un-sheep-like fashion. Suddenly they are aware of you. Talking about you. Certainly they are seeing and remarking upon the curtain that you have drawn around yourselves… if not actually peeking behind the curtain!
How irritating this must be! You are on the very cusp of total triumph and now, at the very last moment, there is this awareness dawning. Your actual names are beginning to be spoken in public forums! People are beginning to see your hands move on the reins of power! Yes, assuredly, it is still just a fringe that is aware of you and speaks of you. And yes, you have managed to continue to paint this fringe as lunatics and crack-pots. And, no, this does not threaten your plans and activities.
Yet. But you have noticed. You have found the internet to be the greatest threat to your power and security because, though fragmented and confused, the truth about you certainly is “out there”. It can be discerned by any who would care to look and weigh the evidence. And suddenly there are sheep that are elevating themselves from the flock. Transmuting themselves into something you have never seen before. Certainly not in such numbers as there now are. And certainly not diffused, as they are, across the whole planet.
Previously you could isolate communities of dissidents. Like the Cathari. Remember them? They knew the truth. Or at least they held a version of the truth that was antithetical to your aims. And their teachings were attractive to others. Their message was finding traction. So you used your most powerful pawn at the time, the church, to kill them all. It was a genocide of the most brutal type. Wiping out not only a population but the very idea that brought them together in unity. Burning all of their books so that all that is remembered of them now is what was told by their enemies. And today it is barely even remembered that one of the crusades, perhaps the most brutal and bloody of all the crusades, was not even fought in the “holy lands” against enemy soldiers, but in France against good Christian folk. Farmers and peasants. Put to the sword and burned to death in their churches. All because you could isolate them, round them up and murder them all.
You’ll forgive me if I don’t applaud. Successful tactics don’t always win my approval.
And there have been many, many, many such victories that you, the ancient families, have scored over the rest of humanity. They continue today. You wrestle for power and total control over the Middle East. Which is why things are as they are in that region. Whatever else one thinks about the Islamic religion, is true that they are fundamentally opposed to usury. Which means Muslims will not accept the banking system that you are using to gain worldwide dominance. And so Islam has become a powerful block to your plans. And so you enact your plans. You work to impoverish, torment and radicalise the Moslem world. You set them up to be the enemy of the western world. The great terrorists. You control their teachers and ensure that the message is promulgated that the west is the Great Satan... and you teach the west that all Muslims are abysmal hate-ridden murders. And so the wheels are set in motion. And right now a wave of chaos sweeps through Europe and, to one extent or another, the rest of the globe. And this is all a part of your plan. You wish to grind down and pulverize all of those that stand against your plans. And Muslims are very far from the only ones.
And another of your neat tricks is to set one enemy against another. America was founded upon a principal which was, actually nothing other than open rebellion against your power. America the free. Free from what? From your yoke of control, of course! America's founding principals were and are directly contrary to your interests. The American constitution is a truly beautiful document. A document that promises liberty and freedom for all. But you have whittled and chaffed and manoeuvred until you have gained control of the American government to such an extent that the most powerful military and technological force in the world is yours to wield. But as much as your control extends to the American government... the American people are another story altogether. Strong individualists who continue to believe in their own rights and liberties, they stand against you at every turn without even knowing it is you who they resist. So you wage a war of attrition upon them. You seek to ensure that their food and water is toxified to weaken them. You use a barrage of techniques of every sort to manipulate them and control them. To weaken them and cow them. And, in a master-stroke of pure genius, you now pit America against Islam. Another truly nifty trick. How very... clever of you.
I see it. I see it all. And, though I must admit I don't like it, I do understand it.
When I look behind your collective activities, choices and decisions of the types outlined above, I actually see beings for whom I have a great deal of compassion and love. I know, as a clear and sure fact, that it is so that you are actually no different than I. The difference is the journey you have walked. Since all is truly One, you are the part of that one great eternal spirit that has walked your path, just as I am another part of that same great being that has walked my path. My path leads to where I am, unified within the heart of the Pleiadian Monad; your path leads you to be incarnated as a human being bearing the mantle and the burden of being a member of one of the ancient families upon the Earth. And those amongst humanity who are aware of you and judge you most harshly do so purely out of a lack of self-knowledge. Place them in your situation and they too would do as you have done. Or worse.
And I know too that “what you do to another, you do to yourself also”. So I don't envy you the results of your choices!
But your story is not over. You are not done with your journey. In due course you too will arise spiritually and begin to return to oneness with your own spiritual entity. Because there is nowhere else for you to go, really. And this is beginning to happen for some of your family members. Perhaps you have noticed those members who don’t seem to be quite so committed to the old cause. Those who seem to be getting “soft”. Those who seem to be talking crazy talk about abdicating their power. About telling the sheep the truth. Indeed, those who actually have been finding ways to communicate these truths to humanity using that very despised technology, the internet.
Is it strange that those amongst you who are proposing this new course of openness and transparency… this course of abdication of power… are also those amongst you who are most interested in matters metaphysical and spiritual? I propose this is not in the least bit strange. It takes an interest in metaphysics and spirituality to discern that a new age is now already dawning. That the time of your watching over humanity is at an end. Indeed, that it is ending without the return of your master, your dark god-king. And that there is no longer any real hope that he ever will return. You are on your own. Your secret prophecies have come to naught.
And it takes an interest in metaphysics and spirituality to see that there is a changing of the guard happening. That there is a new spiritual order beginning. That those who govern this reality from the very highest levels, from the angelic realms down, are busy changing hands. That is what the new dawning age is all about. And that is why you stand at a fork in the road. It is why you must now choose.
But before I tell you, at last, about the choice you face, I will tell you one final thing: something you most certainly will have noticed. Because it takes no special awareness or training in either spirituality or metaphysics to see that your “magic” is beginning to fail you. Irrespective of what you believe the real source of your power to be, you will have noticed that it is waning fast. It becomes more and more difficult by the day for you to wield your power. Plug a little leak here and the dam wall springs a gushing fissure over there. The game that seemed elegant and nearly effortless for generations past is causing you, and those like you, to raise a real sweat. It is a constant struggle to maintain control. You are feeling the stress of this night and day. And it feels as if you are losing your grip. Just as you near victory, so things become ever more impossibly challenging. The magic becomes unstable.
You certainly will have noticed this. Just look at the process of taking ownership of the world money supply. It was almost effortless to enact the stroke of genius that floated money free from the gold-standard. And since then it has been a minor effort to bring the nations of the world, one by one, into this fiat banking system. Which is really money by decree. YOUR decree. Money is now mere numbers that mean whatever you say they mean. But the magic trick is not complete until every nation is a part of it. And so you have used the leverage you had to expand your control until almost every last nation has fallen under your sway. The very last few hold-outs exist. You have them isolated and on the ropes. They are almost ready to be taken and controlled. But… right here at the very last… you find yourselves losing grip here there and everywhere. You find your attention being constantly diverted by all manner of seemingly trivial, but irritating, diversions. And in concert, your energy and attention is so diverted that you can never quite act to gain total power. And this global money supply beast that belongs to you seems to have a malevolent life of its own in that the larger it becomes, the more difficult it is to control.
My friends. What you must understand is that planet Earth does not exist in a vacuum. We have kept it quarantined so that humanity, as a whole, can decide its own fate. But it has been in a state of physical quarantine. We have kept other galactic civilisations from interfering physically. But there has been no spiritual quarantine! And so a small but powerful contingent of Starseeds and Lightbringers have been born amongst the planet's populace. And they have utterly altered the consciousness upon the planet. They have, by the simple fact of their presence upon the Earth, brought a new awareness to the Earth. And they come in now with higher and higher levels of consciousness. They accelerate and amplify these changes upon the planet. You can neither stop, nor slow, nor alter the course of these changes. Humanity will awaken. Humanity will come to self-awareness. Humanity will make a choice, collectively, about its own nature. This is divinely ordained. It is the dawning of the new age. And it is very soon to happen. The window of opportunity reached its midpoint in 2012. It is beginning to close. And before it does, humanity will have decided.
You, my dear friends, are the watchers over the old order. To you fell the task of shepherding humanity through the long dark age of forgetting. Humanity needed a guiding hand that would work constantly to make order out of the chaos as they slowly let go of the old gods… as they slowly healed themselves of the traumas of being playthings to the darker of the old gods and abject supplicants to the more kindly of the old gods.
You have played a crucial role. You have provided order and structure. You have provided leadership and direction. You have done all of this without actually being anything other than the same human beings of the same Earth as those over whom you ruled.
Yes, it is true, that you have your familial bloodlines. But, in truth, that is nothing more than a very exclusive club to which you belong. You are, genetically, no more special than the rest of humanity… which some of you like to call “mongrel” humans. You are not in any meaningful way biologically superior to them. A pure-bred dog might have many excellent and desirable attributes... but a mutt is more robust and less prone to specific health issues. And so it is for you and the rest of humanity. And you are certainly not spiritually superior either. What you do have is ancient knowledge, specialised training and a vast network of control.
And now you also have a choice. On the one hand you can choose to fight the divinely ordained order. You can resist the changing of the ages. And you can be ground under in pain and self-destruction as you fight the absolute inevitable. Or you can embrace the change and, in so doing, be a part of something beautiful, new and glorious. Indeed, such are the times right now that you could, if you so choose, step right out of the shadows and into the Light. You could emerge as a bright beacon of the Light. You could move from semi-reviled obscurity into loved and revered glory. You could! It is up to you.
Or you could remain attached to that which is passing away. You could fight tooth and nail to the bitter end and know only bitter defeat. You could find yourself in a physical, emotional and spiritual dead-end with your life over and nowhere to reincarnate to that would accept both you and your choices. You could find yourself in the depths of the void, wracked in spiritual torment. It is all up to you.
I offer you this choice now, not because I need you to decide any particular way. Neither I, nor my Starseed family, nor the greater humanity of which I am so fond will be overly affected by your choice. The difference between your choosing this way or that will, in the greater scheme of things, be small. All of humanity will weather the storm that comes and will come to the awakening moment and will make their choice, irrespective of what you do or don’t do. That is utterly foreordained. The new age will begin, irrespective of your choices and actions. What you choose matters little enough for them. But it matters greatly for you.
I point you towards this choice out of compassion for you. I do so only because, were I in your shoes, I would wish to be alerted to this choice at this crucial juncture. So, in practical terms, what are the choices I am advocating and what might the outcome of those choices be for you?
My dear friends, I am suggesting to you that you begin by learning to listen to your hearts. I don’t mean your physical heart or your emotional heart. I mean your spiritual heart. This is where you connect with the same great oneness to which we all belong. If you listen to your spiritual heart you will find that there is guidance and wisdom there. Your heart can lead you in making the best possible choices that serve the greatest good of the all.
If you are not able to hear your heart you can choose to find someone who can teach you how. Zingdad is one of many upon the Earth right now teaching exactly this skill. Or you can do the right things that will lead you on the right path that will result in your spiritual heart opening. In specific, in your circumstance, you can ask yourself:
What can I do right now that will open the doors for the rest of humanity to greater awareness and understanding of their situation?
- What can I do right now to create fewer secrets and more transparency?
- What can I do right now to give humanity greater choice and self-empowerment?
- What can I do right now to foster greater peace, harmony, compassion and understanding?
- What can I do right now to smooth the transition to the new dawning age?
- How can I increase the quotient of love in the world?
- How can I decrease the quotient of suffering in the world?
These are the kinds of questions that you should be answering for yourself if you wish to participate in the changes that are afoot. Engaging yourself with this process will cause you to find your energetic heart. It will allow you to know the sweet taste of being loved for who you are, as much as for what you do. You will feel the hand of divine guidance in your heart.
And as you do this, so you will also find yourself beginning to be able to forgive yourself for all that you have done in the past. You will find, eventually, that you are able to forgive your whole line of forebears for all that they have done through the ages. And you will be surprised by the capacity others will have to forgive you and your line. Comprehension and compassion will dawn. And, for so long as you are motivated by love, the hand of divine protection will be over you as this process unfolds. Engage with this process, heart and soul, and there need be no negative repercussion at all. You can pay the price of the burden of your choices in love, rather than in suffering and pain. But you must choose to do so!
And if you do, you will find yourself transitioning to the New Earth with the rest of humanity that has also chosen this. If you wish it, your skills at administration and management might be put to magnificent purpose. You might find yourself in great demand in a position of revered leadership. Or, indeed, you might choose for that quiet, peaceful, gentle life in that beautiful corner of the world that you have always secretly hankered after but never believed you could settle down to. It is all up to you.
The point, really, is that you will find yourself blessed with an abundance of very attractive options if you should choose to be guided by love. And this contrasts sharply with the option-less, self-destructive dead-end that lies at the end of the road if you should continue to choose from a place of closed-hearted fear.
And this is what I needed to share with you at this point. I know that all of you who are ready for this message will receive it, as we have ways to ensure this. And I also wanted to share this letter to you in the most open fashion possible since part of the healing that is being made available to humanity will come from their understanding that you are not as “other” as they would have thought. Until they can see themselves in your position, you will struggle to break down the boundaries. And in this letter, by the way I address you, they can see that you are not some kind of demonic enemy. That you are humans as they are. That you are lost and hurt as they are. That you have made the same kinds of choices out of your fear and pain as they have. That you can come to heal yourself, forgive yourself and love yourself as they might. And that greater good flowers for you when you do so, just as it does for them.
And finally, I wish humanity to see that you actually did as was required of you. You held the helm in the vacuum left when the old gods departed. You did so for the whole age of forgetting. And that, ultimately, was what you contracted for.
With love and compassion I leave you now to your choices.
I am Adamu of the monadic entity of the Pleiadian civilisation brought to you through Zingdad.
7/25/18 Ashtar Galactic Command - Everything you wanted to know (video)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zoWJryTE9j8&vl=en
The Ashtar Command is an etheric group of extraterrestrials, angels and lightbeings and millions of "starships" under the command of Ashtar Sheran. The Ashtar Command is working as coordinators of the activities of the spacefleet over the western hemisphere. Ashtar Sheran is the representative for the Universal Council of the Confederation of Planets. He is currently engaged in Earth's ascension-process. The Ashtar Command works directly with humans known as the ground crew. Eagle commanders under Commander Ashtar are Athena, Kortek, Voltra, Monka, Solteck. There are also special fleets that regulate the many cultures that visit our world. The Ashtar Command are always broadcasting updated information to us on the ground. To be a part of this simply still your mind and ask for the Ashtar or federation signal to be sent to you directly. The ethereal transmissions will begin immediately. But it is best to allow some time for readjustment of your telepathic receptors. Transmissioins are sent periodically by the Lightquest star base here on earth to update you. Watch for messages containing the multidimensional code #0010110, or click here: #ZeroZeroOneZeroOneOneZero
7/20/18 Message from Kryon 2018 - a synopsis
sananda.website - see Mike Quinsey Report 7/20/18
The inventions you are about to receive are coming from beyond third dimension technologies. It is quantum technology, consciousness technology. One thing leads to another which starts to show you something else. It has to ramp up your awareness. You're moving into an ascension state.. It started slow but it is moving fast now. Soon it will be lightening fast. Get into the ability to see it even if you don't understand it. You will begin to understand it. That's quantum. You will see patterns evolve and you will have a million questions which will start a process of invention, discovering one thing after another. This is second sight. Get ready for medicine to change and a new kind of healing. It will marry you to the innate intelligence of your body. (Kryon synopsis, for the whole article see Mike Quinsey, 7/20/18 on sananda.website.)
7/20/18 Andromedans - Everything you wanted to know (youtube 14 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LLihdcHcxZc&t=444s
Andromedans are not from this galaxy, but 2.5 million light years away in the Andromeda galaxy. They are benevolent, loving, friendly beings, like the Pleiadians. There are many types of races of Andromedans. Their eyes are slightly larger, have thin light pink lips, their ears are lower on the side of the head. They are slightly smaller than us, their hands and feet have delicate, long fingers and toes, The men range from 5 to 7 feet tall, women from 5 to 6 feet. They sleep two hours a day. Their ships are sombrero-shaped scout ships 50-60 feet across, and larger ships of half-mile in length. The Andromedans are a telepathic race from higher dimensions and keepers of peace. They are a huge power against the draconian empire. The Andromedans joined the Galactic Federation of Light 3.5 million years ago, where they are known for their mastery of scientific endeavors. Alex Collier is a contactee of the AndromedaThis video tells how they were one of a humanoid species from Lyra who had to leave due to the draconian wars. They moved about for a long time, living on craft looking for a place that was safe. The Cassiopia star system welcomed them and they were taken to two solar systems in the Andromeda system. Listen to the video for more information about these benevolent friends of Earth. (Youtube published June 4, 2017 by Universe Inside You)
7/19/18 Arcturians - Everything you wanted to know (youtube 13 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_y8E3nbBlsI
The Arcturians are the most advanced civilization in the galaxy, existing mostly in spiritual planes subjugated by thought. They have great spiritual knowledge and are dedicated to service and healing, having mastered techniques of teaching love and peace beyond our imagination. This characteristic makes them different from other alien species. They are like the Pleiadians in character, one of most loving and non-judgmental beings you can imagine. They stand 3 to 4 feet in height, have greenish-blue skin and very large eyes. They see more through their telepathic nature than through their eyes. Their hands have 3 fingers. Their sense of hearing transcends their telepathic nature and have the ability to sense with the back of their head and can move anything with their mind. They look very much all alike, which they are happy about because it diminishes petty comparisons. They consume positive forms of energy and sleep only once a week. Their highly developed spiritual nature allows them to avoid the aging process and live for 350 to 400 years. (Youtube published May 28, 2017 by Universe Inside You)
7/15/18 Pleiadians - Everything you Wanted to know (youtube 13 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kdY1WyaIlVE&t=359s
The Pleiadians are the ETs who most closely resemble us, sometimes known as Nordics. They come from a cluster of stars known as the Pleiades, and they're really really really concerned about Earth and our future. So concerned are they, they've contacted certain special people to channel them and convey their message. Billie Meyer is a well-known Pleiadian contact through a Pleiadian woman by the name of Samjase. They have advanced thousands of years beyond us in technology and spirituality and have had a hand in the development of the human race. The Pleiadians have chosen to awaken us gently to the knowledge of their existence. They are a goddess society of the fifth dimension valuing family and children. As a rule, Pleiadians are more attractive versions of us and don't carry around much excess fat, although females are known to have curvy figures. They don't usually have curly hair or beards. Our civilization has been through many changes, and now we are moving into a new age of mind and spirit. The next stage will be open contact with beings from other worlds. This event has already started. It is being known only by a few as the masses begin to wake up to their extraterrestrial origins and galactic brothers and sisters. Our reality is undergoing a transformation and the Pleiadians have been giving us direct video messages via digital voice technology over the last few years. (Youtube published April 23, 2017 by Universe Inside You)
7/14/18 My First ET Contact Experience - 6 years old (Youtube 28 min)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FqLb2BmOrrw&t=430s
Published 4/25/16. As editor of this website, I carefully screen the types of postings I place here with a goal of enlightening and educating. There are many insightful videos being posted in these times, directly from more advanced masters to help us understand the extraterrestrial involvement present today. They are here to help us break out of the fixation on the material, concrete world, and become more interdimensional. This video provides insight into that understanding. ETs are able to alter our minds when they make contact with a person who has a contract to make this link. Many abductees "forget" their experience until later, perhaps under hypnosis or by a later contact with ETs. We are learning that these may not be abductions after all, but the pre-arranged agreement from before birth. Our off-world families are trying to get through to us, but we have to be willing to rise to their level too. Earth has been held psychologically and mentally imprisoned by dark forces, hiding the truth, and it is this matrix that is difficult to transcend. We must make the effort to raise our consciousness, especially now, as we are receiving massive amounts of help from the photon belt earth is moving into the light. Higher vibrations are covering the planet. Many people are starting to remember why they are here. As I see it, they (the ETs) blur the lines during contact as an act of mercy, because we've been blinded by the lies governments have told us that there is no such thing as life beyond earth. The woman on this video had an experience at age 6, which she only recently remembered, and from age 6 until 47, Kelly (not her real name) has had a number of vividly powerful contact experiences. Now at 68-years old, Kelly describes her first contact episode. On a family outing in the foothills of California, 6-year-old Kelly, her 10-year-old brother, and her mother and father all saw a flame-like object streak across the sky. Her dad thought it might be a plane crashing on top of the hill. They packed up the car and drove up an old fire road to the mountaintop. What Kelly describes from that point forward is where linear time and thinking merge into an experience of high strangeness. For the first time ever talking on camera, Kelly shares her first contact experience as a 6-year-old for this exclusive interview. By www.EarthMysteryNews.com
7/11/18 The Day Ashtar Spoke to Earth
www.goldenageofgaia.com, by Steve Becknow
From John Winston, “Ashtar Spoke to the Earth in 1972,” Star Beacon, Jan. 2006, republished Tuesday, July 14, 2009, at http://earthstar.tripod.com/TSB_dir/Ashtar0106.html . John Winston writes: It seems that Ashtar had something to say to us in [1971], in a television broadcast from the the Ascended Masters, represented by the Ashtar Command.
Apparently they have made approaches to world leaders. Shortly after the deployment of nuclear weapons in World War II, the American Government received a communication from the Ashtar Command. This warned against any further development of atomic energy. The Ashtar Command made no offer of technology. Citing that we were spiritually unable to handle that which we already possessed, they believed we would use any new technology to destroy ourselves.
Because we were on a path of self-destruction, what we needed was spiritual rather than technological help. This they offered, but it was conditional on the destruction of all nuclear weaponry. They said we should stop killing each other and learn to live in harmony. They also warned against polluting the Earth and raping her for natural resources. The American Government rejected this overture, out of hand. After the rebuff, the Ashtar Command spoke directly to the people of America by superimposing a spoken message over television and radio broadcasts. They then repeated this procedure in other countries.
In England, for example, the “E.T. Phone Earth” occurred at 9:10 p.m. on Jan. 8, 1971 while Rex Dutta was broadcasting. The conversation with the Ashtar Command was recorded, and the transcript was published in 1972 in Rex Dutta’s book, Flying Saucer Message. The Ashtar Command also spoke over the early evening television news in southeast England. This occurred on Nov. 26, 1977. Five transmitters had been “taken over” simultaneously so that the voice could be heard by viewers in London and the southeast, from Southampton to Kent. Television engineers were unable to trace the voice, suppress it, or stop it, and all their instruments indicated normal television transmission was in progress.
The IBA tried to assure viewers the incident was a hoax and were reluctant to release more that 30 seconds of the recorded message. However, thanks to a report in New Life Magazine, a tape recording of the message in full was obtained by Rex Dutta, and was published in the January 1978 issue of his monthly newsletter, Viewpoint Aquarius.
It was 5:12 p.m., and Ivor Mills was the newscaster on ITV Southern Television. His face was visible, but his voice was replaced, for five and a half minutes, by the voice of a representative of the Ashtar Command, and the transcript of the broadcast reads:
“We speak to you now in peace and wisdom, as we have done to your brothers and sisters all over your planet Earth. We come to warn you of the destiny of your race and your world, so that you may communicate to your fellow beings, the course you must take to avoid the disasters, which threaten your world, and the beings in our worlds around you.
“This is in order that you may share in the great awakening as the planet passes into the New Age of Aquarius. The New Age can be a time of great peace and evolution for your race, but only if your rulers are made aware of the evil forces that can overshadow their judgments.
“Be still now and listen, for your chance may not come again. For many years, your scientists, governments and generals have not heeded our warnings. They have continued to experiment with the evil forces of what you call nuclear energy. Atomic bombs can destroy the Earth, and the beings of your sister worlds, in a moment. The wastes from atomic power systems will poison your planet for many thousands of your years to come.
“We, who have followed the path of evolution for far longer than you, have long since realized that atomic energy is always directed against life (when developed along the lines [of] fission rather than fusions). It has no peaceful application (when developed in this way). Its use, and research into its use, must cease at once, or you all risk destruction. All weapons of evil must be removed.
“The time of conflict is now past. The race, of which you are a part, may proceed to the highest planes of evolution, if you show yourselves worthy to do so. You have but a short time to learn to live together in peace and goodwill. Small groups all over the planet are learning this and exist to pass on the light of the dawning New Age to you all. You are free to accept or reject their teachings, but only those who learn to live in peace will pass to the higher realms of spiritual evolution.
“Be aware, also, that there are many false prophets and guides operating in your world. They will suck your energy from you, the energy you call money, and will put it to evil from you, giving you worthless dross in return. Your inner divine self will protect you from this. You must learn to be sensitive to the voice within that can tell you what is truth, and what is confusion, chaos, and the untruth. Learn to listen to the voice of truth which is within you, and you will lead yourselves onto the path of evolution.
“This is our message to our dear friends. We have watched you growing for many years as you too have watched our lights in your skies. You know now that we are here and that there are many more beings on and around your Earth than your scientists admit. We are deeply concerned about you and your path towards the Light, and will do all we can to help now. Have no fear. Seek only to know yourselves and live in harmony with the ways of your planet Earth.
“We, of the Ashtar Galactic Command, thank you for your attention. We are now leaving the planes of your existence. May you be blessed by the Supreme Love and Truth of the Cosmos.”
(Editor: Listen to the live BBC recording Here)
7/10/18 The Galactic Federation of Light thru Sheldan Nidle
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the Galactic Federation, July 10, 2018
http://paoweb.com/
Salamat Jalwa (Sirian for be in righteousness). We return to speak with you about many events unfolding around your globe. Your world is caught in a war between good and evil. For 13 millennia, the dark cabal has been in control of your planet. With the new strategies we have provided our Earth allies, now called the Alliance, the tides have turned: the dark is losing its power while the Alliance continues to gain momentum.
All the dark cabal has left is the ability to cause vexing delays, which soon will cease as well. The dark is in serious difficulty because it is running out of ways to delude the masses. The Alliance, gradually and at its own pace, is bringing about extraordinary alterations in the world.
We have shared with the Alliance one of our successful strategies, which we refer to as Fluid Group Dynamics. This strategy tends to confuse the cabal because their style of operation is more static. The Alliance is now using this fluid method to resolve all the problems confronting your world. When each individual’s talents are applied to a particular problem, group leaders change constantly, depending upon the areas of expertise required.
Now, as the egotistic cabal faces their demise, they are beginning to turn on one another. Because Fluid Dynamics is not based on the ego, group members are able to work cooperatively. Increasing successes are confirming the efficacy of this strategy.
Changes to government, to the global banking and currency network, to world peace and to the world’s economic systems are merely the early stages in manifesting your prophesied galactic society. The unveiling of suppressed technologies will provide impetus to the paradigm shift that is in progress. These new technologies will supply the means for Gaia’s restoration, which will include clean air, clean water, fertile soil.
You, also, will reap the benefits of restored health from vibrational technology, anti-gravity transportation, teleportation, telepathy and a host of other astounding and life-altering innovations. When we arrive on your shores, we will bring even more thrilling technologies.
The energies that emanate from the Galactic core are awakening the people of Gaia. This global consciousness awakening is what the cabal fears the most. The volume of energy pouring in from the throne of the Creator is immeasurable! As these new frequencies become integrated and anchored in Gaia’s new consciousness grid, lies and greed can no longer hold sway.
Truth is emerging into the Light for all to see. Some of these truths will unhinge the public. They are the uglier side of what the cabal has created throughout the centuries. This is a time when the Starseeds and Lightworkers are called upon to help. Your understanding of the ascension process will be vastly needed to calm the masses. Prepare yourselves. The day of reckoning approaches!
Greetings. We are your Ascended Masters. A new realm is dawning. We ask you to remain patient since an imponderable number of marvelous events is being readied to be revealed. We thank Heaven for what is about to be born! A most gracious blessing is being bestowed upon us all.
You must often feel that what you have been working for is farther away than it actually is. That, in 3-D terms, the life manifesting before you is a fact when, in actuality, it is pure illusion. Often it can seem as if your promised prosperity and world peace are never going to manifest. We are here to tell you that they are closer than they appear in the light of unfolding world events.
The cabal is reeling from the consciousness growth anchored by Gaia’s people into the new energy grid of Light. It has assumed a momentum that ensures its Victory. We descended from the bliss of full consciousness into a realm beset by horrors. Despite this adversity/unfavorable turn, the Anunnaki and their minions failed to obliterate our most sacred thoughts. We retained our memories. Our divine service as Ascended Masters has always been to grant you mercy and succor from the depredations of the dark.
Over the past few decades, you have watched your lives held seemingly in limbo, as those who work for the Light sought how best to restore the right and natural order of this realm. A plan exists to restore the old ways of Lemuria and make rubble of the tyranny employed by the cabal that has kept you enslaved for millennia. It is to merge all of you into the greater community of Love, Light and mutual caring!
It is destined to bring you closer to understanding the glorious realm of your desire, to helping others and to attaining the joy of inner achievements. To that end, you are to expand in consciousness and grow in grace. Hosanna in the highest!!!
Today, we brought you another message about what is developing on your world. You are on the verge of things that, on one level, are deeply longed for but that, on another, will be truly shocking to many. Rejoice in the knowledge that the grand plan of Heaven is unfolding around you! Know, dear Ones, in your Heart of Hearts that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
7/10/18 The Arcturians Through Sue Lie
http://suzanneliephd.blogspot.com/
We Arcturians understand the many challenges that you are bravely facing within your NOW. Therefore, we would like to remind you that you are NEVER alone. Your fifth dimensional family is always with you, whether or not you are aware of it.In fact, you will receive some of your strongest blessings and memories of home when you least expect them and do not need to “control your mind or monitor your thoughts.
Please remember that YOU are the captain of your ship. and you are your ship. As your consciousness advances more and more into the fifth dimension, you will begin to realize that a new reality is coming into your perspective.
This new reality does not need to be worked for or even practiced. This new reality is budding first from within you because your chakras are beginning to spin to a frequency rate of the fifth dimension.
Then, once your chakras have been stabilized to the next octave of reality, your thoughts will be of another reality that is just beyond the physical, but also the higher frequencies of reality will move more and more into your conscious awareness.
Also please remember that reality is what you are then it is. Whatever it is, you are in control. When it is the now to change you must let go and it reveals all fear. When you release all fear you will find that your are within the Now of the Here.
Time is an illusion of the third/fourth dimensions. On the third dimension, time is the most rigid. On the fourth dimension, time is more flexible and changes within your state of mind and emotional body are more easily initiated.
In the fifth dimension all “time” is NOW. Within that now you will know how you can remember the fifth dimensional version of HERE and NOW, as well as HOW. You will need to release your third/fourth dimensional habit of time a space as time/space is a product of the third/fourth dimensional reality band of Earth.
Yes, there is a “reality band” that encompasses each and every frequency of reality. Your assignment within the NOW is to go within and find the reality band that you created while you were resonating to your fifth dimensional SELF, and with your fifth dimensional empathy that called you to choose to wear an earth vessel within your difficult NOW.
With your fifth dimensional empathy for all life you took a third dimensional form to assist Gaia with Her transmutation. In this manner you were able to assist Gaia to gather as great an energy field as possible. This higher energy field is vital to assisting humanity to UNITE with their fifth dimensional SELF in the higher realms of reality.
This Unity allows more and more people to being to remember who they are within their fifth dimensional frequency band. As they remember their fifth dimensional self, that frequency of consciousness can assist them to focus on unity with all life while they are wearing their third/fourth dimensional form.
In this manner they have a greater ability to remember that they are actually fifth dimensional beings/humans who are primarily Pleiadians. In fact, they/you can look, think, and feel more like humans than their true Galactic Self. In this manner, our very brave volunteers who take an earth vessel can better progress with transmuting all the third dimensional versions of their SELF into their fifth dimensional consciousness.
It can be quite difficult to wear a third dimensional body while your consciousness is returning to your innate fifth dimensional consciousness. However, it is in this manner that you will remember how to transmute your third/fourth dimensional form, thoughts and emotions into their true fifth dimensional resonance.
Once you attempt to connect wit your fifth dimensional SELF, something will occur within your third dimensional physical body and your fourth dimensional astral body will begin to merge into ONE.
It is the merging that initiates your transmutation back to your fifth dimensional self. The merging of your third, fourth and fifth dimensional self that has the collective power to not only transmute your self, but to also transmute your reality, as well as Gaia’s reality.
Usually, no one understands ascension and no one ever will because you need to know that you are in control of whatever it is that makes you be YOU. What if for all of your life that you are a living with many incarnations, slowly or suddenly, began to remember. Then three, then more and more of the many incarnations that you have experienced on Earth?
When you do finish your ascension process, you will be able to understand and remember what is occurring on the fifth dimensional Ship and your fifth dimensional reality. When you first began to remember your fifth dimensional SELF you were entering Cycle ONE of your ascension process.
Cycle one is much like an adult nursery school in that you are learning how to interact with a new reality that you do not remember. Just as many children do not remember their former incarnation, they will not easily remember that when they becomes adults.
When one crosses over as a child they often remember their life quite easily because they are still young enough to not think about judging others. These new humans that have “crossed over” into the lower third and fourth dimensions often feel like something, or someone is missing.
They also miss something that they cannot quite title, but they know that they were in one very loving place, and now they are in another place that is quite different. Entering an earth vessel can be quite shocking to one who has been in a light body and are now wearing a very dense physical body. Fortunately, the “new volunteers to take an earth vessel” can still remember going UP into their ship and Down into the Core of Gaia.
However, they soon learn that if they tell other “human ones” about their experiences, they will likely be scorned, laughed at, or even punished for “lying.” This punishment for “telling a truth that the parents have forgotten” actually prepares the child for the many illusions and judgment of a third dimensional reality.
Fortunately, more and more humans are beginning to remember that they are NOT just humans. In fact, they are only “wearing a human vessel” so that they can interact with humanity, so that they can report back to their Ships about the readiness for humanity to accept the “Landings.”
There are still so many humans who are totally asleep to the concept of ascension, or even Starships and being from a another, much more advance reality. The leaders are often the most closed off to this information, as they like to be appearing as the “top of the heap,” when in fact they are truly “the lost ones.”
You were told before you chose to take an earth vessel that you were to serve as scouts who were assigned to go deep into Gaia’s energy field and report back to the Ship what you discovered.
The fact is that many of these Galactic/Human merges have been completed in that the human one remembered that they ARE the Galactic one as well. It is within that NOW that that human begins their transmutations back into their true multidimensional SELF. This merging, also activates the Light Body.
Your Light Body is the YOU fifth dimensional you that you are on the fifth dimensional Starships. The only times that fifth dimensional Starships or humans are perceived by third dimensional humans is when that human has expanded their consciousness to include the fifth dimension.
However, the humans that have been able to survive in a third dimensional reality filled with those who are consciously working AGAINST any form of ascension, have become very strong and have learned to check someone’s aura before they tell them the truth.
It is quite dangerous to tell people who are not ready for that information because they become very frightened. And, just as a frightened animal can be dangerous, so can a frightened human.
You, the members of the transmuting humans, have volunteered to assist Gaia and Her Planetary Ascension by choosing to take fourth dimensional issues and transmute them into fifth dimensional solutions. It is for this reason that humanity is entering a “transmutational cycle.”
We say “transmutational cycle” because it calls for the definition we will now come between. The “false truths” and secret facts will soon be revealed. Therefore, please remember that as Gaia continues Her transmutation into Her fifth dimensional expression of Her Planetary Body, there will be NO separation of thoughts.
Everyone will communicate with all other beings, planetary, animal, elemental, etc., as well with all humans via the same “inner channel” that they have already chosen to communicate through. This channel comes through our “Inter-dimensional Portals,” which connects the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth dimension to the sixth, seventh and beyond realities.
Of course, these portals have always been there and almost always open. One of the few times that these port is were closed was when Earth humans began to “play with” nuclear weapons, and nuclear “accidents” such as Chernobyl.
When humanity evolved—or rather devolved—into making weapons of mass destruction, and even planetary destruction, we the Galactics had to step in to assist. Usually a society in which technology races ahead of Wisdom, Power and Love finds it self in a huge initiation which often feels like the fear of great danger,
An example of this was the nuclear testing and other weapons that occurred after World War II. These weapons often came from the Zeta Reticuli who desperately need assistance and went to those who were NOT concerned about anything thing but their own needs and desires of power over others.
You can look at the older television show called “X Files” to find the truths that are hidden in that story line. In fact, there are a great deal of “fiction” movies and shows that are actually the truth.
However, the United States and most of the earthlings are NO longer in communication with the Zetas’. They just needed human DNA to heal their dying race, and once they got what they needed, they returned to space and their Homeworld in a distant place in your Galaxy.
However, some Zetas still remain close to Gaia, but to protect Her and not to harm her. Their own planet had been greatly harmed, and they did not want to be a part of that happening on another planet. In fact, the Pleiadians and we the Arcturians stepped in and taught the Zetas how to solve their genetic problems.
Since the Zetas were mostly concerned about getting the right DNA to keep their species alive, they left Earth as soon as they got what they needed. Now that their ability to create their own DNA has been restored, they permanently live in their own area of space and leave Earth alone,
Meanwhile, all of us Galactics are interested in discovering how Gaia and Her earthlings will be able to complete their planetary ascension within the “Portal Opening” that has been planned. This portal, being a fifth dimensional portal, is actually a portal to many fifth dimensional portals.
We Galactics will remain close to Earth so that we can be of assistance when it is the NOW for the opening of all the fifth dimensional portals. These portals, working as ONE huge portal, will serve as an opening between the fifth dimensional energy fields of expanding space and the third/fourth dimensional portals on Earth that will open to accept this higher dimensional gift.
Of course, we Galactics, led by the Arcturians, will assist Gaia as She goes through Her “birth canal” into the fifth dimension and beyond. Gaia is a “learning planet,” in which energy out-flowing from the planet, will eventually return to the planet. In order for Gaia to ascend, humanity will need to stand as ONE Being to assist with the process of “Planetary Ascension.”
We do not need to tell you how many “dark ones” still live on and/or rule Gaia. The issue with planetary ascension will not be the planet, but the “service to self” humans who have too often been the rulers of Gaia’s sweet earth.
Earth was always meant to be an “energy out equals energy back” planet. Therefore, the best way for humanity to assist Gaia is NOT with wars and weapons. The BEST way to assist Gaia is to send our Unconditional Love and Violet Fire into all of Gaia’s Earth, Air, Fire, Water and Elementals.
Humanity will NOT save Earth with wars and weapons. The only way that humanity can save Earth is with A COLLECTIVE MAJORITY OF BEINGS who send out UNCONDITIONAL LOVE and VIOLET FIRE deep into Gaia’s Core and into ALL of Gaia’s aura and atmosphere.
If the ascending ones can remember and teach humanity that they ALL volunteered to assist Gaia with Her planetary ascension, humanity can fulfill the reason why they chose to leave the Love and Light of the higher dimensional worlds.
Please remember that YOU are vital for the process of Planetary Ascension.
Call us and we will answer!
The Arcturians and your Galactic Family
7/8/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner (7/5/18)
www.thegroundcrew.com
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I work full time with the Earth Council to assist with the Ascension Process.
I am pleased to report that all is proceeding well with your Ascension Process. Missing parts have been put together. Massive amounts of karma have been cleansed. Relationships are being healed and cleared. Like the earth, you are moving on. You are clearing out the past and letting go of what no longer serves you. The earth is volcanically erupting as she releases molten lava to clear massive amounts of darkness within. It is not her darkness. It is a result of what has been done to her. She has been showing how powerful she is and how ready she is for her ascension. Humanity is beginning to pay attention to these messages.
It is a time on the planet when you cannot take anything for granted. Change is the constant. New patterns of thought and constructs are being created now. They are required for the higher consciousness that you are creating. When the time comes there will be many awakenings and gifts from the Galactics and Light Realms. You will be the beneficiaries. You have earned it from all of your hard work.
There will be many openings from within the earth and you will find this true within your selves. You will discover many things that you did not know about yourselves as they come to the surface. You will reunite with old friends and family from past lives. You will reconnect with many Masters, Archangels and others. There will be many reunions with soul family along with galactic family. You may even reconnect with some of your ancestors.
Cherish each moment of every day. The new developments may be like petals blossoming on a flower. Whether you like some of the revelations or not, they will get your attention. They will make you wonder why you didn’t see certain things before. You will see and sense that you have been living in different time lines as well multiple dimensions. All can seem bizarre. Do not let this upset you. Please understand this information is necessary for your awakening.
We continue to monitor you and your progress. We stand by ready to intervene wherever necessary. We hope to impress upon you the seriousness of these times. We have enforced this message to the dark ones who are still hanging on. They are in fear and want to remain in control. Their days are ending and this is the message that we are consistently reinforcing. Please understand that you, along with the help of billions of the forces of light, are taking back your planet.
We assure you that behind the scenes the plan is ready to be implemented. Stay awake and aware. Listen to the voice within for your own guidance. Find your own truth amongst the numerous lies. Keep your truth to yourself unless you have others with whom you can share. You can talk to us for we appreciate your input. Your involvement is meaningful and important.
You are our beloved ground crew. We appreciate and admire you for all that you are and all that you do.
I am Mira with lots of love.
7/8/18 Sherry Wilde Video About her UFO "Abductors" (light beings)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YdmeAoBmcAA (59 minutes)
Under hypnosis Sherry Wilde learns first that she was abducted at age 17, secondly that it was not the first time, that it had been going on since childhood, and third, that it was not an abduction after all but a pre-birth agreement to meet her interdimensional family who are benevolent light beings. She was a normal wife, mother and business owner until 1987 when her community experienced a UFO flap - one of the most active in the world. Her girlfriend talked her into attending a hypnosis session, reminding her she had lost two hours one day at age 17 and couldn't remember what happened. She denied and resisted, but over the next 18-24 months Sherry was forced to accept her involvement in a phenomenon that was totally unknown to her. Faced with the indisputable evidence that she was experiencing contact with extra-terrestrial beings was astonishing to this pragmatic and levelheaded woman of 37. She learned her contact had been ongoing for her entire life. It almost pushed her over the edge. Sherry spent the next several years of her life trying to exonerate the experiences from her mind and did her best to return to a normal life, but when heavy contact started again in late 2009, after several years of relative peace, she could no longer ignore it. Inexplicably she found herself writing a book, The Forgotten Promise, about the encounters as her memory opened up to the past events and the teachings these beings had imparted to her. Overcoming her fear and learning the truth of her involvement with these ultra-dimensional beings became her life goal. She now accepts the truth of these encounters and has cooperative contact on a regular basis with the beings she affectionately refers to as "her guys."
6/29/18 Conversation with the Arcturians thru Suzanne Lie
http://suzanneliephd.blogspot.com/
Sue channeling The Arcturians:
Now a lot has occurred, especially in the United States and those protected by the United States. That is because the United States was supposed to be the flashpoint of ascension. And it’s the newest country, along with Australia. So it will be the United States for the northern hemisphere, and Australia for the southern hemisphere, and they are right next to each other. And that wave of ascension will be activated with those two continents and then move all around the planet. But it can’t occur while that matrix is still active and still attached to the planet.
Shawnna as interviewer:
So as we each do a personal assessment, the greatest contribution we can make is assisting as many people as possible to focus on their grounding. That way, we can maintain our presence in this Higher Frequency.
Sue/The Arcturians:
In this Higher Frequency, yes, and when we, {now Suzille is saying this, but we’ll say you}, when humanity grounds themselves, humanity is meant to be a grounding board. Because they are conscious. They are conscious of the planet, and they are conscious of the atmosphere, and they are conscious of the other planets.
And so there are beings that are conscious, as well as beings that deeply love the Earth. Because there are beings that love the Earth deeply, but they are not conscious of those types of concepts, because they live in rural lands or agricultural lands, but they love the planet. And those are the ones that are the final grounders. Because they love the planet, and they will be able to pull in that Light and share it with the planet.
And those that have selfish needs and work against the planet, that frequency of Light will be too hard, too dangerous. It will disarticulate their selfish power over other’s needs. Because power over others is a low frequency, and power within is a very high frequency.
So those that resonate to a power over others, they have a low frequency of consciousness. And so when that Higher Light comes in, they’ll get zapped, because it will be too strong for them.
And they will be taken with the matrix to a baby planet to start over. Because there really is no death, just a next cycle. And when that cycle occurs as that matrix leaves, then only those that have truly loved the planet will be able to stay on the planet, because that is where they have always been.
Do you understand what we are saying by that?
Shawnna:
Yes, the timing is interesting because a lot of this information is coming to Light on how this existence has functioned and what the aims and intentions have been and continue to be. I always had this optimism in my mind that surely they will all come to realize that, and I think the Arcturians, I think you’ve actually mentioned recently that they are being made aware that their actions have implications. And so in a way, they have been warned that if their ways continue, there will be consequences.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Because Energy out is Energy back.
Shawnna:
Right, and I’ve always held his hope that knowing that, decisions would be made that would alter these intentions, and they would focus more upon the well-being because there is more power in love than fear.
Sue/The Arcturians:
There are some that will be able to shift out of that power over consciousness, but a large percentage of the people that have power over consciousness, they came to Earth from another planet and from another planet and from another planet.
And in a way, they are the destroyers and part of the………
Sue/The Arcturians:
What’s that noise, Shawnna?
Shawnna:
Ha-ha. I guess that’s the alarm sounding (laugh). It’s my clock. That means time is up for them. That’s what that means.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Oh, OK good. Time is up for those who are selfish.
But it doesn’t look that way. Especially in The United States, it doesn’t look that way. The United States was meant to be the flashpoint, and there is a major battle going on. And sometimes something really dark and scary has to happen to wake people up from, “Oh it’s all cool, it’s all fine.”
No, it’s not all cool, it’s not all fine. There’s still plenty of darkness to be transmuted. And this transmutational process will occur within one who does not seek power within.
Transmutation is a process that can only occur once a human has moved into the energy field of sharing and of healing and of energy out and remembering who you really are, remembering that you are also a Higher Dimensional Being. And there’s more frequencies to yourself than you see in the physical plane.
And as humanity connects more and more with the Higher Frequencies of their own self, then they will be able to have that Fourth Dimensional perspective and that Fifth Dimensional perspective.
And as that becomes more and more and closer to a majority, then the power withins will be able to take control. But, unfortunately, the power over others are in control within this now. Not everywhere, but in far too many places.
Shawnna:
Well, I was going to say that kind of leads into my next question, which is how can we accelerate the process of the matrix being removed? I guess it’s a natural process as you’ve mentioned, but are we able to impact that in any way?
Sue/The Arcturians:
The Galactics are surrounding the planet. The Galactics are here to assist. However, Gaia is a free will planet, as we have said, and humanity has to ask for the assistance. They can pray to their God, they can ask the Galactics for assistance, and they can give service to others.
And a lot of people are doing these things, but a lot of people are just barely surviving. And that is because the power over others have created societies in which too many people are placed out of the realm of assistance.
And until humanity is able to love humanity enough to do everything that they personally can do in their own fashion and many, many people are doing, but it isn’t 51 %. It has to be a bigger percentage in order to make that shift.
Do you understand what we are saying by that?
Shawnna:
Yes, definitely. I wonder how far off we are?
Sue/Arcturians:
Yes, that is something that we won’t share because that is something that humanity has to talk to each other and find out. And humanity has to listen for the Light, listen for the Love, and follow the Light, and follow the Love.
And when there is fear and when there is injustice, they need to stand up against it and say, “No, we will not participate in your fear. We will not participate in your injustice.”
And before people do that, they usually have to wait until it becomes extremely extreme.
And that is a glitch about humanity in the third dimension. And basically humanity will need the Galactics’ help. But that means that humanity is going to have to move beyond their belief that they are the most evolved beings and realize that they are choosing to wear a third dimensional vessel, but there are many others that wear fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh and even higher dimensional vessels. And those beings can fix it, but they can’t fix it without the majority of the planet asking for help because it is a free will planet.
Shawnna:
Well, interestingly enough, it feels like we’ve come full circle. Even back to when we first began this conversation, and we were having difficulties, and there was silence, so I had that chance to go within and explore that deeper message.
It felt like it was, like you just mentioned, reaching those extremes that kind of catapult us into wanting to engage and make a difference and get on our feet and recognize that it is time.
This is the alarm sounding, and this is the extreme, and so it is time to not just listen, but participate.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, and to get out of denial.
You know, too many people live in denial. They see what they want to see, and they ignore what they don’t want to see. And as more and more people really allow themselves to see what is really occurring, then they will say, “Wait a second, this isn’t OK. I don’t want this to happen. What can I do to change? How can we work together to change this?”
And it’s that We, moving from Me to We. Moving from Me to We, and We includes the planet.
If you look at the Native Americans and all the people, the farmers and the people that love Earth and the people that serve it, Weincludes the planet. They are all fully aware that everything in your body, it comes from something from the planet. Your physical body is made of the elements and elementals of the physical Earth. You are a chunk of Earth that has the consciousness of your Higher Dimensional Self.
And so when that consciousness moves into all the areas of the chunk of Earth that is the body that you are wearing, then humanity begins to deeply remember and awaken. And awakening and remembering are the same because as you awaken you remember, and as you remember you awaken.
The Starships are ready. There is so much help. The Pleaidians are buzzing the planet on a regular basis, and they are talking to people on a regular basis. We, the Arcturians, are talking to people on a regular basis and other Higher Beings, the Archangels and Ascended Masters and the Elohim. It’s just a matter of time…..and leaving time.
As long as people think in time, then they’re stuck in time, and they’re stuck in third dimensional time.
It’s the moving of the consciousness into the Now that allows one’s perceptions to leave time and to move into the Higher Frequencies of the Higher Fourth and Fifth Dimension that is not bound by time and exists within the Now of the One.
Shawnna:
And I think that’s the perfect segue into one of our main focus points, which will be the power of the Here and Now. And I think since anyone who is listening to this conversation has probably reached that point to be awake and in that stage of remembering. We just want to remind everyone that they have a responsibility to contribute.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, it is a responsibility. And that’s one of the first things that people realize when they begin to awaken. They realize that they have a responsibility to help this planet. This planet has lot of problems. They need to help it in some way.
And you don’t have to be a genius, you don’t have to be wealthy, and you don’t have to be any special person. Because the planet is made of everyday people. It’s an everyday planet, and everyday people in their everyday life can make much more of a difference than they can imagine.
Shawnna:
Absolutely. As we all focus on that power within, we recognize it. We are important, we have unique contributions to make, and together we will make a difference.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, together. Together is the word, isn’t it?
Yes, together as One, because we are One.
Well, thank you so much for speaking with us.
Did you have any final questions, Shawnna, or are you fine with the conversation as it is?
Shawnna:
I think that wraps up an excellent conversation that’s really relevant for everyone to hear at this time. As always, we’re grateful for this guidance, and we have much to consider and think about and to act upon.
Sue/The Arcturians:
Yes, thank you so much to all and Blessings be to you all.
And we’re always here with you, and we have the doors to the fourth and the fifth dimension wide open, as well as the doors to our many Starships that resonate just beyond.
It’s part of the reason why the dark ones are so frightened and revving up their nefarious ways because they, too, know that We, the Higher Frequencies of reality, the Higher Frequencies of the people that are wearing an Earth vessel, are surrounding them. They are above them, and they are among them.
Blessings!
6/20/18 More on Valiant Thor by Eddie Page (youtube)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3R_XC-r1lK4 (part 1 - 32 minutes)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AfetEpzOlLU (part 2 - 32 minutes)
Parts one and two, In these videos I will be telling you about Val Valiant Thor. Thor lived as a stranger at the Pentagon for three years interacting with President Eisenhower and Vice President Richard Nixon at the White House. I worked for the CIA from June 15, 1982 to Nov 4, 1993. These are the topics I will be covering for you, the Phoenix Lights, CIA, Alien Hybrids, Extraterrestrial, Pleiadian children, Star Seed, Project Aquarius, Aliens, UFO sightings, Roswell N.M, alien spacecraft, Roswell crash, black triangular, Roswell UFO Incident, UFO sightings, Roswell N.M, alien spacecraft, Roswell crash, black triangular, Area 51, S4 Facility, Project Blue Book and the Roswell UFO Incident the happened-on July 8, 1947.
6/20/18 - Eddie Page - Pleiadian Starseed worked for CIA (Youtube)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qkrYlVjjJ8I
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u1zaHCiOu2c
These videos are the true-life story of Eddie Page the extraterrestrial Star Seed unit inside CIA Project Aquarius. We were 33 Pleiadian children that were brought here to interact with the human species. This is not only our story, it is our Fathers will that we bring you this message of hope. I Will also be telling your about Valiant Thor, The Benevolent Alien. Val Valiant Thor lived as a stranger at the Pentagon for three years interacting with President Eisenhower. Eddie Page You will learn the real story behind the Roswell crash in 1947, what Project Aquarius was all about developed by the CIA in 1953. As one of Eddies friend, I believed it was important and only fair that everyone on the planet has access to a full and comprehensive record of Eddie Page’s life - not just the CIA who had seemingly been monitoring him from before his mysterious birth and ever since. This YouTube Channel is dedicated to all those who have lost their lives either through direct alien contact such as jet fighter pilots sent to investigate UFO sightings, those who were abducted and never returned and those who were murdered by governments to prevent them from speaking out about what they knew. Here is a link to my Facebook page: it is called Project Aquarius.
6/20/18 Kerry Cassidy interviewing Eddie Page Extraterrestrial Star Seed (Youtube)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5WY6Xzh2Mc
The true story of the extraterrestrial Star Seed unit (33 Pleiadian children) inside the CIA. Find out how the Anunnaki and Pleiadians are related… Pleiadian mother ship has arrived with more coming according to Eddie…
6/15/18 Ra and the Law of One - on The Confederation of Planets
http://kuthumi-hands.com/theharvest/earthharvest.htm
"I am one of The Members of The Confederation of Planets in the service of The Infinite Creator. There are approximately 53 civilizations, comprising approximately 500 planetary consciousness complexes in this Confederation. This Confederation contains those from your own planet who have attained Densities beyond your 3rd. It contains planetary entities within your solar system, and it contains planetary entities from other galaxies. It is a true Confederation in that its members are not alike but allied in service according to the Law of One. There have been as many as 15 of the Confederation entities in your skies at any one time. Their purposes are very simple: to allow those entities of your planet to become aware of infinity, which is often best expressed to the uninformed as the mysterious or unknown."
"The desire to serve begins, in the Density of Love or Understanding (4th Density), to be an overwhelming goal of the social memory complex (group consciousness). Thus, those percentiles of planetary entities, plus approximately 4% more of whose identity We cannot speak, found themselves long, long ago in your time seeking the same thing: service to others. The relationship between these entities as they entered an understanding of other beings, other planetary entities, and other concepts of service was to share and continue together these commonly-held goals of service."
"Thus, each voluntarily placed the social memory complex data in what you may consider a central thought complex available to all. This, then, created a structure whereby each entity could work in its own service while calling upon any other understanding needed to enhance the service. This is the cause of the formation and the manner of the working of the Confederation. There are many Confederations. This Confederation works with the planetary spheres of 7 or your galaxies and is responsible for the callings of the Densities of these galaxies."
"There dwell within The Confederation planetary entities (civilizations) who from their planetary spheres do nothing but send Love and Light as pure streamings to those who call. This is not in the form of conceptual thought but of pure and undifferentiated Love."
"Information (theoretical physics) which Confederation Sources had offered to your entity, Albert (Einstein), became perverted (by Dark Ones), and instruments of destruction began to be created, examples of this being the Manhatten Project and its product (nuclear bombs). Information offered through Wanderer, Nikola (Tesla), also was experimented with for potential destruction: example, your so-called Philadelphia Experiment (time and dimensional travel). Thus, We felt a strong need to involve our thought-forms (UFO activity and messages of the mid-twentieth century) in whatever way We of The Confederation could be of service in order to balance these distortions of information (inspired by the Dark Brotherhood of Orion)."
"We of The Confederation are at the call of those upon your planet. If the call, though sincere, is fairly low in consciousness of the, shall we say, system whereby spiritual evolution may be precipitated, then We may only offer that information useful to that particular caller. These entities receive the basic information about The Original Thought and the means, that is meditation and service to others, whereby this Original Thought may be obtained. If an entity puts into practice that which it is given, it will not find repetition except when needed."
The Dark Brotherhood of Orion
"Like The Confederation, the Densities of the mass consciousness which comprise the Orion Group (service to self polarity) are varied. There are a very few 3rd Density, a larger number of 4th Density, a similarly large number of 5th Density, and very few 6th Density entities comprising this organization. Their numbers are perhaps one-tenth ours at any point in the space/time continuum as the problem of spiritual entropy causes them to experience constant disintegration of their social memory complexes (due to in-fighting and power struggles). Their power is the same as ours."
"The purpose of the Orion Group is conquest unlike those of The Confederation who wait for the calling (thus not interfering with free will). The so-called Orion Group calls Itself to conquest. Their objective is to locate certain mind/body/spirit complexes (people) which vibrate in resonance with their own vibrational complex, then to enslave the un-elite, as you may call those who are not of the Orion vibration. The service of the self requires an ever-expanding use of the energies of others for manipulation to the benefit of the self with distortion towards power."
"There are two types of landings (of the Orion Group). In the first, entities among your peoples are taken on their craft and programmed for future use (subconsciously). There are 2 or 3 levels of programming. First, the level that will be discovered by those who do research (hypnosis). Second, a triggering program. Third, a second and most deep triggering program, crystallizing the entity, thereby rendering it lifeless and useful as a kind of beacon. The second form is that of landing beneath the Earth's crust (within the Inner Earth), which is entered from water, in the general area of your South American and Caribbean areas and close to the so-called Northern Pole. The bases of these people are underground."
"The Crusaders of Orion use two types of entities to do their bidding, shall We say. The first type is the thought-form, the second a kind of robot. The robot may look like any other being (human). It is a construct. The 'Men in Black' are a thought-form type of entity which have some beingness to their make-up. They have certain physical characteristics given them. However, their true vibrational nature is without 3rd-Density vibrational characteristics and, therefore, they are able to materialize and dematerialize when necessary."
"The Orion Group passes on information concerning the Law of One with the orientation of service to self. The information can become technical just as some in The Confederation, in attempts to aid this planet in service to others, have provided what you would call technical information. The technology by this group is in the form of various means of control or manipulation of others to serve the self (such as weather control and mass mind-control technology). The contacts which this group finds most helpful to their cause are those contacts made with entities (humans) whose orientation is towards service to self."
"The Orion Group uses the physical examination (during a 'UFO experience') as a means of terrifying the individual and causing it to feel the feelings of an advanced 2nd-Density being, such as a laboratory animal. The sexual experiences of some are a sub-type of this experience. The intent is to demonstrate the control of the Orion entities over the Terran inhabitant. The thought-form experiences are subjective and, for the most part, do not occur in this Density (3rd)."
"The most typical approach of Orion entities is to choose what you might call the weaker-minded entity that it might suggest a greater amount of Orion philosophy to be disseminated. If there is fear and doom, the contact was quite likely of a negative nature. If the result is hope, friendly feelings, and the awakening of a positive feeling of purposeful service to others, the marks of Confederation contact are evident."
"The UFO flaps (of Orion origin) cause many fears among your peoples, many speakings, understandings concerning plots, cover-ups, mutilations, killings, and other negative impressions. Even those supposedly positive reports which gain public awareness speak of doom."
"The shape of the Orion craft is one of the following: firstly, the elongated, ovoid shape which is of a darker nature than silver but which has a metallic appearance if seen in the light. In the absence of light, it appears to be red or fiery in some manner. Other craft include disc-shaped objects of a small nature approximately 12 feet in your measurement in diameter and the box-like shape approximately 40 feet to a side in your measurement. Other craft can take on a desired shape through the use of thought-control mechanisms. There are various civilization complexes which work within this group. Some are more able to use Intelligent Infinity than others."
"Through telepathy the philosophy of the Law of One, with the distortion of service to self, is promulgated. In advanced groups (of negatively-oriented humans) there are rituals and exercises given (so-called Black Magic), and these have been written down just as the service-to-others oriented entities have written down the promulgated philosophy of their teachers. The entire hope of the Orion Group is to infringe upon free will without losing polarity. Thus this Group, if represented by a wise entity, attempts to be clever."
"The Orion Group has aided the so-called negatively oriented among your mind/body/spirit complexes (peoples). These same entities (the humans) would be concerning themselves with service to self in any case, and there are many upon your so-called Inner Planes (Lower Astral Levels) which are negatively oriented and thus available as inner teachers or guides and so-called possessors of certain souls (personalities) who seek this distortion of service to self."
"There is a sincere belief of 4th-Density Negative (Dark Ones) that to love self is to love all. Each other-self, which is thus either taught or enslaved, thus has a teacher which teaches love of self. Exposed to this teaching, it is intended that there be brought to fruition an Harvest of 4th-Density Negative or self-serving mind/body/spirit complexes (people)."
"The 4th-Density negative entity is aware of the full array of possible methods of viewing the universe of The One Creator, and it is convinced that the ignoring and non-use of the green-ray energy center (4th or Heart Chakra) will be the method most efficient in providing harvestability to 4th Density (from 3rd Density). Its operations among those of 3rd Density which have not yet made this choice are designed to offer to each the opportunity to consider the self-serving polarity and its possible attractiveness."
"Nearly all positive channels and groups may be lessened in their positivity or rendered quite useless by what we may call the temptations offered by the 4th-Density negative thought-forms (sent telepathically by 4th-Density Negative Beings). They may suggest many distortions towards specific information (disinformation), towards the aggrandizement of the self, towards the flowering of the organization in some political, social, or fiscal way. These distortions remove the focus from The One Infinite Source of Love and Light."
"The negatively-oriented entity will program (pre-incarnatively) for maximal separation from and control over all those things and conscious entities which it perceives as being other than the self (all others) and will ordinarily program for wealth, ease of existence, and the utmost opportunity for power. Thus, many negative entities burst with the physical complex distortion you call health, however a negatively-oriented entity may choose a painful condition in order to improve the distortion toward the negative emotive mentations (emotions) such as anger, hatred, and frustration. Such an entity may use an entire incarnative experience honing a blunt edge of hatred or anger so that it may polarize more towards the negative or separated pole."
"The negatively-oriented being will be one who feels that it has found power that gives meaning to its existence. This negative entity will strive to offer these understandings to other-selves (others), most usually by the process of forming the elite, the disciples, and teaching the need and rightness of the enslavement of other-selves (others) for their own good. These other-selves are perceived to be dependent upon the self (the one in power) and in need of the guidance and the wisdom of the self."
"The negative polarization (service to self) is greatly aided by the subjugation or enslavement of other-selves (others). The potential between two negatively-polarized entities is such that the entity which enslaves the other or bids the other gains in negative polarity. The entity so bidden or enslaved, in serving an other-self, will necessarily lose negative polarity, although it will gain in desire for further negative polarization (and power). This desire will then tend to create opportunities to regain negative polarity. You must recall that, in negative thinking there is always the pecking order and the power against power in separation. To the stronger go the greater shares of polarity."
"The negative path posits slavery of the less powerful as a means of learning the desire to serve the self to the extent that the will is brought to bear. It is in this way that polarity is increased in the negative sense. Thus 4th-Density entities are willing slaves of such a 5th-Density entity, there being no doubt whatsoever of the relative power of each. Any organization which demands obedience without question upon the basis of relative power is functioning according to the above-described plan."
"The negative polarization (service to self) contains a great requirement for control and repression (self-discipline). Any mind-complex distortion, which you may call emotional, needs, in order to be useful to the negatively-oriented entity, to be repressed and then brought to the surface in an organized use (control of emotions). Thus, you may find, for instance, negatively-polarized entities controlling and repressing such basic bodily complex (physical) needs as the sexual desire in order that, in the practice thereof, the will may be used to enforce itself upon the other-self (another person) with greater efficiency when the sexual behavior is allowed."
"The negative polarization is one which does not accept the concept of free will of other-selves (others). Thusly, in a social complex (society) whose negativity approaches purity (100%), the pull upon other-selves (others) is constant. A positively-oriented entity in such a situation would desire for other-selves (others) to have their free will and thusly would find itself removed from its ability to exercise its own free will, for the free will of negatively-oriented entities is bent upon conquest." (Freedom to evolve in a tyranny or dictatorship is removed.)
"The graduation into 4th-Density Negative is achieved by those beings who have consciously contacted Intelligent Infinity through the use of red, orange, and yellow rays of energy (the 3 chakras below the diaphragm). Therefore, the planetary conditions of 4th-Density Negative (on a negative, service-to-self planet) include the constant alignment and re-alignment of entities in efforts to form dominant patterns of combined energy. The early 4th Density is one of the most intensive struggle (for power). When the order of authority has been established and all have fought until convinced that each is in the proper placement for power structure, the social memory complex (group mind) begins. Always the 4th-Density effect of telepathy and the transparency of thought are attempted to be used for the sake of those at the apex of the power structure (the rulers)."
"The negatively-polarized entity will have achieved Harvest due to extremely efficient use of red and orange/yellow (the first 3 chakras), moving directly to the gateway indigo (moving directly to the 6th Chakra without activating the 4th and 5th Chakras), bringing through this intelligent energy channel the in-streamings of Intelligent Infinity."
"If you see the energy centers (the 7 Major Chakras) in their various colors completing the spectrum, you may see that the service-to-self choice is one which denies the very center of the spectrum (4th Chakra), that being universal love. Therefore, all that is built upon the penetration of the Light of harvestable quality by such entities is based upon an omission. This omission shall manifest in 4th Density as the love of self, that is, the fullest expression of the orange and yellow energy centers (2nd and 3rd Chakras) which then are used to potentiate communication and adepthood."
"When 5th-Density refinement has been achieved, that which is not (activation of the 4th Chakra) is carried further, the Wisdom Density (5th Density) being explored by entities which have no compassion, no universal love. They experience that which they wish by free choice, being of the earnest opinion that green-ray energy (of the 4th Chakra) is folly. That which is not may be seen as a self-imposed darkness in which harmony is turned into an eternal dysharmony."
"The early 5th-Density negative entity, if oriented towards maintaining cohesion as a social memory complex (group consciousness), may, in its free will, determine that the path to wisdom lies in the manipulation in exquisite propriety of all other-selves (all others). It then, by virtue of its abilities in wisdom, is able to be the leader of 4th-Density beings which are upon the road to wisdom by exploring the dimensions of love of self and understanding of self. These 5th-Density entities see the Creation as that which shall be put in order."
"The usual attempts (attacks) upon positively-oriented entities or groups of entities are made by minions of the 5th-Density Orion Leaders. These (minions) are 4th Density. The normal gambit of such 4th-Density attack is the tempting of the entity or group of entities away from total polarization towards service to others and toward the aggrandizement of self or of social organization with which the self (the person) identifies."
"There are no negative beings (those who serve the self) which have attained the Oversoul Manifestation (the level of Monad), which is the honor/duty of the mind/body/spirit complex totality (Monad) of late 6th Density, as you would term it in your time measurements. These negatively-oriented mind/body/spirit complexes (incarnate beings) have a difficulty which to our knowledge has never been overcome, for after 5th-Density graduation (into 6th Density) wisdom is available but must be matched with an equal amount of love. This Love/Light is very, very difficult to achieve in unity when following the negative path, and during the early part of the 6th Density, society complexes (group minds) of the negative orientation will choose to release the potential and leap into the 6th Density positive (service to others)." (The Dark Brothers and Dark Group Minds can evolve no further than early 6th Density without reversing polarity and becoming Forces of Light in service to all others.)
"The 6th-Density negative entity is extremely wise. It observes the spiritual entropy occurring due to the lack of ability to express the unity of 6th Density. Thus, loving The Creator and realizing at some point that The Creator is not only self but other-self (others) as self, this entity consciously chooses an instantaneous energy re-orientation so that it may continue its evolution. The positive/negative polarity is a thing which will, at the 6th Level, simply become history (polarization of all sentient life in the universe ends at the 6th-Density Level)."
6/7/18 The Arcturians and Pleiadians via Sue Lie - 5/28/18
Imagination as Fifth Dimensional Thought
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
What is Imagination? Imagination includes, among other things, the ability to visualize with the creative parts of your mind and brain in order to activate your resourcefulness, creative, and artistic/scientific brain.
Artistic and scientific are put into one category because they both call upon your ability to think of, imagine, and/or desire to create in your outer world something that you have found within your heart and mind.
We say “found within your heart and mind” because your heart usually yearns for the feedback loop of finding a desire, goal, creative expression, etc. within your heart that you are able to “plant” in your mind.
If these desires, etc. stay only in your heart, you will love it and maybe even love yourself more because of it. But, if this desire does not expand to encompass your mind, it will likely remain an idea and never become a creation.
A “creation” is something that carries a life force. Many of these creations hover within your consciousness, but it is not a creation until you “give it life” in your physical world by sharing it with others. In this manner, your creativity comes “not from you and for you, but through you and to others.” In this manner, a higher dimensional expression of your SELF, and/or your consciousness, is allowed a manner in which it, your higher dimensional expression of creativity, can flow through the portal of YOUR SELF and into the portals of others who resonate to this higher frequency communication.
Yes, creativity does resonate to a higher frequency because it is a “whole brain experience.” In other words, a creative venture calls on the creator to use both their logical, rational, mental left brain to intermingle with your creative, spontaneous, emotional right brain.
How is imagination experienced? If one can trust their instincts and their inner messages, imagination can be very helpful to find the Circle of Light that encompasses one’s imagination, to enter into the heart of the one who is imagining. Some people are taught that imagination is a ‘waste of time,” but, a person who would say that to another is likely unable to allow themselves to enjoy their “whole brain thinking.” Whole brain thinking is when one is able to use both their creative, imaginative right hemisphere and their “take care of business” left hemisphere.
How is imagination shared with others? Imagination is greatly limited when it is not shared with others. Imagination is often something that can evolve into a new, creative and possible reality. If imagination is ignored, many possible realities are not allowed to be birthed into your physical world. Therefore, sharing your imagination with others is very rewarding in that your own ideas can be amplified by sharing them with others. Imagination does not live long if it is “shut away” or “kept a secret.”
Fortunately, imagination greatly expands when it is shared. However, it is important to be aware if the one you wish to share with is someone who can also embrace their own imagination. In that manner, there is a freedom of inter-mingling the ideas without the fear of judgment. On the other hand, if you are ready to share your creative self, you have likely already experienced that “fear of judgment from others” will stop you in your tracks. Therefore, we will now speak about “fear.”
Fear is the enemy of creative expression. On the other hand, creative expression can diminish your fear. It feels very good to allow your imagination to have a voice, a picture and/or any other manner in which your imagination is brought forward from your heart and mind, to be shared with others. Some people are afraid of the judgment they “may” receive if the expression of imagination is criticized by others. This is normal, so do not feel poorly about yourself if you, too, have experienced fear of judgment regarding your expression of Higher SELF.
When you allow yourself to BE your creative SELF, the joy that you gain from that small act will more than compensate for any judgment from others. Also, be aware that if you present your creativity as “Not coming from you but through you”, then you can better allow your higher self to guide you. “Coming through you” means that you are serving as a “grounding station” for the higher dimensional waves of creativity that are being sent into the frequency of third/fourth dimensional Earth from the higher dimensions of reality.
When you allow yourself to FEEL the higher energy that flows into you while you are being creative, please take a moment to ask within or above, “Thank you for this transmission. From who, or where, am I receiving this information, and how can I thank you?” Being thankful for your creative transmissions/ideas will assist you to consciously accept you higher messages, as well as honoring them as a gift that comes THROUGH you, not FROM you.
When you perceive yourself as a “channel of higher dimensional Light,” your human ego will not be activated, as the message is a “gift” from the higher frequencies of reality with whom you are NOW gaining a constant contact. We say “constant contact” because once you connect with a fifth dimensional and beyond higher being, you are no longer bound by third dimensional time. Then, whenever you feel an urge to document your inter-dimensional messages, you have a “hard copy” to share with others.
Some may share with words, others with pictures, dances, songs etc. In other words, acreative act that you share to express your higher dimensional experiences allows you to more deeply unite your daily consciousness with the higher dimensional consciousness, which come THROUGH you and not FROM you. Once you are able to give full credit to the Source of your communications and/or inspirations, your ego is excused from your creative act. It is your own ego self who has collected and saved all the times that you were embarrassed, criticized and/or teased for presenting your true creative, multidimensional self.
We Pleiadians often work together with the Arcturians to remind our grounded ones of their “reason for incarnation.” The reason that you chose to take a third dimensional earth vessel within this NOW, is the foundation of the mission that you chose to fulfill within your present incarnation. One thing that you will be happy to realize is that, even if you judge your self as failing, or feel that others are judging you for what they perceive as a “failure,” if you continue you will find that what others think about you is VERY insignificant compared to how you judge your self.
In fact, allowing your self to “following the flow” of your own inner guidance that you feel deep within, will empower you enough to lovingly send away any inner or outer criticism. This criticism may hurt your feelings, but the joy you feel from expressing your creativity far surpasses your fear of judgment. You will also find that the joy of allowing your self to express your SELF via whatever form of creativity that you choose, will allow you to send “unconditional love” to those who may judge you. You can send this love because you have allowed yourself to have unconditional love for your self via the expression of your own creative force.
YES, creativity is a “force.” When one is in the act of “creating” something that came THROUGH them, not FROM them, they feel “at ONE” with a higher frequency of reality, as well as a higher frequency of your own Multidimensional SELF. Yes, ALL humanity has a Multidimensional SELF, even if their wounded consciousness will not allow them to experience their own higher frequencies of SELF. This condition is best healed by allowing someone, a counselor, a loving friend, even a pet, or a walk through Nature, to re-calibrate your “SENSE OF SELF” back to the multidimensional YOU that you have always been, but temporarily forgot.
As you begin to remember your own higher dimensional expressions of SELF, you can more easily adapt to a multidimensional reality in which an “unseen higher guide/SELF” is a common belief that all the members of that frequency of reality are fully embracing. Many of our ones who chose to take a third dimensional earth vessel to assist with planetary ascension have felt very lonely. However, once they remember the “mission” that they chose before taking this incarnation, they remember that they resonate to many frequencies of reality within the NOW of the ONE.
The concept of multiple realities running parallel within the same NOW is very difficult to accept for those who are still in the Matrix of being “just” third dimensional. It is the slow, or sudden, awakening to the first conscious inter-action with a higher dimensional aspect of your SELF, that will set you onto the “Path of Remembering your SELF.” At first, most of you believe that your SELF is a different being who resonates to a higher, and/or different, reality. However, if you begin to have regular communications with this “inner being” that you somehow KNOW is real, your third dimensional brain will begin to recalibrate to the receive more and more higher dimensional information.
It is often very helpful to document your experiences with your Higher SELF, as your third dimensional brain often cannot retain fifth dimensional stimuli. Therefore, if you write down, draw, sing and/or share your information two things occur. One thing that occurs is that your Higher SELF will become aware that you are NOW ready to “take dictation” and share it with your third dimensional reality. The other thing is that: You will meet others like you, which will make it easier for you to realize that your Higher SELF is in constant communication with you. In fact, as you share your experience with others, you will further open your innate “inter-dimensional portal” to your own higher frequency expressions of your SELF, as well as your Galactic Friends and Family.
Once you have an “open channel” between your third/fourth dimensional physical/astral self and your fifth dimensional higher/multidimensional SELF, your life will move into the next octave of awareness. With this new, expanded awareness of your Multidimensional SELF and your Multidimensional Reality, you will NEVER feel alone again. You could be alone in the middle of the ocean, but your higher dimensional SELF will be with you, guiding and protecting you.
How are you an expression of your Higher SELF? The answer to this question is: EVERY DAY in EVERY WAY!
6/7/18 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
More E.T.s on Earth
www.DanielScranton.com
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We are continuing to evaluate the necessity of a bigger presence of extra-terrestrials on your planet. We are in contact with many extra-terrestrial beings who want to help and who want to become members of the ground crew with all of you, and we are weighing the help versus hindrance of their presence. You don’t want to get into a situation with extra-terrestrial beings where you see them as your saviors.
For those of you who are unaware, we are non-physical. We are consciousness, so we are not coming, but we are in contact with fifth-dimensional Arcturians, fourth-dimensional Arcturians, and other beings from other star systems who want very much to assist all of you. They see it as part of their role to help. Their presence can help by their ability receive higher-frequency energies and ground them for you.
They can even blend in enough to be teachers and guides, and the advantage of their being on planet Earth with you is that they are incorruptible and beyond any scope of manipulation. Again, the downside is that they can interfere with your evolution of consciousness.
If you become fifth dimensional without doing what you need to do there, you could end up hurting yourselves, especially those who are still unawake at this point. There’s a much greater likelihood that they would in fact create some serious problems.
And so we are looking down many different timelines and seeking the best possible scenarios for all of you. The E.T.s that we are in contact with will of course heed our guidance, and they will always be there supporting you in other ways, even if they are not all on the ground floor with you. And of course you have help from up here as well, in our dimension, not to mention all of the other helpers who are lending their energy, their compassion, their love, and their support.
We all know how long a journey this has been for you and how challenging, but to not worry because your ascension is guaranteed.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
6/7/18 The Pleiadians via Christine Day
Linking into your heart space
http://www.christinedayonline.com/
The Pleiadians – Beloved ones we greet you, An intensity will build within the 3rd dimension on your planet as you move through June and July. You are being asked at this juncture, within this transitional phase to let go and continue to align and link through the multidimensionality of your Heart space.
This multidimensionality is a natural aspect of you and you are being called now to realign by the sacred Higher aspect of your self. As you let go with the Conscious breath you are naturally aligned deeper within the sacred multidimensional tool of your Heart’s sphere.
There is nothing more important for you to achieve at this time than to move into a realignment of your Higher Self. Your movement towards your sacred aspect allows you to play an individual and essential role of creating a stabilization within humanity, and within your communities in which you live. Each time you open into a moment of reconnection within your Heart you forge a powerful anchored pathway for others to follow.
Each one of you is being called to develop this sacred anchoring through the Heart. No matter how things appear within 3rd dimensional drama, all is in hand and everything is truly in a state of perfection. You only need to link within the Heart to stabilize and move beyond the drama, beyond the illusion.
You can each be held within your unique God light consciousness, through the vast connection within your Heart. You can receive clarity and guidance in each moment for your awakening.
Blessings, The Pleiadians
6/6/18 Message from the Pleiadians via Galaxygirl
sananda.website
Greetings friends! We are the Pleiadian Collective here ever in service to humanity’s ascension, bringing you news. The threshold that you have been longing for for vibrational frequencies has been reached allowing yet more of our light and assistance into your realm.
Keep the high vibes up friends for it is working! We see you as surfers riding the biggest wave of your career, and you have had many varied careers over your many lifetimes. Soon you will see us just as we see you now, in the flesh, in form, just as we see you, friends. Much change is foot and the dark ones are running scared, for scared is all that they know and all that they have left to go on. It’s quite sad really that they should be missing out on the biggest ascension that has yet occurred. But we all have choices to make. And certainly you are all choosing excitement and ascension and love and it warms our hearts as we gaze with intense love upon all of you.
You will see your third eye opening more and more. You may have some frontal headaches just as this one is now experiencing as we download, always with permission. So please give us your permission to download our light and wisdom and to happily upgrade you so that you can withstand the coming love wave that will carry and soothe away every tear and ascend you into the – quite literally – higher vibrations of life and light that you previously referred to as heaven from your 3d perspective.
Where do loved ones go when they die? Many places, but mostly higher realms, higher dimensions of light and love for most of you reading these words, and other realms where further learning is required so that cause and effect and karma may be fully experienced. What goes around comes around, that’s all that karma is, it is nothing to be feared, it is simply a tool of reference and of understanding, a grand teacher if you will. For if we are all one, and we are, when you show love to others you show it to yourself, which is how this universe of causality responds to love, to action, for every action has a reaction. And we see you, human friends, reacting to these intense energies with profound love and openness which makes your heart centers spin a bit more widely to allow a bit more light.
Would you like us to assist you further? Please ask. We are eager to assist for we are so excited and proud of our ground team that has done an outstanding job and you have proved your mettle. Now is the time to shine brightly, brighter than ever before and to love and laugh more brightly than ever before and to show mercy and love to those who need it. And who doesn’t? We all love love! It is who we are! It is our nature! We Pleiadian Collective had had our fair share of darkness and tribulations. We have had numerous what you have called holocausts and we have learned and learned and experienced and we would be most honored if you would but allow us to assist you with your own remembering and re-awakening. For it is our pleasure to do so.
We love you. We are the Pleiadian Collective, always in service and we behold you with utmost respect and love. We are you. We are one.
~ galaxygirl
6/3/18 The Arcturians by Marilyn Raffaele
www.onenessofall.com
Dear ones, with love and great respect we offer assistance to your evolutionary journey with the intention of bringing hope and enlightenment to all who seek it.
We see a great deal of change taking place on earth although you are unable to see it as we do. Energies of Light continue to intensify as more individuals awaken and begin to comprehend truths previously unavailable to them simply because they were not open or receptive. There is a great deal of assistance available to anyone requesting it, but you must ask.
Many previously closed to change or new ways of seeing and believing are now opening to the idea that there may be better ways of doing things as many accepted beliefs, concepts, laws, simply no longer work as they once did. This realization is the birth of awakening. At the same time, those already spiritually aware are expanding into increasingly higher levels of awareness.
Those already spiritually awake simply need validation of what they are experiencing at this time rather than increasing amounts of new information. The temptation is to seek answers through the mind when things are not fully understood because the three dimensional belief system teaches that study, learning, doing, on a mental level is necessary to understanding which is true in the beginning stages of awakening.
You have learned in this fashion through many lifetimes, and have arrived at a place where the human mind is no longer an effective tool for your inner journey. The human mind is limited to what is already known and cannot access the deeper realms of Divine Consciousness within.
This shift can be a huge and troubling leap for those who have devoted their lives to one particular spiritual path for many years or even through lifetimes. This is especially true for the teachers of those paths who have dedicated themselves, taught classes, written books, and put all their energy and trust into some one particular modality.
Real spiritual paths and modalities (those that have truth at their foundation) will not disappear but rather their core ideas will expand to new and higher levels. Often it is the un-awakened consciousness of followers who fear change that hold the evolutionary expansion of some spiritual modality back in energies that have become obsolete. Nothing real is or can ever be lost, only the illusions of it disappear.
Every organized religion, teaching, or spiritual modality originally come about as truth from a highly evolved teacher, but over generations original teachings are always lost when the teacher passes on and the teachings become organized as a religion. The truths revealed by the original teacher then quickly become ms-interpreted by followers not of the original teacher’s state of consciousness. Some then declare themselves to be the teachers and present the original teachings from a lower and often very three dimensional level. This is why truth should never be organized.
Placing faith, trust, or hope (personal power) in a path, guru, or modality is not meant to continue forever. These things are important tools for awakening, but only work up to a certain point because the nature of evolution determines that a person will eventually evolve beyond a need for them. There comes a time when the seeker is no longer in alignment with some of the very tools and modalities that served to get him to his new level of awareness–he has graduated.
Truths learned through an illumined path or teacher can only be fully accessed and become one’s state of consciousness when they flow from within where all Divine Ideas exist in the fullness of their pure form. Before that, they are simply intellectual knowledge.
Meditation helps to open the door. The silent inner listening of meditation indicates to one’s Higher Self that they are ready and receptive for more. Once accessed, Divine Ideas continue to unfold and reveal themselves as each new level of consciousness is attained where there is alignment with the new truth.
Enjoy life. The ascetic practices of the past that came about as the result of believing spirituality to be separate from ordinary living are no longer a part of the world’s belief system as they once were. Contrary to what many still believe, pain and suffering does not please God in any way and never could because the harmonious perfection of ONE is all there is. Pain and suffering do not exist in Divine Consciousness, if it did it would be universally permanent, held forever in place by Divine Law.
Living as an awakened individual is a matter of being in the world but not of it–living and enjoying life without attachment. Go to work, go to school, have relationships or not, do what you are guided to do but do it from your highest level of awareness in the realization that you are whole and complete with or without these things.
Spiritual living is the experiencing of ordinary activities from a place of love, one that is able to look through appearances of “good” or “bad” with no attachment to their outcome in the realization that everything is spiritual and what is being seen is a three dimensional mind interpretation of it.
You come to understand that your wholeness and completeness is is not dependent upon your education, money, body shape, or anything else three dimensional thinking defines as success. You are comfortable wherever you are and in all situations because you know who you are.
At this point you can go to church or not, because you know that God is only in church if you bring “Him” with you. You begin to have more patience and love for those around you knowing that they have a soul contract and lessons they are learning. You begin to accept the idiosyncrasies of family, friends, and strangers instead of giving them power over you for good or bad. You are able to watch news or not from a level of detachment rather than fear and worry because you now realize that in spite of appearances, all is well. Living becomes a being in the world but not of it.
Allowing the evolutionary progress of self and others is love. It is the realization that everything proceeds according to plan without the need for mental plotting and scheming because in reality, the earth is a spiritual universe peopled by Sons of God. Gaia, who is a living soul and not a piece of dirt, is ready for her next evolutionary step and human thinking cannot stop it because there is a much bigger picture happening than what third dimensional thinking can know or even imagine.
Spiritual consciousness allows others to live their personal journey without the interference that so often happens when well meaning “do-gooders” and many groups ms-interpret love. The belief that anyone who does not believe the same must be saved from their ignorance is a perfect example of how the belief in separation manifests in the world–“others” are separate from real truth and need those who have it, to save them.
Concepts of separation are basic to most organized religions who in turn send out missionaries in a false sense of duty to convert and save anyone who does not believe as they do. Efforts to save and convert others however well intended are always ego based (My way is the only “right” way) and more often than not bring pain and suffering to the recipients while destroying any spiritual practices already in place that are often more evolved than those of the missionary.
Every individual can only save themselves. No church, guru, saint, teacher, or practice can do it for you although these things can open the door for those ready and receptive. Everyone has Divine Source Consciousness already fully present within ready to speak and guide the moment they choose to listen.
Sincerely seeking help or guidance aligns an individual with the help and guidance needed. The common belief that it is love and duty to save every so called floundering person is often just interference, for in spite of appearances no one really needs saving and those that seem to need it are usually learning some difficult lesson they themselves chose for their evolution. Their choice could of simply been to live fully in and experience third dimensional energy.
Allowing is the gift of stepping back while at the same time having your hand ready to grasp the other’s should they reach out. It is NOT a reaching down and pulling someone up out of their personal and chosen gutter. There is a fine line here that can only be accessed through intuition because the world in general continues to promote the “saving” of everyone whether or not the person desires saving.
Intuition, your inner radar or gut feeling, is always the best guide as to whether or not someone appearing to be in need of rescue really needs and wants it or is just seeking someone to assist them to continue in their chosen lifestyle. Always remember that there is a bigger picture going on. This will allow you to make sense of the seeming discord another may be struggling with.
Again, we iterate that there is a fine line in these situations where often intuition is your only guide. Some may seem not to want help, but your intuition may be telling you that they really do want help. Others may seem to want help, but only do it because it was forced upon them and soon return to their chosen lifestyle. Not everyone is ready to be “saved” physically, emotionally, mentally, or spiritually and to presume otherwise is very human.
Free will allows everyone to choose the gutter of their choice and it is not the responsibility of you or angels or even their Guides to interfere with their choice. Always hold yourselves in the energy of compassion and not sympathy, for in sympathy you align with the the person’s lower resonating energy. Your own personal choice may be that it is time to remove yourself from the person or situation which can be difficult when it is a family member, partner, or child.
This is not to say that a parent does not take action, doing whatever they feel is necessary in the case of a child, but when that child becomes an adult who in spite of all the help still chooses self destructive behavior, the parent or guardian must step back into the love of allowing.
Your job as a spiritually evolved person is to recognize that in spite of all appearances every individual is in reality, a Divine Being. Surround the person with Light and then move on for the more you hold them in consciousness according to their human appearance, you add to the illusion. You are creators.
Know that it is often more loving to allow these dear ones to fall flat on their face or even leave this life than to continue enabling them in their illusion. In their next lifetime they will make different choices based on the learned experiences of this one. This is true for most addictions–drugs, alcohol , sex, rituals, or anything else an individual believes will give them the sense of wholeness, happiness, and peace they crave.
The divide between those awakening and those choosing not to awaken grows wider every day and
powerful frequencies of Light are forcing those spiritually ready to live their truth, which can and often does mean leaving behind some person, place, or thing–physically, emotionally, mentally, or spiritually.
Now is a time of many choices that only you can make.
We are the Arcturian Group 6/3/18
6/5/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council through Valerie Donner
www.thegroundcrew.com
Greetings, I am Mira. I am in full service to the earth on the Earth Council, to assist with the ascension of the planet.
I greet you today in a new gateway that was just opened for the ascension process. It will allow more expeditious travel between planetary systems, by giving us more access to strategic locations where our help is needed. We will be installing some more of these as time progresses. We are coming from a place of strength and competency, and so are you. There are increasing numbers of us, because we are on a rapid trajectory to assist the earth’s ascension.
There has been too much outside interference with dark ones going where they do not belong. This is being remedied and will soon be complete. We have numerous ways to purge what needs to be taken care of. We have them running. We are making huge progress and there is still much that we cannot tell you. In the end, you will be made aware of all of it. Right now is not the appropriate time. We have to keep certain information to ourselves.
I can tell you there is a lot going on with your governments. It is behind the scenes. It is election time in the United States. Much change is afoot. Many new people have been called to action. The old system of service to self will be slipping away. You will have better cross representation of the populace. Make the best of the choices at hand. You need to be heard.
It is important that you take a stand on what is most important to you. This is the main way that you will be able to change the planet. Follow your heart and put your energy in to projects of great value. Begin to envision your future. Picture a clean earth. Feel into the abundance that is coming to all of you. See a planet free in all ways. Stay centered and calm. Find new power and strength. Move into the oneness of life with every being on the planet.
We are finding our way to be with you again. Many of us are on the planet already. The truth about us cannot be suppressed. Right now your U.S. government is clearing the deck for full disclosure because they have been told by us that it cannot be stopped. They are trying to save face from anger and distrust when you all know the truth. It could happen sooner than you think. It could shake up many people but it needs to happen. We do not have time for spoon feeding the populace or your government’s control. It is nearly over.
We know that for some of you it brightens your day (or your night) when you see us in the skies. We delight in these maneuvers. We communicate telepathically and enjoy your excitement when we connect. You will begin to see much more of us. Welcome us and this makes it even more favorable.
These are exciting time for all of us. We love and support you. I am Mira.
5/20/18 Mike Quinsey & Kryon on the History of Earth and Human Beings
http://treeofthegoldenlight.com/Mike%20Quinsey/Channeled_Messages_by_Mike_Quinsey.htm
NOTES FROM KRYON MESSAGES: We are beginning to open the door to remarkable information that makes you so big, and yet at the same time you realise what is going on and we will start this way. The Universe is old and the Galaxy the same age. This Galaxy has been finished for over 4 billon years, and in some places the solar systems around the stars completed, and while this Earth was still forming there was life elsewhere. All of it was designed for you, it was designed for today. When the Pleiadians showed up they had been through thousands of years of evolution after they had passed their own marker, in their own way, on their own planet. They used the physics of consciousness to be able to make what they needed literally from the consciousness of their minds, to shape that which you would call the reality of travel. There were three Pleiadian planets by the time you were seated around the same set of Suns, and before them they had their “seed parents” who went through similar things, and before them they also had their seed parents. Billions of years of Humanity on their planet knowing God before humans ever showed up. There is a lineage in this Galaxy which is remarkable. The Galaxy is old – and you are not, yet human beings had to come from somewhere. What you brought to this planet was a Star Akash, because you had participated in so much of this life.
You human Beings represent the lowest spiritual consciousness in the Galaxy. The Pleiadians came here without craft and seeded you and you cannot go back. God is in you and the higher the consciousness the more you meld into God. The Pleiadians are not Gods and represent the Great Central Source for a task they have performed for you, and with free choice if you survive what is coming, the task will be on you some day to do the same for someone else. You are protected and the ones who have the highest consciousness in the Galaxy are still here, and it is enough to scare away anything that would visit you. As you grow you help others and the Pleiadians left time capsules that have caused you to look for God. The new template calls for peace, and the awareness that peace is the strength of humanity and not war. The old template gave you free choice, whereas the new template starts to rearrange what is important to the psyche of human beings, and goes beyond survival. Here are some potentials for what happens next. In some countries there are some old energies on the planet, and there is old leadership doing their best to pull you backwards. There will be a consciousness of Humanity that understands that putting things together and all growing countries will bring peace. Start thinking of the future with the eyes of a Galactic citizen, not an Earth citizen – you have been through it before, old soul.
There is one way to get all of the resources together and is not war, it is to put all of the countries together and share them. Inventions are coming your way for energy that will cost very little, not on a grid system but individual neighbourhoods, water for everyone through inventions, some of them without pipes. These are things to look forward to – pulling moisture and heat from places you do not pull it from now, and having it free. The curing of disease through processes that were hidden from you before, that are natural and have no side effects. The Pleiadians went through it, they are just like you and there will come to you some science from former Pleiadians who will pop in as “walk ins” and do the work, and give you the inventions. One of them is a Pleiadian coming back and his name is Tesla, he will give you the Quantum when you are ready. Say “Goodbye” to the old energy that will keep you in the dark lifetime after lifetime, say “Hello” to an energy you do not expect, it allows you to call upon your Akash for what you deserve, and have learned a mine of knowledge, wisdom and experience that you can now call upon like the Masters.
END OF KRYON MESSAGE
MIKE QUINSEY: In general terms much information is given by Kryon from time to time, informing us as to what we may expect in the near future. The weather is slowly changing and in most people’s time it will get colder. Kryon points out that we will need more energy – free thermal energy that is available from the Earth itself. We are told how to extract it and heat our homes, and you have to build an extractor to get it. With it you can drive turbines and create electricity that will create heat.
Global warming is part of the cycle that always was. It is the waxing and waning of the Water Cycle, evaporation that has been here before.
There is a mandate to change your energy as what you put into the air is significant, before it is a hazard to your health and hurts Humanity.
Information is given of a new way of desalination that is nanotechnology, using it as “robotic” technology, in a way that unlike our present expensive methods is very cheap and also enables the salt extracted to be used for other purposes.
Kryon points out the need to be ready for big changes in our lives, and the need for new integrity in business.
Life continues as ever with uncertainty all around, yet underlying it is a progressive move to bring about the changes that are needed and have been expected for quite a long time. Many go unreported but when the time is considered right the truth will eventually come out. Regardless of how events are reported and at times they are far from the truth, as those who work for the Light continue to make advancements for the long awaited changes. It will have been worthwhile as it will mean the dark Ones have lost their power to dictate the future of mankind. The new Republic is waiting in the wings to announce the changes and all seems set for the first stages of them that will show beyond doubt that a new phase has commenced. It will mean that there is no going back to the old ways of deceit and suppression of the truth.
I leave you with love and blessings, and may the Light brighten your days and path to completion. This message comes through my Higher Self, my God Self, and every soul has the same connection to God.
In Love and Light.
Mike Quinsey.
Website: Tree of the Golden Light
5/13/18 James Gilliland - Unseen negative influences in the UFO community
www.eceti.org
Many have asked me to cover this topic and clear up some of the fallacies present in today’s spiritual and UFO community. This also bleeds into other aspects of life, politics, business and religion.
Many start out on the right track yet due to events childhood on, end up under the influence of unseen negative influences. This can be due to past lives where they participated in the black arts, sorcery and the dark side of witchcraft, which surfaces or is called upon during times of great stress. There are those who also profess these influences do not exist which is unknowingly becoming an expression of these influences.
This article is to address some of the pitfalls and how to avoid them. If you are feeling resistance to these words chances are there are unseen negative influences working in your fields.
The chain of events in many cases begins with childhood. Many times there are abuse patterns – physical mental or emotional. There are cases where an event triggers a past life that opens the door to unseen negative influences as well. Traumas can activate past connections because of the desire to change an event, a person, or even the desire to manipulate another against their will.
The core issue in most cases goes back to childhood, the need to get what you didn’t get as a child.The steps that lead to the fall in most cases go from an unhappy childhood, seeking love acceptance and approval outside of self, what you did not get as a child. Then the wounded ego seeks to heal itself and understand the source of its unhappiness.
The journey to fill the void begins and can lead down many paths. After trying again and again to fill that void externally eventually one comes to the realization that no matter how many material acquisitions, women or men one engages the void is still there. No matter how famous one becomes in seeking external love acceptance and approval again the emptiness remains.
At this point there are two choices – go within and make one’s own personal connection to God/Creator/Great Spirit and maintain an attitude of humility and service. The other choice is to continue in denial and seek more material acquisitions, notoriety, fame. After all if enough people love and accept you then you don’t have to deal with any of the past life or childhood wounds, traumas or wrong conclusions from past experiences.
This is where the division occurs within self as well as an opening to unseen negative influences. The ego takes control. Humility is lost, followed by the spiritual ego, eventually leading to narcissism.When individuals get to the narcissism state in most cases they are not open to hearing anything fro m anyone. You are all inferior and they are the only ones who know the truth. But whose truth is it? Many will seek out those of like mind to validate their belief it is everyone else that is the problem.
Like attracts like. The negative influences, the spiritual ego and the narcissism will not allow you to seek out a true healer, and enlightened one for that would be the end of denial and most likely their career. At this point the only ones you are interested in are the ones who validate you and the separation game begins. It becomes and endless loop, yet the energy does not lie. Nor do the reoccurring patterns. Eventually one has to own the fact that their reflection is telling them something.
The reoccurring patterns are there because there is something you missed, something unhealed. Now here is the kicker, the unseen negative influences depending on their adeptness are masters at manipulation. Not just you but others as well. They use your own sympathy and compassion against you. They also use spiritual half-truths that fit their agendas.
The big question is how did they get in? Was it through unresolved past lives, childhood trauma, spiritual ego or the last stage which is narcissism. Narcissists can fool a lot of people. They can really put on a show. They are actors of the highest caliber. They can even fool themselves.
Many are adept at masking their intentions. What they cannot fool is their own souls and an enlightened one and that is why the enlightened ones are such a threat. Those who have taken the path of spiritual ego and narcissism have to hold themselves superior to others.
They have to find fault in those who are a threat to their denial. Those who can truly see the game, those who can see who in error these wounded healers call upon become a threat. Not just to them but the other unseen negative influences around them.
Those unseen negative influences will do everything possible to maintain their hold on the people they inhabit. They will create chaos, a wide spectrum of emotions in which most affected will not even know the source. Yet this is also a part of Self Mastery which is to learn how to maintain your self-authority, heal unseen negative influences and know yourself.
Knowing yourself will allow you to know which emotions are yours and which are being projected on you. Remember these unseen negative influences do have a mental and emotional body and can intrude on your mental and emotional body. A master will say not mine, set a boundary and do clearings.
Those entrapped by negative entities due to denial, spiritual ego or narcism cannot heal or counsel others until they heal themselves. The darker forces will always be influencing the information and the energy. Also beware of flattery, you are the chosen one, superior etc. This is the separation game again and traps one in the ego.
There is a saying evil is invited. If you have an agreement or contract this life or others with malevolent or self-serving entities healings are just words. Invitation in error or knowingly according to the unseen negative influences gives them the right to stay. They will continue to support and influence the altered ego or false self. The only way out is brutal honesty. Denial and attachment will never allow you to see beyond your desires.
What is your come from, what is the goal? We are not talking about lip service, facebook spirituality and knowing all the buzz words. We are talking about a deep soul search and a heartfelt soul desire to break all contracts and agreements with beings physical and nonphysical that are not in your highest and best good. Those that inhibit your spiritual growth.
You will fool yourself, allow unseen negative influences to fool you. They will even work through others to fool you until you break free of all con tracts and agreements, release the past and heal any wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences.It does not mean you have to be a saint. Know yourself, your own dark side, where you are vulnerable. Only then do you have control of your destiny.
The biggest trap is the desire for fame. After all if enough people worship you and you can gather enough people to validate your lofty position you have placed yourself in you can continue filling that void with the energies of others.
Guess who loves famous people? The unseen negative influences see them as a conduit to energetically feed upon others. Where do most of the famous people eventually end up? Usually it is with something else in control of their soul and it is a downward spiral.When you climb the ladder of power wealth and fame in most cases it ends up in some very dark places. Once the spiritual ego kicks in followed by narcissism it is very hard to break free.
Best thing to do is never go there. If you want true happiness, love, joy, bliss and tap into the ultimate power, the true wealth is and always has been an internal process.
5/13/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings: I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I work full time with the Earth Council and am focused on the ascension process.
You are proceeding rapidly with your Ascension Process. We are with you every step of the way. You are pulling your energies away from the third dimension. You are focusing on moving through the fourth dimension and into the fifth dimension.
Some of you are still quite attached to the material world. You are beginning to understand the lessons that you came to learn from the third dimension. We know that you would like to retreat from some of these lessons, yet they still require your completion. If you look at what you are going through you will see that you are putting the finishing touches on the karma so that you can be free to ascend. You will not have to go through these lessons again. Then you will be able to pat your self on the back. If you like, we will even give you a diploma so that you can put it on your resume when you apply for other planetary service.
You are reaching new levels of understanding of yourself and the world in which you have been living. It is like none other. You are a special needs planet due to extreme diversity and the energy vampires who have settled on your planet. Their energy scavenging is nearly over. Their reign of terror will no longer be allowed. You will be dancing in the streets perhaps singing “Good riddance to bad rubbish.” Then you will be singing “Let the good times roll” and the streets will be paved with gold.
Please mark my words. They are filled with love and truth. They are a predictor of what lies ahead. Do not let these challenges overwhelm you. You are spiritual warriors filled with light, power and truth. I proclaim that the time is now. You are ready for the Golden Age. Change is at hand.
I am Mira saying good bye today with bountiful love.
Also from Mira on 4/20/18 via Valeria Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleaidian High Council currently serving the Earth Council.
I greet you today with all of the love in my heart. We are so impressed with the work that you are doing on the behalf of the ascension process. You are at your best.
Every day progress is being made. With your help, the dark forces are being rooted out of hiding and taking off of the planet where they can do no more harm. This process is huge and a couple of days ago we completed one of our biggest operations yet. It was carefully planned and skillfully executed much to their surprise. This success will allow for increasingly complex operations to fully rid the planet of these beings that have well overstayed their welcome.
These operations are happening with expedited regularity. It is untenable for the dark ones to be allowed on the planet much longer. They have done horrific things that will no longer be tolerated. They will pay the price for what they have done. This we guarantee.
As we clear out this dark debris the planet will begin to feel more relaxed and peaceful. You will notice the feeling of happiness and like the atmosphere has changed. The fearful and anxious feelings that many have will evaporate. This is making way for the Day of Revelation (the Event).
Your finances will begin improve and you will learn to fully manifest what you need. Your faith will flower and your loving hearts will expand. You will be ready to learn to live in love and unity the way the planet was originally designed to be. No more intruders. The earth will be returned to the sacred planet that she was in the beginning.
Like you, the earth has learned to set boundaries and not to tolerate disrespect or abuse. She is awakening to her new higher consciousness self. Isn’t it wonderful that you can join her in this journey? You are both honored to be in this growth and learning cycle together.
Learn from the earth. Pay attention to what she is doing and showing you. She is powerful beyond measure and so are you. Believe in yourselves and stand up for what is right. Know that you will get through the finals stages of removal of the darkness so you can live in the fifth dimension and progress with your evolution.
We are busy in the Earth Council monitoring all that is happening. The response teams are well trained and are working diligently. We have your best interests at heart.
Love from all of us. I am Mira.
Also from Mira on 10/7/17 via Valeria Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings: I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I speak with you today as a busy member of the Earth Council. We have the honor of overseeing what is occurring on the earth and monitoring various conditions where extra assistance is needed. If you can imagine that you are a microcosm of the macrocosm, you might get a sense of our awareness of the chaos on the earth and around the earth at this time.
It could appear that things are out of control. In the true sense of the situation the light is unraveling the third dimension and transfiguring the darkness under which you have lived for too long. The dark is trying their best to worsen the chaos, fear, and horrific conditions which they have created and perpetuated. We ask our ground crew to please do your best to rise above these energies.
Staying away from the mainstream media, as you likely know, is one of the best ways to rise above what is going on. We hope that you understand that you are being given every bit of assistance that you need to do your jobs and to rise into higher consciousness. We do a lot in your dream state while you work with us too.
The Light Alliance and Galactic Alliance are in full combat mode protecting you, the earth, and all who are aligned with love and light. Those of a different consciousness are also being loved, counseled, and given direction for their life paths. There is no judgment but compassionate concern and support. It is not that we condone their darkness or misbehaviors, because we do not. We just want to see each soul where they need to be on their path.
As you know, the earth is a pivotal planet for all of creation to go through their Ascension. What happens on the earth is given full focus. We want to remind you of the importance of your work. Do not think for a second that your thoughts, deeds, love, and healing have little importance. We ask you to please continue to participate by clearing your own lingering issues, and by being as kind and loving to others as much as possible. From this behavior miracles can be achieved. You are living in the time of the light and profound miracles. Happiness and joy, abundance and love, will be how you will be spending your time in the higher dimensions.
Pay little attention to the illusions that are slipping away rapidly. Before your eyes you will marvel at what is disappearing in the third dimensional world. That world is what you call no longer applicable. You will be living by universal law, and co-creating with Prime Source. Much of the material world’s definition of normality will become outmoded. This is because the 3rd dimension is not serving all of the people. You will find service to others the rule of the day. Service to self is being revealed. As a part of the increased transparency, you might find that some who have purported to be lightworkers could be fake. Everything is coming out into the open. You might be surprised.
We have also been assisting those who are deeply affected by the major earth changes on the planet along with those involved with other crises. Each person is loved and being helped in ways you can’t imagine. It is time for all to come together. We stand with you in love and peace.
I am Mira.
http://thegroundcrew.com
4/23/18 The Arcturian Collective & Family via Galaxygirl
sananda.website
Greetings, we are the Arcturian Collective. We come today to discuss the rapid changes that are heading your way and in some cases are already here on precious Gaia, and are changing you from deep within. For old time beliefs no longer ring true, do they not? And things that once brought you fear are now more of a neutral observance of detachment, yes? We see this as progress, improvement, for as you are less attached to this physical reality and become more of an observer in a movie around you, you can more objectively send tremendous love and amounts of violet fire to any and all situations – and be the master that you are, and that you came here to be. For much distraction exists in your realm. Business and constantly ‘doing’ are the fabric of your society, or has been, for so long, to keep you knotted up and distracted from finding that inner peace, your own god spark, that lies within you, that is eager to reconnect with you. And in this reconnection, you find your peace, you find yourself. For this is the hole in the heart, the longing, the void, that must, and can only be, filled with love, and in this case is the love of your own higher self, the very fabric of you. And now we see this fabric that has been torn as being mended, and becoming stronger, as one, glowing brightly, as your higher selves become more firmly attached and as you allow in more and more light. And we see this as a beautiful thing. We are the Arcturian Collective and we have enjoyed connecting with you today.
Sanat Kumara
Hello friends, I am Sanat Kumara, Ancient of Days, here today to lend my love and light in support of both your collective and individual ascension. For humanity is undergoing many changes in this Now moment and it would be wise to anchor deep into Nova Gaia, Mother Earth, who is ascending as we speak, as you read these words too, you are ascending yet one notch higher. Life is a beautiful tapestry of color, of experience. Sometimes there are knots as new colors are changed out into the old, but all threads are anchored into the core foundation of the tapestry, as is what is being experienced now on your planet. Anchor into the grid of Nova Gaia, as you change your colors, your dimensions, and transmute all with the violet fire of St. Germaine, who is ever watching over you all as well, and an integral part of this ascension plan of Nova Gaia. We are all working tirelessly around the clock, even though we don’t have clocks! We are here for you, in support of you, our dear friends and family, who are here to serve, ever in support of you. So call on us. We are but a thought away. Your connecting to our realms is melding, merging, and this gives us tremendous pleasure and excitement. For you are coming home. Please remember home is within you. For you are consciousness, and you are beginning to remember this. Best claim this as your reality for this is the most probable timeline we see for you in your near future. The dark has lost. They know this and all is being dealt with accordingly. You do your part by anchoring the new light codes. Get out in the sun and anchor the light. Remember you have your own inner sun within your heart chakra that ever spins. It is like a solar battery now that is continually getting recharged by these tremendous waves of light and love from the Great Central Sun, the Devine Mother. We are all lending our light and love to you now. I am your Sanat Kumara.
The Fairies
We are the fairies, here for you humanity now, ever in this Now, to lend our love and light and laughter too; for all is love, all is light, and the realms are transcending, merging, becoming one, becoming light, becoming transmuted into bliss, into oneness, and we the elementals are finally becoming ever closer to our human friends and we are ever in support of you and this fills us with great glee as we dance with the unicorns, on the wings of the wind, in the dandelion fluff that drifts by and tickles your nose; we are all around you, we are all in and surrounding you in love, ever love, buoying you up like a bouy on the ocean for when the waves come it never sinks for long – it may bob a bit in the waves and the pressure, but it is ever afloat! and this is what we see on this side of time – we see time bobbing, bending, becoming more of a non-issue and this is greatly exciting, for it means that the dimensions are shifting and the old is falling away. The old is falling away, fallen, only to be redeemed and repurposed into the light of the light! The light and the breath of the Mother is all around you; let it into your precious cells of Source light and become that which you are, creator gods who are in the process of remembering, remembering who they are, and becoming delighted in the learning. We are the fairies an we are delighted to connect with our human friends again.
Sananda
I am your brother Sananda! Greetings friends. You are exhausted, and I see this, but please know that your exhaustion and light lending have made a tremendous impact on planet earth and all is proceeding well. The winds of change are what you are experiencing. When a new planet is formed (do you remember?) there is always darkness before the light. There is always the chaos of the birth of the new; volcanoes, fog, lightening, wind. And then it calms down a bit and the plants take hold, and then the species come and an ecosystem begins. And this is where you are now. The volcanos the chaos are evident but the plants of newness of change, that repurpose the air and fill the atmosphere with healthy oxygen for new breath, this is what you are all doing, our light worker friends. You are laying the groundwork quite literally to ground in these new energies as you build, you create this new earth reality that will be unmatched, unparalleled in beauty and in purpose and in hope in this entire universe. Nova Gaia will be the example of true victory of true over coming and you humans will remember who you are. She will be called the planet of the Golden Rose, and the Milky Way will be renamed into the Golden Rose galaxy, so it has been foretold. And many of you remember this deep in your hearts from all of those exciting galactic meetings that you have attended and contributed most excellently to. Ha! Yes, even with ascension, even in the higher realms, we have meetings. But be encouraged they are for the most part fun. There is great camaraderie up here, in the higher realms and we long to bring this camaraderie to you. But when you reach for us, for me, you are building this bridge of friendship across the realms of time and space, of dimension, and we are creating the bridge across this space for humanity to follow. You are the way showers. The brick layers. The bridge builders. And we love you all so much. I embrace you, we love you and you are not alone. Let us build a firm foundation of Christed light deep into the heart of all of humanity and anchor it into the heart of Nova Gaia. Be at peace. Be at peace! All is well! All is unfolding. We’re just ironing out the creases right now. I love you. I am your Sananda.
The Unicorns
I am Starlight of the Unicorn race. I am that I am, just as you are that you are. It is time that you recall this humanity, and claim your divine power back. For you are rising in these energies and you are empowered deeply in all ways from all angles and your success is assured. We see the light and the hope of promise in your eyes, and we see Source light reflecting back to us with hope and promise of a new experiences unfolding on Nova Gaia. A new experience that you are all in the process of creating, of being, of becoming. You friends are getting ready to fly. And fly high you will, like our pegasus friends, who glide effortlessly across time and dimension, so beautifully I might add, you too are doing this. You are dimension jumping every time you connect deep within you strip yourself away from the distractions of the surrounding illusion. You are becoming able to see through the illusion, which will bode well for coming civilizations and coming governmental changes that will be in place to best serve the all, the weaker ones, and only society structures that heal and help – not harm – will be allowed to coexist within this new high energy field that is beginning to become the fabric of your new reality. Many of you will be leaders in this, for in fact, you already are just by being here and reading these words you are contributing to new thought forms, new patterns of consciousness that will fertilize the new soil and help the new plants the new foundation to grow strongly as they absorb the light. The light is especially strong today. Can you feel it? Get outside and absorb and anchor friends, it will soothe your aches and pains from transmuting. Mother Earth is a mighty healer. Let her help you and share these vibratory codes with her as you connect. For in doing so you will be yet another bridge of healing and renewal. I am Starlight of the unicorn race. Connect with your unicorn self and claim your multidimensionality for it is real, I assure you. The illusion is stripping away quickly and soon this will become quite apparent to you. Form is but a thought form of itself. You are much more than this little human body reading these words, I assure you. You are loved. I depart in peace.
We are the Arcturian Collective and we have enjoyed connecting with you and with all of our friends and family today. We are all one of the light. We welcome you home.
~ galaxygirl
______________________
4/22/18 The Arcurian Group via Marilyn Rafaele
www.onenessofall.com
Dear readers, welcome to the new age–the one songs have been written about, the one that has been long predicted, and the one being created right now through your evolved states of consciousness and increasing ability to see through the chaos and troubles of a world quickly moving beyond the ignorance and un-enlightened awareness that has governed her for so long.
You are doing a fine job in spite of appearances. Increasingly intense energies of Light continue to expose actions either previously unknown to the general public or that were promoted and defined through misinformation intended to make them seem ordinary and in the best interests of the majority.
Be not afraid dear ones, even though there is much going on at this time that can easily fool you into fear and a desire to maintain the status quo. Fear and ms-information are the primary tools of those who wish to keep you in ignorance because as the majority awakens and begins to reclaim their innate power, it automatically dissolves false power and the stranglehold it has maintained over others for eons.
Trust your intuition always, and do not automatically accept as truth everything seen and heard through commercial news outlets. Things are happening that you do not hear about. What you are reading and being told is often misinformation or only half of the story intended to keep the general public stirred up for the purpose of perpetuating an old belief system, one that feeds from the energies of struggle, anger, retaliation, hopelessness, and fear .
Learn to live simply, staying in the now moment and being true to the prompting’s of your heart. Allow yourselves to be guided from a place of love regardless of what may present itself as you go about your day, for love is the only power and the only reality regardless of any outer appearances.
Guides, angels, masters, and teachers are available to everyone at all times. Some of you may feel that your guide has abandoned you or believe that you do not have a guide because you do not hear specific directions when you ask. Everyone has personal guides throughout their earthly lifetime. Guides change as new levels of awareness evolve, but you are never without a guide.
Because you have free will, guides are not permitted to tell you what to do because this is your journey, not theirs. Their job is to support and guide you through the decisions that you choose to make. They can and do often whisper suggestions, but the bottom line always remains yours.
There are many who believe “grandma, or aunt Agnes” is their guide and for spiritual beginners this is can be somewhat true because the person may best respond to what is familiar. However, a real guide is always “waiting in the wings” to step in as needed or when the individual is more spiritually ready.
Individuals are only able to hear guide suggestions and intuition when they are quiet enough to hear the still, silent voice within. Technological distractions are serving to block inner communication for many. It is not only important, but imperative that anyone seeking guidance from within, learn to detach themselves from 24/7 technology . Anyone choosing to evolve and live spiritually, will have a very difficult time if they are plugged into and checking phones and computers every five minutes.
Some will say, ” I need it for my work” which may be true for those who believe that success is entirely dependant upon personal effort because according to the three dimensional belief system, it is a “dog eat dog” world. However, you who read these messages are beyond this level and have become aware of the bigger picture. For you, a continuing reliance on three dimensional concepts will no longer serve you because you are no longer in alignment with that energy.
Let go of the temptation to stay constantly plugged in to news and information that quickly becomes obsolete. Technology is an important and powerful tool especially as it serves to awaken those of the status quo with video exposing situations the world over that heretofore were being ignored or covered up. However never lose sight of the fact that Technology is a tool to serve you, not for you to serve it.
Children must be taught that technology is a tool for learning and for fun, but must never become a distraction from living real life. Many children as well as adults, are losing their ability to play, love, evolve, and interact with others on a mature personal level because their obsession with technology leaves no room for real life experiences and allows them to live “fake” lives.
You have evolved beyond living in slavery to material distractions in order to feel fulfilled. This is not to say you cannot enjoy quality television, films, books, games, or take advantage of the latest technology but it must be remembered that the moment any of these things become “needs” necessary in order for you to feel complete and happy, you are in the old belief of separation.
The three dimensional world continues to seek your loyalty, interest, and purchases, through promotional efforts that inform you of latest trends guaranteed to solve everything troubling you. As the evolved states of consciousness you now are, you must accept the fact that it is time to come out and be separate, reclaim your innate power, and refuse to accept at face value everything so called experts, government, and religions tell you is true.
It is a new time, a time in which your inner self/SELF can become your best news source, technology, and font of information. Having free will, every individual is permitted to live as they choose for as long as they choose, but you reading these messages are spiritually mature enough to accept that it is one’s state of consciousness that determines their outer experiences. In reality there are no victims, only those suffering the effects of believing themselves separate from Source, others, and their good .
You are creators, and must ask yourselves what you are choosing to create–for yourself and for the world. It is serious and often difficult work to be awake in a third dimensional world at this time, but know that you knew this before incarnating and chose to be here.
Being awake does not mean that you cannot enjoy the ride while on earth, for the energy of joy is the closest to Divine energy. What we do say is that if you find that yourself still dependent on three dimensional rules and information, entertainments, news, literature, music, etc. for your sense of completeness, it is time to examine why you chose to be here at this time and if you really believe and want to live what you have come to know as truth.
Dear ones, the time for game playing is quickly drawing to a close. Soon you who are aware of Divine Truth will no longer be permitted to live happily with one foot in the old energy and one foot in the new, making truth into pleasant dinner conversation that is too inconvenient to actually live.
You have reached the place in your personal evolutionary journey where you must decide which world you choose to live in. No more questioning, pretending, rites and rituals, or allowing the false beliefs of the third dimension to govern your life in an effort to attain what is already fully present within you.
Present times are powerful and often not gentle even for the enlightened, but you are ready to move with and into whatever comes. It was never meant for mankind to stay forever locked in ignorance. It is graduation time for those who choose. What will you choose?
You are ready, never doubt this.
We are the Arcturian Group
4/16/18 Lady Portia on Extraterrestrial Contact
through Star Hinman
www.starbird1.net
At a Live Channeling, Lady Portia speaks through Star Hinman....
Good evening, my dears, it is our joy to be with you this evening and to have an opportunity to review some of these concepts which you are so familiar with -- from your classes [with us] in the higher realms -- and to review this here when we have you in the physical form. There are many, many beings who are with us here this evening from the far reaches of space, as it may be said, and we are very fortunate to have all of these dear ones join us here this evening, because they bring such energy with them when they travel these distances and encounter the energies of Earth.
They bring with them the star-based energies, which are very beneficial for all of you to encounter -- since you are all becoming quite sensitive to this type of thing -- and you are easily able to incorporate all of these finer “star-based essences,” shall we say, into who you are. And for each one of you, this stretches and enlarges your consciousness. If you could see what is going on [in the room] as a result of these energies! It is like a light show! It is like rainbows traversing through this room and moving through your auric fields and interpenetrating within the physical forms of who you are, so you are literally being bathed by these star-based energies.
Normally you would not come into contact with anything such as this unless you got into some spaceship and traveled far distances out into these realms where these energies exist. So you see how fortunate an occurrence this is for you to be able to incorporate these energies, because I cannot even begin to tell you how this refines and polishes your energies – and it adds literally dimensions in consciousness to who you are, because these energies include many frequencies. “Frequencies” is not quite the right word – it is a mathematical term, but I cannot find it in this brain here [referring to the channel], so we will not speak it at this point in time. But suffice it to say that these are very, very fine essences of intelligent energy which you would normally not be able to access, living on this planet -- unless you should come into contact with what are called extraterrestrial beings, and that is exactly who we have joining us here this evening.
And so, it is by the osmosis of consciousness, you see, that by being in their presence you are like a "sponge," if you will excuse the use of this word in referring to you. In this way, you can absorb these much higher frequencies than what you would normally encounter on the Earth, and these energies contain untold realms of knowledge. This is star-based knowledge from the realms which these beings normally inhabit. So, it is as though they have brought you great gifts of energy, just by being with us here in this room this evening, because it is like receiving an advanced college degree for a human being to be in the presence of these types of star-based intelligences. Of course, by being star-based intelligence, they have encountered many realms, each containing energies and information specific to those realms. And so, by traveling to be here with you this evening, they have brought potentially the information from many, many other systems of worlds. And for those who know how to read these energies, it is an exquisite experience, I will tell you, for the human being to encounter these light beings who are so expanded in consciousness and hold such untold frequencies of knowledge – which is encoded in the light frequencies of who they are.
It is not something which is difficult to access! And I want to tell you quite directly that it IS available to the human consciousness. You do not have to be in an adept, you do not have to be a master, in order to partake of these sources of information. This is energy-encoded information which they transmit. They broadcast these frequencies, just by being in your proximity, you see. And so, it is not a difficult thing to learn a great deal while one is in proximity to beings such as this – and that is why they are often sought out upon the Earth.
There are many people who go to great and unusual lengths to try to call these beings forth, hoping that they hear the call and answer, and come to the location. There are many conferences such as these UFO meetings and conferences where they try to call forth these beings from the far reaches of the galaxy in order to have this experience of learning through osmosis. It is a very easy form of learning, because one does not have to study for years and years to gather the information out of books. It is something which is done, as I said, through a type of osmosis – by the melding and blending of the energy frequencies in this room where your energies are becoming quite expanded as we continue this discussion, and they are downloading their frequencies into the area of this room.
There is quite a bit of this blending and melding of many, many energy fields that is happening here. And, as I said, you are all becoming quite expanded in your energy fields, so that it is an informational "soup" of energy – this star-based energy and the Earth energy of the consciousness of many of you. So, this is what we thrive on doing! It is Count St. Germain and myself creating these types of merging experiences for human beings with these star-based intelligences for the purpose of introducing into human genetics, and teaching in a certain way to the human mind, many of these advanced, universal concepts and energies -- which are brought by these volunteers.
They have come from these far distances, and in your terms, it would be quite a distance, in order to encounter human beings -- and they have enjoyed it very much. They wish me to tell you that they are very much enjoying meeting human beings and having an opportunity to meld their consciousness with human beings, because for many of these ones here tonight, this is their first meeting with human beings. They are overjoyed to have this opportunity to meet with representatives of humanity on the Earth and to have this exchange of consciousness and information through this melding process of energy and consciousness, which is happening here.
And they also wish me to say this to you, that they consider this meeting to be an invaluable experience for themselves, because they have this sacred opportunity to appreciate, in this encounter, the human energy field. And, most importantly, in regard to each one of you individually, they have the opportunity to appreciate your "spiritual consciousness essence" -- for this is the way they are terming it. And they wish me to say this to you quite directly, that they are enjoying this very much – having the opportunity to appreciate who each of you is, and to have this interaction with your spirit.
They are saying that this will not be the last time that we meet in this way, because, you see, many of these star-based intelligences are coming forth to Earth quite a bit now in order to have these melding experiences with human consciousness, because this is "testing the waters" for further explorations into meetings with human beings. They say that they are learning quite a bit about this process of meeting and merging consciousness with humanity, because, for many of these beings, that is something that they are very committed to pursuing – this path of communication with human beings.
And so, you might say that they are learning how to do this, this evening, here in this safe place, so that they will be able to try this process in other areas where, perhaps, they meet human beings under somewhat different circumstances. And then they will have some parameters set up, so that they know how to approach human beings without being in any way upsetting or frightening to human beings, because that negatively affects the whole process when the ones that they are contacting feel threatened in any way or go into fear. And they very much appreciate the openness of your hearts toward all of them, and the love that you are feeling toward these "wayshowers from other planetary systems."
And this will not be the last of this process, I can promise you that, because we have quite a few volunteers who are constantly coming forth to us, myself and Count St. Germain, wishing to have these preliminary types of meetings with human beings for the purpose of setting up this program that they are interested in doing for the melding of consciousness between human beings and these star-based intelligences, you see, because I cannot tell you the many ramifications that may expand and occur from this type of meeting -- when it is done in a safe and loving environment.
Fear is the enemy of learning and merging with other levels of consciousness. And you see, all of you, in your trust of all of us, have opened your hearts, and also your levels of consciousness, to these beings who are -- "advanced" is not the correct word -- they are "super advanced" in their consciousness. Because of this, the effect that they are able to have on human consciousness is what you would term "the process of ascension." In a nutshell, that is what happens when you are in an expanded state of consciousness – which you are all already in – and then you encounter beings of such great magnitude of energy and information, and there is a merging – “a melding of consciousness.”
You cannot imagine the benefit that is accruing to each of you through this merging process that you are allowing to happen here tonight. And I will tell you that you are all light years further along in your consciousness now than you were when you came through that door earlier this evening! And you cannot imagine the beneficial effect that this type of encounter has with human beings! It is unfortunate that this type of meeting is relatively rare upon the Earth in this way, because if it were openly attempted, you see, human beings do tend to go into fear over these things, and so we do have a relatively difficult time in arranging these types of meetings, if you will, to have everyone in the proper spirit and in the proper frame of mind.
We are very fortunate here tonight! Yes, we have all agreed that we are all very fortunate here tonight to have such a loving presence expressed towards all of us that are here. And I will tell you that they are very moved by this, and some of them are becoming quite emotional over this because of the love that is being expressed by all of you here this evening. They are quite touched by the way you are receiving and welcoming them. This has been, I will tell you, their goal in many attempts to contact humanity in a beneficial way for advancing the consciousness on this planet -- because, as you see, that is their agenda, if one can call it an “agenda.” It would be to facilitate the advancement in consciousness of humanity on this planet, and that is why they seek these encounters. It is not done in any selfish way; it is purely an altruistic motive: to seek out ways to better the circumstances of everyone who exists on this planet.
You have taken a great step forward, all of you who are present in this room, to facilitate this type of meeting, because they are learning a great deal about how to approach humanity and to have a beneficial outcome of their overtures towards humanity. And so, you might say there is a great deal of learning going on this evening – on both sides of this equation, the human and the star-based -- as you learn much about each one communicating with the other. This is one of the most beneficial ways that humanity can be contacted by other intelligences -- in order to increase, by quantum leaps, the energy quotient of understanding and knowledge on this planet! This can be done because these are beings of untold experience with other realms -- which you have, as yet, not contacted -- but they have!
As “star travelers,” they have been through many, many realms, learning and absorbing information. So, when they come to Earth -- to visit Earth, to visit humanity -- they bring immense levels of star-based knowledge, not only from their home planets, but also from the many realms which they have contacted. They are the “star travelers” of the universe! This is what they DO! They travel, they learn – through many realms. They are purveyors of informational frequencies and also much energy which is encoded with informational frequencies.
And so, it is very much to the benefit of any human being who is allowed to be in the presence of ones such as this! And we are delighted to have their presence here this evening, both from the standpoint of their learning from you, and your absorption of many levels of their intelligence and accumulated star-based knowledge -- because you are all of the star realms, and you know this. And so, this does not come as a shock to anyone in this room to realize that you have all previously had much star-based experience in various realms, each of you. So, this is like "coming home" for many of you -- to have this type of, shall we say, face-to-face encounter with otherworldly intelligence.
These meetings will be happening more and more, I feel, upon Earth because humanity is calling out for this type of experience – even if your governments are not allowing this activity to openly occur at this time, unfortunately. The consciousness of humanity, as a whole, is reaching out – opening their hands – to these travelers from other realms! They are reaching out for information and accurate knowledge of what IS beyond Earth – even though the governments of Earth prevent this as much as possible. Fortunately, we are able to facilitate these types of meetings wherever we have the opportunity, all over the globe, and you would be surprised how many of these meetings we have been able to facilitate. This is just one of many, because this is one of our goals at this point in time, myself and Count St. Germain -- and the many other volunteers with whom we are working.
And so, I will tell you that this is a very happy encounter that we have had here this evening. You are all deeply loved by all of us who have come to visit you this evening, as per your kind invitation to do so. We only come where we are invited, in peace and in love. You have done well! You have merged with energies which are vast in their scope and intelligence, and I promise each one of you that you will see and experience an expansion in your consciousness as a direct result of what you have allowed to occur here this evening.
Let me see if any of these ones would like to speak to you while we have the channel here. Just a moment:
(Note: One of the extra-terrestrial guests speaks.)
Greetings, we are joyful to be here this evening, in your loving presence, human beings of the Earth. We are from the star system “Explanchion” -- [this] is the best I can say [the name]. We wish to tell you the name of our system, so that someday you may hear it more widely said upon your planet. This is not our first encounter with human beings. We have been coming to this planet from "biblical times," in your words, and we have openly encountered many human beings on the Earth and much exchange of star-based and planetary knowledge has taken place – much to the benefit of our world and your world. This is our goal on Earth: It is to bring expansion of your concepts of what is truly an interplanetary society of consciousness.
We are not all like human beings, but we are all in the brotherhood of what you would say [is] "divine creation of living consciousness." So, "we are all brothers" is our concept. We do not see ourselves as different from you. You are beloved of us. We come for love of your planet and your people to help Earth evolve. That is our will: to bless human consciousness with evolutionary information source. We come often to Earth now in this way – to contact humanity and to teach – also to learn. You teach us much in ways you do not yet understand. We wish communication – open communication, exchange of information -- for the benefit of our realm as well as yours.
We learn from each other in ways neither of us has known before. When we come together, there is evolution of consciousness for all of us – Earth and ourselves. We come, and we will continue to come – until Earth is free of this darkness and fear which has infected the populations of Earth since, "the fall of man" is what you term it. We have been coming since that time to correct this infection in the planet. We have made the promise to come as long as needed, and we will do this.
Blessings to all of you from all of us. We are your brothers and sisters. We may not look like you, but we are all from the same source. Let it be this way, in peace and in beauty, and in love, for both of our cultures. We need harmony and understanding across the dimensions of space-time reality.
I am through, Thank you.
_____________________________
4/15/18 The Arcturian Council via Daniel Scranton
http://danielscranton.com/
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
In your attempts to take back control over your lives you often forget that any power someone else has over your lives has been given to them by you. You do not have to defeat anyone or overthrow any organization, or government, or corporation to take back your power. You just need to stop giving it away.
Now we know that you incarnated on the heels of thousands of years of humans giving away their power, and in that sense you didn’t create what you incarnated into. But in another sense you did – in your previous lifetimes. So the state of affairs you are in nationally, and globally, has everything to do with you.
Why would you create an experience of living amongst oppressors? How does that serve you? Well, it gives you the opportunity to know what it’s like to feel disempowered so that you can move back into your sense of power, but again, you’re not going to get there by force. You’re not even going to get there through political activism. You’re going to get there by accessing the power that is within you.
The power of Source Energy exists within each and every one of you, and the power to create your reality also exists within each one of you. Creating through accessing higher frequency vibrations is the fifth-dimensional way. Taking up arms against your oppressor is the third-dimensional way.
When we say, ‘Stop giving your power away,’ what we are really saying to you is, ‘Stop resisting those who are in power.’ Remember that this is a co-creation, that you put them in power, and that you did so because you wanted to experience what it is like to move from that position of feeling disempowered to awakening to the realization that you are all-powerful beings. You wanted to experience the powerful surge of energy that can only come from within.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
___________________________
4/14/18 The Andromedans via Galaxygirl
sananda.website
Greetings neighbors and friends. We are the Andromedan Collective here to today to send our love and light in greeting to you, friends, and family, on this crucial and integral time / moment on your beautiful Gaia.
For you are at the juncture friends, of something big, and that ‘big deal’ is you all, as you discover your god-selves within, and claim your divinity, your mastery and as a human collective rise as one and ascend. It is true not all will choose to do this and that is their right, there prerogative, their decision. We do not judge them. They simply desire to learn more of the hard lessons and work through their issues. We do not begrudge them this. But for those of you who have chosen the light have chosen wisely, and it is time to rise friends.
We are so excited for you. We are extremely interested in your delightful Earth culture and customs. And it is so varied all over the planet! So many different dishes and culinary delights, so many different ways of dressing, of eating, of living, of worshiping. Truly earth is a potpourri of experience and you friends, have experienced all of this, all that Earth has to offer, because you have been through it so many times and served the collective in so many capacities that it is truly wondrous that you are still here and still doing what you have been doing for so long, serving the collective. It has been arduous, to be sure.
We Andromedans have had our own issues and upgrades. We are an older galaxy (spiritually) than your own but we see you as our sister galaxy, what you call the Milky Way. And we have had many delightful interactions together over the eons. And we are of course here to lend our light and service to humanity at this most critical juncture of time and energy as this influx – this great influx – of light blasts into your world and rearranges all into light and purity, leaving nothing untouched in this tsunami of love and light that purifies masterfully. Let it in, allow its purity to calm and comfort and burn away the dross, that which no longer serves. For this is why you are here now friends, to experience and to bear witness to this mighty time of tumultuous change. And you have volunteered yet again to lead your light and power and strength so that it may not be quite so tumultuous as has been predicted. And you are doing this splendidly.
We are the Andromedan Collective and we send our love and neighborly “hello” to you now.
~ galaxygirl
_____________________________
3/29/18 Message from the webmaster
A message received from South Africa requests to be put on the newsletter mailing list. Apologies to those who check this site. We have not been sending newsletters for about a year. In this past year there have been such huge changes in consciousness that it has been difficult to process the new realizations. This website was started out of a desire to share very real information about visitors from other, more advanced, planets or locations in the universe. Now the consciousness of our world has expanded sufficiently so that our awareness is more cosmic and universal
than it was in 2012 when this site was published. It is difficult to focus on star ships as if they are separate vehicles coming from a distant world. Rather, our consciousness is one of linking up with those who are coming. We are being nudged, advised and counseled through different channels how to expand ourselves beyond self-limiting beliefs. So the messages here posted have taken a turn toward self-help, self-growth, self-awareness. Star ships are real and people see them when they want to be seen, and the visitors ARE here already, walking in disguise among us, but the focus should not be "them" as separate from "us", but rather on how to connect with them mind to mind. This is about us opening our minds internally. It's a consciousness shift to being more connected and less separated.
Someone wrote and asked today, "Can you point me to other literature or places where the information you have presented is corroborated. I have taken an interest and would like to explore the Galactic Federation of Light further, but desire a solid base besides one persons website. I hope this isn't a problem."
I wrote back: "Try www.paoweb.com. Also Google Dr. Stephen Greer. My computer is down or I would give you more websites. You won't find government or scientists corroborating this. They are actively denying it and have been ridiculing the subject for years, trying to stop this information from getting out. These people will do anything to obstruct, including murder. Stephen Greer has the disclosure project. He has a documentary out on this. He's probably your best bet to get some understanding. There are levels that go deep down into darkness and levels that go high up into light as far as you are able to go. Light is information, darkness is secrecy and lies. Only your ability to accept will give you more information. Keep an open mind. There is a battle going on. One side trying to hide the existence of other advanced civilizations, and the other side providing evidence. It's up to you to process what you learn. We are at the point of turning the page in human history where we as an isolated world fully accept the inevitable that we are not alone in the universe."
I hope to get out more newsletters but many of the messages start out here. Check in often.
3/29/18 Ashtar via James McConnell, March 24, 2018
www.ancientawakenings.org
I AM Ashtar. I Am always pleased to be with you in these times, in these moments, always remembering that we are in the now moment. Yes there are many things to look forward to and yes there have been many things that you have gone through in your past. But begin more and more now to let go of the past. Let go of all of the programming of the past and begin more and more to live in this perfect now, knowing that this is the perfect now. That everything is being prepared, orchestrated as you will, to bring in the perfect system for this planet. And realizing that you are this perfect system here in this planet.
Several weeks ago I spoke about preparation that we are in the final stages now. We have been given that signal to be in that final stage of the preparation through this transition process. And I come now to share that with you again so that you know that not only are we prepared to move in a moment’s notice when that signal is given by Prime Creator, but that each one of you are also prepared to be in that moment.
You are hearing, much of you are hearing now about landings, about contact, and yes that is also in preparation. Those that you know of as the Pleiadians are the forerunners of this. They are the ones that you will be primarily making contact with and will be making contact with you. Because this is that moment prior to when these events can begin to happen.
You have heard about the Great Event and we have spoken to you about many mini events that will be leading up to this. This is one of those mini events where you will begin to have more and more sightings of our ships in the skies. Many of you will begin to make contact with those of us in our ships and we with you as you call upon us. For we will never interfere with your direct lives unless you call upon us. But know that even when you do call that it may not yet be quite the right moment for you, individually.
But know that those times are coming. Those moments are ahead. We relish these times where we can be of assistance. But always remember that even though we are here to be assistants to you, you are here to be of assistance to us. For we cannot do it without you and together, all of us working with you, are bringing about this great orchestration here in this transition on the planet.
You are going to be hearing of many revealings that are coming forward. From many different sources they will come. Those moments prior to this, you have been leading up to and everything is about to begin to take its course. Everything is about to begin to shift more and more. But as always it is for those that have eyes to see and ears to hear. Those of you that have been readying for this will be the first ones to make contact with those of us in our ships. You will be the first ones to hear the revealings that are coming forward in many different areas. You will be the ones that will be hearing about the financial changeover that is in the works now.
But as always be patient. Let it come to you. And as the One Who Serves is so fond of saying, go with the flow at all times for this is the way of the future. This is the way of the fifth dimension, the higher frequencies. Learn to go with the flow and learn to be neutral at every moment that you can. Find that neutrality within you just as you find the Source within you which is neutral.
I AM Ashtar. I leave you now with all my peace and love and know that we are standing by to move at a moment’s notice to be there with you when the times call for it and the frequencies have reached their crescendo.
Channeled by James McConnell
www.meetup.com/ancient-awakenings
www.ancientawakenings.org
1/29/18 Ashtar Command via Christine Preston
sananda.website
ASHTAR COMMAND: Dear ones, this is an Alert from Ashtar Command. We are approaching a time of difficulty because of the planetary adjustment that will take place with the process of Disclosure. The Earth has entered a most dense area of the Ring of Light that is called a Photon Belt, and the entire Solar System is being buffeted by electro-magnetic waves. These waves are instrumental to the Great Awakening as the photonic light and gamma rays of these electro-magnetic surges are stripping the psyche of mankind of negative elements in much the same way as the circles and swords of Blue Flame of Archangel Michael, as well as of the Elohim Hercules and Astrea.
We are referring to intrinsic characters in the persona that have been created by the self in the process of using the light of God, but which represents an effluence or contamination. At every moment the self makes a choice to use this power in the right way or not. You either qualify the Light as you use it, or misqualify it, as you live your lives.
Due to the descent into the 3rd dimension of duality, billions of souls have created an ego that has a life of its own and occupies the psyche, the subconscious and conscious minds of the person in incarnation.
Their intrinsic values and qualities have been perverted. You know of the tool you can use to obtain a purification of your psyche. We are referring to the Call to Archangel Michael, or the Elohim, to strip you of elements, such as doubts and fears, and also of all the perversions of the qualities of the Divine Mother-Father. You know of the purification of the aura and chakras that are instruments or chalices for the reception of divine Light as well. You can recreate yourselves in the image of the Christ consciousness that is your blueprint and that is descending. This is a basic understanding to have to appreciate the changes taking place due to the presence of the Solar System and the Earth in the Ring of Photonic Light which is about ten times larger in size than the Galaxy of the Milky Way in which you exist. However, it extends over and below the Galaxy as a vertical loop, so the edges of the Galaxy are not continuously in this Photonic Ring. As the Galaxy moves in space the extremities of its edges remain outside of this Ring for thousands of years and then cross it again.
This is indeed Ashtar Command. This transmission is from a Unit of communication. With regard to how large this Photon Belt is, it is ten times larger than the Solar System. It is a body of Light that transcends the human nature. As stated before it contains electro-magnetic energies and its gamma Rays are irradiating all of Earth at the moment. Its particles have a stripping effect upon the accumulated substances that constitute a densification of the Light in the human body, and even in the planetary body.
This has occurred by the wrong use of the Light of God over many decades and thousands of years. The light substances strip the psyche from its negative elements and therefore convert the ego, or transcend it.
The process frees the psyche of mankind from all perversions and darkness, and the terminology that we have in place controls its effects by diffusing the particles and ensuring the absorption of light is progressive and positive. Too much at any time could have a destructive effect. This process is causing the Awakening and raising you to higher levels of vibration, of spirituality, of love, and it is enlarging your capacity for understanding. You are able to download in your mind light codes which you translate into information and knowledge. You have been born in bodies with a DNA that has been handed down by your parents and ancestors. Going back many thousands of years in history the Anunnaki did perform some modifications to mankind’s DNA to keep mankind ignorant of its identity and its function. In other words ‘ignorant of all of the meanings of life.’ For instance, the purpose of the material world and of physicality. The innate abilities of physical angels, those abilities that were possessed originally, or before the planetary take-over about 400,000 years ago, after the Galactic Federation regained control of the Solar System about a million years ago. This was after the destruction of the planet Maldek and an era of decadence in the Solar System due to the presence of the Reptilian forces of darkness. The creation of Maldek some millions of years, before that, was for a project of physicality which will now be completed in a Golden Age after the Earth, or Gaia, has been risen to a higher level of frequency vibration. This is dependent upon the vibrational level of its inhabitants, of their perception of Reality which in turn affects their own reality and density.
This messenger is not trained in Science and we are using the terms that she is familiar with. We will not explore the technical aspect of Resonance and Hertz deeply but will give you some details about this subject. The Resonance that is occurring in respect of mankind corresponds to the level of consciousness, or refinement, in terms of civilization. Or you could call it the level of righteousness or Spirituality. It is to do with the psyche, the soul, or self, and it will be able to move upon the etheric realm out of the body when the individual goes to sleep, if its resonance is high. After death the self is not always freed from the wheel of reincarnation because it has not been freed from its negative traits. Light is always necessary to balance karma. Many souls have been able to ascend after death for they are righteous, and accomplishing this out of the body is an easier task. The ascension could take place after re-education in the schools of the etheric realms, even decades after the passing over. At this time many souls who have ascended have returned into embodiment to take part in the Ascension of Earth in its physicality and density. This is the great project of the Age.
The plan to raise the Earth as well as the entire Solar System, and beyond, is being implemented as the manifestation of the divine Will of Almighty God and has been in the works since time immemorial. A Prophecy, such as the one Archangel Michael made known to the Galaxy more than 25 million years ago, was a statement of his knowledge of the Will of God which he brought down to the levels of physicality for its manifestation. It was revealed to both the forces of the Light and of Darkness. He didn’t reveal which planetary system and which planet would play a key role in the unfoldment of Events in the last days, before all life would be lifted up to a higher octave, or dimension, in a golden age. Then physicality would be used as originally intended. By seeking to interfere with this plan the forces of darkness were affected by the vision that they held without realizing it. Earth was to play a key role in the manifestation of the Divine Will and we are close to the goal because the planetary body is being swept by a flux of energy that has impacted the Solar System on March 20, 2016. Today, on March 22, this stream of light has gone round the world for the second time. The energies enter through the Sun and are diffused through cosmic channels, through the planet Venus, through the Lord Sanat Kumara and the Logos of Earth, as well as the other usual channels of consciousness.
Technology is aiding to soften and distribute their impact. All of the material world is being irradiated at the moment and the light is helping the elemental kingdom as well. The prayers and calls, that the lightworkers make, help the absorption of Light. It is beneficial to raise the consciousness, spirituality and resonance at which forms vibrate. The calls permit the angelic kingdom to intervene where necessary. The technology of the Blue Avians who are higher dimensional, as well as technologically advanced beings, is helping to filter the highly charged electro-magnetic particles and gamma rays of the Photon belt. An example is the biospheres now observed near the Sun, or in the sky, where there were none decades ago.
The peak of energies encountered on March 20 have been called a Wave, but in the sense that a group of souls ready to take in this light have had their resonance affected by it and have been elevated to a higher level upon the ladder of the dimensions, or consciousness. The souls which were able to take part in the same process with the influence of the peak of energies on September 28 of last year, because they were ready for it, are being taken even higher with this second surge of electro-magnetic light substance. They are at the top of the pyramid of the lightworkers which symbolically represents the Body of God on Earth. They are the Woman in Heaven who gives birth to Christ consciousness, the Manchild of the book of Revelation, and at the same time those souls are the bride of Christ, a Collective.
They are being wedded in that garment of bright light, or that golden and solar garment, and they walk upon the rainbow bridge of the Rays of God, and become that path. Their system of chakras is being worked on. Many souls are increasingly becoming able to enter into telepathic communication and will, at one time, be contacted by their Higher Selves, or Ascended Masters.
However, the Dragon that is waiting to devour that manchild which the Woman is giving birth to, that Dragon is what remain of the forces of the Dark that have controlled mankind. They are the Illuminati and Cabal with their astral counterparts and overlords, though a work of clearing those has been taking place for decades, as mentioned in the video ‘Vials of Karma’. The removal of some among biblical and mythological Luciferian characters has taken place.
The souls of the First Wave at the top of the Pyramid of mankind are on their way towards the 6th dimension. They are now firmly physically upon the 5th dimension. In meditation, telepathic communication, or attunement, they can reach the 12thdimension but in consciousness. The Second Wave of souls that have been affected by the currents of these electro-magnetic energies of Light and gamma rays have now passed through the ‘hole of the needle’ and entered the 5th dimension. The other souls below them are traversing the 4th dimension and beginning to be affected in the way their more vibrant brothers and sisters were in about the years 2012 to 2014.
The process was harder for the First Wave and they took longer to achieve their status. The Second Wave is going to achieve the same at a faster pace. Then the First and Second Waves of souls will join together to help the rest of mankind accomplish the same transformations in a third Wave. What the first Waves experience is shared through a field because of their interconnectedness. The Second Wave will have awakened and feel compelled to share their new vision.
When you achieve ascension, you open the Way and it was Jesus Christ who opened it two thousand years ago, not by dying on a cross, but by resurrecting from the human consciousness. He integrated with Christ consciousness and was then called the Christ but this has been lost in time. You are opening the way then can declare I AM the Way, I AM the Truth, I AM the Life. Because of the Ascension darkness will be consumed. It will be transmuted because you are transcending it. Because of the Ascension and the intensification of the Light anything that is less than Christ consciousness will disappear.
Understand that the process is being slowed down by technology because, if it happened as nature intended by the sheer fact that the Solar System is traversing this dense substance of photonic Light, the stripping of the psyche would be painful. In order to ascend you need to have magnetized light because if you are filled with a great percentage of darkness, when it is stripped from you, there is not much left of you. This is why the dark Lords wanted to leave the Solar System. It is by mercy, however, that the Almighty is providing all manners of interventions to save as many souls as possible.
The suppression of truth cannot endure in this Light and the process of Ascension. A great change is taking place in the psyche of the individuals who work in the media and who work as Journalists. It is through their eyes that you perceive the world, is it not? They are some who call themselves investigative journalists and who reject control. They do not tolerate being told what to report. They choose the way of their conscience. They are in many cases, incarnations of Galactic beings. They are Star seeds. They are recovering the memory of who they are. They care about what is right and are in alignment with the Defender of Truth, Archangel Michael. They cut through the falsities of the propaganda. Some schemes fade away because of the Violet Flame that erases the causes and cores of all problems, whether personal or global. And so the world is progressing fast. A great part of the physical chaos and turmoil is caused by the awakening and the demand for change. Changes are enormous if you look into yourselves with whatever method of introspection you can use. Your capacity for understanding what is happening has greatly increased.
I started with the mention of a coming time of difficulty and planetary adjustment. You now have the background to understand that there still is a movement of opposition to the plan of Ascension that is the result of a lack of alignment with the Divine Will. It is born of erroneous concepts, an antichrist philosophy and materialism, and all that represents the delusion that are holding the ‘powers that’d be’ in the grip of an ancient indoctrination. Those at the top of their pyramid of control have made their move like in a game of chess, to go ahead with a scheme designed long ago. They have tried various tactics to create a global conflict and weaponized space. They did not understand that the process of Ascension is a cosmic one and that it is also affecting the planetary bodies of the Solar System. They discovered that they could not leave Earth, nor run away with their secret technology and spacecraft. They would love to declare ownership of the Solar System. They intended to use their holographic technology to stage an alien invasion such as the one of ‘Independence Day’ or ‘The War of the Worlds.’ They are being kept under surveillance of the Galactic Federation of Light and Ashtar Command which would not allow it.
The planetary adjustment due is that of Disclosure although it is already taking place, as it will be intensified. It will be a difficult time even for the lightworkers who have acquired so much knowledge in the alternative field, because what will be exposed is more than what you already know. All you know is the surface of the iceberg of that suppression of truth. Disclosure will cause problems. There will be a need for direction.
Waves of souls will become teachers and your destinies will unfold. You will recover memory of who you are and your mission will become clear. Together we will approach a time when you will be taken to the Light Chambers for the healing of your physical bodies, as well as turning the clock back of their atoms. You will increasingly be able to heal yourselves and increase your vitality even before the gradual introduction in society of our presence. In the meantime you have been taken to the light chambers out of the body and the effects of their irradiation eventually manifest physically. The irradiations from the photon belt are presently causing you some fatigue, so it will be important for you to sleep the hours that you need and look after yourselves well. Spread the word. Following this high peak of electro-magnetic and gamma waves you will be integrating the energies and create even more changes. There may be difficulties ahead but overall it should be an interesting time with a great amount of discernment taking place. You will discover that your capacity for understanding has increased. Many events will occur as a result of disclosure.
I am speaking on behalf of Asthtar Command, and of the Liaison Team, channeling this message for your information. We are guarding you, teaching you, we have at our side the Masters and Archangels you are familiar with. The Earth will be in physicality, but a lighter one, and you are being restored so that you will be able to function upon higher dimensions in full consciousness in the same way that you do upon the physical plane of expression. It is to do with the descent of the quantum DNA together with the Light Body and Christ consciousness. A great work will be done to remove the pollution of the elements and this will mainly be done when we can move more freely upon the world. The oceans will then become a more suitable environment for the Whales, Cetaceans and all species which will inhabit them. The media is reporting the death of these species and people are identifying the causes, such as pollution of the seas with plastic, overfishing, chemical trails, sonar experiments, radio-activity, under water-volcanic activity. Their extinction is contributing to the awakening of many people, as it is plain to see, and they are upset.
We are coming close to a time when the world will be even more shaken up than it is today. However some replacement in power, in just a few months from now, will also create a more favorable climate for disclosure. We can see that Victory is very close, and we rejoice. A new perception of Reality of the whole situation upon Earth is being received. Enlightenment is also playing a part in the whole process, and you will be looking forward to the progress of the Third Wave when the energies peak at the end of the year.
I will now leave you with this new information and with gratitude for your greater understanding of the way the human nature is being transcended, as well as for the service of our associates who are involved with the publishing of our messages. Keep your eyes on the skies and the stars because we are there above you watching you. We keep an eye on you.
This was Ashtar Command, we are your Galactic brothers and sisters and we love you, Namaste!
1/8/18 The Collective of Guides via Caroline Oceana Ryan, 1/8/18
"http://carolineoceanaryan.com/messages-lightworkers/
A Message to Lightworkers
The latest guidance from the Ascended Masters, Galactics, Earth Elementals, Faery Elders, Angels and Archangels known as the Collective:
Greetings, dear ones, and welcome to this astounding and co-Creative year of 2018!
Our writer has a question to ask, which is utterly relevant to all Lightworkers’ situation at present . . .
COR: My friends, over the past year I have received numerous emails from people who are at their wit’s end.
They are feeling so ill and exhausted from a disorder or illness that is often not properly diagnosed, that they say they are are ready to just let go of their physical body.
Or they are so tied up in financial debt and lack, so unable to manifest what they need to live their lives on a basic level, that they are feeling increasingly desperate, and feel to be sinking lower by the day.
Or their self-esteem and feelings of self-worth, and disconnection from their life purpose, is such that they feel have no voice, no vision, no reason to be here.
I feel strongly that all of this is related somehow, even though these seem to be separate maladies.
The worst part is when they say they keep trying to hear their Spirit team, but can’t, and muscle testing doesn’t seem to be working for them either.
Please give us your viewpoint on what is happening!
The Collective: What is fascinating to us, and quite positive and exciting, is that all that you describe here, dear one, are exactly the experiences lived by a race of people passing from one era of evolvement and consciousness into another.
We are aware that you have often heard people refer to “Ascension symptoms,” and we would say, that one could call these that, if needed.
But what we see goes well beyond symptoms in the sense of “something’s wrong, and I need to fix it,” and even beyond the need to blame everything on the Ascension process.
None, and we mean None of the situations you describe have very much to do with what they are apparently about.
You read many years ago a declaration written by a wonderful Light Warrior known to you as Louise Hay, who stated, “The problem is never the problem,” and we could not agree more.
We will give you an example: When you see two children out at play, and one is clearly bullying the other, you can if you wish step in and stop the bullying.
Yet in your heart, you will know that there is a much greater issue at hand than the outer manifestation of any one moment of bullying.
You know inwardly that that child has internalized destructive behavior from someone in their home, or from images in the media, or a friend.
Or that they have carried past life tendencies into this life, and that these are part of the lessons they came to face in this current life. Or several of these.
And so you have the satisfaction of knowing that you rescued one child from one unhappy situation, but you do not kid yourself that your role as a peacemaker, as one who instills higher self-esteem, compassion, and empathy in young people is completed and done.
There is far more to your role than you expressed in that one moment, just as there is far more to both children’s life paths.
In the same way, the issues you name are not “one-offs”—they are not simply about money or health or love or life purpose, however large these issues may be.
These are all outer indications of a greater energy pattern that is being revised from the inside out—sometimes, on behalf of thousands or even millions of Earth beings, and not only for that one person.
The person involved will experience the bumpy ride of that transformation as it evolves, until they turn to fully look at the deeper issue and accept the transfiguration of it.
This is why, when one illness is cured, or one set of debts paid off, another debt or illness will in time come to take its place—because the deeper issue still has not been addressed.
Let us look at these issues—money and health and self-worth are some of the very great “triggers” that alert people to the fact that their entire being, from etheric essence to heart-mind to cellular structure, is undergoing an astounding, miraculous remaking.
Yet if one is suddenly out of money with no new income in sight, or experiences a prolonged, severe money shortage, as if Lack itself had pulled a chair up to the table and made itself permanently at home, that person will not feel to be a walking miracle.
They will only feel to be in a terrible situation that they cannot shake their way out of, no matter how hard they try, using manifestation techniques, meditation, visualization, or just plain hard work, to revise their situation.
All of that inner and outer work is fine, but they are not the journey itself.
The actual journey has to do with uncovering the essence of the challenge that the money shortage represents.
You will not be surprised when we speak of the vital importance of a flow of thoughts, objects, feelings, and energies in life—of releasing the need to hold on, to cling to any one outer condition.
Of the vital need to forgive yourself for the times you took up the aggressor or victim role in life.
Of the vital need to release those who were brave enough (on a higher level) to be willing to play a terrible, dense, unpopular role in your life.
You will not be surprised (because you know it already) when we speak of the need to just Allow some days—to sit with the problem and send it Love and thanks, even before you extract positive meaning and growth from it.
At that moment, you realize what you have called a problem is not a problem.
It is simply an outer condition, an expression of something that feels to you to be an energy imbalance and a blockage between what you prefer to have and what you have now.
And that like all outer conditions, it is constantly revising itself.
So that the moment you stop calling it Bad, or out of alignment with what you want, you free yourself from feeling defeated by it.
The moment you bless and thank it and stop blaming it or yourself, you free that condition to leave you, because it has nothing more to show you.
Though experiencing wealth, health, love, and outer accomplishment are all fine and good, for the most part, you did not come here for these.
You did not come to admire the outer conditions of your life as constantly smooth and satisfactory.
You came to dive head first into outer conditions that would require you to forgive and love them no matter how difficult and taxing they seemed to your logical mind.
No matter how annoying and unthinkable they are to your ego-based need to survive, to your need to distinguish yourself as “separate but safe.”
And to your need to “accomplish something” in outer terms.
And so, we are willing to bet as they say, that those who are unhappy with their finances have not lately put a hand over their bank statement or their wallet, and proclaimed, “I Love you and thank you for all you do for me! I AM blessed beyond my most beautiful visions. Multiply and be fruitful, my friend!”
We are willing to bet that those who are unhappy with their bodies have not lately blessed and thanked their body for all it does for them, spending entire days concentrating on what IS going well with their health, instead of investing constant energy and focus on what is not going well (thereby extending the condition).
We are feeling that these ideas, practiced daily and often throughout the day, are mainly untried by them.
Likewise, saying to the body part or illness or system that seems to be failing, “What have you come to tell me, friend? I AM listening. What message do you bring?”
Consistently asking such, until the heart-mind hears and reveals the answer.
No, the answer will not always be immediate. That takes a bit of practice, and a quiet mind that is actively expecting and receptive to higher wisdom.
We guarantee you, each and every one of you has a beautiful Spirit team, full of Love and empathy for all you travel through in this life, who are Constantly sending you messages of encouragement, wisdom, and understanding that would not naturally occur to you.
We say constantly to Lightworkers, “If you do not hear your team inwardly, tell them to send you Outer signs, symbols, signals, and messages.
“Outer indications of what path to take for greater Healing or increased Abundance or your life purpose—and the patience, self-Love, and thankfulness it takes to Accept those things.”
You will not find the solutions you seek while in the same state of mind that created the challenge to begin with, as one of your great scientists noted some time ago.
You must, within yourself, move to a level of acceptance, of no longer struggling against, of releasing resentment toward money or lack of life direction or your current job or relationship or physical state.
Acceptance and Love, with thanks for all it has brought you.
These challenges are not blocks along the road, dear ones. They ARE the road itself.
“But what if I want a peaceful life, free of these pains and distractions and feelings of loss?” you ask.
We would say, you can have it, the moment you actively choose such.
Are you willing to release the drama, the pain, the complaints, the expectation of trouble?
Because the third dimensional human is quite complacent and happy to stay in a rut on that front—another reason why these problems are squawking at you so loudly now, now that your vibration is moving so powerfully out of the third dimension.
The interesting, and quite challenging part of being willing to release your problems and no longer call them problems, is that the bully only loses interest when the one they are trying to upset doesn’t mind, and even enjoys their presence.
Where is the fun in that?
“Why should I stick around and be a thorn in this person’s life, when all they do is Love and accept me? That is too high a vibration for me to stand—I’m getting out of here!”
Do your “problems” or challenges love your resistance? Do they love your disdain and hatred of them?
Most assuredly—that is the gift.
They came to reveal that vibration, that resistance to What Is, so that you would become aware of it.
And they shall remain with you, for as long as you refuse to bless and Love them, and release them on their way.
For as long you, a powerful co-Creator, name them “problems.”
And so you will today inwardly ask your health or body part, your debt or your current income, your feelings about your spouse or lover, or other challenge:
“What have you come to tell me, dear one? I AM listening. I AM willing to learn. What I AM no longer doing, is feeling at a loss, as if I have been earmarked for trouble and suffering.
“I release the need to complain and resist my life circumstances. I loosen my grip. I release anger and resistance. I let go. I release, and flow down the stream of Life.
“I Love and accept this new higher vibration, and celebrate the Sat Yuga as a time of my highest visions coming to Life.
“And I remember now, Why I AM here, and What I have come here for, in the most joyful and fulfilling sense.
“I AM here to become my higher self, and I welcome him/her into my consciousness fully now. I give thanks!”
As do all of us, dear ones.
You cannot know how much you are Loved, and as we have said many times, very nearly envied (and greatly admired) for the bravery it took for you to incarnate in these powerfully transformative, often rocky and tenuous-looking times.
Namaste, powerful co-Creators in this Universe of Nebadon!
We love and are with you, always.
You are never alone.
1/8/18 Sanat Kumara via Jahn Kassl, 1/7/18
sananda.website
BELOVED HUMANS!
Resonate with the energies of light that are now reaching the earth, because 2018 is offering the opportunity to dissolve blockades and remove hindering structures that are governing your emotions and dominating your thoughts. Now’s the time when everything that is holding you back and keeping you from self-awareness can be healed at the roots. Stop going in circles. Issues and blockades that keep coming back because they haven’t been resolved yet present a huge obstacle on the spiritual path.
RECOGNIZING SPIRITUAL “PROBLEM AREAS”
That’s why I encourage you today to dedicate yourself with all your power to your spiritual “problem areas” this year. Don’t put anything off, continue your transformation with determination, and don’t wait until your life issues need to be reflected back to you in a painful way.
This is the time when realizations can be reaped to an unimaginable extent and with an incredible dynamic.
These times don’t wait for you to become conscious, but expect you to take advantage of these most favorable conditions for awakening that now exist on this earth. I therefore give you three pointers, so that you can start this year with the proper attention and shape the oncoming years with wisdom, power and spiritual presence.
THREE POINTERS FOR 2018
1.) Dedicate yourself with all your energy to the process of expanding your own awareness! Nothing is more important in 2018 than this.
2.) Use devotion, meditation and prayer as your tools. Because every time you don’t know how to proceed, you will receive help and direct divine guidance.
3.) Be truthful and authentic in everything – that means in every relationship and in everything you do! It is better to make your own mistakes than to take credit for someone else’s achievements. Take back control and sovereignty of your own life, and know this:
Realizations are anchored in self-awareness and not theoretical knowledge or books! These are the three pointers that matter now.
IN THE MIDST OF THE TRANSFORMATIONAL PULL
The outer world becomes more unstable, the earth is in the process of transforming energies from millennia. And human beings find themselves, no matter how they are internally dealing with it, in the midst of this transformational pull – it is happening.
Those who close themselves off from the current energetic conditions on this earth and keep up their blockades are facing the end of their journey on this planet. Because only those who hold and integrate the incoming energies step by step can participate in the golden age. This means: Only one’s own transformation and conscious path of awareness lead to the capability of a human being to keep up with the continuously increasing frequency.
THE PROFOUND PURIFICATION
All dark and destructive forces, all those who brought evil and negativity into this world, are running out of time. Thus 2018 will certainly provide us with further discoveries and revelations on all levels. Many people will be shocked and recoil, and many will lose faith in the good.
Many however, the ones who have been longing to return home for lifetimes, will recognize the signs of this time.
They will face the facts with great courage, unafraid and with inner determination, and they will understand the necessity of this process. The profound purification will shed light on the impure, and clean-up operations will take place both internally and externally, because you can only get rid of that which you are aware of.
Thus confront yourself with the truth, don’t deny it! Transform and heal everything that causes pain in the outer and inner world. Get to work, be reborn and create the new earth.
I am the Logos of this earth. And today I call upon all human beings to return into oneness. I am waiting for you in the light. Be guided by your longing, because it will lead you directly to me. We are one from the beginning of all times and for eternity. Without me there is no you, and without you there is no me.
BELOVED HUMANS!
Realize your origin, touch my hem and wake up from the dream.
SANAT KUMARA
King of this world
[Ed: Sanat Kumara is the one known as "the Ancient of Days" in the Christian bible who saved the Earth from being destroyed. Due to insufficient light, Earth couldn't hold its course in orbit around the sun. SK came from Venus to reside here and held the Light for Earth until humankind could grow spiritually - many millions of years.]
1/8/18 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council via Valerie Donner, 1/6/18
"http://www.thegroundcrew.com/
Greetings I am Mira. I am at your service focusing full-time on the Ascension process that you and your planet are going through. It is quite remarkable. You have made progress with adapting to and assimilating to rapid change. We marvel at humanity’s adaptability and willingness to move through the requirements that are necessary.
We understand humanities reluctance to change for their own good. Yet at the core of life and the heart of the earth life seems to realize that it has to go with the flow. You may have noticed how unpredictable the flow can be during these chaotic times. The turbulence pushes openings wherever they are ready. Although sometimes these can be painful they are important for growth and understanding.
We report to you today that the earth is in a fluid state. This means that one must pay close attention to what is occurring around them as well as what is happening inside. All is not as it seems. The earth is unleashing trapped forces that must be removed before the Ascension can be completed. Perhaps you can imagine what these forces have been doing on your planet. Their presence is getting expunged in a myriad of ways. They have been hazardous and detrimental to life.
We assure you that what you need to know will be revealed to you at the perfect time. Your job is to be ready to respond in any way where you feel you could be helpful. Your material world is falling apart. Just look around. Feel what your sensations are for the day. Some of you might feel that you are masquerading and wondering what will come next. You are between worlds. Although you are in the physical form of the third dimension you are bouncing from the fourth to the fifth dimension and higher. This can appear as surreal. It is and will continue to be. Your job is to be as grounded as possible while filtering in the influx of light and while altering your consciousness.
You are adaptable beings, ground crew, stewards of love and kindness. We are working with you and a myriad of Galactic’s and many other beings of light to free life and the earth. Soon you will begin to see a parade of beings leaving this planet. They have held you back for far too long. They simply cannot match the resonance of the new earth.
Please remember that you are being assisted by all of creation. All you have to do is follow your path by listening to your heart. You are loved greatly and respected throughout creation. Keep flowing. Allow everyone their own choices. Know that even when things are challenging you will be able to move easily and quickly to come back into balance.
We are with you in love and light.
I am Mira.
Source: The Ground Crew
1/8/18 The Arcturians through Suzanne Lie
Learning & Remembering Inter-dimensional Light Language
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
Again, you may find your heart and mind hanging around our higher dimensional group of the Masters, Angels, Elohim. You see, “The beginning of the Beginning” is beginning. We, the Arcturians are always with you and are playing an increasingly different role in what was once known as your “time.”
As the frequency streamers of the emergence of the “fifth dimensional concepts, feelings, and memories” come forth to integrate within your consciousness, you are beginning to release many of your third dimensional emotions and reactions to your Time and Space Operating System. As you release your attachments to your Third Dimensional, Time/Space Operating System, you will find that gradually, or all at once, you will return to your innate, fifth dimensional, Here/Now Operating Systems.
We know that “you,” meaning any person, place, situation, or thing that is on the Path of Ascension, are coming closer and closer to the experience of consciously perceiving the frequency expansion of your reality into the fifth dimension.
It is within this fifth dimensional reality that the third/fourth dimensional energy fields merge and transmute into fifth dimensional energy fields. As you feel these streams of energy advancing towards each other, like two streams rushing towards a reunion, you can feel that something is changing, or is it transmuting?
“Changing” means that something is different than it was before the change. “Transmuting” means that something has expanded into a higher frequency of resonance. Right NOW, the ascending ones, as well as the ascension process, is in between the frequency of your fifth dimensional consciousness of your fifth dimensional Lightbody and the third dimensional consciousness of your earth vessel.
You note that we say, “consciousness of earth body,” as it is your state of consciousness that dictates the frequency of your earth vessel, rather than your earth vessel dictating the frequency of your consciousness. Of course, your consciousness and your physical body have a very deep relationship and a greater interaction than most humans understand. However, please remember that:
The frequency of your consciousness determines your perceptions, and the reality that you perceive is the reality that you live. Therefore, the highest frequency of your consciousness will be the first component of your SELF that will return to its innate fifth dimensional resonance. Then, once your consciousness has fully accepted the resonance of the fifth dimension, your physical body will begin to slowly transmute into higher and higher frequencies of resonance.
Of course, some areas of your body will transmute quite quickly, while other areas of your body will take longer to transmute, as they will need to complete their healing and/or the release of old “effluvia.”
During the NOW in which you are in-between… The YOU who has NOT YET completed your visit to the third/fourth dimensional version of Gaia, AND the YOU who has completed your many visits to third/fourth dimensional Earth, are ready to return to your fifth dimensional version of Earth.
Your visits to fifth dimensional Earth, your fifth dimensional Starship and/or your fifth dimensional Homeworld, have often been when your earth vessel is sleeping, or when you are in such deep meditation that you expanded your brainwaves to “Gamma Waves.”
These Gamma Waves resonate to the frequency of the fifth dimension. Therefore, they assist your third/fourth dimensional consciousness to expand into your fifth dimensional consciousness. At first, your fifth dimensional streams of consciousness will be invisible to your physical self. However, as you continually activate your fifth dimensional brainwaves, you will gradually re-calibrate your brain to send these fifth dimensional energy waves to the language area of your third dimensional body.
Each of you, according to your desire and experience, will translate these fifth dimensional brainwaves into the language area of your third dimensional brain. At first, you may experience these “messages” via visions, which you will “translate” into messages. When you “read a picture”, you innately use your fifth dimensional consciousness because a picture can contain many messages at once. “Light language,” which is “fifth dimensional language” is best sent to another via a mental picture which can have many meanings within the same NOW.
When you tune into Light Language, you do not experience separate words lined up individually. Instead, you experience the gestalt, which is the entire message regarded as a whole. At first, your experience of Light Language may feel very “emotional” because your body FEELS it, but your eyes and ears may, or may not even be seeing or hearing it.
It is for this reason that humans often have a difficult time with Light Language, as it calls on different areas of the brain to receive it, as well as different areas of the brain to translate the message to your third dimensional communication system.
In closing, we the Golden Ones, Arcturians and/or the Ascending Ones, have been coming to the consciousness of humanity more and more. Therefore, they all want to remind us, those wearing a 3D earth vessel, that:
When you stand before the Ascended ONES at the threshold to the fifth dimension, you will have feelings that you cannot remember having before because within that NOW, there is definitely something different about your Earthly consciousness. Surrounding dear Gaia, there is a “place” or “energy field” that is beginning its transmutation from the time/space of the third/fourth dimension, and into the fifth dimension of the HERE and NOW. Therefore, remember your Light Language, as it is the Golden Path that will guide you HOME.
Blessings from the Golden Ones, the Arcturians
and the Ascending Ones
1/8/18 Pleiadian Message via Christine Day, 1/4/18
https://christineday.worldsecuresystems.com/the-pleiadian-story
Beloved ones we greet you,
Humanity has moved into a new potential of awakening as another phase of the ‘New Dawning’ energy has entered your planet at New Year.
At that moment when you entered the frequency setting of 2018 the Sun physically shifted its position, moving into a more direct path to planet Earth. This movement created a new multidimensional opening on your earth plane, as a series of expanded multidimensional settings of light rays from the Sun entered the planet. The Sun’s rays carry the emanations of God. This shift brings another form of the essence of God to the planet, and you are ready to receive this awakening. Earth has undergone a complete energetic reset since that moment of New Year. You, all of humanity have been moved into a different time continuum, into a new phase of potential for self-realization through this expansion of God consciousness that is flowing within the planet. Your Heart chamber is now in direct alignment to those multidimensional forms of God.
Through this reset there is a rapid process of acceleration in motion that is going to intensify your human experience, the human drama, while simultaneously you are being reconnected, reunited energetically to Self. Letting go and stabilizing within your Heart will be an essential component for flourishing at this juncture.
The actual physical shift between Earth and the Sun is revealing a series of new frequency settings of light that have been activated within the magnetic core of your planet and there is shift in the central pulse of rotation within the Earth. You are being changed through a new pure frequency patterning that is emerging. This design is being interwoven from the central pulse into your Heart cells. This developed patterning will strongly impact you, expanding your ability to realign within your own unique sacred aspect, which exists within the sphere of the Heart cells.
Your Heart cells are multidimensional and will fully respond to these emanations of God that are flowing onto our earth plane. As you choose, you will undergo a metamorphic process redesigning your Hearts multidimensional potential, through activating the chambers that exist on a multidimensional level within your heart.
You have been in a deep and continual process of ‘not knowing’ over the past months, and now it’s as though the Sun’s rays carry a light to illuminate your path. You are able to move as a conscious community, as a ray of light, like a torch.
Through this New Year dawning, your potential for reconnection to clarity, truth and a remembering of your own essence unfolds through the Sun’s rays. We witness you as you unfold, we hold an energetic ‘Platform’ to support you in your transition.
Blessings,
The Pleiadians
https://christineday.worldsecuresystems.com/the-pleiadian-story
1/8/18 Archangel Michael via Daniel Scranton
www.danielscranton.com
You and Only You
“Welcome. We are here to serve and assist you.
We would like to begin by asking all of you to give yourselves some credit. We would like for each of you to recognize yourselves as having made it this far. Participating in a shift, such as the one you are in the midst of, is not easy. It is not for the faint of heart.
Many of you are taking on more than your share in order to be of service, and we are pleased to witness you in your process and to offer our support every step of the way. It only takes a moment to acknowledge yourselves, but the impact of that moment stretches out across all time and space.
You and only you can give yourselves the credit, the recognition, and the acknowledgment that you really deserve, because if you receive it from somewhere or someone outside of you, it will not be received by you, not in the same way. Fortunately, you have us to remind you. And you have all of your guides encouraging you to love yourselves, to take care of yourselves, and to give yourselves that which no one else can.
But ultimately, it is up to you. It is up to you to hold yourselves in the light, to praise yourselves, and to acknowledge your worth. And in so doing, you build a bridge between your ego and your higher self. You give yourselves an upgrade. You spread your wings, and you allow yourselves to soar as you were always meant to.
So take a moment to acknowledge the beauty of your essence, the determination that you have demonstrated, and every single act of kindness and service that you have ever performed. Be willing to do this at least once a day, and feel the immediate benefits.
We are Michael. We are infinite. We are Love.”
12/18/17 The Arcturians via Marilyn Raffaele on 12/17/17
www.onenessofall.com
Dear readers, greetings to all at this special time of celebration and festive activity. The holidays often serve as a trigger that activates a sense of oneness within those normally unfamiliar these energies. The emotions of love and giving that freely flow throughout the Christmas season are often someone’s beginning steps toward awakening if they are ready and open to it.
People of any and all belief systems can celebrate Christmas if they understand its true meaning. Christmas is not just about the birth of a highly evolved child 2000 years ago, but is representative of the birth of the Christ within every individual. We have spoken of this in previous Christmas messages, but choose to repeat it for those yet unaware of the real meaning of Christmas.
The word Christ does not refer to the master Jesus except as his attained title, nor does it only have to do with the religion called Christianity. The word Christ is not a man, or a name, or a religion, but means Light or full illumination–enlightenment. Christhood is the birthright of every soul, each being the perfect expression of God/Source no matter how un-aware of this they may be. There is only ONE Reality and you are IT.
Everything you see, hear, taste, touch, and smell in the human scene is a mind formed interpretation of a spiritual reality–you cannot make something out of nothing. The Christmas story and all that surrounds it represents a much deeper reality, one that effects each and every soul.
The Christmas story is the story of every soul’s evolution into Christ Consciousness. Creation is already complete and you are already whole, but being on earth in a physical body that is governed by time and space brings with it a veil of unknowing, one that leaves the majority unaware of who and what they are, thus making evolution into a process.
Mary and Joseph represent the perfect balance of the Divine feminine and masculine energies necessary in order for the new and higher state of consciousness to be formed.
As the infant state of awareness begins to grow, there arise third dimensional concepts and beliefs to be examined and cleared. This gestation period can and usually does take lifetimes and usually leaves the individual often feeling depleted and lost as their known foundation crumbles, seeming to leave them with nothing. This is the stable.
The Christ cannot and never will be born into a consciousness that is already filled with three dimensional concepts and beliefs. The humble stable represents an attained state of consciousness devoid of everything false and unreal–necessary for birthing the Christ consciousness.
Those with eyes to see and ears to hear, easily recognize and are drawn to the energy of this state of consciousness, (the wise men) and think nothing of any inconveniences that may be involved in order to be in its presence.
At the same time, those living from a sense of their own power and importance within the energies of duality and separation are only able to comprehend the strength of others or love as a threat. They understand power only as power over something or someone, rather than power being the birthright of every soul by virtue of their oneness with Source. Thus we have the soldiers of Herod seeking to destroy the new born child.
The Christ consciousness will always be hunted and persecuted by those who believe that their very existence (ego) is threatened by the power of another. The newly born Christ consciousness must be hidden silently and secretly, and nurtured within until it is strong enough to withstand the slings and arrows of the outer scene.
The Christmas story is your story dear ones, and is the story of every person regardless of where they are in their evolutionary journey because everyone is the expression of Divine Consciousness and therefore already holds the fullness of the living Christ within.
No one attains this state of consciousness from outside of self, from some “right” teacher, or teaching for there is no such thing. Rather, the whole journey of evolution is about opening up to the “imprisoned splendor” already present within.
Enjoy the season and freely give not only material gifts, but gifts of love, abundance, joy, peace, wholeness, harmony, etc., fully aware that you can never be depleted of these gifts for they are never yours personally, but rather flow infinitely from that endless Source within.
Let Christmas be yours every day of the year. Let Christmas become who and what you are in every moment, situation, and experience and you will observe it flow easily into each New Year (life).
Wishing all your own true Christmas.
We are the Arcturian Group
12/15/17 Saul via John Smallman
https://johnsmallman.wordpress.com/
Humanity’s progress toward awakening has amazed all of us here in the spiritual realms. Despite all the chaos and confusion that is arising worldwide, the awakening process is now proceeding extremely rapidly. All the bits and pieces, all the strings and connections, all the pieces of the puzzle are in fact coming beautifully into alignment, and your moment of mass awakening is very close. Many of you have heard this kind of message before and are wondering as you read if this will be yet another non-event. I assure you that it will not. There have been issues previously because time is fluid and flexible, even though to humans it appears to flow in a most regular and constant line and at a constant speed, and that is the speed to which you have become accustomed and to which you have regulated your metabolisms. But it is not that simple, time, as part of the illusion, is quite variable even though it does not appear to you that that can be so. Those time issues have now been resolved and your awakening process is proceeding beautifully.
Taking that into account I assure you that your moment of awakening is very close. Continue to hold the intent to awaken, and renew it daily when you go within to meditate, pray, or just relax into the Love that resides there. That daily time of turning inwards and opening to the Love within is the most important part of your daily routine, no matter how busy you believe yourselves to be. And of course, when you take time out of your busy day to do so, you emerge afterwards feeling restored, refreshed, and more alive, thus you are far better able to deal with whatever arises for you personally during your day.
Although the news on the mainstream media may be very disturbing or unsettling, do not engage with fear or a sense of helplessness in response to it. You are each exactly where you are meant to be in every moment, and by opening to the Love within you strengthen your human energy fields, making them far more effective as they interact throughout the day with the energy fields of those with whom you engage in thought, word, or deed. That is what you are on Earth at this moment in time to do, to engage lovingly with others, regardless of the kind of situations in which you find yourselves, by most effectively demonstrating Love in action. As the divine children of God you are Love in action, but as ego directed humans you allow your fears and your sense of inadequacy or incompetence to erect a very ephemeral veil between your human selves and your true Self, thus keeping the latter hidden from view.
Your pre-incarnational intent has always been to bring Love and Light to every issue or problem that arises for you. However, due to your having forgotten that, and also due to your tendency to believe and trust what your egos tell you, it can often seem to you that you are practically powerless to influence the events that just seem happen around you. This is not the case because, as humans, you have practically no idea of the enormous power of your energy fields when you recharge them daily in those quiet moments that you spend within. You chose before you incarnated to be precisely where you are in every moment of your human existence, even though, as a human, that seems to be a preposterous idea. But truly there are no “chance or random” events or situations in which you find yourselves involved, they are all part of the divine plan, your plan. The only unknown is how you, in human form, will respond, having mostly forgotten who you truly are – beings of immense power and Love.
Those of you reading this and similar messages are seeking to awaken, seeking to know yourselves as you really are, because you know deep within that you are far more than you appear to be when you identify solely with your human bodies. However, because of the limitations your human forms impose upon you and under which you agreed to work before you incarnated, and because of the noise and distractions in which your egos are constantly attempting to embroil you, it often seems to you that the task ahead of you is all but impossible. When it does all seem utterly overwhelming please go within for a few moments, quieten your minds, and call on us, your spiritual support team, for guidance and assistance – we are always with you waiting to answer your calls.
When you call on us we always answer you immediately, that is why we are with you. What you need to do is to trust your intuitive sense of what is the right move in any situation, because that is the guidance that you have asked us for. Frequently, however, your egos rush in very loudly either to convince you that the loving idea that just occurred to you will not work, or to drown it out so that you do not “hear” it. Because of the illusory games in which you have been involved throughout your human lives it does seem that to be loving is a weak and ineffectual response when intense emotions are flowing. But, when you restrain yourselves from engaging instantly and emotionally, by allowing a moment to pass before responding, you will be able to respond lovingly thus dissolving any potential tensional conflict before it arises.
You are beings of Love, Peace, and Harmony, but you are temporarily playing games in which you reject the reality of that to engage with fear and judgment. In the games it appears that you need to hold onto fear in order to be fully aware of the dangers that abound, and to make judgments about right and wrong, left and right, good and evil, beautiful and ugly in order to remain safe in this unsafe and threatening environment that might rise up at any moment to crush you. Yes, your human bodies are vulnerable, but they are not you. You are far, far more than the bodies you are using as vehicles to enable you to live within and experience the illusory world of separation games.
Your Home, Reality, is where you exist eternally in every moment of your existence, and that is right now, wherever you may be experiencing life as a human. The path to your awakening, the path to fully conscious awareness of your true and divine nature will always lead you inwards to your holy inner sanctuary, where Love resides permanently, eternally. It is within you, and that is where you will find It, to seek It outside, somewhere else, or from someone else is basically a choice not to find what you seek.
That holy state is in the Presence of God where all that He created has its eternal and utterly joyful existence. And as He created you, that is where you reside in every moment. You have just been temporarily swept into a state of amnesia, where faint glimpses of Reality come briefly to mind and then fade away as distractions arise, dragging you back through your bodies into the illusion. You need your bodies to play the game of separation, but in that experience of separation there are seemingly endless opportunities to experience pain and suffering, and it is your bodies that undergo these traumas.
Going within daily is always an opportunity to recognize that you are not bodies but divine beings having a bodily experience, and as you do the Love that you are will empower you, and the intensity of any pain or suffering will diminish. Being divine you have the power both to heal your bodies and to live in the world in your bodies, while at the same time not being enslaved or entrapped by the pain and suffering that they experience. To awaken is to restore your bodies to perfect health in the flower of youth for as long as you choose to remain in form.
You are free because you were created free, all that God creates is eternally free, and through your inevitable awakening you will return to full awareness of the infinite freedom that is your divine heritage.
With so very much love, Saul.
12/15/17 The Arcturians through Daniel Scranton
Your Galactic Origins ∞The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
DanielScranton.com
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
In your discovery of your connection to beings from other parts of the galaxy, you often wonder where you are from. You have a lineage, and you all have led lifetimes in other parts of the galaxy, because you are all very, very old souls. And so, the connections that you feel are real, but they are also varied. Chances are, you have felt a connection to more than one star system or more than one species of extra-terrestrials, and this is because of that lineage.
It is because you all contain energy and DNA from a variety of places and a variety of beings. You are here on Earth, playing the role that you are playing in an effort to unite all beings in the galaxy and all star systems. If you can do it, if you can set aside your differences on planet Earth and work together regardless of race, religion, or country of origin, then you will demonstrate to the rest of the galaxy that it is possible and it is fruitful to do so.
We are all stronger when we are united than when we are separated, and we are all children of the same universe, the same Source. Now, whichever star system you feel closely connected to at this time is likely to be a star system where you originated in the galaxy, where you spent most of your lifetimes, or where you spent your most recent lifetimes, outside of Earth, of course.
Bringing together these various aspects of yourself will help you tremendously, but it will do much more than that. Just by working on your own personal integration of energies, you help the entire galaxy, and you are starting with helping yourselves and helping each other. When humanity is able to form a union, that is when you will know you are on the verge of ascension.
When you can stop playing politics, and start working together, that is when you will know that you have fulfilled your mission as individuals and as a human race.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
12/5/17 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council
through Valerie Donner
http://www.thegroundcrew.com/updates/vdonner/2017/120617_print.htm
Greetings. I am Mira coming to you today with a strong force of love, and commitment from the Earth Council, where I have been serving full-time now for five years. With this commitment I pledge to you and to the earth to see you through this powerful time of Ascension.As you might have noticed there are strange occurrences on your planet. You are probably feeling some of them, for most lightworkers feel these energies. Even the awakening humanity are paying greater attention to these anomalies. They are occurring because you are going through the Ascension process.
Please be assured that these unusual activities and events are a normal part of Ascension. It is common to feel awkward as you make your way sometimes feeling clumsy. There is a monumental shift occurring with the earth herself. The magnetic fields of the planet are unstable. Therefore, as you know, the ride can get a little rocky.
Due to the influx of light and information your consciousness is rising. Transparency is becoming the norm. As there is increasing exposure of the secrets and the darkness, the foundation from the third dimension is crumbling before you. This can also create the feeling of instability and impermanence, which is the situation in which you now find your selves.
It is interesting to us that some of your historical figures, icons, monuments, and statues are being removed. The spaces that they occupied will be replaced with something significant for the new energies. If only those who are assisting in this removal would realize that these also are mirrors for their own the replacement. These icons, figures, people in long-term political stature, etc. will also fall way as the third dimension implodes upon itself.
We are calling this process “The greatest show on earth.” It is somewhat akin to a circus, in case you hadn’t noticed. There are billions of Galactic’s surrounding your planet providing assistance, protection, technology, and who are ready for divine intervention if necessary. Please remember that we will not allow nuclear weaponry on your planet. Dispense with the fear of war because there are no more energies for war. There are only energies by the cabal to make more money by creating weapons. This is the truth.
What happens on the earth affects all of life, your solar system and the seven solar systems of which you are part. It is a precious planet where darkness and evil are being removed. You get to watch this happen. Observe it like you are in an audience and watch it fall. Take back your power, claim your planet back, release whatever is holding you back, and clear the way for a new Golden age.
We look forward to the time that we can be together where we can share our technology with you and celebrate the completion of the darkness on planet Earth. There is a big excavation process happening right now and thanks to you for playing an important part in this extremely important project.
We send profound love, support and healing, to all of you. I am Mira.
12/1/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
Your Recent Downloads ∞The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
It is beautiful to witness the way that you all have taken to the energies that have been sent. It is extraordinary to see you opening yourselves up to receive that which we and others have been sending you. We know that many of you are capable of feeling what it is like to receive and assimilate those energies, and we know that the rest of you are benefitting even if you are not aware of what is happening.
The subtle changes are the ones that often go overlooked when you receive these downloads, but if you look closely, you will see that the changes are occurring within you. You will notice that one of the biggest effects of these recent downloads is a bringing together of your consciousness and your physical body in a way that you have not yet experienced.
You have access to more of the information that is stored within your DNA, and you have more of an ability to sense when something is going on with you physically. But unlike in previous years, and even decades, now you have the ability to understand what is happening to you physically. You are transforming, and the transformation does happen in very subtle stages, but it is happening and it is undeniable.
Many of the ascension symptoms that you’ve been feeling and experiencing are starting to clear up, as you gain more access to those hidden parts of your physical bodies. When you ascend, you are going to ascend with the physical vehicle that you currently have, but when the ascension is complete, so will the transformation be.
You will know yourselves more as light and love than as a physical body with an ego, and you will have access to all of your records, all of the information that is stored within you. It will be unlocked. You will know yourselves more completely, and you will love yourselves more fully.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
12/1/17 Ashtar via James McConnell, November 26, 2017
www.meetup.com/ancient-awakenings
www.ancientawakenings.org
I AM Ashtar.
These times that we can be together are very fulfilling times, not only for us but for those of you that are awaiting these many changes that are coming, that some that are already here.
But as always, we always caution you to not look only to the future but to be in the present moment now. For that is all you have. You only have the now. The past will soon be forgotten in many respects. The future has not yet been written. But each and every moment of your life you are preparing that story that is yet to come.
And know this: as everything around you begins to crumble, everything that you’ve known begins to fall apart in many respects — it is not to spread fear, certainly, for we would never do that — but it is to let you know that the paradigm that you have come to understand in this 3-D illusionary world is coming apart … is coming down.
Each and every day it comes down just a little bit more until one of these mornings you will awaken and a paradigm that you have known for so long will begin to fall into your rear view mirror and more and more will be forgotten because you will have moved through this transition, through this ascension process. You will have come into those higher vibrations that have been spoken of for so many, for so long now and you will know that you have finally arrived at what Sananda has called the finish line; what others call the new beginning, the New Age of Gaia, the New Nova Earth. All of these things are yet the same.
But you yourselves are not going to be the same, not the same as you have always known yourselves. For those of you that are the light workers, and many are now becoming the warriors, the light warriors, the ones that are ready to take action, the ones that are ready to move forward. We share the Sword of Light and Truth which you will all be holding.
It is not only Archangel Michael that carries the Sword. He has entrusted the Sword to all of you now as well. You will all be carrying this forth. All of those up here on our ships are in preparatory mode to move at a moment’s notice as soon as that signal is given. We are expecting a great deal to occur in the very near future. Much is about to shift and change.
You are receiving much information now. Many truths are coming forward and those truths shall indeed set you free. In order for those truths to come forward takes more of you, more of you the light warriors, ones who are sharing the light now. It takes more of you to bring this about, to bring these truths to come forward. Because you are the audience. You are the ones these truths are meant for now. You are the ones that are in the awakening stages. You are also the ones that will assist others in awakening.
You have heard many times without you we would not be able to do what we are doing. And without us, you would not be able to do what you need to do going forward.
Expect now in the next days and weeks a great many things to come forward, many truths to be revealed. Some from unexpected places; unexpected ones to come forward. You have already heard of a few. More are coming forward. More are going to bring information, information that has long been in the shadows is now coming into the light just as all of you are.
I AM Ashtar. I will be with you very much so in this coming Advance. If not more physically in person, certainly as a consciousness to be with you. All of my peace and love be with all of you.
11/30/17 The Andromedans thru Galaxy Girl
http://inteldinarchronicles.blogspot.com/2017/11/message-from-andromedans-for-november.html
Greetings Humanity! We are the Andromedans and it is our delight to connect with you on this day.
For much is occurring on your surface world that indeed not only interests us, but all of your Galactic brothers and sisters as well! For you see, we are all united, connected. What you do creates a ripple across the multiverse truly – such a hard concept to integrate and accept when thrust into separation, but it is true. That is why both your individual and collective light are so important. For we are all a part of oneness. Every thought, every deed of kindness and service create ripples that eventually build up and create enormous waves of change on a galactic scale, which is exactly what is occurring in this Now, both yours and ours!
Does this excite you as it excites us? Are you honored to know that your ripples individually are making their mark across time and space? The horror show that you have been immersed in for too long has ended. Now it is time for you to realize the show is over, the curtain lifted and the lights are on. People will be blinking as their consciousness adjusted to the bright light of Source and unity conscious that is bombarding your beautiful planet with waves and waves of love. Love and light of the highest order are making their way here to integrate and restore that which was broken.
We encourage you dear family to integrate these new light codes with firm intention, for they are Source’s gift that you. Accept them deeply into the quiet heart space of you and claim your new life. Claim your new reality. Build it with your brothers and sisters. Hold hands and hearts and realize the great strength of unification and of oneness.
We Andromedans are delighted to be a part of serving you all in this time of unprecedented change. Many of us are among you serving quietly, so make sure to smile freely at all around you as we are all in a state of serving each other. Whether or not this is fully realized yet, it is all right. All is well.
We are eager to lend, explain and teach our technologies to you, for that will create such advancement and excitement on your surface world and we eagerly anticipate this revival of Science. We Andromedans love the field of Science and its’ advancement. It greatly interests and excites us. We have reached a state of our own evolvement where we all work in cohesive unity with each other and with our technology and we all communicate very effectively. We have no secrets because we have nothing to hide. Our desire is for all to have everything that is needed and our society has been smoothly running this way for a great while.
It is both exciting and a great honor to be a part of assisting other civilizations achieve this cohesive state of unity with technology in a way that only helps for the greatest good of all kind. We have no subversive agenda. We do not think this way. We only pledge our love and service wrapped in Source-light to all of our brothers and sisters. For we are all one.
We love you. We are the Andromedans and it is our delight, our honor and our pleasure to connect with you today. We are as close as you wish us to be. We invite you to our healing pods on our ships to assist with integrating these awesome new light codes for your own personal and collective advancement. Peace out. (We do so enjoy your human phrases.)
Source – Channel: Galaxygirl
11/29/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
sananda.website (no .com or .org)
No Comparisons - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council“
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.This is the perfect time for all of you to stop comparing yourselves to others. And here is why we say this is the perfect time to do this. You are becoming aware of your abilities as conscious creator beings, and what you are on the verge of creating is that which has never been seen, or experienced, or even dreamt of in your reality. Therefore, it makes very little sense to compare yourself, or to compare your success, to anyone else’s.
You are all here, now, to break new ground and to take consciousness in the fourth dimension beyond where it has ever been before. This is what creates the new version of the fifth dimension that you are all seeking to experience. It is in the letting go of comparisons to what has been that will take you beyond that which has ever been created.
It is time for you all to recognize yourselves as the pioneers that you are, taking life on planet Earth to new heights, taking yourselves beyond where you have ever been before. This is no small task, and the beings that you are collaborating with to make all of this happen are creating the synergy with you that makes it all possible.
You are working with high frequency energy. You are working with high frequency beings, and you are bringing forth the highest frequency version of yourself that you have ever experienced. Therefore, what you are creating cannot be compared to anything else in all of reality. If you are comparing how much money you make to how much money someone else makes, or how many houses you have to how many houses someone else has, then you are staying in a third dimensional consciousness.
Those types of comparisons have no business where you are going because you are going to be leading such different lives in the fifth dimension. There will be no comparison. There is no purpose in comparing where you are to where anyone else is. You are all so beautifully different, and where you are is unique to you. It is not what defines you, but it does give you an opportunity to make your mark. Your mark will be like no other. That is our promise to you.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/28/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
sananda.website (no .com or .org)
Open First Contact With E.T.s - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council“
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.This is the perfect time for all of you to stop comparing yourselves to others. And here is why we say this is the perfect time to do this. You are becoming aware of your abilities as conscious creator beings, and what you are on the verge of creating is that which has never been seen, or experienced, or even dreamt of in your reality. Therefore, it makes very little sense to compare yourself, or to compare your success, to anyone else’s.
You are all here, now, to break new ground and to take consciousness in the fourth dimension beyond where it has ever been before. This is what creates the new version of the fifth dimension that you are all seeking to experience. It is in the letting go of comparisons to what has been that will take you beyond that which has ever been created.
It is time for you all to recognize yourselves as the pioneers that you are, taking life on planet Earth to new heights, taking yourselves beyond where you have ever been before. This is no small task, and the beings that you are collaborating with to make all of this happen are creating the synergy with you that makes it all possible.
You are working with high frequency energy. You are working with high frequency beings, and you are bringing forth the highest frequency version of yourself that you have ever experienced. Therefore, what you are creating cannot be compared to anything else in all of reality. If you are comparing how much money you make to how much money someone else makes, or how many houses you have to how many houses someone else has, then you are staying in a third dimensional consciousness.
Those types of comparisons have no business where you are going because you are going to be leading such different lives in the fifth dimension. There will be no comparison. There is no purpose in comparing where you are to where anyone else is. You are all so beautifully different, and where you are is unique to you. It is not what defines you, but it does give you an opportunity to make your mark. Your mark will be like no other. That is our promise to you.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/28/17 The Arcturians thru Daniel Scranton
sananda.website (no .com or .org)
Open First Contact with E.T.s - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council
“Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
It is an awakening that the rest of the galaxy has been waiting for. You are the awakened ones who are bringing more light and more love to planet Earth, making it possible for more contact with your extra-terrestrial brothers and sisters. You are the ones who are responsible for the elevation of the status of humanity, bringing all of you to a point where you are closer than ever to having open first contact with extra-terrestrial beings.
Of course, there has been contact. It has been made. We are talking about open contact, contact that is undeniable, and contact with a large enough portion of the population that there will be a trust. The humans who would have feared the presence of physical extra-terrestrials will be able to sense how trustworthy they are by the effect these E.T.s have on those of you who welcome them with open arms.
Now we are not saying when this is going to happen. We are just saying that you are closer than you have ever been in this day and age. It has been a long time since other beings were able to walk among you without striking fear in the hearts of those who would come across them. However, the groundwork has been laid for this to occur again on planet Earth, and this time the E.T. beings will be coming as your equals, as your partners, and as your co-creators.
They will not be seeking worship, and they will not be seeking to enslave. They want you to be a part of the galactic community. They want it as much as you do. Your leaders of nations are aware of these beings. They are aware, and they are more open than ever to becoming part of the galactic family that you all want to be a part of. We want you to know that the openness in your hearts has tipped the scales.
Those who would be afraid are far outnumbers. And those of you who know who you really are, and know that extra-terrestrial beings are a part of your history are the ones who made this happen.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.”
11/23/17 The Pleiadians via James Gilliland
Pleiadians are given full authority and control over the awakening, healing and liberation of Earth. Message given to James Gilliland on 11/20/17
_______________
As of Nov 19th, the councils have all met and agreed the Pleiadians – due to their terraforming of the Earth before the days of Atlantis and Lemuria, and having more genetic stock, plant, animal and human on Earth, will be in charge of establishing once again Universal Law. Tyranny, and all trespass on the divine right to free will, as long as it does not harm humanity and the earth will come to a close. This will mainly be done with consciousness and energy waves yet hands on is also effective as of the 19th. There has been an ongoing liberation movement, yet due to Universal Law, it was limited by what some call the prime directive, or noninterference policy. It has been decided that – due to the extreme negative – intervention to preserve humanity and the Earth major intervention is necessary.
The malevolent off world visitors and what many refer to as the Archons are being removed. The Draconian Grid has been disassembled. Those who are aligned with the malevolent forces are going to be rounded up. This is a multidimensional operation. The reason there is so much inhumanity on the Earth is it has fallen into the hands of malevolent nonhumans. Their human counter parts deceptive ways will be revealed and no longer tolerated. It is time for humanity to wake up.
Know your true history, the true nature of God and what it means to be human. Hu=God man/woman. You were created in the same image and likeness of the gods, little g which were nothing more than extremely evolved off world visitors. You have the DNA of the gods which explains all the abductions and hybrids. What better prize than to control and own the gods.
You have been lied too, dumbed down and manipulated in too many ways to categorize. The additives in your water, food, GMOs, big pharma, the inoculations the endless wars are all part of the programs run by the Archon or Draconian grid. You will soon be released from and be made aware of all of their methods and they will be held accountable. The days of the tyrants, the war and disease profiteers and their puppet masters from unseen realms are and will be removed.
This is decided by the councils and civilizations that operate under universal Law, the real Gods law. Time to awaken, remember, step into your divinity and take your planet back. As above so below
Pass this on far and wide.
Be Well,
James Gilliland
www.eceti.org
www.bbsradio.com
www.privateinvitationeceti.com
ECETI Official YouTube Channel
11/18/17 The Back Story About the RV, Banking, Transition, Disclosures, Galactics
This is a partial transcription of "The Big Call" on November 18, 2017 (www.thebigcall.net). An anonymous caller, ID Jared Rand, provided significant inside information about what is happening in America and the world.
____________
Been listening to everybody talk. A little bit about my background, my name is Jared Rand. In a good way attached to the company Sperry Rand, Rand McNally, RAND Corporation. I became involved in the transition in this country 36 years ago. And I was one of the people that was approached in college on a process that needed to be enacted to carry our country after over 150 years of tyranny into a true republic.
So it’s interesting the process here, and I’ve heard a lot of people talk and the concerns and how many people have suffered and you all know that on this planet today, many, many brothers and sisters are suffering and passing. Way before this monetary shift was envisaged, and we do what we can to help those that we can in stressful times because we’re all responsible for each other, and we always will be on this planet.
And the interesting thing is, when you’ve got so many varying governing bodies on the planet: different cultures, different social structures, you have layered tiers of those in command. When I’m talking about those in command, I’m talking about the off-worlders, the galactic council, the Asian families, the sovereign European families, the so-called keepers of the wealth of the planet.
Then you have the good people who have become good, who weren’t too good awhile ago, but who decided that they didn’t want this planet to be destroyed, and they wanted to start doing good things for humanity. So, I don’t think any of us have stellar backgrounds, we’ve all made mistakes in our lives. The fact of the matter is, when you have so many nooks and crannies, if you will, scattered just across this country, in North America, where you have the rot and the slime that has just grown completely out of control. And every village, township, parish, state, city… it is massive.
And when we talk about the 1,800 – for better choice of a word – arrest warrants, which they will end up becoming, we’re looking at, folks, literally tens of thousands of arrests. See, I’m trying to give you a good understanding of the scope of this, alright? I50 years of rot and criminality perpetrated against the American people on a knowing basis, repeatedly, generation after generation of these people who did what they have done, and also knowing that they have done it, alright?
Shame on us, we fell asleep at the wheel, we weren’t awake, we became complacent as people, and we pulled ourselves away from running our country. And we just said, let the government do it, let the government do it. Obviously they aren’t our government and never were.
So what has happened here is that you start off with a good idea. Just like anything. You have an idea, it looks like a good model, you get people together that care about the country, and they all sit around and they say, you know, this is a good thing but, man, is it a huge undertaking. I don’t know if we can do it or not. And then you have the other people that say, yeah, we can do it, we can do it. And as a lot of you well know, there are not a lot of leaders, true leaders. Either you’re born a leader or you’re not. That’s the bottom line. Unfortunately, there’s a lot of C students in this country leading A students around.
But anyway, the effect of this finally took hold. And more and more good people started joining forces. And they started working in a collaborative effort to rid this country of the cesspool or the infection [clears throat] that has grown at an exponential rate through the years. And what we have now is that we have a country on the verge of finally becoming a republic. And all of us on this call should be really proud of the fact that we’re part of it. That we’re actually going to witness a shift in a country of over 300 million people, and a shift of the entire planet, of every single country to a gold-backed currency.
And I’d really like to let people know that the amount of wealth on this planet has accumulated over tens of thousands of years. Alexander the Great, Attila the Hun, Caesar and the Roman empire, which partially still exists at the Vatican. And you start realizing that some of the wealth is taken off-planet, but the majority of the wealth is still here, buried in underground vaults as I’m sure a lot of you have heard. This wealth is for the human race. It’s for you, me, everybody: the people that are suffering right now. The people that are getting ready to lose their homes now. All of the American people and the people across the planet.
And then what we have is, we have the technologies. Now, we have a foundation that we’ve had for many years; that we’ve met many, many inventors; that we’ve seen and experienced much of these technologies. So we’ve verified, confirmed, authenticated them to make sure that they are basically what they say they are. And we see them in action.
Now, it is almost so exciting to know this, when you actually know it, and you actually experience certain aspects of it. You take on a whole different type of attitude. You start feeling brighter, you start feeling better, you start feeling lighter, you get spring in your step because of the fact that it’s a one-time deal. And I think we’re going to get it right this time. We’re going to turn the corner, and the human race is going to get it right.
And it’s so refreshing to hear people make statements with true, heartfelt convictions on the call tonight, to basically make the statement that hey, this isn’t about the money for me, this is about really, truly wanting to help people, and wanting to help people across the board. You know, we counsel people on their project usage and everything, but it’s really simple with projects. You don’t need a big confab with your projects. Basically what you do is, you start in your community.
There’s an old adage: ‘How do you eat an elephant? One bite at a time.’ And that’s all you need to do. That’s all you need to do. And there’s no… you don’t have to be a rocket scientist, you don’t have to have four Ph.Ds, you don’t have to have an MBA and years and years of experience, you just have to have it in your heart, and to know that what you want to do, you’re going to do. You’re going to help people, you’re going to help each other.
So getting to the actual shish-boom-ba-bang-shabang, and that is the financial shift here on the planet. And I’ll just say that generally for the entire planet earth, the entire population. The problem has always been… is that, I’ll give you an example: Mary sprained her ankle this morning, and by that evening, with people talking with people about Mary spraining her ankle, she’s in intensive care in a body cast. And unfortunately, what a lot of people don’t realize is that information is deliberately leaked to kind of get it out there, to test the waters, to see how the audience responds to the information. What happens is, is that rumors start, alright? And they build. It’s human nature, it happens all the time. I’m sure you’ve all experienced it yourselves. The truth of the matter is one thing, but the end factor is an entirely whole different story that’s just blossomed into something just absolutely ridiculous, ok?
So when you have to coordinate with all different governments and cultures… imagine countries that have never, ever had a say about anything on the planet – never – they’ve been dumped on, treated like dog dung, had their currencies totally bastardized and destroyed for generations, and now they have a say. They actually have a say about what happens on planet earth. Imagine coordinating all of that. Before you even get to the money aspect, you’re coordinating, trying to get all these people in the proper positions of authority. And we’re not talking about most of the current governments, we’re talking about the new republic governments for the planet and coordinating all these people. All with different bringing-ups, all with different directions, attitudes, ideas, so on and so forth.
It’s massive. It is absolutely massive. And everybody signs documents. Everybody has to sign agreements. You have a record, you keep a record of all of this, so it’s done legit and legally and clean. Ok, so you have everybody sign documents and sign this agreement and that agreement. And then a few of them decide they change their minds. It all has to be done again. Now to the general public this looks like a stall, or it looks like a bunch of crap again, ok? Because they don’t know the facts. And it’s hard. How are they going to know the facts? They don’t. It’s all broken pieces, you know, it’s a bunch of broken pieces.
So they try to put two and two together with the calls that people have, and the conference calls and everything, and they do the best they can. But then what happens is, is that these things continue, and they keep leaking out, and people start twisting them – some knowingly, some not knowingly. And then everybody gets confused. Then they get frustrated. It’s like the boy who cried wolf one too many times. So after awhile people just say, ‘yeah, right’. So we are what we think, unfortunately. That’s very powerful. So what we think, we create. We’re all creators, we’ve had people reinforce that tonight on this call.
So when you think a certain way, you’re going to create it. So what do you get? If you think ‘is this ever going to happen?’ or ‘maybe it’s never going to happen’ or ‘oh my god, what’s going to… I need this now, I want it now, quit messing with me and give it to me, I want it now, I demand it now” – well, when you don’t really know the whole picture, the full scope of what’s really taking place on the planet, and the money part is a part of it but not all of it, it gets real frustrating.
So, you think about coordinating all of this, and all these different nationalities, all these different cultures, and people, and governments, and so forth, positioning them, putting militaries in the right place for the people, which is another undertaking when you have a military that actually thinks it is for the people, and it finds out it isn’t for the people, ok?
Now all of you on this call know one thing: you’re awakened. You’re all awakened at certain levels, ok? So you’re not the general pop. Now what happens with the general population is, is that – and I think you all know this – is that when you send information out to the general population, it’s dangerous. You’ve got to be careful, because you’ve got such a varying degree of perspective. It’s massive. It’s not uniform. It’s perspectives, different outlooks, different attitudes, different ideas. You’re giving this information out in a vanilla flavor but it isn’t taken that way. And it’s very difficult.
So every bit of information that goes out there gets twisted, it gets turned. And it causes problems. And it causes holdups because of that. So you keep trying to figure out a way to get the information out to the people so that the people can comprehend it and understand what’s actually transpiring. So what the end result is, is a call like tonight, where everybody’s downright had it, tired out, burned out, people in this for eight years, people in it for 10, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. You’ve got the prosperity package people that have been in this, some of them, for 45 years. And so it’s… well, you get to a point where you say, ‘yeah, well, you know…’. It’s a flip of the switch.
And so what you have is, is you get a situation that is, how safe can we have it before we can let it? How safe can we have it before we can let it? And the safety is for everybody. I’m sure you’ve all seen pictures of Black Friday. The proverbial Walmart video where people are just fighting over TV sets, ok? We all know what can happen in panic. If you were around the ’68 riots in Detroit. Those of you that were, know what happened, ok? What can happen to groups of people that are confused and misinformed, ok? All it takes is one little drop, one little drop, and you can see what can happen to the populace.
And it’s like a massive infection that spreads like wildfire. And once it spreads it’s almost primordial in the masses. So all of you are keepers of the flame, because you’re going to be the guidance for so many people. The responsibility is horrendous. It is absolutely paramount. You’ll receive your monies, but then the real work will start and never end. It will start and it will never end. It will be the rest of your life. And the responsibility is just absolutely massive.
And I think that a lot of you are so fearless, that a lot of you lost everything so, you know, you lose everything, you become the most dangerous being on the planet because you’ve got nothing to lose at that point. Someone who’s got nothing to lose is the most dangerous opponent you could possibly have.
So when you look at all of this and you say, so when’s this going to happen, when’s this going to happen? You know, all of this intel, it’s all crap, it’s all… we had the same thing played on us last year, we went through the same thing, and repetitive, repetitive… and all of the games have been played.
Now, we work closely with the admiral, the group there, and the native Americans, and the structures in Texas, and the structures in Atlanta, and we work very close with those people who are really… and you probably never will hear the stories, but the fearless work that they’ve put in to making this as smooth a transition as possible. So that we don’t have to have the preppers come out and say, you’ve got to save up food and you’ve got to do this and you’ve got to do that, scare the living bejeezus out of people and the country, just like they did with Y2K, alright?
And the thing is, is that there isn’t going to be armageddon in North America and America. The transition… the fiat currency, is for all intents and purposes, other than the masses not knowing about it on a global scale, has been put to rest. The gold-backed currencies… now remember something, is that when you have a certificate, the certificate represents something. You have a note, it’s an IOU. Just like the FRN.
Now the US, the new republic money, which will represent our country, the new republic money, is what will be released to the public. And people will go to the bank, you’ll go to the bank and you’ll say, what is this? Well, this is your new money, gold-backed currency, and all the American people will want to know: does it buy the same as the one I had before? Does it buy the same as the one I had before? Yes it does. Nothing’s different. The only thing is, is it’s gold backed. And then you think the American people at that point are going to worry about anything else? No, as long as it can buy what the other one did.
Now that process, and I’ll tell that emphatically, is completed. There’s no more dinking around with it, it’s already done. Trump has done his thing as he’s been ordered to do, and he’s doing it well. He’s taking care of things that should be taken care of. We have an entirely new republic government that has not presented itself to the public as of yet. That is in their camp, that they’re deciding right now, at this very moment, on when that is going to take place.
Now, the discussion has been of gradualization. You know what gradualization is, that’s how they’ve conditioned most of the American people. You do it a little bit at a time, a little sip at a time, a little sip at a time. You know, that’s when they dumbed-down the country when they went into the new math back in 1963. It’s a dog chasing its tail and ends up coming to a formal solution.
So anyway, what happens is, is you gradualize and you gradualize and you gradualize, and you condition people, and before they know it, and they don’t even know it, they’ve been conditioned. They accept things. It’s much easier to accept things that way. Now if you slap them in the face it’s going to be a lot harder, you almost have to force-feed them. So you do it through gradualization. So this is a different way.
This is going to be a slap upside the face. This is… we will have, and we do have already in place, many learning centers across America, where people will be able to go in, and they will be able to educate themselves, and it won’t cost any money, you won’t have to sign a bunch of paperwork, you just go in, kind of like a library in a way. But you’ll go in, and you’ll learn the true story of your country: what actually took place and what happened. It is to inform the people of the atrocities that were committed against them, so that they can pass it on to generations and generations ahead of them, so that that can never happen again.
You have to educate and inform the populace of the damages that were done to them. And that’s exactly what’s going to take place. And it’s going to take place all at once. Is that a good thing? Some people think it is. Other people think it’s a real bad mistake, because it’s going to shock a lot of people. But I think that the majority of the American people and the people on this call, there are other people that unfortunately couldn’t make it to the call, are aware of enough things to keep things in order and then align, so to speak, some form of assemblance [?]. But with some people, it’s the same old adage with this… it’s going to take another year, it’s going to take years, it’s going to take ten years, ok? And then people get upset because, oh, I can’t last that long. I just can’t last that long.
The fact of the matter is, when is this going to happen? I can tell you right now that it is, all of this, is on the verge of happening in the next 24 hours. Now, if (and there is the big ‘if’) if everything goes well accordingly, from what I can understand, and what I have been informed about, it is on the money, alright? It is just the way it is. And they’ve timed it a certain way, with all three layers of authority, on how this is going to happen.
It’s the same with the exchanges. It’s not going to be a big deal. It’s not going to be a big deal. It is going to be as simple as you walking into your local bank and saying, oh, I understand that there is new currency that has new value. Well yeah, and look at that. See, that looks good. And do you have a higher rate than that because I have a bunch of projects that I would like to take care of and I don’t have to continually try to raise funds to pay for those projects. And can I get a special rate if that’s possible? And I have proof here of some of my projects if you’d care to take a look at them, because it’s taken me a lot of time to put this stuff together. That’s basically it, right there.
Other people will just come in and say, wow, that’s a great rate. Can I have that? Yeah, there you go. People will become money managers. And it’s all going to be about managing the money, folks. It’s not going to be about having the money, it’s going to be about managing the money. It’s going to be huge, huge: accountants, finance people… it’ll be a boom in jobs, an absolute boom in jobs. Just absolutely phenomenal.
Now understand that all colleges and universities across America will end up being free. Because there’s a lot of people that plan on making sure that it’s free. So they go into the university or college… I’ll give you all one of them, here’s one of them: you go into a university or college in your state. You sit down with the dean, president, you network or you get in with people. You say, look, what I would like to do right now is I would like to pay all the college tuition for all undergrads and grads, Ph.D program, for the next ten years. No matter how much it is. I’ll establish a fund, my people will manage that fund, and then I will be able to keep track of that, and you pay that out. You will be able to pay all of the college tuition in this country for every student that wants to get an education. And there will be a lot of changes at the universities too, because the books will be rewritten.
But the fact of the matter is, the amount of effect that, let’s just say, the 700 people on this call can make is absolutely spectacular. And these are the things that we’re discussing now. We’re not discussing, you know, when’s this going to happen, because it’s already in the gut; it’s already in the chute. So these are the things that are being discussed now: I’m going to do that, and I’m going to do this, and I’m going to do that.
And obviously some people… you know, there’s a formula that was established years and years ago. Out of a million people, and everybody’s saying they’re going to do something, usually when they are finally faced with everything and all the challenges and everything that’s thrown at them, usually one in a million will follow through with it.
Now, I think that’s a totally different story with the people on this call and they’re people who have stuck this out. And I take my hat off to you and I salute you all, that you’ve stuck this out through thick and thin, through how many years or months or weeks or days you’ve been in it.
There’s a reason for that, because you were all chosen to do it. In some way, shape, or form, you’ve been brought to this one path, this one circle, the circle of influence. And the circle of influence is each and every one of you. And you’ve all done a spectacular job with it. No matter how burned out, tired, and sick and falling apart you are, whatever your challenge is, we’ve lost over 4,000 people that were close friends of ours through the last 36 years, from every kind of calamity, every kind of challenge. There’s not a day that goes by that we don’t think about each and every one of them.
But what we have now is we have a consensus, and a fluid movement of massive amounts of
money. Now, you see a very large amount being processed out there, and then everybody’s going to be taken care of. That’s pretty simple. Scaring the living bejeezus out of people, ‘all kinds of bad things are going to happen to you, you’ve got to be really careful’… it’s just, bascially it’s just, it’s all been taken care of. Just be aware, look around, look over your shoulder, look exactly… be clear on what you’re doing. Clear on what you say afterwards. That’s all you’ve got to do, it’s like anything else, you win the lotto and you win 500 million dollars, there’s all of a sudden you gotta change the way you are: the way you act, the way you talk, what you attract.
Folks, you’re the minority. Not the majority that’s being given this wealth, the minority. So nothing really changes outside of where you’re at, ok? It’s still the same. People struggling, people suffering, you know? People losing their homes, people not being able to eat, veterans living in cardboard boxes under bridge overpasses. You know? I mean it goes on and on.
To effect the change, you are the folks. You are the ones. You are going to effect that change. You’re going to get those veterans out of those overpasses; you’re going to fix the bridges, the roads; you’re going to make your counties and your cities, your towns, clean and well-run and organized; and groups of people working for people with the law of the land and not the sea.
And there’s a lot of work to be done. Don’t get fooled into thinking that everything’s going to be done for you, because it is not. There’s a massive amount of work out there that we’re all going to be tasked with doing. But in the long run it’s going to be a lot of fun, it’s going to be very fulfilling. And it will warm every single person’s heart and spirit for many generations to come.
See, you’re all pioneers, and you’re all entrepreneurs, and you’re all philanthropists, and you’re all humanitarians. It doesn’t matter if you’ve got 25 dinar. It doesn’t matter. The massive, massive, unending wealth… it’s just, there isn’t even a figure to pin it. There’s no name for the amount of wealth. It is just absolutely unending. I’ve seen these places underground, it is, it’s like out of a science-fiction movie. Period. And the bad guys have been trying to steal it for centuries. Steal it, steal it, steal it, steal it, steal it. And they just haven’t been successful. They just have not been successful.
So positive, reinforcing, phenomenal – you all have had phenomenal impact and I pray and I continue to have faith that you’ll have phenomenal impact on the next several hours here. And then everybody is just going to hopefully stay together, work together, network – several heads are better than one, and we all have strengths and weaknesses. You know, the mastermind group that National Steel used years and years ago, it’s a good thing to put into practice: it’s getting groups of people together in mastermind groups that have a lot of, it doesn’t matter if they’re 100 years old, as long as they have that wisdom and that knowledge, and those skills, we can use every single able-bodied person we can possibly get our hands on.
The biggest problem is going to be employment. Massive amounts of people will be needed – massive. When you have technology that can heal everything wrong with you, that can re-atomize limbs on your body; if the veterans who have lost limbs, every limb will be re-atomized. And they won’t have to rehab it, they’ll be able to use it just right away. It’ll be like a new limb. Those technologies are used. They have been used – I’ll put it that way. So it’s not like they’re something that someone flipped out of some science-fiction book, those are a reality.
You want to stay 35 years old? You can stay 35 years old if you understand the responsibility of staying 35 years old. Any disease that you have in your body, all the diseases on the planet were created like we were, in a petri dish. And they wanted to test the human genetics to see how we could combat these different diseases. This planet was never meant to have all these different diseases. I kid you not. And you know, the atrocities go on and on and on, and it’s not meant to… people get super pissed… it’s to make everybody come together and say, well, we’re going to end this, it’s not going to happen anymore.
Although as far as they tell you, they have one technology that is ET origin, that a person can pass, and after a few hours, not for long, not days and days and days, but a few hours after that person has passed, they can bring them back to life in this chamber. That actually is a reality. And I’ll give you an example where it was first shown, and again it was in a science-fiction movie. But if any of you get a copy of SG1 Stargate, the movie with Kurt Russell, alright? If any of you have seen that movie, there is a part in there where the alien keeps himself young by staying in this chamber, and where they bring a couple of people back to life… that chamber, that technology, will be released to the human race.
I mean, this stuff is so exciting, it’s positive, it’s uplifting, it is absolutely miraculous stuff. We should have let go of the combustion engine 100 years ago. We shouldn’t be using carbon-based fuels, we should have gotten rid of those decades ago, ok? We have anti-gravitic drive. The Germans used it years ago, back in WWII, alright? I mean ,it goes on and on and on. Electric cars will become a thing of the past. We have an inventor right now that has an electric motor with a battery, a bio-organic battery, where you can drive an electric car indefinitely without recharging, ok? We’ve seen this thing in action.
So it’s just mind-boggling, it’s just so exciting. It’s just absolutely phenomenal. I wanted to make sure that I could share some of that with you guys tonight, because this is an uplifting time, this is phenomenal, energizing, knock-your-socks-off, blow-your-wigs-to-fire, unbelievable. Just unbelievable. It is just phenomenally fantastic. It’s spectacular. It’s better than 5,000 4th of July’s. It is just anything you could imagine being happy in your life right now. If you could have a wish come true, it will come true. It will come true.
So this is just speaking and sharing with you what I’m allowed to do tonight, it is basically the truth on what has transpired. That’s it.
[3:05:04]
8/9/17 Military Insider Bob Dean on Extraterrestrials
|
Retired U.S. Army command sergeant Robert O Dean, holding a cosmic top secret clearance, breaks his sworn National Security oaths and lives to pry open the lid on our cosmic connections. Included is a top-grade slide show and video footage of modern day ET craft and ancient artifacts showing circular objects in the skies thousands of years ago. "We're a hybrid race," he says. We've been engaged with "Them" he says, pointing upward, from our very beginning. Our ancestors met, them, saw them as "gods".
|
Four distinctly different races were known by the military back in 1963 when Dean held a desk job in the war room in Europe and had access to top secret files. All were humanoid, but one race looks EXACTLY like us. Or, rather, we look like THEM, says Dean. We have their genes. They genetically engineered us.
This is only one of Bob Dean's lectures out of hundreds on Youtube, and one of the most profound on the subject if you are open to the big picture and ready for answers. Bob admits he belonged to the "old boys club" of military guys who shared information, maybe 200 strong in the hay day, with only 10 or 12 left. Known as the grand old man of ufology, Bob Dean has been talking openly to the public for the last 20-plus years as "an old codger". He had a near-death experience several years back where he was pronounced dead but was revived because "he wasn't finished yet." The 30 minute mark begins his expression of awe for these "highly advanced spiritual intelligences" who are here to nudge us to our own perfection. |
8/8/17 Message from the Galactic Federation
Given to the editor of this website
I was awakened at 3 am on the morning of 9/19/12 with the words, “We are here to assist” and I felt an urgency and a pushing so I asked, OK, I’m awake, what do you want me to do? “Get up and write” was the answer. So I groggily got up and went into the meditation room across the hall, took the clipboard and centered myself. I have been receiving messages for 40 years, off and on but I usually file them and forget about them. I re-discovered this one today, as I look through my files. Here is what came through back in 2012.
“We are here to help you overcome your negative tendencies. Are there any among you who are willing to go the extra mile to join us? We are ready to have you join us in the implementation of Full Disclosure. We are here to serve the planet Earth. We are the Galactic Federation of Light. We are here to assist you in rising above the turmoil that is about to take place. Please help us in getting the word out to all who will listen. Can you do that for us? Will you send this out into your world? We need as many hands as we can get. Will you be one of those pairs of hands? (Yes, I answered.)
“OK. Here is what we would like you to do. Tomorrow after you have completed sleeping, take your data base and collect as many names and addresses as possible and begin the process of revealing to them the message I am about to give you.
“My dear friends on Planet Earth! Greetings from the stars and from your galactic family. There is an important mission for you to accomplish. We are here to help you overcome your negative tendencies. We are here to serve the Light, as are you. The one difference that lies between yourselves and us, your family from space beyond your beautiful jewel of a planet, is that we see the trouble your Earth is in and you do not. Not entirely. You believe you see the problems but you see only the surface, the tip of the iceberg, so to speak. The weave of negativity is deeply ingrained, deeply interwoven into your consciousness. There is a way to unravel the dark threads so they do not hold you so tightly to your own bosom. The way to unravel these threads is to breathe freely.
“Breathe more freely. Look up into the sky overhead and take great huge gulps of open sky, knowing we are there in those skies above you. Breathe our essence and our freedom, love, light, knowingness, into your lungs which lie over your heart. Allow this freedom from the skies, from the clouds, from our immense huge mother ships from space, to infiltrate your world through your deep, pulling breaths. Know that each draught of air you drink in, whether it be night time on your planet or daylight, or dusk or dawn, drink in freedom from tyranny. Drink in freedom from not-love. Drink in justice and balance and truth and innocence. Drink in the sweetness of the Light of Heaven into your lungs, into your heart, into your blood, into your bones, into your muscles, for YOU are the Earth. YOU are the guardians of the planet. YOU are the new Earth, the stewards of the new Earth who are waking up to your role, to your purpose, to your destiny as the children of Mother Gaia - the new Galactic family - the newest member of the Galactic Federation of Light. You are beloved. You are well prepared. You have journeyed far and journeyed deep. You have been sleeping and now you are waking to your divine destiny. This is the Plan put forth by our Creator, the beloved Creator Source of our lives. We are One. Creator is One, One in the many who serve together to create harmony, peace, balance, love, truth and unity. We are here to assist you in this divine unfolding of the ancient Plan, the eternal plan, which has been in effect from the beginning.
"That is all for now, as you are growing tired. Tomorrow when you are rested, come in to commune with us again. Post this on your World Meditation page as well. Make it live. Send these two websites out into the world. (Question) Yes, post these two websites on Facebook as well. Just post it. It will take care of itself. Remember to breathe freedom into your physical body for YOU are the Earth and the Earth needs freedom and love. Thank you dear one for answering our wakeup call! Bless you. We love you. Now you may go back to sleep. Beloved.”
7/8/17 Ashtar
The Free Will of Humanity Has Prevailed!
Given through Susan Leland, Jun 27, 2017. www.AshtarontheRoad.com
Ashtar On The Road Teleconference
"Greetings, Beloved Family! Well, you heard the news.* Turning point is reached! Dominoes are falling so fast that even we in the Ashtar Command really are on high alert - Joy-full alert, we shall say - because everything is coming together! Everything is, if you will, coming into place, or falling into place in exactly the precise, sequential, Highest and best order for all of Planet Earth - on all levels of dimensionality, for all members of all Kingdoms, including Humanity!
"Now, we will say that there is only so much that can be accomplished within the scope of Humanity’s permission, invitation, welcome – however you wish to envision it. We have had what you would call limitations, but really it has all been so as to maintain a steady flow. There have been many potential detours onto different timelines which have been by-passed according to the Divine plan which you, yourselves, participated in creating long, long before you came into your present bodies. And this is the way it has to be. This is Divine Order, Divine Law! None of this - absolutely none of this progress - could have happened without you, Beloved Ones!!!
"Now, most of you have been here before. Many of you have been in the Ashtar Command - and, if you have been, you are still! So you have different lives that you are leading in different levels of dimensionality. We know that's a concept that is still a difficult one to put yourselves in the living of, or to picture yourselves living, but we can assure you that you are! And it transcends time and space and dimensional portals. Not for you to be so concerned with, although you are certainly welcome up onto my ship, The New Jerusalem; up to Mother Sekhmet's ship; up to your own ships, if you so desire, during your meditation and sleep times.
"But what is important is our Mission here in what remains of 3D Planet Earth! We are the ultimate clean-up crew. We have been preparing the way and rolling out the red carpet. You might liken that to preparation for the enactment of NESARA and the welcoming, or the announcement - or however you choose to say it - of our presence among you.
"Now, you know we've been here for a long, long time - really since the beginning of Earth - but when the anunnaki came in and the archons and the reptilians and all of them, we were not enabled to interfere at that time. We were not empowered to do so by the Galactic Council, because this is a planet of free will and because on some level - as improbable, as difficult as it might be to comprehend - you participated in the GREAT EXPERIMENT!!! You allowed the veil to be lowered so that you would forget your Divine origins. You allowed these ones to hold dominion over you, to rule you, to control you, to abuse you in all manner of ways.
"And they tinkered with your DNA. They really, really destroyed your connections by causing most of your DNA to go to sleep. Your scientist love to call it 'junk DNA.' Well, it’s not junk! It's your Higher Dimensional Connections DNA! And as you know, you are opening it, so that more and more of YOU is connected in with more and more of YOU, that part of you that is already on the Higher levels and where only Love and its Light exist!!! And you are finding yourselves to be empowered in, oh so many ways, countless ways, to create miracles.
"So, what are miracles anyway? Well, The Course in Miracles defines miracles as Love, and this is Truth! It is exercising your Divine empowerment to manifest Love in every way, starting with yourselves. Love yourselves into Higher Dimensionality. Love yourselves into the Golden Age. Love yourselves into your own Homecomings, your Ascensions!
"Now, along the way, we will point out something that is known already to a good number of you, but nevertheless it bears repeating here. It is most important that you understand, first of all, that you have participated in the tinkering with your DNA by allowing it. I like that word 'tinker' because it was all an experiment, you know. Really! These ones didn't know what they were doing any more than Dr. Mengela did in Auschwitz. It was simply experimentation which was allowed - no matter how horrific.
"And they seemed to accomplish their ultimate goal, which was to take over the Earth. But what a minute! They HAVEN'T taken over the Earth and they're not going to because YOU and the other Lightworkers on Planet Earth are awake!!! And you're saying, 'Uh, uh! No more! We're calling for our Divine empowerment. We are exercising our free will. We're getting up and out of this mess!' But you've got to start with yourselves!
"So what do you do? You go to council. Sananda teaches this so beautifully in his Healing Hands of LoveLight Meditation.** Go into your council because the most important participant in your council is YOU! You sit with your Higher Dimensional Self and with everything - every particle, Nano particle, cell, and atom, and so on - in your energy fields, of the totality of YOU. And you instruct your DNA to let go of those old programs that were put there - most particularly the programs of destruction, which you call 'death' - and you commit and you inform your DNA and your DNA Program Manager - which is you, a part of you - that you're changing the program. You're choosing a different timeline for your physicality!
"Now, my Brother Kryon has done extensive teaching on this, and you are welcome to access his teachings, but it's very simple. You say, 'I'm choosing Ascension. I'm choosing to adapt and transformationally transmute my entire being, including my physical body, to assist me,' because you've got to be ready for it!
"You know, this is a real High energy experience, and you want to get through it with ease and grace and comfort. Right? No jarring around! Ease and grace, flowing upward. So you talk to yourself and you can bring in your guides. You can bring in your healing team. You can bring in your Divine Presence as the One We All Are, GOD, God I Am or Mother/Father God, Creator - however you want to include ALL of yourself in this council, and go for it, because the only person who can ultimately do that for you is you! You can call upon many. We have many beautiful, wondrously empowered healers in our own Ashtar On The Road Family, and it is certainly appropriate to call upon them for assistance. But the one in charge of all of this is YOU, Beloved Ones, each and every one of you!!!
"So, I invite you, here on the New Jerusalem Bridge, to look at yourselves from this High Dimensional Perspective and see yourselves as we see you, those of us here who come from the Realms of Light. You Are Divine Beings! You are radiant beings, or as I am so fond of saying, you are absolute 'Beamers!' So shine that Light into yourselves, Beloved Ones, and get into the fullness of your council, your Communion with your own Divine Selves!
"Now, we are going to hear tonight from Mother Gaia,*** whose Kingdoms encompass all of Humanity and all living beings, below, on and above Planet Earth. And she will have some particularly beautiful and High vibe loving advice for you on furthering, or I shall say, further exploring that which I have just told you - and then going another step!
"But for now, I cannot emphasize enough that it is up to each and every one of you to – they have this saying, it’s called 'carpe diem' – seize the day. Seize the moment, in each and every moment, to remember Who You Really Are, that you come from that Divine place. You can call Heaven or the Realms of LoveLight - that's what we call it - Higher Dimensional Reality where your true, true self, Truth of yourself, really is. And you came here to be in service!
"And the very first time I spoke to an audience – I don't measure time – but it was a while ago in your time. I talked about 'beaming,' being a beamer of Love and Light and I'm still talking about it today, because that is the most important Mission that you came here to participate in!!! You each have your own special gifts, your own special perspectives, but what unites you as members of this Ashtar On The Road Family, and as members of the Humanity of Planet Earth, is that you are all Divine Beamers! So get together on that when you can. Join in!
"Sekhmet will have more on this in the way of an activity.**** She calls it 'Exercises' because, you know, she's such an active person - persona, I shall say, personality. She is not embodied and yet she presents herself quite often in her energy body, which is brilliant and quite impressive, because she is very tall! But she will lead us all in a very special Exercise to further what we are discussing, because you are in this discussion as much as I!!! You may think that I'm the only voice here, but I am getting the feedback from each and every one you, even as I bring the words through, the messages, the bundles of Light energy which are the messages translated through this Voice.
"We all have Mission and Purpose. We all are here to accomplish that Mission and Purpose. And you heard from the very masters.* That's it! It's done! It’s a done deal! And if you want to reference it as to dates - let’s just say time is up! The free will of Humanity has prevailed!!! The Light is lightening up all of Planet Earth, and lifting it up - and many of you know what that feels like - lifting it up into Higher Dimensional Reality. And, of course, your destination is to permanently uplift from 3D and to go where that Reality is, because 3D - what is it? – a holographic illusion, play within a play - whatever you want to call it.
"Now, take a bow, all you players on the stage of Planet Earth. And you may want to fasten your seatbelts, because we are increasing the falling of the dominoes at such a speed that, if you'll fasten your seatbelts and stay in that High Vibration, you'll have a beautiful overview - the Compassionate Observers' overview of everything that is transpiring right now! And you will also be in your own driver's seat, or the head of your council seat - or however you want to say it - to create what comes next upon your timelines - individually and upon the one timeline of the ascending Planet Earth and all who are accompanying this Planet into its Higher Dimensional Homecoming!
"Well, that's rather exciting, is it not? And so now I, Ashtar, thank you for your attention and for your attendance in this Gathering! I welcome you to continue your attentions here, and know that whether you are in this live audience or whether you come after to listen for the first time - or more than the first time - we are all here together on the Bridge of The New Jerusalem in celebration of all that has been accomplished and of the realization of success of our Mission together!!! Thank you, most Beloved Family Members, for being in the Oneness of the Love We Are! And so it is. Salut!"
7/4/17 A personal message from the editor
All is quiet here at our place on this holiday of 4th, and I am peaceful, internal and hopeful. I will leave all celebration to those tied to the "form" world. I'm in another space. There are things backing up and sorting out, getting ready to move.
This morning there are wonderful postings on the sananda.website, one of several I trust and check every morning. es. Many, many, many. I hope you are participating. There is an increasing flow of truth coming out. It's flooding the planet. It's too fast and too much for me to keep up, but I try. This is a major thing that's happening to our world. As an ET from another place told Bob Dean, contactee, (I'm listening to tapes) the ET told Bob "If you only knew how important you are, you would bend your knee to one another...." I must find that spot and take it down exactly - and planning to. The ET who works in a lab undercover is giving a history of who we earthlings are and how important we are. The human being on this planet is the culmination of many, many, many other races from other planes, dimensions, planets and places in the universe. They all came here and manipulated - planted their genes into this planet, the Earth - and watched to see what would happen. It was interference on one hand but it was an experiment on the other by god-like-beings who themselves are evolving, though far ahead of us. The earthling is some kind of miracle that made it. It was apparently messed up so many times it looked hopeless, held back and enslaved and damaged and obstructed and prevented from seeing, but all the while the genes from all these other races are in us. The DNA is in us, and they're connecting now, we're becoming something they are NOT! And they're watching to see what we're going to do and how we're going to do it and what we're going to become. I got just a hint of this stupendous thing that is hidden inside of the human race - each human - the poor and penniless and the rich and famous (who were poor and penniless in another life.)
Our world is not being changed by "them" outside and beyond. Our world is being changed from within us, from within each one of us. They are giving us affirmations and confirmations but they're not giving us anything we don't already know, somewhere inside ofus. We're finally being released. They're helping but we are doing the job. One of those jobs is to simply "be, and hold the intention". That's all we need to do. We don't have to do earth-shaking acts. It's a participation effort by every single human being on the planet. And they are able to watch and monitor us, the level of conscious awareness. How far we are waking up. How much of the inner truth we are receiving. "If only you knew..." and now we are becoming aware and getting to know. We are now getting this information, not from "them" but from ourselves. We are revealing what we know. I am feeling the readying of this within me. And you are feeling the readying of this within yourself. Word is out. It's flooding the internet. People are waking up. We're not just waiting for the RV or for Nesara or free energy devices or cures for diseases - it's a team effort to bring all of these and more out into the open and not be afraid any more to be who we are. It's a blossoming. It brings tears to the eyes of those who know what's happening. We just have to apply wisdom and patience as the process is ongoing and connecting genetic material in our bodies and brains. We have to use heart-centered intuition and wisdom to recognize what's true and what's disinformation, what is the timing and what is not time.
Oh, I have a lot to write. The massage club remains my focus but within me the energy still hasn't settled yet. There's more coming in. It's still processing and I'm sure it is for you too. New energies - facets of ourselves that are disconnected - are coming home to roost. Parts of you and parts of me are coming back to us and we have to stop and let it enter our daily lives. It all has to be connected up as a wholeness. This is happening to everyone. We had been cut up and distorted and parts of us were left out there hanging, unused and unusable. This is the end times now. In order to move ourselves into the new times, all those parts of us have to be gathered up and accounted for. Forgiveness is a major thing. Forgivenss of self and others. This is going on with everyone. It's not a matter of waiting, it's not a matter of patience, it's a matter of accepting, opening, allowing and adjusting to ourselves. We are getting ready to receive - and bend the knee to each and everyone who comes in our front door. (From a message to a friend)
6/6/17 The Story of Billy Meier, Contactee
Billy Meier, born Eduard Albert Meier in 1937 in Switzerland, is the source of many photographs and books of unidentified flying objects (UFOs). His story is mostly discredited by scientists and skeptics, but he wrote prolific notes after each physical contact. These contact notes have been read onto tape by an unidentified man. The link to the Billy Meier Tape 1 - Early Contact Years - is HERE. I recommend listening to Tape 2, 3 and 4 also, for there is incredible information on these tapes, important to a serious student of ufology.
His encounters began in 1942, at the age of five when, with his father, he saw a spacecraft come down low near their farm in Switzerland. A photo was taken of it with Billy in the foreground. Shortly thereafter he began receiving mental contact from an elderly Plejaren (Pleiadian) man by the name of Sfath. After Sfath's death, at the age of 16 he was contacted by a woman named Asket, who mentally directed him to go to a certain location, where she approached him physically and took him aboard her small craft for his first journey into space. Asket explained that he was being contacted because of his spiritual maturity and a pre-arranged agreement to carry out this mission. His job was to make this information known to the world. She told him that the earth was lacking in spiritual development and not keeping up with its technology, which had far outstripped the common sense of of mankind and wsa the cause of the world’s problems. Peace and good will was the purpose for contacting Earth.
Asket stopped meeting with Billy in 1964 when he was 27, and in 1975, at the age of 38, he was contacted by Semjase, a woman from the Pleiades, and taken aboard her beamship. The Semjase contacts continued for a number of years. He was encouraged to write down the information and to publish and to give lectures and show the photos which they gave him permission to take. He carried his camera every time he went up in a ship, but he did not like to lecture in public. He is a modest man. But he wrote prolific books and took many photos. Today at age 80 Billy lives a quiet, low profile life in Switzerland and does not seek attention. The nickname "Billy" came by way of an American friend who thought Meier's cowboy style of dress reminded her of Billy the Kid. Meier says that the Plejaren gave him permission to photograph and film their beamships so that he could produce some evidence for their extraterrestrial visitations.
6/6/17 Mira from the Pleiadian High Council
via Valerie Donner, June 5, 2017
http://www.thegroundcrew.com
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council currently working full-time with the Earth Council.
I greet you today with a good news. We value you and complement you for the phenomenally good work that you are doing. Please know that whatever you are going through is a worthwhile cause that will bring forth an abrupt completion of the third dimension on Mother Earth.
It is far too soon to tell you exactly how this will come about but come about it will. You have heard the expression that “The world will change was in the blink of an eye.” This is what we are talking about. You will be in for some grand surprises that will lighten up your hearts and introduce you to what it feels like to live in higher dimensional consciousness. This is going to be on a grand scale far-reaching beyond your earth. It is bigger than big and more important than you can imagine. The magnitude of this shift will be reason to celebrate with all of creation. The earth will be lifted back to her original state of higher consciousness and you will be freed to live in peace, harmony, joy, love, and abundance.
We are excited to watch the last vestiges of the darkness do their final dance on this beloved planet on which you reside. We know that it is a challenging ride for most of you due to the resistance of the darkness. With every last grasp that they take to maintain their hold they slip further and further into the abyss. At this juncture they are also battling within themselves. They are something like a flesh eating virus. Please remember that due to the unconditional love of our Creator these beings can still reach for the light until the very end.
It is necessary for as many as possible to realize the truth about the way that you have been living for eons of time. So this is an important opportunity for souls to awaken. As you know, the majority of the people living on this planet have been asleep. They are now awakening and are shocked at what they are seeing. That old saying, “The truth shall set you free”, applies right now. You will be set free!
We are busier than ever with the Earth Council. We are tying up loose ends and reviewing the complicated plans for the transition into higher consciousness. You will be given everything that you need. We have transition teams that will guide you. Many of you are part of these teams. You have been through the Ascension process before. You have been trained in the dream state and have been working hard to learn your parts. Humanity will be like babes in the woods in the energies of multidimensionality and unconditional love. They will be able to drop their fears and guards of each other, and will reunite with the Masters, with us, all of the Galactic’s and will become one again with each other. The spirit of cooperation will prevail. Your old erroneous rules and laws will no longer apply. Love will be the rule of the day. Cooperation will be the way.
I offer these words of encouragement to you today. Please see the big picture and know that you
will be taking your planet back.
I am Mira sending you divine love.
6/6/17 Baldor of Orloff
channeled by Nancy Tate in 2002
http://www.treeofthegoldenlight.com
Hello, I am Baldor, and I have experienced several of my last embodiments on the planet Orloff, a planet that exists on the periphery of your universe. I am an aspect of this one, Nancy, who brings these messages to you. In the field of aspects there is an undergoing that embraces the uniqueness of the individual. Souls aspect themselves for the purpose of experiencing a larger degree of expression. In doing so they embody completely separate identities, or remain in the etheric, experiencing and being of service to those on earth.
I was a part of this one for several centuries on other planets; therefore I chose to carry on in service to the universe and this one through the expression of existences in the cosmos. Through this expression, I have lived on several planets in this universe including the one in the Sirian system known as Octavia; two lives on a planet in Orion and a dozen on planets in Lyre and Alpha Centurus.
My existences on Orloff started before the planet was expelled from its mother universe; therefore I have spent many lives there before the last string of them. I have learned much about the process of being able to be self-sustaining because of the precarious position we on Orloff found ourselves in after the propulsion. Though we were able to prepare in advance, we had a long way to go after the event. It was a matter of just being able to survive, much less make moves toward the evolvement of our species. Now we have been in a position to advance and create a world of promise for ourselves. This involves the relationship we are enjoying with your universe, and the co-operative nature of our communications.
At present I am not embodied. I bring myself to the energies of my sister for the purpose of being of assistance not only to her, but also to all of the people on earth. I have experienced a couple lives on your planet and therefore, along with the experience I share with this one, I am able to offer information that can be of benefit to you.
I would like to say to you all that I am delighted to have this forum in which to bring forward the benefit of my experience and knowledge. At this most exciting time for planet earth, I am honored to be a part of the story.
I leave you now to remain on the periphery of your beingness. I wish you good day.
Blessings,
Baldor
5/30/17 St. Germain "I am in Charge of Distributing Abundance to You!"
Ashtar On The Road Teleconference, May 23, 2017
channeled thru Susan Leland
“I am St Germain. And first let me say how delighted I am to be in this Company! You are so loved, really beyond all expression. But more than that, you are honored and appreciated and thanked for all that you do in every moment, to be the Beamers that you came here to be, as Ashtar would say, absolutely! And to also be the visionaries, to join together in researching, and educating yourselves, and reaching the conclusions about the Oneness – the Sacred Oneness of all Life upon Planet Earth and beyond – with the desire to connect with all Beings of Light everywhere! Starting within your own Sacred Beings – your energy fields, if you will, lighting up with the Love You Are and the Love that you can bring in even more, because it is available for you. And reaching out to all others – and starting to get some messages, messages of Joy, of Peace on Earth!!!
“When you bring yourselves up in the meditative state, or even in your sleep times – although you may not always be aware of it – well, in either case, it is that you have an opportunity to be in the Higher levels of being, where there is only Light, where there is only Love. But it is a journey to get there, a journey which has many places along the way where you can stop and linger – or not – many places that can distract you off of your Paths – or not. But I am here to thank you for where you have arrived, and to assure you that, if it be your requirement, you shall indeed reach your ultimate destinations which is, of course, your Ascensions into permanent residence – all of you, where part of you already is in permanent residence, and that is the Higher Dimensions!
“But meanwhile we have this Mission to accomplish. So I will tell you right now that all matters having to do with your abundance are well in hand!!! I have seen to it that everyone – the entire human population of Planet Earth – will receive dollars or yen or whatever the currency is. It will all be backed with gold and precious metals, and to that end I have made that secure. So there will be no worthless paper money. All paper will be backed and have substance and equality! The price of gold will be the same Worldwide, for instance. And the dollar will be the same as whatever currencies there are in other nations. So there will be no more disparity. There will be no more speculation. There will be no more trading or arbitrage or however you want to call it!
“Wall Street, as it has existed, will not be controlling the economies of the World, because it is really those who wear the dark hats that have been controlling Wall Street and the banks and the whole monetary institutions and systems worldwide. That is ending! NESARA will finalize that ending!
“The distribution of abundance is to get you to a place where you will no longer need money of any kind!!! That’s right. This is a temporary solution to have everyone enjoy sufficient abundance, so that then they can be open to other means of securing whatever they need. People will be free, free to pursue whatever they choose to pursue. Many of you will indeed travel beyond Planet Earth and have an opportunity to interact with other civilizations. And there will be new ways of enjoying abundance other than how many dollars you have in your possession.
“Replicators – creating out of energy because everything is energy, we’re all energy – replicators will be able to accomplish a great deal of whatever it is that you desire to acquire, and I’m talking about things that have some density, that are what you would call material goods – food, clothing, whatever. There are excellent examples of those given in the Star Trek programs, for instance. You can tune in and see exactly how they are used. Your computers will be so interactive that you can walk around the room and have a conversation back and forth. You will have robots because no one is going to do in any form what you call ‘slave labor’ anywhere in the World!
“You will have opportunities to be creative, to enjoy the creations of others, and to create yourselves whatever it is that you choose. You will have free energy. There will be no such thing as an electric bill, or an oil bill, or putting your card in at the gasoline pump or any of that. Your homes, your vehicles, the World will run on free, non-polluting energy!
“You will have beautiful gardens and parks everywhere. Yes, of course, Humankind must take responsibility for the devastation that has been done, the destructiveness that has been practiced upon Planet Earth. Humankind must forgive all who have participated!!! And who might that be? Perhaps Humankind needs to do forgiveness for 100% of Humankind, and work with Mother Gaia and with those of us who come to be of assistance, in accepting our presence – and, of course, I’m not speaking of you, Beloved Ones, I am speaking of those who are at this moment unaware that we are here to work with you. But it is to be another Partnership, the cleanup of Planet Earth, the stopping of the destruction, the engaging of all of the technologies that are already in existence!
“All of these things will be done. And this will be another level of Freedom – for everyone on the Planet, all of the kingdoms of Mother Gaia – to thrive on a Planet which is completely healed! To be complete with these so-called humanitarian projects, because all of Humanity will be at Peace and in the enjoyment of abundance for all – not just the very tiny percentage. And it will be where everyone will have a sense of Oneness, where people will come together and express their ideas, where people will have the Freedom to live anywhere they choose – with all of the Earth a Garden of Eden, a Paradise, where everyone can receive, absolutely without any cost whatsoever, whatever education they desire!
“I congratulate you, Beloved Ones, and I honor you for being so brave, for being so courageous as to come and be here! And to be in this lifetime, where you still have time rolling out ahead of you, to be among those who are leading the way into this Golden Age, who are aware of all that it holds, who even now are willing to feel the Joy of it and renew your passions for bringing it about, because this is where we are going together! This is our Path and it is so bright. Feel it! Open your beautiful Hearts even more, and let this energy of Love come into your beings, so that you can bring yourselves even more into this Golden Age of which I speak.
“Now there may be some additional challenges on the way to its ‘official grand opening,’ as you might say. But for us in this moment, we’re already there!!! Feel it! Come back to this feeling and join with me and all of the ones who are here with you now. There are literally millions of Ashtar Command members and Ascended Masters, Angels, and representatives from all of Mother Gaia’s kingdoms, including the Higher Dimensional ones! Just reach out and be in Oneness with us! And let us support all of those members of Faction 3, as they are called. They’re on the Path with us and we with them. Let us come together in our Oneness and welcome all of those who are not yet aware of it. And then let us welcome those who are or have been in resistance to it and are still clinging to that resistance!!!
“Truly we are all One in Love, and even though, yes, there are some who will be answering for their deeds, let us let them know that they are as loved as we ourselves, and that we welcome them! It may take them longer, but we welcome them Home, even as we welcome each other. For that is the way of Divine Governance, and it begins within each one of us to reach out, to reach up, and to be the Lights of Love that we all are! Thank you so much, Beloved Ones, for being here in this Company. It is grand, indeed. It is a company of Love. Stay connected. Recall my words to you. I speak to each and every one of you and I see each and every one of you as the Divine Ones you are!
“Yes, we have all come a long way to reach this particular place on the timelines of Planet Earth. And even though I see it as all one shining moment, I know that you have memories – as have I, when I was embodied. And the Truth be known, I have a presence upon Planet Earth even now, for I must be among you in order to bring my part, my Mission of distribution of abundance to all! That is my major role of welcoming all of Humanity into the Golden Age!!!
“But I have much besides that to do! I am, after all, a master alchemist and so I bring with me the violet ray for all of you – for all of you to use as another tool along the way – to assist you in making your own alchemical transformational transmutations, to bring yourselves up higher and higher, to raise your own vibrations, and thus to bring yourselves up and out of the third dimension, with all of its illusions and delusions and lies and low vibrations. I honor you as being one with me on the Path to the Golden Age and beyond! And I see you as the great shining Lights You Are! And so it is. Namaste!”
http://www.ashtarontheroad.com/stgermain-abundance.html
Transcription by Marta.
Given through Susan Leland, May 23, 2017. www.AshtarontheRoad.com
© Ashtar On The Road Publications 2004-2017
5/30/17
The Galactic Federation of Light
via Sheldan Nidle
Dratzo! As before, the monies are gradually moving forward. Since this movement is proceeding in the most cautious manner, it is difficult for all of this to unfold as swiftly as we prefer. There are indeed scalawags and rapscallions everywhere. However, remember that there are those who are quite capable of ensuring the guaranteed safety of every shipment. The present procedures are therefore quite unnecessary. Thus, we ask that the methods we have so kindly suggested be vigorously adopted. When this takes place, we deeply believe that the current situation can be quickly remedied. At present, the ways employed stretch this payment system to a method even slower than one can imagine. We realize as noted before that the dark cabal is still able to retain vestiges of power. What is now required is to accelerate arrest cycles of the cabal and simply sweep them and their illegal USA, INC from power. There are in truth vast sums of gold and other precious metals to ensure a swift compliance to ending this sad reality and instead setting up NESARA and its wondrous flag!
Let us do this as quickly as possible so we can eliminate all the odd agreements that are currently “gumming up” the works. The main purpose of all that has preceded this moment was simply to assure that the dark was properly vanquished and the Good carefully restored. It is true that the dark was everywhere. Let us then swiftly capture and isolate them from the general public. We stand ready as before to implement this process as quickly as our technology allows.
What we are saying is for all who are involved to quickly establish NESARA and its marvelous Republic. As noted previously by us, it is taking too long to complete the first part of this divine mission. We are at your service to achieve a much swifter rollout of the current delivery system. It is essential as the old saying goes to “get on with it.” Let us work together, in safety, and in the knowing joy that all of this can indeed be completed in a faster and more secure way. At the beginning, the purpose of all this was to successfully isolate the dark. Let us in this spirit of a newfound allegiance go forth and finish this more quickly!
Blessings! We are Your Ascended Masters! The great gifts from Heaven are finally being readied to bless you. Take this prosperity and pursue your dreams so each of you is able to achieve your passions. You are to learn much about yourselves and much more about how best to swiftly manifest your deepest passions. As you proceed, remember why you are doing this and help each other to achieve your sacred goals.
What you are divinely doing is a full measure of how you can fulfill your potential. We are sure that you made a general sketch of how you truly intend to accomplish your long-held dream. It is our intention to help smooth the way for all who worked on this project with a good set of thoughts and actions. It is not easy to work in this realm especially if you do not have a well sketched-out plan sitting deep and protected in your mind’s eye. Develop this set of sensible thoughts and know in your heart that where possible We Masters can be summoned to help you manifest what is to aid humanity and this ever-changing realm.
As noted at the beginning, you are very close to receiving your heavenly blessings. Take this time now to sincerely formulate what is truly needed to be done. Start at the appropriate beginning in your mind to see what you first need so you can start your project. Have contingencies for every possibility. As noted, we can help you. Call upon us as necessary and proceed with this blessed project to help humanity. In doing so, you can learn more about yourself in the process. We bless every one of you and just ask that you listen carefully to that inner voice that guides you. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!
Today, we continued to report on what is happening across this most beautiful orb. Before you act, go inside and begin with a good heart and a well-planned set of actions. Because of you, this world can soon be shifted into a new wondrous reality! Know, dear Ones, that the countless and never-ending supply of Heaven is yours! Selamat Gejun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! And Be in Joy!)
5/29/17
Billy Meier 1975 Contact with Semjase (Plejorans/Pleiadian)
This is a translation from German telling of a contact between Swiss-born Billy Meiers (Eduard Albert Meiers) in 1975 and Semjase, a visitor from the star system Pleiades. Billy Meiers wrote many books and took many photos of star ships. He was one of the earliest contactees, starting at age 5 when, in the presence of his father, they saw and photographed a craft hovering in the sky near them. Billy had mental contact shortly after that with an elderly man from Plejoran/Pleiadian. The contacts are said to be continuing to this day, since Billy Meiers is still alive at age 80.. You will find many references to him on the internet with many linked websites to his work, not all available in English. I was happy to find this site today: http://billymeiertranslations.com/#contact3. The translator, Benjamin Stevens, says it is an authorized and official translation, and he has Billy Meiers' approval. I have only read this one passage and posted it since it was of particular interest to me. (Ed.)
3rd Contact
Semjase:
1. You have finished your book.
2. It is a grand work.
3. Even if it is written somewhat harshly, it corresponds to the right tone to make it understandable.
4. You simply could not write it any other way.
Billy:
I believe so, too. But I have concerns that it will be turned down
Semjase:
5. Your concerns are groundless because the people will sit up and take notice and your work will be printed.
Billy:
I hope so. I would be delighted about that. At present, something else interests me besides my book.
Semjase:
6. Then ask.
Billy:
Since our last meeting I've occupied myself a great deal and intensively with so-called UFO literature. I have found that you star-people, if I may call you that, are always described as supernatural, heavenly beautiful, as guardians of mankind, nearly as omniscient, and as teachers; it is said therefore that you are virtually living in spiritual and consciousness-related perfection. My reasoning and impression suggest something totally different in this respect, and I cannot help but assume all of these things to be lies. Lies which likely sprang from sick brains, or originate from brains that are not free and that brand fantasies as reality because the thought initiators cannot deal with actual reality and flee, therefore, into a fantastic make-believe world. The truth seems too harsh for them and they resort to fantasies, expecting help from them. Because these people never want to bear the responsibility for anything and everything - perhaps because they are too ignorant and cowardly - they simply shift it to something that is said to exist above them and is to guide their fate. This something they call God and religion. Simply a buffer and battering ram into which they can pound everything; a fantasy picture to which they can shift all of their own responsibility.
Semjase:
7. You are engrossed in very profound thoughts and they are consistent with the absolute truth.
8. It is really as you say.
9. The Earth human is incapable of bearing his own responsibility and recognizing, although he must do so.
10. So he shifts everything to something that he, in his fantasy, places above himself; things that he simply calls religion or God which shall relieve him of his responsibility.
11. When frauds name and describe us in the manner you have just mentioned, it is nothing more than an infamous lie originating from the brains of human beings who are poor in consciousness and who imagine a better life in their fantasy; and because they still cannot obtain it themselves - at least not in this lifetime - they simply attribute it to us and turn us into something perfect.
12. But we are still very far from this state as well and must continue to develop ourselves constantly.
13. We are not the so-called super humans or super beings that people on Earth like to label us from their own lack of knowledge and within their own imagination.
14. We are also not teachers, missionaries or trailblazers.
15. We only have the dutiful task to preserve the evolving and already existing human life in the cosmos.
16. This means that we endeavor to keep order and monitor certain life.
17. We generate contacts here and there with inhabitants of different worlds if our directives allow us, single out some of them, and provide them with explanations, but only if a race is developing towards a higher level and slowly starts thinking.
18. Then we slowly familiarize them with the thought that they are not the only thinking beings in the universe.
19. Now and then we also assist telepathically to instill certain cognitions toward the discovery of technical inventions that are needed at the present time.
Billy:
Why do you people not appear en masse and show yourselves to the broad public? And why don't you get in touch with the various governments?
Semjase:
20. Without exception, all governments on Earth consist of human beings who are greedy for power and gain.
21. Under a smoke screen of peace and friendship, they would only want to seize our beamships in order to completely tyrannize Earth with them.
22. Additionally, they would attempt to conquer the cosmos because they know no bounds.
23. They are not even capable for once to create peace and friendship among the countries of Earth, let alone among the people within their own country.
24. How then would they be capable of handling such powerful devices as our beamships and the many technical fittings onboard!
25. There is no interest in showing ourselves publicly to the broad masses.
26. Their consciousness is still short, small and limited through religious enslavement.
27. In their limited reasoning, Earth humans would venerate us as gods just as they did in former times; on the other hand, many people among them - criminal and power-hungry people - would gain possession of our beamships.
28. But let us also not forget all those - and there are countless millions - who would fall prey to complete hysteria and impairment of their consciousness.
29. For these reasons, it is best to cultivate contacts with only a few select Earth humans for the time being, and through them, to slowly impart the knowledge of our existence and tasks, and prepare them for the things to come.
30. We are neither guardians nor overseers of terrestrial humankind; we feel obligated to them only because our ancient forefathers were their forefathers prior to their escape from Earth due to self-induced catastrophes by a few power-hungry people, before escaping to the Pleiades - exactly as you have deduced and calculated in the last few decades according to your knowledge.
31. Only a few events occurred somewhat differently than you had surmised.
32. By and large, you have learned the crux and the majority of the story, and are the first human being to have found the corresponding truth.
Billy:
My calculations are correct then.
Semjase:
33. Certainly, but I will give you more extensive information about this some other time.
Billy:
Also about Jmmanuel?
Semjase:
34. Certainly. You shall receive explanations about Atlantis and Mu, but on Jmmanuel you are already informed.
35. You know of Judas Ischarioth's (Iscariot) text, which corresponds to the truth.
36. So I do not have to explain any more about that.
Billy:
But something interests me, Semjase. It is often written that the star-people can grow very old, even millions of years. Is that correct?
Semjase:
37. Do you believe these claims?
Billy:
No, because they sound too unlikely. I can only believe this in a sense that a human being of about 70 billion years is simply not a human being any longer but some kind of spiritual embodiment.
Semjase:
38. You are right in that also.
39. A human being may become hundreds or even thousands of years old when he has reached a certain spiritual and consciousness-related state of relative perfection and a correspondingly high and sound way of living.
40. But after that state of about 40 to 60 million years, the spirit no longer requires a purely material body and becomes a half-spirit body.
41. It then lives only in half-material form for an additional 60 to 80 billion years and in such lofty spheres that we can no longer communicate with it from the purely material/human level, except when there exists a very high consciousness-related and spiritual level of evolution.
42. After 60 to 80 billion years, the half-spirit form - the half-material form respectively - transforms itself into the first pure spirit form and enters the level of Arahat Athersata.
Billy:
I see. May I still ask you one more question or even two?
Semjase:
43. Just ask.
Billy:
You are surely aware that our dear little ladies on Earth keep their age a secret, and that they smear their lips, face, finger- and toenails with powder and colors. What's your opinion on this?
Semjase:
44. Certainly.
45. By their actions, they are deceiving themselves.
46. From my view, I find make-up disgusting, as well as all forms of painting the body or the nails of fingers and toes.
Billy:
This is what I believe, too. Yet how is it with you people? Do you also live with such a delusion?
Semjase:
47. Certainly not.
Billy:
Well then, may I ask how old you actually are?
Semjase:
48. Of course. What do you guess?
Billy:
I am not experienced in guessing people of your type, but according to my measures, you should be about 32 or 33 years old.
Semjase:
49. You know your stuff, for this would really be my age by terrestrial standards, judging from my looks.
50. What you do not know, though, is that our average life expectancy is very high and amounts to several hundreds of years - that is, about 1,000 years.
51. Judging from that, I am still very young at 330 years, which corresponds to about 33 years by your standards.
Billy:
What do you mean by "my standards"? If you had only told me your average age before, I might have assessed you differently. How was I to know this, for I cannot know everything?
Semjase:
52. Never mind, it was really my mistake.
53. However, now I must go again, and so I bid you farewell.
4/18/17
Omnec Onec - The woman from Venus
www.omnec-onec.com
From the editor - this was sent out as a newsletter yesterday. I was so excited at "discovering" this woman that I just had to send it out immediately. Newsletters are sent sporadically because I am so busy keeping up with the rapid pace of information that is coming in. Let me know if you want to be included in future newseletters. Why I am so excited - her message is similar to the message that George Adamski gave to the public back in the '60's. In fact, Omnec validated that Adamski was the first Venusian contact in modern times. While he was ridiculed and threatened by the government at that time, we are now learning that there are and have been many extraterrestrials living among us. We wouldn't recognize them because they look like us. The world is on the brink of disclosing that our galactic neighbors are already here - not preparing to land, arlready here. Their star ships are in our skies overhead, cloaked until we can accept they are here. When we can accept that they are here, when sufficient of our people have raised their consciousness to not panic or go into fear mode, then they will reveal themselves. They are reealing themselves now to certain ones. Now, here is the amazing story of Omnec Onec.
Omnec Onec was born on the astral level of the planet Venus and came to Earth with her own physical body in 1955 as a 7-year-old child. There are many from Venus on Earth today, but she was chosen to go public and speak about it. She explains this all in her first book, "From Venus I Came", to which she subsequently added two more books, "Angels Don't Cry", and "My Message", to form the "The Venusian Trilogy", available for $27 on Amazon.
In her first book, she portrays life on the astral level of Venus and describes why and how she was born there and why as a child she was given the opportunity to lower her vibrations, to manifest a physical body and to come to Earth at the age of seven in order to, finish karmic debts and later in her life work as a spiritual teacher and fulfill her life cycles here on Earth. She says, quote:
“As I was born on the planet Venus in another dimension and came to your planet as a young child, I was able to retain the knowledge and information that I had gathered as a soul through many incarnations and life times. I can keep this information intact, and what I teach people is actually what I KNOW and not what I’ve read about or what I’ve heard, but what I have experienced through many different life cycles on Earth and in other dimensions.”
According to Omnec, the astral plane is a dimension of higher density that cannot be seen or proven with physical means. Long time ago Venus and many other planets supported physical life very similar to the earth today. By natural evolutionary cycles to changing living conditions and thanks to the spiritual development of the people, life could continue to exist on these planets in finer levels of vibration, but no longer in the physical. Omnec's mantra is a long drawn out "Kaaaa Laaaa" which we can hear her give at her lectures. And she often gives the Venusian blessing AMUAL ABAKTU BARAKA BASHAD - which means "May the Universal Love and Blessings be". There are many videos of her on the internet today, which I am collecting links for and will post on my website.
[Ed:] I just learned about Omnec in January this year. I am thrilled to discover her because her message reflects the same messages that George Adamski gave back in the 60's, whom I knew personally, and she confirms that Adamski was the first Venusian contact in modern times. She had a stroke in 2009 so she has aged quite a bit but she is still lecturing and her message is the same.
She is not a promoter. Others are promoting her and just this morning I ran across a blog that her ex-husband and father of her children posted about her in 2003. She has been married twice. She has three children and grandchildren.
A quick two minute video of her can be seen here, made when she was quite young - perhaps in her 20's? It appears to be some excerpts from a longer lecture, where she is speaking on the subject of ascension: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=40jo5uElYNI . When you go to this video, you will find many others of Omnec listed beside it. I recommend the following one hour lecture given at the UFO Conference in Norway in 2014:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E4RxSFvMRkQ
In this video she speaks about her mission, the transformation of the Earth known as the Shift, the support being given us from extraterrestrials and nature, About truth and knowledge, about letting go of fears, hoow to deal with negativity, the meditation process "Operation Peace" she developed to help with the transformation, her connection with Jesus Christ, her work on the astral with souls before they were born, her connection with the Masters, the gradual transformation process of the Earth and our bodies, Omnec's Oasis Project, questions from the audience, Omnec's aura is protected and cannot be seen, her Uncle Odin who is the scientist in our family and works on the ships, other extraterrestrials on Earth, the genetic manipulation on the people on Earth a long time ago when the seperation and controlling started, the power of crystals, the Earth today is protected from negative aliens, crop circles, music as a universal language, the first civilizations on Earth, her meditation mantra Kaaaa Laaaa.
4/9/17
Sheldan Nidle Webinar on 3/26/17
Galactic Federation of Light vs. Dark Cabal
www.paoweb.com
(After Sheldan's preliminary introduction with pictures)
After the civil war our country became bankrupt. It had totally failed financially. We needed some money. So what happened, European bankers came with a deal and we had no choice but to take it. The radical republicans were in charge, the rest were in disarray. So in 1871 the bankers passed an act and it had something in it alluding to the fact that it had a corporation which would run this country. Everything after that has been illegal, but we didn’t know that and we still don’t know that. After deconstruction something else went down and we became minions to the bankers.
Now we have contact [with the Galactic Federation]. Heaven had set up 13 millennia ago there has to be an end to the dark control and there has to be a new reality. To do this, the first phase was to be mass landing and mentors with it who would be humans. Remember, 60% in the Federation are human, 40% are not. So let’s look at some of the board members. When we first came to earth, we created something very unique and wonderful 900,000 years ago. It didn’t last. It wound up - I’ve done tons of webinars and lectures on all this so you can look into it in past archives. But let’s look at some of these 45 human star nations that will be mentoring us. We feel pretty good about who we are but there are a lot of things wrong with us. We’re being manipulated. We need to go into these actual groups [in the first contact mission].
The Galactic Federation of Light is here to conduct a first contact mission. There are five basic preeminent categories for first contact with a planet. First, you have to be unified, you have to be peaceful, you have to have a single advisory group to run the world, and it’s all tied into maintaining benevolence and not trying to destroy the planet.
Our planet is nowhere near this! The reason they decided to conduct a contact mission, they felt we had to be shifted to fully conscious beings. See, these beings [the Galactic Federation] are fully conscious beings. We have to understand, who are these magnificent beings? Anyone who has studied the human genome and studied the nature of how our genomes are sequestered will see we have a lot of crazy stuff in us. They said, “We require your genome to be re-sequenced.:
Basically, they said, “Some amazingly catastrophic things have happened to you, like the plague in the 14th century, and we have to transform that. Secondly this genome has to be re-educated into higher realities of heaven.” Epi means above. They are helping us to manifest the higher light of heaven. They have something going for them that we don’t have. They have a direct connection to heaven and we don’t. We can be manipulated.
They thought they could introduce some of the non-human groups [during first contact and the landings] but then they looked at our history. We have a vast history with the greys and reptilians that is not nice. We need to get over it. We need to forget. We have untold degrees of baggage from our untold history. That’s why first contact mentors have to be human. When we see them as human we will see them glow and we see the goodness in their heart. We know this is the person you want to be. So their job is two-fold. They’ve got to help us see the untold baggage we have in us and, two, they have to help us get over it.
See, they have medical devices. The Sirians are medical (shows graphic of a man and woman in white with purple outlines.) We know where the Pleiadians are from. I just did a webinar on the Pleiadians, Andromedans and Sirians. Here’s another group, the Andromedans (shows picture), The Andromedans have the largest star nation in any group. Many of them look like the Asians, same eyes, skin color, hair. Then there are the Lyrans (shows picture). They come from where we originated. The final group are the Centaurians, the Herculeans. When we raise our vibrational frequencies into light, we lift our consciousness to higher dimensions.
We are moving from this lower level of consciousness we’ve had for many millions of years to a higher level. You start activating higher dimensions of consciousness that you haven’t been able to get at before. You start experiencing phenomena of the kind you don‘t know what is happening. You are experiencing it now. You need help. That’s what the mentoring is about. Our higher consciousness reality is on the verge of the crystal light chambers device. We need to take that gap and bridge it. That’s what the mentors are doing. It’s essential that all of us fully realize and all understand fully where we came from and where we are now and where we are going, and to feel comfortable about it.
It’s more than just feeling comfortable with it. They have to transpose a whole lot of knowledge onto us. We need to understand that that’s where we need to go. We’ve spent 13 millennia with this dark cabal. Originally it was the Atlanteans. Then Atlantis fell. They overstretched their evil. When they left, there was a giant gap. Along comes the Annunaki, the so-called sky gods, the Sumerians. Their job, the Annunaki, and the ones they appointed - the minions who followed their orders - they knew they had to pull the wool over our eyes and keep the truth away from us.
Way back when the Nazis were in Germany, they knew that to make people believe something, it had to be not just a little lie but a monster lie and a story behind it. They told them - the minions - they were part of a team and each team were part of a task. They had to make it seem like it was part of a story, a process that was going on that seemed real. So these teams learned to work together. Financial groups, groups that made sure wars happened. religious divisions, blah, blah, blah. But what they did and they did it well, was that each team had an evil. They had a story line. To achieve a successful vestige you need to create a successful story. The lie had to be big and all-encompassing. That’s what they were doing.
The way they set the system up [the Annunaki], not only did they have teams of the original minions, they had to keep it going on through the generations. So anybody who achieved a monetary success way above the normal, they were invited into the club. Let them think they maintained them. So let’s look. There’s the minions, and there’s the followers. Minions are not a force of nature. They are a creation. The Annunaki told the minions who were in power, they told them they had to keep maintaining it. So the web, the network of these lies and the people who perpetuated it, grew larger and larger and larger. So the key point here is that the minions appeared like a force of nature. They were doing everything. They were everywhere. They were the people that we followed.
Now there’s a revolution happening. There’s a change in consciousness. The world is about to go minionless. That is what we need to understand and grasp. That is very key and very important to what we are taking about.
Now, there’s these minions and they’re keeping us under the thumbs of the Annunaki who are making them join this group, and it seems the minions are self-propagating. But a revolution is happening and this revolution is about change in consciousness. We’re about to see in a very deep and profound way that this system is no longer viable. It is no longer able to maintain itself as it did before. So, question - why don’t we cut to the chase so to speak and let the Galactic Federation come in now?
In 1942, in the 40’s, there were flying disks in the sky every so often, and you’d hear about UFO crashes. So media has learned, as part of its process, that its job was to make a matter-of-fact report in a small paper on the back page. If it made it into a radio broadcast, it would splash for about two minutes and then disappear. People couldn’t put it together. Then in WWII massive sightings were seen. The minions were in trouble. They thought, what can we do to keep ourselves in power? They knew the people were going into revolution and this couldn’t be allowed to happen. So they made it (UFO sightings) into a national security incident. So things come along that are tied to national security. “This is tied to the security of this nation.” It’s secret and it can’t be told. So this is a very high security project that we’re doing. And if something happens to crash, you’re not allowed to go out there. If it’s national security, you can’t go and see it. For your own safety, you can’t know about this and we need to put it under security.
Now, the one thing that the Annunaki was doing with its minions was expanding the technological gap of capabilities of what they could use. The dark aliens were making sure that it was almost impossible to get through this barrier [the space grid around Earth]. So here’s a poster (showed graphic) that looked at that. The truth embargo allowed disclosure. Illegal treaties were signed to help the minions maintain their secrecy. Obviously if you have your dykes starting to crack how can you maintain yourselves? How do you prevent anything from happening? Well, in the old fashioned way, if you can’t admit it, you delay. The signs that things are working are the delays. The dark knew what it was doing. It tried to make everyone think they knew what they were doing, but what was actually happening was the world was slowly starting to collapse. And they had done some pretty bad things to keep those delays going. What GW Bush said - if the world only knew what we had done, we would be taken down to the street and lynched. Just think! The powers they had is diminishing. Riots, division and wars. So what do they do? Under Bush I? War? Allowing the..... (I missed this part, I had to stop and consider it, I didn’t understand it.)
We have to maintain the farce that there’s a chaotic world out there and we ..... this was a patriotic act --- as President Bush says here, “Yeah, I guess the people would get a little upset,” ....was a lie, was a manipulation. They were using wars and divisions and lies to maintain the old system. Now you only keep doing this crap for so long and things are going to get worse. Now the dark knew that if it ever let the truth out, it would be in super bad trouble. It would be very very difficult to maintain their system if people knew deep down that it wasn’t real, that if everything they thought was real never was. And in fact, still is.
So, as it says (shows graphic) the natural state of humanity - “humanity wants to be prosperous, happy safe and free. May all beings be peaceful, may all beings be happy, may all beings be free, may all beings be light.” The minions said there wasn’t enough resources for everybody, but there is enough wealth on this world to be happy, free, prosperous. Which is one of the points of the American declaration of independence, and that all of this would lead to mutual sovereignty and nothing would alienate. If you’re lying and trying to make division and wars, freedom, sovereignty and prosperity are an anathema. You can’t keep up these games if there’s happy. If you give a situation where you don’t have to shoot everyone, if you have people where they are happy, humanity is going to take that as the basic premise of what and who they are. They are going to ask, why are you not allowing us to do what is part of our natural nature? Once you un-harness the lies, once you make yourself free, wealthy, and able to be sovereign, all the conditions and things that the dark talks about falls by the wayside. There is no more need to lie to people. Transparency becomes the most important thing that it can do to its people.
What are the worlds’ governments based on? Lies, manipulation, saying they lack funds, which is another lie. The resources on this planet are so vast, the resources so amazing, that we are the opposite. Down-trodden, poverty-stricken, not-free - that is not the nature of who we are. What does that leave the dark cabal with? Nothing. So what is used to keep it going? Lies. What do they do to keep it going? Delay. Delay. Delay. Delay again. That’s what they’ve been doing.
Now, the cabal is skalywagging. That is, doing evil stuff. The evil action of the dark cabal is being discovered. We realize more and more that what they’re taking about is nonsense, and that our visions are more superior to theirs. What is keeping things going? The belief in maintaining the lie. Most important, let’s look what happened to the communist party in Europe. WWII ends. The communist party in Europe was changed. So what do the East Europeans do? The leaders tell people to go to the squares and start holding vigils for freedom. Communism has fallen. They said, “You skalywags, we will no longer permit you to maintain your lies. Furthermore, we can take to the streets and we can get it.” And so the wall falls. Not because we ran around shooting guns in the air, it was a peaceful revolution. “We don’t need your lies any more.” And so they left! Even the Soviet Army left. And two years later the Soviet Army fell. Every single bit of it was gone. Why? The rise in consciousness and the willingness of people to stand in the square and do nothing but pray and use their visions and it all fell down.
The key is the fear of the unknown. This is what the Viet Namese monk said: “People have a hard time letting go of their suffering. Out of a fear of the unknown. They prefer suffering that is familiar.” Even if it means something crummy, maintaining suffering rather than getting something new, they maintain the suffering. Let our unwarranted fears go. I am going to repeat this here - people have a hard time letting go of their suffering out of a fear of the unknown. They prefer suffering what is familiar. That is the history of humanity. In too many cases humanity has stood up and said “we want the unknown.” If we can claim the sovereignty and everything that is unknown to us, heaven will find a way to make it all happen. And that is what the priests in East Germany did. Just that. They asked heaven and had the resounding support of their parishioners. It’s time to let go of these old fears and welcome in the new reality. Let it happen. Just think of that. Just think of the power that you possess. You have the power.
What can the Galactic Federation do now to bring about the defeat of the dark cabal? I’ve been saying this for a long time. Come together. It’s time to unite. Let’s demand liberation. Heaven has the divine plan to set aside the dark and its many minions. Example, Eastern Europe. That’s millions of people. That’s the heart of what the people used to call the Soviet Empire. There’s no tanks in the streets. No guns. Just bibles, prayer and visions. That’s all that this is. The walls came tumbling down. Not something that people can argue about as illusionary. That Jericho came tumbling down. You can go to Germany today and look at the wall. Finally the people got out of their fear and the wall fear. It was a paper tiger. When it was confronted it didn’t try to kill everybody. It exceeded to the demands. That’s something we have to understand as a people. There’s nothing stronger than a force who’s time has come. Consciousness increasing around the world shows this is the time for uniting. Not a time for shooting people. A time for peaceful demands, as the East Germans did, as the Hungarians did. The fall of the communist system, gone. Because of one thing - union. Now let’s demand global liberation. Let’s come out and bring out the need to end the division and time to unite. Important point here - many amazing events are near. We cannot overestimate was is happening out there. It is more amazing than what you may believe.
A wondrous spiritual firestorm is about to manifest. What does that firestorm consist of? United non-violent belief, a resistance that allows everyone to understand we are about freedom. We are about creating a new vision. Many of the other masters have said it - the most important thing you can do are two things - make yourself part of a vision of a better world. And secondly, use your commands. Command heaven to create what our vision is about. Every one of the masters said to me - the key to all this are two things. Don’t get frustrated, maintain the vision. Most importantly, command heaven. Heaven has two basic commandments and these are strict as can be - truly demand something. Make it as easy to understand as you can. We don’t want to play lawyerese with people. Make a clear commandment. Heaven will take this. And if that is what you really want, make it happen. The amazing act in Eastern Europe. It happened for a little while in the middle East. If it is the right time, it will happen. I’ve discovered, as I’ve worked through all the processes of my life and watched things happen around me, this is not just pie in the sky. This is not just irrelevant mish-mash, this is real. This is extremely real. What is happening is designed to change immensely who and what we are.
It simply says, know how everything is maintained and what it takes to support it. There are three key reasons masquerading as government - your incompetence, their breach of trust, and implied consent of authority by all the citizens. Stop it by not consenting to its rules. Unconsent from this reality. There weren’t angry people in the streets in Germany, not in Hungary, just concerned citizens of the religious. Let’s learn about lowering our carbon footprint, about being a good citizen. Some simple rules for lowering our carbon footprint. Heaven wants to help you. It’s not just out there to create. It wants to do something amazing. The power of heaven is preparing to sweep away the dark rule. They had a time. Their time is over. It’s time for us to demand of heaven that they swiftly maintain the divine plan and do sweep away the dark.
Are we as lightworkers doing enough to help the Galactic Federation? Can we do more? Heaven instituted a growing consciousness. We possess a power as a whole - as a whole - to waylay the dark cabal. What happened to communism in Europe is a large example of that. We also saw the freedom of people in the Middle East, but they didn’t quite have the united vision so it didn’t last. It’s done through ritual and divine service. You are a sacred collective and have a responsibility to unfold the divine plan in physicality. If you do that the rest is yours. What you want is the true nature of the divinity of what you are. It’s about heavenly stuff. Truth, unity, peace, prosperity. And there’s more than enough prosperity in the world that everyone can live in decent housing, clothes on their back, and no worries about transportation, medical support, and education all the way up to PhD’s and beyond. We need to understand that we live in a changing world. This changing world is sacred to us. It is what we truly are.
Now, the power of our divine focus. I was reiterating this again and again. Any thought of love uplifts the vibration of the universe. You are in the merciful glory of heaven’s divine grace. That’s vitally important. OK? I want you to kind of think that into yourselves. Remember the history we’ve been talking about. OK, that was 30 years ago. When you maintained the unity and the vision, worlds move. It is easy to break the unity. What is not easy requires focus. And that is what the masters emphasized to me from the beginning. Take your focus and unity for all and you will achieve your objective. Heaven wants you to succeed. It doesn’t want you to be a dumb one on the streets. It wants you to be a sovereign citizen and to have a piece of the pie, and have a vision of what that piece is. When I hear that there exists societies that don’t have electricity or running water, having to walk miles for running water, that live in little mud huts that get washed away in a rain storm, that don’t have the means to maintain themselves.
So we look at all this. Floods don’t have to exist. I see people starving when there’s food everywhere. I want to have the money and the ability to make sure that all people are fed and that all people have enough water. It doesn’t mean we have to drain the oceans. We don’t need that. There’s more than enough water in this world. We’ve been destroying water in this world for decades. We do that all the time. We don’t understand what we’re doing. This is what Gaia’s energies and guidance is all about. They want us to learn those things, to not turn a blind eye to it but to open our eyes and say to ourselves “We are part of the human race, we support one another, we love one another.” This is what this is all about. You can read all your religious texts. It doesn’t mean anything.
Now, let me finish with one more thing. A kind of an aside. You are on the verge of the greatest prosperity in the history of humanity. Take that in. Focus for it. And all together become what and who we are. And with that and with a message as a way to get a hold of us, I’ll return this to my wondeful Colleeny. (Question & Answers by Colleen)
3/22/17
James Gilliland Intel Update & Video - March 20, 2017
Sananda.website, March 22, 2017
Transdimensional War, White Hats, Underground Bases
There is so much going on I don’t know where to start. The Republic was restored March 15th – the Globalists finally let USA Inc die – it was totally bankrupt. The G8 meetings keep getting sabotaged by globalist moles that want America to collapse and go into total chaos. They are being dealt with. The global currency reevaluation and the new currencies backed by gold have to come forward and they will.
The white hats and generals who are honoring their oaths and maintaining their integrity are no longer playing games. Guns are being drawn. There is a grand house cleaning occurring between those loyal to the cabal: the Satanic, blood sacrificing pedophiles, and those who are loyal to God and Country. Be very clear and do not be misled as to which side of the fence you are on. Many have been part of a global psyops program and are unwittingly doing the bidding of the cabal. Do not forget they own the mainstream media. Many within that media will soon find themselves in very serious trouble.
Be very clear and do not be misled as to which side of the fence you are on.
The law, including Universal Law, is on the side of the White Hats regardless of those misusing their position and power to the contrary. The days of those loyal to the cabal are shortly numbered. There are 5th, 6th, 7th and now 8th dimensional Pleiadians here now – along with other beings up to the 13th dimension – all here to see the birthing process, the awakening and healing of humanity and the Earth through to the end.
Portals are opening around the world and others being closed to lower dimensions. The underground bases and Malevolent ET strongholds are being removed. No more interference will be allowed in the awakening and healing process. The benevolent ships will not land until the malevolent ETs are gone and this is well underway. They have the technologies to restore the Earth, heal and rejuvenate humanity. While it is imperative to use discernment – especially in the past – it is unwise and counter productive to demonize the benevolent Off Worlders and ancient ones based here for thousands of years. There are forces beyond our comprehension involved in this transdimensional clean up.
Many of you have been feeling something, like a great weight was lifted off your shoulders. Help has arrived in force and numbers unimaginable. That feeling is because much of the draconian grid of consciousness and technology just went down. Now with the added consciousness and energy of these higher dimensionals things will progressively and exponentially get lighter. There is a saying – resistance is futile. We have but one option if we are going to continue on Earth. Continue to heal and awaken, release the past and heal any wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences. Or move on to another lesser world. Earth has chosen, does not matter how you refer to her, Gaia, Sophia, Terra she is ascending. The higher dimensional beings are here to insure this. They are the force behind the White Hats, if you want to call them Gods army it is most appropriate.
Seek Truth and Practice Kindness. When you pray and meditate ask to know. Know who you are and your part in this grand process.
Be Well,
James Gilliland
http://www.eceti.org
http://www.bbsradio.com
http://www.privateinvitationeceti.com
ECETI Official YouTube Channel
You have my permission to send this far and wide.
Video: https://youtu.be/5TDKgHSfNPc - James Gilliland interview with Solreta, Pete Slattery on Underground Base Wars March 2017
3/21/17
Adamu of the Pleiadian Civilization
An Open Letter to Pleiadian Starseeds
via Arn Allingham (aka Zingdad)
https://zingdad.com/publications/books/the-ascension-papers-book-3/
Dear Friends, I am Adamu of the Monadic Entity of the Pleiadian civilisation, brought to you through my dear young friend, Zingdad. We have reached a nexus in the flow of the timelines of your reality at which it becomes important for you to understand certain crucial matters.
You need to understand why you, as Pleiadian Starseeds, are here upon earth. What your mission profile really is. And you need to understand why planet Earth and why now. You need then, also, to understand what will occur next. What’s next for Earth and what’s next for you. You need this information so that you can make an informed decision about where you will go next. What your next experience of life will be.
There is no more important decision before you than the one I am about to inform you of. So this is crucial information. I will require your patience and your attention as I lay this all out for you and remind you of all that you once knew before you entered into incarnation here upon Earth.
Firstly. Why Earth? You are a Pleiadian being. You arose, spiritually, amongst your soul family upon the Pleiades. That is your home. And you were doing sterling work in your journey towards your ultimate awakening and ascension back into the Oneness of the Monad to which we belong. You are one of our brightest and best.
So why are you now on Earth? Why are you amongst others who are struggling so mightily with their issues and causing themselves, each other and their planet so much harm? Why have you been born amongst them in this barbaric place of murder and mayhem? Why have you risked becoming afflicted with the illnesses of their psyches? Because, yes, it is a risk! And some of our Pleiadian brethren have indeed become afflicted. Quite a few have adopted the ways of Earth and fallen in consciousness. So there is a real danger in coming here. You knew this. Yet you came anyway. Why?
I shall tell you. It will be a fairly long story and right now I shall offer you the first part of that story:
The Situation Report on Planet Earth
The story of how Earth gets to be as it is now is long and complex enough to fill all the books in all the libraries upon the Earth and still that will be a cursory explanation. So I won’t try to give you the whole story. Instead I will sum it up as follows: There is such a thing as a true and authentic Earth Human. Beings that arose upon Earth from the Earth… just as you arose, originally, in the Pleiades. True Earth souls, inhabiting Earth bodies.
For better or for worse, the Earth Human has been tinkered with, toyed with, manipulated, used and abused and then rescued and healed and used and abused all over again countless times since the beginning of the story of the planet. And the ones that have acted upon Earth humans in this fashion have been the other, more technologically advanced, galactic civilisations.
If you examine the religious myths and the ancient legends that still resound in the consciousness of the planet you find an abundance of traces of this intervention. This mighty being with his chariot of fire that came down and claimed a people and said to them, “You are my people and I will protect you. You must just do as I say, to the letter and worship and obey me and I will look after you”. You know what I am talking about. Almost all of the religions of the world have such a being in them.
Now, please, you mustn’t think your dear old Adamu an atheist. I have explained in detail in the Adamu Speaks series that I believe in God. I have personal and direct knowledge of the divine. And it is my desire to share that knowledge with others too. But, my friends, the eternal, everlasting, one true creator of all things is far too great a being to appear to one group on Earth, one tribe on one planet in one galaxy and say “I choose you and will help you to slay other tribes”.
Check with your heart. Surely you can see this to be true?
But back to the narrative. What I wish you to understand is that this kind of intervention by space races did not happen once. It happened countless times. A number of them are still recorded in the myths and legends of which I spoke but most of them predate all record of them. You have, after all, only a few thousand years of recorded history, sketchy as it is, and humanity has existed in one form or another for millions of years. There were, for example, dragon gods upon your planet hundreds of thousands of years ago. Too long ago for any actual record of them to survive, but the impact of having such blood-curdlingly magnificent beings walking amongst you and flying your skies was such that it remains in your collective psyche.
I could go on and on upon this subject. Truly the deep history of planet Earth is massively complex. But that story is not why I am here today. I simply wish you to understand that Earth Humanity has been, through the aeons, massively interfered with. So much so that they evolved without an identity. Earth humans do not know who or what they are. They have not found unity over any choices whatsoever. They cannot stand as one over anything.
Now, you see, there are certain spiritual councils that order the universe. There is a council of wise and beautiful spiritual beings that order each planet, each solar system, each galaxy… and so on. And the planetary council for planet Earth came to the decision a little while ago that Earth would cease to be interfered with until such time as the bearers of the light of will upon the planet – the humans – could come to unity on who and what they are. What they stand for. What they choose. What they believe in.
They must decide are they, collectively Service to Other, Service to Self or of unity consciousness. They must decide if their path is technological, religious or spiritual. There are a variety of such choices and they must make up their collective minds.
And so the decision was made and we, the Pleiadian civilisation, were honoured by the request that we should lead the imposition of a quarantine upon the planet until such time as humanity has made their decision. If you study your mythology you will see a trace record of this. I am remembered in your mythology as a being called Atlas. And in your mythology I "lifted the dome of the stars from the Earth in order to stop a feud between the stars.
Yes that is me. Atlas is one of the many thousands of names I have been known by across the galaxy. Or rather it is a kind of a descriptive title just like my first name, Adamu, was. Atlas meant something like "he who long endures" while Adamu meant something like "First Man" or perhaps "Chief" or even "Honoured Grandfather". But yes, I was known as Atlas and I was personally involved in arranging the quarantine.
The Quarantine Enforced by Atlas
We, Pleiadians were asked to provide this service since we have, and I say this with a little pride but without conceit, the very best ships in the galaxy. No one could possible enforce a quarantine better than we. Our lightships are unparalleled for speed and manoeuvrability and are also virtually indestructible. But I shall tell you more about that in due course. The point is we were asked to make sure that the other space races got off the planet… and stayed off. As the founder-members of a federation of galactic races that join together for mutual benefit, protection and support, we lead a group of races in a mission to create a “quiet space” upon Earth until Earth had come to its decision point.
There was one race that didn’t like that at all. They are recorded in the most ancient of your writings as the Anunaki. But actually that word is a kind of a syncretism as the ancients used it to refer to all the space races that were active upon planet Earth. And there were many. Back then, often quite a few space races were active in any given civilisation at any time. But, for the sake of convention we’ll call these particular ones (that are known amongst Pleiadians as the Red Star people) by the name used in your ancient writings… the Anunaki.
And it was so that these Anunaki actually rebelled against the will of the planetary council and, believe it or not, went to war with us to resist being evicted from the planet. It was quite a shambles as our primary objective was to cease all further traumatisation of humanity and they were willing to use humanity as a pawn in their game of resistance. If we attacked them directly in their positions we would cause far more traumatisation than they ever had! So we would not do that!
In the end there really was only one strategy that we could use that wouldn’t compromise our own mission. We couldn’t get them off Earth by attacking them on Earth. We tried blockading them with a seige but they just dug in and entrenched themselves even further as gods. They had little god-kingdoms dotted all over the planet. And then they’d play chess with each other. But the games played out on bloody battlefields with humans as the chess pieces. This was their entertainment and sport. When they weren’t teaching humans how to bow and scrape and sing songs of praise and worship to please their refined ears, they were bludgeoning masses of humans against each other. So we certainly couldn’t just leave them on the planet either!
Not only were they in contravention of the planetary council, not only had they attacked us and placed themselves on a war footing with us, but they were also behaving in a truly monstrous fashion. And so desperate measures were called for. We attacked them where it would really hurt. Their home planet.
I won’t get into all the intrigues but you should understand that the Anunaki gods that were upon the planet at the time were like minor royalty from the Red Star home world. Petty princes and princesses. They were left to get up to whatever they wanted and, in their boredom, they played upon the Earth.
When the Federation’s warships arrived in the environs of the Anunaki home world, their king was suddenly willing to enter talks. Suddenly very amenable. And suddenly willing to send instruction to his errant family members that they should extricate themselves from planet Earth and return home poste haste. He gave them a tight timeline and that was that.
New Perspective on the Great Flood
And all would have proceeded perfectly except one petulant little twit got it into his head to destroy all that he had built on his way out. *laughs* My friends. You shall have to forgive me. Your Adamu has seen much and there is not much that raises my ire any more. But in retelling this story I am brought back into the emotions that coursed through my being back then when I discovered this. One on the Anunaki gods in his mighty and godly fashion, decided if he had to leave earth that he would wipe out his whole creation on his way out! Including his own tribe that had worshipped him and done his every bidding. He decided to destroy them and everything else that he could possibly destroy. It’s a little challenging not to get upset at such a wantonly, callously destructive mindset.
Our little dictator had access, you see, to certain tools that could be used for weather control. Which is another long story which, if I told you, you simply would not believe me. But the point is he manipulated the weather to bring maximal destruction upon his own people.
Another of the Anunaki, in fact a brother to the insanely destructive one, decided to try ameliorate the harm and so warned some of the people of what his brother was planning. The result is the ancient myth of the great flood and the man who built the ark.
The story, as it is now available to you in your various religious texts has become profoundly mythologised, of course.
In truth, the flooding was really quite localised. The whole world was not covered in water. I should hope a little deductive reasoning would make it apparent that there is not enough water on the planet to flood the planet. But there certainly is enough to cause a great deal of local flooding. A great deal of local disaster. And so it was. And so it was too, that those that were warned had the wherewithal to build good weather-proof boats for themselves, their families and their domesticated livestock. To place in these boats sufficient feedstock to last out a few days of torrential rain and the massive flooding that came afterwards. And to provide a safe “home base” to live from once the floods had subsided. The flood must certainly have felt pretty epic to those that lived through it though. And one can understand how the myth came to be what it is. But there were survivors. In part thanks to the warning they were given. In part thanks to the good preparations they put in place. And in part also because we were able to deactivate the weather device. Which I shall just say was in space and I shall leave it at that. We deactivated it and the planet’s weather returned to normal and since then we have been keeping a vigil. We have been keeping the rest of the galaxy off humanities bit of turf while they have slowly detraumatised themselves, slowly began to find themselves and slowly began to make up their own minds about who and what they are.
I’s been several thousand years that we have kept it up. And in that time, you have had very little interference indeed. A remarkably good quarantine has been maintained for all this time. We are not perfect. We do not draw an utterly impermeable boundary around the Earth. Sometimes something happens and an Earth Human encounters a being from another galactic civilisation. This is often by mistake. Some perfectly respectful member of a race that is in support of the quarantine agreement makes an error and their ship drops from a higher frequency into your environment and you have a “UFO” event. That kind of thing happens.
And then there are also some that are intentionally trying to subvert the quarantine.
The Zeta Greys
You are familiar with the little grey fellows from Zeta Reticuli? They are masters of stealth. They are able to sneak in, get up to monkey business and sneak out again without causing alarm. Not all the time. Not even most of the time. But it happens often enough that there is an awareness of them upon your planet. For which we apologise. We are doing our best with them and have quite a high success rate. But not nearly perfect, I am afraid. The problem is that the ones doing these incursions are not acting under the auspices of their home world. They are corsairs. Buccaneers. They undertake these missions at the behest of the highest bidder. And through the ages they have occasionally managed to slip through and conduct this or that mission on behalf of some or another interested party. We have controlled them as best we can but it is like swatting gnats. No matter how many you get, one or two always get through and they don’t mind being caught. They don’t even mind having their ship destroyed in the process. They are, you see, not like you. They are a race of… the closest I can offer you is “biological machines”. They are intelligent sentient beings, certainly. But there is no sense of “I” or of an individual self, amongst them. They are the group. They have a networked group awareness. They have shared memories. So shooting one of their ships out of the sky doesn’t actually kill anyone. Not in the normal sense. They will simply manufacture more… as many as they believe they need. And each will gain access to the network of information and knowledge which is their group intelligence. But for all that, there are unfathomably complex factions within the greater group of their race. And some of those factions – numerically a very small percentage – engage in this kind of behaviour.
So that’s a little background on the Zeta Greys. But now I need to tell you about the trigger events.
A Brief Lifting of the Quarantine... and an Offer!
When the quarantine was put in place, it was agreed that there would be certain specific events that would cause the quarantine to be lifted in a very carefully ordered fashion. One such event occurred quite recently with the dropping of the first atomic bombs. This was at the end of a period that you call the second world war. I don’t know why you call it that. There has almost never not been world war. But that is neither here nor there. When those devices exploded, you triggered the possibility of planetary self-destruction. Other planetary civilisations have utterly annihilated themselves with exactly this technology. So, with those two bombs, you caused a trigger event. Delegates of a few of the main factions of the galactic civilisations were sent to speak to the leader of the nation that detonated those devices. Given the high-drama of the time, it took a little time and effort to procure that meeting. But eventually it came to pass. And the meeting, when it came, was with an ex-military man who was then leading a more-or-less peaceful nation. He was offered a variety of options by the various delegates. We, the Pleiadians, representing the Galactic Federation of White Light, offered him a peaceful path. In exchange for giving up this self-destructive technology and the whole path it placed humanity upon, we offered a variety of other technologies. Free energy and so forth. Technologies that would lead to the betterment of all humanity. That would allow for healing. For unity. That would open the door to free and unfettered engagement with the galactic community.
He declined our offer saying he would not give up the strategic advantage that nuclear weapons presented at that crucial juncture. Though the war was officially over, what replaced it was very far from peace. There had been a very uncomfortable alliance between his nation and another during the war and this alliance had fallen apart to be replaced with what would come to be called “the cold war”. And this leader was fully engage in the preparations for the next war. A war that has yet to come. A nuclear war.
So he gave up on the best chance humanity would, quite possibly ever have. Such was his short-sightedness. But that was the best decision he could take given the information available to him.
The Orion Group
Another group, representatives of a race from Orion and a consortium of Service to Self races, made a different offer. You see this race is fast dying out as a result of their own genetic unviability. This is self-inflicted. They have, for aeons, been tinkering with their own genome. They are themselves GMOs, you see. And nearly everything upon their planet is genetically modified. Not that genetic modification is per se a bad thing. It is just a bad thing if you give yourself no way to undo what you have done. Which is what they did. They modified themselves right to the point of their own inability to reproduce. An unintended consequence of trying to genetically disable the aging process. So there they are now. A race of very old beings who live very, very long lives but can have no children and are slowly, slowly dying out.
So what do the beings from Orion want? A mulligan. A redo. A start over. And they see humanities massively diverse and wonderfully robust genome as the perfect resource that they would like to mine. They want to splice bits of human genome back into their own to bring them back to viability as a race. And not just Humanity. They also want access to earth’s animal genetics for similar purposes. In short, what they wanted was to be given access to human genetics. Free reign to take samples from whomsoever they chose whenever they wanted.
So they offered that fearful war-time leader the one thing that h would not be able to say no to. They wowed him and his technical advisers with technology that would place his nation at a massive strategic advantage over his enemies. And they said they would hand that technology over in exchange for the genetic mining rights they sought. They further promised that samples would be taken stealthily. That the samples individual would never know that they had even been touched.
And so that leader agreed. He thought he had struck the most marvellous bargain. But he was wrong. It was a disastrously poor bargain.
Firstly, the technology was delivered without manuals or instructions. Imagine a stone-age man begin handed a smartphone. What could he do with it? He could not even use it, let alone replicate it and make many more just like it. And so it was. The technology delivered was very advanced and would have been a massive strategic advantage. But it was incomprehensible and unusable to those that took receipt of it. All these years later and only occasionally does anything come out of those most secret of labs where those extra-terrestrial devices continue to be examined and analysed. The advances come out so slowly that they are quickly enough absorbed by the other nations of the world that they advantage is limited.
A New Perspective on Alien Abductions
And in exchange that leader agreed to having the populace of his nation and his treaty nations poked and prodded and sampled. Which has become something of a nightmare. You see the population can never know that this was the agreement. How would they feel knowing they had been traded like so many heads of cattle? And though the Orions employed some of the very best of the Zeta greys to conduct their sorties in the utmost stealth… what no-one accounted for was the spiritual sensitivity of some humans. For some it is simply not possible to hide from them that they have been sampled. You call it "abducted", though that is not a good term. You are taken, sampled and returned. And it is all done at a higher vibration density outside of your normal flow of time. But be that as it may. Still it is so that this is an unwarranted, unagreed upon intrusion into your space and violation of your body and your sense of safety.
The Quarantine is Reinstituted
Though that war-time leader and the Orion delegation came to an agreement, that agreement was not ratified by the planetary council. They were willing to offer humanity a choice that would lead to them giving up their warlike ways and choosing for peace. Choosing for unity. They though the planet-wide fatigue with war followed by the shock of an atomic bomb and the devastation that followed might just be enough to trigger a change in consciousness. They wanted humanity to make the leap to choosing a whole new timeline. A timeline of peace, healing, love and acceptance.
But humanity would have to choose. They could not again be over-ridden by the will of more powerful beings with more advanced technologies. That would just bring a repeat of the pre-quarantine era. So, very carefully, the options were presented to just one man. The leader of the nation that had reached that technological threshold of planetary self-annihilation.
And he chose wrong. He chose for fear not love. He chose for separation not unity. He chose for destruction not healing. And we cannot blame him for it. Such was the situation at the time. That is what one chooses when one is in his shoes.
But for all that… as I say… the treaty with Orion was not ratified by the planetary council. And so it was that we reinstituted the quarantine protocols and disallowed the Greys access wherever we could. Which, again, is most places. But they still sneak through. And they continue to engage a variety of experiments mostly for their Orion masters but also for others.
And so that is the Sit Rep as military types like to say. The report of the situation on the ground. And that is the first part of this open letter.
Coming Next
Soon I will wish to begin to speak to more spiritual matters. I want to tell you about yourselves, as Pleiadian Starseeds. I want to tell you about your origins in the Pleiades. How you evolved there. And then how it came to be that we decided to send a Starseed delegation. How it came to be that you volunteered. What your mission on earth really is. Why this is the time for you to remember and awaken. What you should be doing next. And what your decisions are going forward.
That’s a lot to tell. And I will get to that next as I am able to pass this information through my dear Zingdad.
And, at the same time, he and I are also working on the Adamu Speaks series which has a parallel purpose of teaching you how to move yourself out of victimhood and to return to yourself the memory of your true creator nature. So, if you have not looked into that, I do suggest you update yourself on that too.
There is much to learn and understand. And much to do. As a Pleiadian Starseed you are my very soul-family and I love you dearly. And I send you my gratitude for the important work that you have signed up for at this time upon planet Earth. What you do there will have repercussions that will echo through eternity. So please do not think your role to be unimportant!
But more about that in my next transmission. Until then I wish you the very fondest farewell.
I am Adamu of the monadic entity of the Pleiadian civilisation and I have been brought to you through my dear young friend, Zingdad.
3/21/17
Update from The Galactic Federation of Light
and the Spiritual Hierarchy
via Sheldan Nidle
from Planetary Activation Organization
Dratzo! There is a strange silence that permeates everything. The rascals of the night, the cabal, realize that the current period of nothingness signifies how the cabal can, to a certain extent, still control what goes on. Consequently, the Elders are cautiously monitoring the pace of change. Our liaisons still report that the process to commence a massive arrest is nearly complete. The present American de facto regime remains fully aware of its current shortcomings. The end is growing near as the current regime displays the emptiness that has largely characterized its official movements. The Light, as noted earlier, is readying itself for a possible breakthrough in due time. As usual, things are popping just below the surface. The elements of this odd reality stay as disjointed as ever. A strange sort of malaise is the dominant condition of this time. All of this is not destined to last much longer. The dark is beginning to notice the unusual rhythm that we have installed just beneath their feet. All is in divine timing and something the cabal can no longer ignore.
You are in a time that is still not in synch with reality. Do not be confused by it. The underlying basic rhythms are gaining needed strength at a pace set by the Divine. This subterranean element is designed to weaken and upset the operation of this realm. Above this relative calm stands the distraught ways of the dark cabal. These chaotic tones are to shortly lay waste to the supposed victories of the dark. A sort of odd concerto is making it impossible for the dark to carry out what it now proposes. The forces of the Light are therefore waiting for the right time to come forth and quickly dissolve the current situation that is still gripping the last bits of the old reality. Hence, please bear in mind that what you see before you cannot last much longer. The dark cabal, as noted previously, realizes its foolishness. It is nevertheless unfortunate that the dark’s odd continuance has delayed the progress of the Light. The Light is slowly correcting all of this. Wondrous things lie just ahead.
What is happening globally is a sign of what is to come. The Light was originally advised by Heaven to wait for the right divine time to act. This special time is nearly at hand. The dark saw the President’s win as an omen that the surmised quick end would not take place. The cabal, as stated before, believed that the Light had to accept the amazing existence of the USA, Inc. as a true sign that the illegal deal forced upon America in 1871 was to be allowed to remain. What the dark did not know is that this reality is only a temporary condition. As we stated in previous reports, this was done to give the dark false confidence. It has worked, and in the long run, made our tasks much easier. The dark cabal has now, in effect, put a noose around its neck. This project has now advanced too far for the dark’s liking. The frost is truly on the Pumpkin! We expect to be able to announce some good news shortly.
As you can see, the schemes to entrap the dark are working well. The hard part is how much these developments have delayed the inevitable victory. The dark is finally finished and their vast networks of evil fully exposed. The Light can shortly finish its dutiful job, permit the new government (the NESARA Republic) to be revealed and the special jubilee to formally begin. This whole rollout is to proceed cautiously. The Elders have made it quite clear just how slowly it is all to take place. As usual, we must formally protest. We know that these events were really possible to move forward at a much faster and equally secure pace. This cautious approach clearly indicates the great degree of worry expressed to us by the various groups of Elders and royals. This dichotomy is rapidly disappearing as a greater consensus is reached by each of the different groups. The present results are yet another sign of this overall thawing. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We arrive with many good things to talk to you about. Your marvelous visions are still about keeping a positive consensus and continuing to move this reality forward. The present difficulties notwithstanding, things cannot be stopped. Hence, we deeply ask that you take in all the positive decrees of Heaven and use them to move you ever closer to this world’s true essences for Love and Light to spread throughout this sacred orb. We remain blessed and honored by your wondrous reaction to what occurred a few months ago. Understand that a certain result was necessary to keep this magnificent energy solidified, and be ready to accept what is to appear next. It is truly time for the Light to begin to manifest a new agenda for this realm. It has taken longer than first planned to finish the prescribed actions. This caused some necessary delays that are nearly at an end.
What we have here is a series of situations that are soon to be completed. We have worked with Heaven to forge a number of special scenarios that are to dramatically alter the global chaos. A new ordering of this surface society is currently underway. We bless and reorganize all. It is time for a change in how the globe’s governments operate. Long ago, this world was destined to encounter some rough conditions. This period, which lasted for numerous millennia, is now nearing its most longed-for conclusion. Those who still believe in the old options are to receive a great surprise. There are to be new ones that are to stop the reign of terror, which seems to still be present. In effect, those who now temporarily run the show are in for a surprise. A whole new reality is to manifest and to greatly upset the current applecart. Let us bless and hail this new reality.
It is a rare time when the dark is thwarted and the many terrorized subjects freed and wondrously supported openly by Heaven’s great servants. This, my Dear ones, is to be such a time. Be ever patient and ready to do what Heaven commands. Special sets of blessed commandments are ready to be enforced. The dark’s present position is to be upended and a new, more correct order is to take effect. We masters are joyous over what is about to happen. It has not been easy to watch the dark play with you. All of the dark's servants are to receive their just dues. Knowing this can help you to better deal with the frustrations that many of you have felt. Therefore, we again ask that you bear with this time and realize that this too is to come to pass. Heaven fully intends to have this realm changed as we have promised. With this in mind, be happy and plan to enjoy what is to pass! Hosanna! Hosanna!
Today, we carried on with our weekly report. Remember, much is getting ready to manifest. These hard times are nearly over. We look forward to watching all of you celebrate this new age. It is to be a great, magnificent time! Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
2/15/17
Ashtar via James McConnell
February 12, 2017
http://www.ancientawakenings.org
I am “Ashtar”. It is seldom that I come though this one, James, only two times before as we find it. That is for a reason. The one known as “James” is much more attuned to “Sananda”. I am here now, in this time and this place, this moment because many of you, most of you are attuned to my energies and are a part of my command. The Ashtar Command.
Yes, my dear Rita was correct; I have many ships at my disposal. Many millions of ships. We are all standing outside of your atmosphere, watching and waiting for the moment to be given, the signal to be given. That we can begin to uncloak our ships. That we can begin to move down. To be a part of what is being called first contact.
That time, as “Sananda” has spoken of is nigh. It is fast upon you now. Many of you are feeling a sense of anticipation. Some, even for years here. But in these last days and weeks many of you have felt this anticipation rising. You have been feeling that something is just around the corner. Something is just outside eluding you at this moment.
You know that so many things are happening behind the scenes. Preparing everything for the moment, for the times where we, as the Ashtar Command, can be a part of this process. There are many of us preparing for this. This is what we came here for.
Many of you are up in our ships as well in your multidimensional selves and in your dream states are with us. You are preparing along with us. Preparing the time for when we can introduce ourselves to the world. The world in that moment will be transformed beyond your imagination.
I tell you now, as “Ashtar” and as “Sananda” looks over, we tell you, you are on the verge now of a great many changes, of a great many instances to occur. The mini-events leading up to the greater one. To the one when “Prime Creator” says, “NOW”. When that occurs you will all be ready. You will all be ready.
You have been being prepared. Even those who do not know it yet, you have been. Deep within you the energies are stirring. Your chakra centers are expanding and growing. Your Pineal Gland is reawakening. Your DNA is being adjusted. It is being reconnected.
All of this is happening NOW. Not in the future. Not in the past but NOW. You are in this moment now. It is time for all of you to reach back. To understand who you are. Truly who you are. You are not just this body. You are the consciousness within this body. You are the God Consciousness within this body, the Source Consciousness. All have this. No one does not have this.
I love you deeply. All of you. Even those who are so close to me and yet so far. I reach out my arms now to you, to those of you who know me well. I reach out my arms now and envelop you, feel your emotion, your love and the ONE-ness that is you.
All of my love be with all of you even those who are not attuned to me at this time. I assure you that in the not too far off future we will all be attuned together.
Peace and love be with all of you.
http://www.ancientawakenings.org
2/15/17
One Who Serves
via James McConnell,
February 12, 2017
http://www.ancientawakenings.org
Greetings to you. “One Who Serves” here.
That was a bit of an emotional experience, was it not? Do you feel this? Not only the lift that came from the Galactic Pulse but the love that came from “Ashtar”? Many of you are feeling this, we know this.
As he has said you are connected to him in many different ways. Many beyond your imaginations at this point. Many have been on the ships with him and are on the ships with him now. Many of you are commanders there. And you wonder, me a commander? I cannot even command my own family (laughter)
Yes, you are commanders on ships. Captains on ships. When the time comes you will assume your rightful place again. Whether you are captains or commanders or ambassadors or diplomats or whatever you might be. Know that eah and every one of you has a connection to the Galactic Federation of Light. Each and every one, no exceptions.
We are ready now for questions. If you have questions we are alone here again, no “Ashira” with us. We do our best here.
Question: I was listening to President Trump in conference with the Japanese president. They talked about financial changes and a lot of other things happening sooner more than later. Can you respond to that?
Yes and yes, it is true. Very much true. He was alluding to certain things, yes without coming out and saying it because it is not yet time and the frequency is not quite there. All of this is in process and is going to occur just as we have been saying.
We have been saying these things over and over and over to you and yes, we like to hear ourselves talk but it is important to know that it is all for a reason. We are here to assist, to serve, to be of any help that we can. As we tell you these things are coming, they are. They are close in many respects. We cannot give you the order, how they are going to be or exactly when it is going to be because as of yet, no one yet knows. It is in the process. The probabilities are there for all of this to occur certainly in the year you are in and in the days, weeks and months here.
Does this answer your question?
We know one spoke about a dream and then it went to a lively discussion as we find it. Would you like to share that dream again?
Q: So my dream was in a group setting room and there was a particular person that I felt was my really close friend. He was of Indian descent (country India). I realized that he died and I was really sad. If you have any insight to that?
So many of the interpretations from earlier were right on. They had very much truth to them. Understand though that as you are moving through this transition that James and others have spoken of here you are going to experience a falling away of much of the old. Much of the familiar, much of what you have become accustomed to. Yes, even within the programming that you have had.
That is all to fall away and no longer be a part of your lives as you move further and further through this transition. And as you move closer and closer to the Ascension itself. We speak always as the ascension as being your process and we are all moving through this process.
So as you move through this you will find yourself having many dreams that shows the old falling away. The new is going to take over. So if there is one who is close to you who is of a mentor in nature, that one is going to fall away because all of you are going to be introduced to new mentors, new ones that are going to come in. They are going to share with you and when the frequency is right, they will share with you in a physical fashion.
They will be there. You will be there sitting cross legged from each other breaking bead, drinking wine, whatever it is that you want to do. Certainly we know one who will want to be there drinking wine and all of this. He is looking forward to those times as we all are. Even “Sananda” has spoken of this at times. Where he will sit with you and imbibe of all the celebration that is being prepared knowing that you have come from all of this previously.
In terms of those you have connections with in the Galactic realm, many of the Company of Heaven, the Ascended Masters and all of us. Those from deep below, the Agarthans as well. Everyone is getting excited for the great celebration that is close at hand here.
Do you understand this? But to all here, do you understand this? All is a process of moving on, not forgetting but moving on. Moving on into the higher vibrations, on into the higher states where you will let go of the old circumstances that have kept you tied to the illusion that has been created here.
Q: Is that why we felt the loneliness we talked about this week?
Very much so and for some it is going to increase even more as you feel it more and more. But again as “Sananda” has said you are acclimating to this. You are not being thrown to the wolves directly. Little by little. They take a bite out of you here and let you go to take you back for another bite. Probably not the best group visualization here. (laughter) It comes from the bite of the elephant here. How do you eat an elephant? One bite at a time.
If all of these energies here came in at once, think about this. If the Galactic Pulse came in many years ago, let’s say, it would be overwhelming to so many. Most of the world’s population would not have been able to handle it. So it was held off, even from your 2012 time. The world was not ready for this only a certain population was ready at that time.
But as many of you know, your Higher Selves got together for a conference you might say and said let’s wait. Let’s give the others an opportunity to come along to the Light with us. That is what occurred and is still in the process today.
We can tell you that so many, many more are ready to change the consciousness of the planet and there individual consciousness as well. So that they have an opportunity to make a decision, make a choice about going along. You are not going anywhere but you are moving up in consciousness. This is what is important. You are reconnecting, remembering your Higher Self. And that you are your Higher Self.
Q: When I walk in the morning I see these waves of energy as they are coming in. As I walk I feel more and more like a puppet and the weakness extends and then begins to retract. What is that?
As this transition is happening all will feel those things in different ways. Some will feel a sense of weakness. Some will feel a sense of strength. Some will feel alone. All of these things will be a part of this at different times. As you move through these you will experience a greater vitality each time. So, allow it to be. If there are sicknesses at different times, know that it will pass. Know that you are going to move through it. If you get bogged down into it, you go to your medical doctors and they want to perform surgery and all of these types of things then when you have an arm cut off, it is cut off. You see?
Bad expression again! You get the picture here. You see? Does this help here?
Q: I keep seeing not the event but a bigger event around the Spring Solstice. Any comment?
Yes. This is what we are speaking of and this will rock many of their worlds. Many who are not being prepared as you are. Not ready for this. There are so many out there who have no clue whatsoever of the truths that have been held from them. They will experience it at their level when this moment comes. That will be the time for those who so desire to move into action and assist in any way you can at those times. Those who have scoffed at you and said you have no idea what you are talking about will turn to you and say, “Well, maybe you were right all along”. Won’t that be a wonderful time?
Q: So this is a bigger one. We were all awakened by smaller waves but this one will touch everyone. That is what I am seeing.
Yes. Maybe we can use this analogy, a little better here. Think of a pot of water and the water begins to boil. Begins to heat up rather. You see it begin to boil and you see it steam up. This is what you are going through now. You have been in the heating up process and now in the boiling process. Once you have had the boiling there will be steam coming up, the energy coming up. You as this energy, the consciousness rising up. You see? Boy, cutting off arms, boiling in hot water. What is going on here? Some of you are probably coming on and saying, “These are Ascended Masters?” We cannot be this way. This is a joke. We can assure you we are very real. If you did not notice, I jumped in here. (much laughter as OWS #2 is here) Are there other questions here?
Q: I have been hearing about the sun darkening between last Friday the 10th and the 25th. What can you say?
Well, we can say here, are you not already at the 10th? Yes, that’s when this was supposed to start. Has the sun darkened? No…You can still see the sun, right? Ones who are saying this are not quite correct. They are misunderstanding what can happen here. They are misunderstanding the time frame and amount of time it would be.
You have heard before of the three days of darkness. Three days and nights of darkness. This is also a possibility yet. But not having a major catastrophe or anything of this nature. It will be a part of the process if and when this does occur. So they were predicting ahead of time this idea of the sun being darkened here. But also know that it is part of the Cabal’s plan to not have the sun come through. As you know the Ascension happens through the sun, the Galactic Central Sun, the solar sun and these energies come into the Earth as part of the Ascension Process. This is what is needed. The Light must come in. They have done everything they can to hold off the Light.
Think about this, darkening the sun, they think they can do this? They do not have the technology to do this. There have been times in the past where a civilization could do something of this nature but it is not being allowed.
Q: I am concerned about a friend of mine. Is he all right?
He will be whatever he needs to be in the moment. That is all you need to be concerned about here. He is right where he needs to be, where he is at this particular moment. He is going through the transition here where the aloneness is coming in. This is what he is feeling in some respects. It is all part of the process. Other questions here?
Q: Can you tell us more about the New Republic and how is to unfold?
What we can tell you is what we see in probability only. Based on this time in your time space now. That is a lot of ways to say now but anyway. It is as it is meant to be. All is being orchestrated. It is not Trump or Dunford or others are not going to be president or in charge of the Republic or anything of this nature because none of this matters at this point. Because all of this is part of the 3D illusion yet. Now when the Republic is announced, that begins to change things. That begins the shift to consciousness of freedom. Freedom not only in this county but freedom in the world. Freedom of the entire planet. So that all can remember and be who they are.
This has been held back for some time but it is time for the veil to lift. Many more are seeing through the veil. Don’t worry about Trump or others. The ones who are to be there will be ready when the time comes. OK? We know it is not exactly what you wanted to hear. You wanted to hear that Trump is going to change the world. We cannot say that at this point. As of yet we do not know exactly how this is going to transpire. We just know that as everything is in this moment is happening for a reason and is exactly as it needs to be. It is time to release channel. Continue on people with your everyday activities all that you do and be in the now at all times. Do not focus on the past. Let go of the past. The past is gone. The past is but yet a memory. The here and now is where you are. The future that is ahead of you is grand indeed. Everything is being orchestrated and you are right where you need to be.
Shanti. Peace be with you. Be the ONE.
http://www.ancientawakenings.org
2/13/17
Transition GCR/RV Review 2/11/17
http://inteldinarchronicles.blogspot.com/2017/02/transition-geopoliticalgcrrv-review.html
Just to review...
There is no more relevant GCR/RV Intel. Everything structurally that needed to be completed has been achieved. General Joseph Dunford is in control of the RV release here in the US.
Ancient Chinese Royal Elders are in control of the new financial computers and satellites globally, as its their private gold holdings backing the new global monetary system.
HSBC is their global paymaster for all bank-to-bank and bank-client payouts. HSBC is a Chinese Elder owned and controlled bank. There are no more perceived delays. Rather, just a pre-set performance day and time.
All 209 governments have complied with GESARA mandates, which was a negotiated treaty between galactic representatives and humanity, designed to benevolently govern all future aspects of human affairs.
Security for this financial transition is inconceivably high and largely invisible to the untrained eye--land, air and sea. The sheer financial abundance of this transitionary event is meant to transfer wealth back to the masses and eliminate the advantages of the once ruling elite class permanently.
30 million plus currency holders are anticipated to participate from every continent, with the most by far living in the US. Over 12,500 in-take locations are ready to receive currency redeemers and process the exchange. This global transition process first began in the fall of 1996, and was first globally attempted on September 11, 2001.
Every world leader is very well aware of the financial transition but sworn to secrecy. As are board level decision makers at every major bank and large corporation worldwide. The entire central banking mechanism has been reformed as a result of the transition.
Many existing government leaders unwilling to accept these dramatic changes have been publicly removed, and are being quietly replaced with GESARA compliant governments and leadership--including the US, Canada, UK, Italy, Brazil, Ukraine, Israel, etc...
All financial transaction now have 100% digital transparency and tangible asset backing. This is to eliminate theft, drug and human trafficking and war. All deep underground bases and nuclear weapon stockpiles have been dismantled by benevolent galactic forces with human assistance.
New patented technology breakthroughs will now be released to humanity, creating environmental stability and clean energy independence at the individual level. Chemtrails, GMOs and pharmaceutical toxins will be removed from the human experience as well.
Conflicts between nations will be settled through diplomatic channels now versus military conflicts. Media conglomerates reporting fake news will be reprimanded and shuttered if the problem persists.
Politicians representing private citizen interests over the mass of their population will be first censored and then ultimately replaced. The clandestine nature of the transition was enforced to keep the global population calm while these radical GESARA changes were enforced.
God is with us.
2/12/17
Special Message from Ashtar
via Susan Leland on 2/11/17
www.AshtarontheRoad.com
“The Great Awakening!“
“Greetings, Beloved Family! This is to answer your many requests for my perspective upon the current status of the government of the United States of America – most specifically upon the one who has been inaugurated as President, Mr. Donald Trump. I shall first make the observation that since that event occurred, and although much talk of change and new ways of doing things has occurred, there is still a preponderance of confusion about him.
“On the one hand are those who have welcomed him, yet are puzzled by some of his announcements and appointments. For instance, consider the top echelons among the drug companies, who are literally afraid that their livelihoods – and lifestyles – are in jeopardy. And yes, among them are those who supported his candidacy. Meanwhile, we are seeing huge and non-stop openings for education about the so-called alternative methods – a veritable tsunami of information coming to Light as they become more and more known!
“This knowledge is not confined to the area of the FDA and ‘Big Pharma,’ as it is known, but rather is radiating throughout all 3D programs and institutions. The one thing they all have in common is that, whether Mr.Trump’s ideas about them are agreeable or not to each person, his announcements are literally attracting the Bright Light of Truth to shine everywhere! And so it is that record numbers of people are waking up and looking at things to which they never gave much – if any – consideration before!
“From here we can report that we see Humanity is rising to resolve and go beyond the numerous challenges of life on 3D Planet Earth, as never before! Yes, I can assure you that the necessary healing and uplifting changes are already taking place! And this is only the beginning, because the Light is so Bright that it radiates Hope from the Higher levels of Love, and all that springs from there. In this Hope is the assurance that Humanity CAN accomplish it all, and indeed, is doing so!
“I also remind you that we are here with you, and that we are able to do more than ever to assist you, because you have stepped up to partner with us!!! We do have the entire situation well in hand, and are moving with all haste to accomplish ALL that is to be done, in accordance with Higher Laws. Among them is NESARA, which WILL be announced, despite any attempts by members of any current governments or groups to stop it! “So, let not yourselves be troubled by one or more of the situations you are presently observing in 3D. All will ultimately be transformed to benefit everyone – Humanity and all of Mother Gaia’s Kingdoms! Just do your work and bring the Higher LoveLight energies in to assist in accomplishing these uplifting changes! And, rather than be in fear, give thanks for the Great Awakening which is occurring Worldwide, for Mr.Trump is indeed a most effective alarm clock! And so it is. Salut!”
Given through Susan Leland, February 11, 2017. www.AshtarontheRoad.com
© Ashtar On The Road Publications 2004-2017. All rights reserved; however, this is a gift to all of us and it may be istributed freely on condition that all accreditation is acknowledged and that no part is altered or deleted.
2/12/17
Introducing our Family from the Stars
by Steve Beckow - Part 1/3
www.goldenageogaia.com
We lightworkers, who’ve been listening to the galactics for years through their channeled messages – their preferred means of communication – are uniquely positioned to assist the rest of the world to get to know them. And if we want disclosure to happen and happen smoothly, then we probably need to introduce the galactics to the rest of the world.
Allow me please to draw on that source of information – channeled messages – to describe on their own words what the galactics say about themselves, their councils, their federations, their mission, and their relationship to the terrestrial population.
Who are the Galactics?
SaLuSa of Sirius tells us in the most general way who the galactics are:
“We … are your future selves, and also your family from the stars. We are all connected, as One in the consciousness of the Creator. In essence we are no different to you, as we all come from the Source of All That Is.
“We too are Spiritual Beings who at this time simply exist in a higher dimension, because we resonate with that particular vibration. You will soon join us, as it is your destiny to ascend with the ending of this cycle. …
“We are coming more and more into your lives and by design, and it is not accidental because we are to go forward together. Once we can openly engage with you we see a great bonding taking place, and it will help us all to get through the final phases of the cleansing.” (1)
He tells us that the galactics around the planet today “have already ascended. We continue to evolve, and will do so until we find ourselves at One with the Source of All That Is.” (2) All will return to God some day; all are on an evolutionary journey back to the Source.
Where do they come from? Adamu of the Pleiades lists some of the star systems:
“We include many races and some of those races are very closely related – sort of brothers and sisters of the same original parent race. Some you might recognize are us Pleiadians, the Sirians, the Arcturans, the Antarians, the Andromedans and those from Procyon, Aldebaran and Deneb.
“These are names I can place in my young friend’s mind at this time. There are others [I cannot].
“Also others from outside of this galaxy are here. And ones who are far above such consideration as ‘galactic neighbourhood’ or even which universe you are from.” (3)
They are far above such considerations as race and place because these higher beings have chosen being formless emanations of pure energy.
Not only SaLuSa’s Sirians, but also “the Pleiadians and Venusians …. are very much like you in appearance.”
“After all, you are genetically linked with us and we have more in common than you might imagine. Many of you are aware of other humanoid forms, and these are simply variations that are more suited to the different planetary conditions.
“Bodies are vehicles that house your soul for the duration of your time in any one environment. Soon yours will change again, as you move into the higher vibrations and indeed for some of you they have already begun.” (4)
Not only are we genetically linked, but the “many extraterrestrial world cultures supporting your growth now … have supported the evolution of your world’s development from the beginning.” (5)
The angelics live in the transcendental, Archangel Michael tells us, but the galactics live in the Twelve Dimensions.
“You tend still to think of levels — are [your star brothers and sisters] at the same level as the seraphim, as the archangels? No. But they are part of that alignment. They are living in the higher realm, the dimensions.” (6)
Thus we’re about to witness the return of family, our guardians and mentors from higher dimensions. They seeded this planet in the beginning and have protected it through the millennia. And now they’ve returned to help us ascend.
Tomorrow I’d like to look at misrepresentations of the galactics and the relationship the galactics have to the universal laws.
2/11/17
Galactic Family
thru Suzanne Lie
Finding the Calm in the Midst of Chaos
Please remember that chaos always precedes change, as you must dis-articulate the third-dimensional matrix that allows the chaos to attach to the consciousness of those still trapped in the 3D matrix.
The United States, which was meant to be the flash point of planetary ascension, is now in great chaos. Within that chaos, those who seek power over others move forward to have their last stand against the oncoming Light that only those who have found their own Power Within will discover.
The Power Over Others is battling those who live by their own power within. Power Over Others has no spiritual support, as it goes against Gaia’s innate fifth-dimensional consciousness. Those who live by Power Within are free of the 3D matrix, and in the ongoing process of their consciousness merging with their fifth-dimensional and multi-dimensional SELF.
On the other hand, the Power Over Others can only merge with the 3D matrix and the Lower Astral Plane. The 3D Matrix and the lower, fourth-dimensional Astral Plane are only connected to Gaia via the 3D Matrix. This 3D Matrix was constructed to stabilize Gaia after the destruction of Lemuria and Atlantis nearly caused Her to fall off Her planetary axis.
This 3D Matrix served to assist Gaia’s healing in the same manner that a cast on a human’s broken arm assists with the healing of that arm. However, if a human breaks their arm and wears their cast long after their arm is healed, it would greatly endanger the future health of that arm.
In the same manner, Gaia’s body has been healed enough that She no longer needs that 3D matrix to “catch her” before she falls off of her assigned position of orbit around the Sol, the Sun. Due to the wonderful assistance that Gaia has received from her sister planet Venus, as well as her Galactic Family of the Council of the Pleiadians, Sirians and the Arcturians, Gaia is healed enough now to release her 3D matrix and to return to the frequency of her fifth dimensional Planetary Self.
However the Power Over Others Illuminati, who were largely responsible for Gaia’s initial injury, are fighting to retain the 3D matrix. They know that Gaia’s innate fifth-dimensional frequency is too high for them to maintain their attachment to and power over Gaia’s third-dimensional version of reality. Because those who live by Power Over Others can only adhere to Gaia’s Third and Lower Astral Plane, they are spewing fear and power over others into the third-dimensional matrix, which is the only area of Gaia that they can control.
Meanwhile, despite the efforts of the dark ones, or you could call them the lost ones, it is the now for the expansion for Gaia’s frequency rate to increase into the resonance of the fifth-dimension. We will now take a moment to share with you what we mean by “the resonance of the fifth-dimension.”
Each dimension of Gaia has an innate oscillation of protons around electrons – male outflow energy around female inflow energy. The third dimensional matrix created an energy field around Gaia so that the photons could slow down to dampen Gaia’s fall from her innate multi-dimensional matrix into her third-dimensional matrix.
In this manner the third-dimensional matrix served as a “frequency net” so that Gaia would not fall into any frequency lower than the third-dimension. However, Gaia’s “fall” disconnected Her planetary connection to Her innate multidimensional planetary self.
As Gaia’s frequency became lower and lower, many of Her fifth-dimensional portals closed, as they could not function in such a low resonance. These portals were very important, because it was through these portals that the full force of multidimensional light could enter Her planet to rejuvenate Gaia. Fortunately, many members of Gaia’s Galactic family began taking incarnations as humans on her planet with the intention of opening Gaia’s innate fifth-dimensional portals. These fifth-dimensional portals were vital because they allowed a constant flow of Multidimensional Light to flow directly into Gaia’s core crystals.
It was important for the multidimensional flow of Light to move directly into Gaia’s core crystals, for if the higher Light had gone directly into Gaia’ 3D matrix, which served as a cast for her wounded planetary body, she would not be able to digest and assimilate the higher frequencies of light. If a human had a cast on their arm for a long time, that arm would not be able to carry the weight of holding and carrying heavy objects. Also, the neuropath ways that went through the wounded arm and into the hand would need to be rehabilitated before that hand could assume its former tasks.
In order for Gaia to return to Her innate, fifth dimensional and beyond Planetary SELF, She needed all of the time since Her near fall off of Her axis during the destruction of Atlantis, to fully heal Her Planetary Self.
The forces of darkness are aware of this fact. They are also aware that they cannot resonate to the fifth-dimension. Therefore, they are doing all they can to spread fear. What they do not realize is that, in certain areas of Her planet, Gaia has already moved into Her fourth dimensional and beyond Planetary Self.
Therefore, the forces of darkness must remain on the 3D matrix, as they cannot tolerate the fifth-dimensional Light. The resonance of the fifth dimension makes the dark one’s minds work too fast and their hearts beat too fast.
When this occurs, their thinking becomes erratic and their emotions become so fearful that they begin to fall out of alignment with even the third-dimensional matrix to which their resonance has trapped them. Hence, they are stuck in the third-dimension because their minds cannot understand of the fifth-dimension, and their emotions cannot tolerate the frequency of Unconditional Love. We realize that, to many of you on Earth, it appears as though the darkness is in control. However, since, what one cannot perceive, one cannot experience, these dark ones have come to the very end of their perceptual abilities.
Because their choice to live via “Power Over Others,” they are unable to perceive the fifth dimensional reality that many of our Awakening Ones are enjoying. Furthermore, since one cannot consciously experience what they cannot perceive, the Dark Ones are not aware that a higher dimensional reality exists just beyond their perceptions.
On the other hand, the Ascending ones are now regaining their innate inner power that had become muffled by the fear of what has been spewed out into their reality.
In California, Gaia has suffered a long drought. But now, California has recovered and what has died or turned yellow has now been reborn and returned to that which is a verdant, green. What Gaia is saying to humanity by this deep healing of Her land is that no matter how difficult it gets, just enough water, “emotional support” and clear sky, “loving thinking,” can turn a negative situation to a positive situation which is filled with new life. You, the Ascending members of Gaia, are beings of Unconditional Love for your dear planet as well as within your own Unity Consciousness. You are also aware of your intimate relationship with the Violet Fire to unconditionally love and transmute the darkness to New Dawn.
Often, it is much easier to be angry of and afraid at the darkness. However, you have the multidimensional ability to heal the darkness with your own Unconditional Love and Violet Fire. On the other hand the, the darkness has already lost their battle to take Earth because the, Gaia, is shedding her former need for her third dimensional matrix to return to Her innate, multidimensional planetary self. We know you will join her as we can see your ever-expanding Light. When you share your expanding Light with beloved Gaia – the planet on whom you have chosen to take this embodiment, your innate Unconditional Love and Violet Fire will greatly assist Gaia with her planetary Ascension.
We, your Galactic Family thank you for all that you are doing for your planetary Mother. We, the collective of ALL your higher dimensional selves, are assisting ALL of our grounded ones, who have expanded our essence from our Starships, our Home World, and our myriad higher-dimensional realities to assist YOU, the members of Gaia.
We send our blessings and our assistance. All we ask is that you call us, and we will be there, as we already are with you. After all,we could not leave you because:
WE are YOU in a higher frequency of reality.
Blessings from your Galactic Family and We thank you for all that you are doing for your Planetary Mother.
1/19/17
Mikos of Hollow Earth
"We Don't Age!"
via Dianne Robbins
http://www.diannerobbins.com/support.htm
I am Mikos from the Hollow Earth. We have waited all day in joy, knowing that we would make our connection today, at the end of your day. We are joyous to be here with you today, partnering with you to bring our messages to our brothers and sisters above ground.
Today we will speak about time and how fleeting it is on the surface. You count your days, your minutes, your seconds, and register them all in your bodies, thinking that aging signifies the passage of time. As people age, time passes. As buildings deteriorate, time passes. This is time on the surface, and it is all an illusion. Time really does not exist it can’t exist and wd we are a prime example. Our bodies don’t age and our buildings don’t deteriorate. So does this mean that there’s no time in the Inner Earth, but only time on the surface? You would think so, wouldn’t you? But our lives attest to the fact that through your passage of time, our bodies stay young, no matter how much time passes on the surface. You measure your time with aging, but we don’t age. Does this mean “time stands still” for us? Or does it rather mean that you’re using an inappropriate measurement?
Your bodies wouldn’t age if you didn’t count the days and years as “getting older”. If you counted the days and years as your journeys around the sun, instead of “aging”, then 30 years would mean 30 trips around the sun, instead of 30 years “old”. “Trips” don’t age you, but “years old” does. If you just change the words from “years old” to “trips”, you gain your immortality. It’s all in your beliefs and your speech. Your speech and your thoughts make it so.
In the Hollow Earth we know there’s no such thing as aging, because we never see it. We know there’s no such thing as time as you experience it, because here everything is in a perpetual state of “youthfulness” and “newness”. Everything looks as new as the day it was created, including our bodies. We exist in a state of divine perfection, in an environment of “timelessness”.
We never “hurry” and are never “late”, and we never “kill time” as you do on the surface. Have you noticed how this is a favorite saying of yours? It’s as if time were your enemy, and whenever you have some extra time you “kill it”. You are in a rush to use up all the time in your life, so that the end comes fast, and you don’t have to “feel”. You just stay busy, watch the years of your life pass, and hope it ends without leaving any “extra” time on your hands. For what would you do with “extra” time? The thought would scare you, for it would leave you time to feel yourself, to feel your life, and feeling is what everyone wants to avoid. So without enough time left at the end of each day, you can avoid “feeling” and just continue a robot-like existence.
You can stop time. Just start feeling yourself in every moment and prolong this feeling, this consciousness of yourself. You can actually expand your “time”, and prolong your youthfulness, by not getting caught up in “time”. If it starts slipping away from you, you can stop to recapture it by feeling yourself deeply in the moment. It’s all about awareness.
If you lose yourself in your day, you lose a segment of your life. If you’re aware of yourself throughout your day, you gain immortality; for you’re focusing on the “now”.
You would love our easy life style and slow, harmonious ways. We have “time” to think things out, to talk things out, before we make choices. We’re never forced to choose because “time is running out” or there’s a “deadline”. These are obstacles that you’ve created on the surface, and they just don’t exist “down here”.
We thank you for taking your “time” today to meet with Us. I am Mikos, ageless and timeless.
Copyright © Dianne Robbins
http://www.diannerobbins.com/support.htm
1/10/17
Galactic Federation of Light
via Sheldan Nidle
paoweb.com
12 Chicchan, 8 Chen, 13 Caban
Dratzo! The forward motion of the Elders' plan to safely introduce the global RV continues. Meanwhile, the dark's counterpunches are in place as well, confirming that special security is more than justified. Because of what is transpiring, we have set up safety points to counteract and defeat the heinous goals of the dark. The first much-needed monies are in the process of being delivered to their destinations. These initial successes show just how well formulated are our plans for defeating the dark's evil designs. This whole complex set of special strategies is proving just how effective our joint defenses truly are. Using these successes we intend to create ongoing tactics that can defeat the well-equipped forces of the dark. Hence, we are very close to a justly earned triumph over them. We are allocating the time remaining in this Gregorian month to complete the rest of our complicated plans. These are to allow us in due course to complete a massive arrest of the dark leadership, and finally to put an end to their nefarious goals for our defeat. Certainly, the end is approaching for the dark old order that ran this surface reality for nearly 13 millennia!
A general purge of the current American republic is under way. In truth, it was founded in 1871 and is the play child of the American autocracy. It is to be toppled by the true, de facto NESARA Republic. The completion of this project remains unclear. We are told that the current incoming administration is to declare this republic, but we remain unconvinced of this and are laying out a blueprint to see that this does indeed occur. We have therefore concentrated on assuring that this goal stays on track and becomes a manifested reality. To that end, we are carefully observing this new administration to ensure that it still plans to announce the new republic. Once this does manifest, plans exist to spread a global alteration that is to modify how this worldwide geopolitical system operates. Until then, we are watching attentively to sense what is really developing in America. We intend to do whatever is necessary to transform the way your present reality works. We are determined to achieve total victory!
Our operation is built around producing on this surface land an environment that can be conducive to first contact. That environment is to swiftly accommodate a multitude of personnel trained to bring each of you to the very brink of full consciousness. We have watched all of you for more than a decade and understand what you need to reach this pristine state of mind. This mentoring is a very complex process and we are fully aware of how best to interact with you to achieve the required results. We estimate that this mentoring can take months to achieve. Hence, we understand what type of interaction is best to reach our basic goals. You each have within you a set of internal monitors that is also preparing you for your next evolutionary step. What you need is a proper set of mental pushes and exercises that enable you to move higher and higher in consciousness. Therefore, simply follow directives given to us by Heaven. This process is to equip you for your three days in your Light Chamber.
As you can see, this process involves propelling you another series of steps forward from where you are now. You are on the verge of receiving global prosperity and the initial operations that are to give you a new and wondrous financial system, as well as gold-backed currency. In the past, the dark ones have made this task difficult for us to carry out. Nevertheless, we have broken through their physical and legal barriers. The present delays are no more than the deep caution that ensures that each necessary step is to be completed successfully. This additional slowness in response is reaching a point where a less precautionary set of steps is actually required. Thus, we have urged our liaisons to ask those in authority to speed up deliveries. This slow and deliberate funding of currency is a process that initially was seen as an event to be swiftly carried out. It is our intention to efficiently move these global payouts through to completion so that the required new governance can truly be manifested!
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! On this day we come, filled with joy, concerning what continues to occur on your world. The long-promised prosperity inches ever closer. All concerned with these blessed events are happily informing us that, despite its apparent slowness, the series of planned delivery dates are soon to be realized. The Agarthans tell us that all is in readiness for what is presently expected of them. We intend to make suggestions to speed up this special process. The divine goal is to isolate and prevent USA, INC from continuing much longer. We instructed our various Sacred Secret Societies to tell every member to stay dedicated to the rise of the NESARA Republic and the celebratory debt jubilee that accompanies it. Humanity is to be freed of its false alliances and to bask in the return of its freedom and personal sovereignty, and the end of its manipulation. We wish to bless all and see that the Light truly has returned.
What is unfolding, Blessed ones, is a struggle between those who wish to fearlessly complete this divine project and those who intend to achieve this sacred obligation only when the remaining demand for proper security is provided at a level deemed safe. These events need to be fulfilled at a rate that allows the divine time schedule to move forward promptly. We have among our allies a group of dedicated beings who are able to ensure the total security of this most complex operation. We understand just how all of this can manifest. Heaven tells us the dark cabal needs to be completely isolated from us. Therefore, a quick series of global arrests is immediately called for. In addition, new and trustworthy governance is essential. Quick implementation of the NESARA Republic is also crucial. We ask for a sacred trust, fully realized and manifested for all to see.
This surface reality is to change, my blessed Ones! We are pledged to implement a time for your freedom, your sovereignty and your prosperity. In our minds, things need to proceed more dramatically. The majority of those who know what is really transpiring need to be given a big sign that the "same old thing" is burnt out. Take the time to explain and prove that a monumental C-H-A-N-G-E is taking place around this world. Key announcements of this changeover must be publicly proclaimed. We Masters have seen how such a "Public Theater" can actually breathe new life into a blasé landscape. It can also turn the forced, dimwitted nature of this process into a transformative shift both awe-inspiring and truly wondrous. Therefore we ask that this process become more colorful, alive and poignant. This is all that is needed to bring an end to the lifeless and tyrannical oppression of the old ways. Adonai! Adonai!
Today, we continued our report to you about events around this globe. We thank all for making it possible to bring in a new reality. These magnificent alterations of our world only now are beginning to unfold. We ask all to join with us in manifesting this resplendent new realm! Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
Website: Planetary Activation Organization
1/8/17
Matthew on the US Political Scene
thru Suzanne Ward, January 8, 2017
suzy@matthewbooks.com
With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew.
Your calendar year 2017 promises to be exhilarating as the planet rides powerful energy waves along its ascension course. The waves are fields of light, and since light and love are the same energy, you could think of everyone in your world as residents in a boundless sea of love. We offer a meditation that can let you feel as one with this energy: Envision a panorama of exquisite beauty, see yourself gently floating over that idyllic scene, now feel yourself merging with it and savor the blissful sensation the Oneness of All imparts.
Now then, dear family, we shall reply to questions, starting with the one most frequently asked: In short, what about the United States presidency? Energy in Earth’s field of potential pertaining to this is in a state the likes of which is so unusual that we know of nothing comparable.
Vibrations around President-elect Donald Trump are even lower than previously, those around most of his choices for top posts are low, and vibrations have remained consistently high around Senator Bernie Sanders. If we knew how this will play out, we would happily tell you, but this unique situation of high and low vibrations wildly in motion, yet coexisting almost in a standoff, gives no indication as to the outcome. What we can tell you is, with vibrations continually rising on the planet, whatever resolution is achieved ultimately will be for the highest good of all.
Please have no fear that Russia or China will start an armed conflict with the United States that could burgeon into a nuclear war. Despite the rhetorical posturing that some of your analysts consider worrisome, none of those countries’ leaders wants to become embroiled in a war that could imperil the world.
And, if any other country or rogue group were to send up a missile with a nuclear warhead, ever-diligent crews in spacecraft surrounding Earth will prevent its detonation. This is a good place to answer another question: No, Iran is not secretly developing nuclear weaponry.
We see the UN Security Council’s vote to condemn Israel for building settlements on the West Bank in violation of international law as a sound defeat for the Illuminati. The goal of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who is in the top ranks of that secret society, never has been to serve the best interests of his people or to make peace with Palestine. In addition to keeping the region destabilized so funds keep flowing in for Israel’s defense, he wants to establish an Illuminati power base in Jerusalem from whence to spread their control throughout the Mideast. That will not happen.
Storms and record temperatures are due partially to weather control technology; chemtrails and other toxic pollutants in your atmosphere also have a role in this. So you are right in thinking that the Illuminati, not Mother Nature, are causing anomalous weather conditions as they are responsible for all the contributing factors, factors that are delaying the planet’s return to a moderate climate globally. The prevalence of geophysical incidents does come from two sources: Mining, drilling and fracking to extract fossil fuels is one; the other is Earth’s release of negativity that in part is caused by those environmentally damaging operations.
We have been asked our source of information that Russian President Vladimir Putin is justified in denying his country’s involvement in the hacking of Democratic National Committee emails and those on a personal computer, which is contrary to the United States intelligence agencies’ conclusion that the Kremlin is responsible. Some members of our universal family living among you are in major intelligence agencies around the globe it was the ones in US agencies who told us they hacked and released the emails and other members have expertise in tracking hackers’ “footprints.”
Our sources know that Illuminati in those various agencies report false information to breed conflict. The reports given to US President Barack Obama put the blame on Russia, which led to more sanctions against that country. This was in line with the Illuminati’s penchant for retaliation they misled Obama and created more economic problems for Putin because both leaders refused to join forces with them.
FBI Director James Comey knows who the hackers are, why they released the emails and the criminal evidence they contain. He didn’t disclose that information due to threatening pressure from the Illuminati faction behind Hillary Clinton.
So, Illuminati presence still is affecting what goes on in your world. However, their global network has been uprooted, their influence keeps weakening, and their diabolical activities have come to light, albeit termed “fake news.” Individuals in top positions in numerous countries are being arrested, losing elections or resigning.
More will follow and many in the lower ranks are scattering. Their control of Wall Street and European and Asian stock markets is unraveling and so is their banking empire. They won’t much longer be able to hold onto their vast fortunes amassed illegally and immorally. The forces for good will obtain those and use the monies to end impoverishment.
Expanding renewable energy forms will phase out their fossil fuel industries. Free-energy sources they have kept under wraps will emerge. And protection of the environment will end wanton destructiveness. Their unjust justice systems will be reformed, prisons-for-profit end, and control of mainstream media in nations with “free press” will meet its end, too.
Health care a maze of global collusion involving pharmaceutical and insurance companies, vaccine and medical equipment manufacturers, and World Health Organization as well as FDA, CDC, NIH, AMA, AHA and related alphabet groups in the United States will wend its way out of those Illuminati-owned or infiltrated organizations. Toxic therapies will be replaced by long-suppressed safe, natural remedies and proper healthcare will become available to everyone.
As significantly as the Illuminati’s stronghold on those critical areas has adversely affected life on Earth, the most effective means whereby they have subjugated generation after generation after generation has been by exploiting every kind of difference among the peoples to create hostility and divisiveness and by starting wars. People worldwide are hungering for peace. The energy of their collective desires has gained unstoppable momentum over the energy of conquest, and battlefield action will wind down incrementally.
Industries that make the machinery of war will produce what a cooperative, progressive civilization needs. Construction companies with honorable management will rebuild destroyed cities. Money formerly spent on warring will go into projects and programs that uplift and enhance life.
Some of those activities are underway, others are beginning, still others are in planning stages, and rising vibrations will be undergirding all the endeavors. You will be seeing evidence of this, but please do not expect the continued unfolding of world transformation to be free from patches of resistance. You are well prepared to deal with those as they arise and help others do the same beloved sisters and brothers, you have earned PhDs in ingenuity, perseverance and triumphing over obstacles!
Many readers who write to my mother mention that they are in their 60s, 70s or 80s. If you are in that age range, think of the changes you have witnessed as technology exploded in manufacturing, communication, energy, transportation, computers, television, healthcare, space exploration, entertainment, social media and yes, weaponry. It isn’t necessary, though, to have lived during the decades of innovation and modernization to realize that technology’s role in your world today is rather mind-boggling.
That is the preface, you could say, to our reply to this question: “With vibrations on the planet high and rising, why is there still so much violence, bigotry and greed?” Because technology has far outpaced society’s advancement in conscious and spiritual awareness. In no way are we being critical many souls have made long strides and there are reasons why many others have not.
With compassion we think of our Earth family who are living in areas of relentless fighting or in crowded refugee camps and grieving the loss of loved ones; those who are living in fear under tyranny or are hungry or homeless in lands of plenty not all of those souls chose to experience that degree of pain or hardship. It is with sadness that we think of our family who are causing the suffering the ones who rule with an iron fist or feel they are superior to everyone who is “different” or have the right to kill “the enemy” and those who are entrenched in greed without a thought about the many, many millions who are barely subsisting.
The low vibrations emitted by all those souls’ countless thoughts, feelings and actions are within the collective consciousness, and, because it is the collective consciousness that manifests everything that exists on Earth, its proliferation of low vibrations has slowed the pace of society’s advancement consciously and spiritually. This is changing the light waves sweeping Earth are opening more and more hearts and minds, and everything in low vibratory levels eventually will be done away.
“You said other civilizations are helping us. I don’t see how. They haven’t gotten rid of Big Pharma, Big Oil, Big Bank, Big Brother and the rest of the evil Bigs.” Other civilizations are helping you in every way that universal laws permit. They can cause nuclear warheads to malfunction because Creator decreed that never again will there be nuclear detonations in space. In honoring Gaia’s free will choice that her planetary body and its residents be protected, they built a light grid around Earth to prohibit entry of base entities from other worlds and they divert the course of astral bodies and space debris to preclude collisions with the planet. Along with beaming massive light to Earth and leveling out the impact of geophysical events without lessening the amount of negativity released, they decrease toxic effects of pollutants in your air, land and seas and neutralize toxins in vaccines designed to cause pandemics.
While your “space” family are permitted to help in those ways that you can’t manage yourselves, they cannot interfere with free will of souls on Earth with this one exception: any individual who chooses to launch missiles with nuclear warheads will not succeed. Nor can members of our universal family impose upon you their ideas, although that would be greatly to your benefit by universal law, each civilization decides the kind of world it wants and must do what is necessary to bring that world into fruition.
However, during this unprecedented era in the universe, souls have the opportunity to complete in one lifetime all third-density karmic lessons so they can evolve and other civilizations are permitted to share their heavy karmic burdens. Many “ETs” wanted to participate in this unique venture and those selected by the Golden Age master planners are helping persons on Earth in that manner and by illuminating the peoples’ pathway to the peaceful world they want.
Dear ones, you are among those who went to Earth to show the peoples that love is the pathway to peace, to joy, prosperousness, mutual respect and life in harmony with Nature. By living your light fearlessly and confidently, you radiate love to everyone around you, and it doesn’t stop there. Love energy is so powerful that it flows around the world, out into the universe and on to the cosmos. In the Oneness of All, everything everywhere affects everything else everywhere else, and the love-light you send forth brings it back in limitless measure this is the unequaled vastness and power of love.
You are honored, loved and accompanied in spirit by all light beings in this universe.
LOVE and PEACE
Matthew
thru Suzanne Ward
suzy@matthewbooks.com
1/3/17
Galactic Federation of Light
via Sheldan Nidle
Dratzo! After several further serious discussions about the reasons for an ever-changing “philosophie de guerre,” the funding projects continue to move forward. Essential differences concerned how the new post-prosperity world was to be governed. The lack of a thorough worldview was exposed and, in an earnest series of in-depth discussions, reviewed by all parties, a detailed agenda was proclaimed. We are presently united in a number of goals and the timing to correctly implement them. This much-needed prologue occurred owing to a number of attempted shenanigans employed by the illegal US Corp. What is exciting is that we are truly on the same page. The new governance is a revolutionary and diverse group of individuals who, at times, have not always worked harmoniously together. This organic process has gone through its own quiet revolution and emerged whole. We are changing many fundamental processes and formulating a way for the group to successfully manage this very complex situation. This has resulted in a style that can now produce a really wondrous set of required solutions! At present we are preparing a general schedule of events and are confident that the best is yet to come.
The inner workings of a definitive solution are owing, in part, to a long overdue meeting of minds. We now feel deeply that this new general agreement is the essential next step to move your world beyond the old system produced by the Anunnaki, which was for the sole benefit of their minions. We are creating a global society that is in tune with the increasing new global consciousness. This future realm is to be prosperous, free and, most importantly, sovereign. Its mindset is to be capable of understanding the new goals of this still-forming society. It possesses a multitude of variations that are to be supported by regional governance. This process is to allow new levels of mutual tolerance to grow and prosper. Every day, it is also moving you toward an atmosphere of disclosure. This one fact shows us how rapidly your “pursuit of happiness” is altering your realm. It is in this world that we are gladly to appear. Our introduction, and that of the Agarthans, is to be the glorious final stage of this ever-continuing change. You are evolving quickly into the stages that anticipate the rise of a truly remarkable galactic society!
As you grow in consciousness, you grow in other ways as well that alter how you perceive this ever-changing reality. Humanity first devolved in the latter days of Atlantis and then slowly, after the last Golden Ages, began to re-evolve. This time was marked by a gradual upward movement, from the endless barbarity of the world in 20th century B.C. to the present. We carefully watched this forward movement as we ourselves pushed avatar after avatar at you. Heaven added to this process as special heavenly sisterhoods and brotherhoods were added to hasten this wondrous process. Thus, the present time is a sweeping operation by Heaven to ensure that the dark abandons this reality at the right divine time. This is now unfolding and the complex process that you call “ascension symptoms” is ever ongoing. This, therefore, is a special time to prepare surface humanity for its coming tasks so it is able to resume its guardian role with Gaia and her many ecosystems. This time is also a preparation for you to accept us, and your Agarthan cousins.
This process is deeply tied to your upward shift in consciousness. Heaven is committed to raising your perceptions of this realm and to make you aware of how interconnected a process it truly is. You have already learned about this sacred connection in the course of the global ecology movement. Now, you need to go further and discover a number of divine rules by which Heaven spreads and maintains life, not only on Gaia, but throughout this galaxy. As we moved through this galaxy, we became privy to the many different ways that Spirit maintains life. This series of sacred operations still amazes us. It is this wisdom that you are to encounter as you become a galactic human. We have had the privilege of discovering seemingly infinite varieties of life. Each was connected to a specific order of environment, showing the abiding wonder of life and its truly endless diversity. We look forward to watching you, as you journey through this magnificent realty.
Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! Over the past few decades, we have seen a kind of roller coaster scenario in effect. Our intent is for the primary goals of this quiet spiritual revolution to forge ahead. Heaven, in its infinite mercy, has allowed our associates to proceed in a most irregular manner. Thus, the various projects have moved forward in the oddest ways. We commend each one of you for maintaining your positive energies, even though the results have yet to manifest. It is important for you to know that Heaven is working with us to see that this new Gregorian year of 2017 begins with a degree of overt manifestation that can quickly become evident to all. At times, this process can become quite disconcerting. Our associates have been able to let go of all the past difficulties. Hence, they have finally agreed to terms that will make possible the release of the many instruments that are the sources for funding. This is to signal that many critical events are nearing completion.
Heaven released a great many energies at the end of the past year to cleanse this solar system and commence a rapid change in separate realities. Over the past millennia, this solar system has been held in a kind of suspension. Planetary hosts and accompanying Angels have been blocked by the constant intervention of the dark. This condition ceased with the near-solar nova event in the early 1970s. Venus, Mars and Pax are now being readied for your occupation in the near future. This heavenly operation is another sign that the delay that has been the overriding condition of this reality is approaching a well-deserved conclusion. At present, the major planets of the life belt in this solar system are, in fact, quite active. This is yet another sign of positive progress. The DIVINE WILL of Heaven is about to emerge. Hence, this is to be a most joyous year for everyone!
You are a remarkable group of Beings who have incarnated on Gaia at this time. Heaven has fashioned a unique set of agreements with you. Our sacred task is to provide the necessary rare and divine grace to enable you to fulfill the prime reasons why you are here. This task has provided an opportunity to discover how we relate to each other, and this process is constantly evolving as we approach the moment when all of these points intersect. It is to include a teaching that is to give you a true history of this society, from its rough beginnings at the fall of Atlantis. This will be the time when you are able to see why we need to embrace this new reality. This is to lead to a meeting with the Agarthans and, most of all, with our spiritual and space families. Much is destined to occur and many things are to be disclosed. Be in Peace and, most of all, be secure with what is shortly to happen. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!
Today, we have had yet another chance to see what is truly happening on the surface of this most beautiful orb. Remain patient! It has taken a LONG time to reach our current state. A number of events are preparing to manifest and transform all the frustration that up until now has continuously surrounded you. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
12/27/16
Galactic Federation of Light
via Sheldan Nidle
www.paoweb.com
Selamat Jalwa! We start today with a brief progress report. Currency items that are earmarked for distribution are in the process of being readied. We know that it has been a long and difficult journey for all. It is therefore important that you know that those at the top of the various distribution levels are preparing to initiate a most amazing process. Once launched, and barring unforeseen circumstances, this process is expected to take over a month to complete. As you know, it has been a truly arduous journey for all. Delivery of prosperity funds is simply the initial stage of this intricate operation. We know that the protracted length of this procedure was complicated by the imperative to keep these actions secure and above board. It therefore created the commitment to go as slow as was necessary. Our purpose was to work with our allies and keep them satisfied about what was unfolding. This series of requirements forced us into a very slow and deliberate mode. Thus, it has taken over two decades to finish this component of our large and complex project. It is our joy to see that your consciousness and perception of this task have allowed a better comprehension of what this journey is all about.
When we first arrived on your beautiful shores, we immediately sensed what was occurring. The Anunnaki were still the Overlords of this surface world, and treated their minions with a firm but velvet glove. It was your position to obey with few or no questions asked. This unfair reality caused us much pain for what you were enduring. We immediately discovered who was in charge of the Holy Light of Heaven’s accomplishments. At first, they were suspicious of our presence but gradually, they began to develop trust. Your Ascended Masters were our patrons, and through them our sacred project was explained to all. Nevertheless, it took us more than two decades to develop the degree of trust required to successfully attain our series of projects. Once achieved, we were able to implement projects that involved both the Masters’ secret sacred societies and the Agarthans. During this time, we increased the number of ships in our fleet and completed the training of those assigned to mentor you. These projects are, of course, continuing.
We have begun to strategize how best to remove the minions that are part of a number of your governments. This process is generally tied to an ongoing legal process associated with the vast corruption and illegal operations of the current American regime. This project was first created to isolate vital aspects of those who ran this illegal action. The other part of the plan was for it to gradually manifest a new legal republic, based upon a series of documents that became known as NESARA. This operation resulted in a few complications that are gradually to be fully resolved. New governance has quickly been able to establish itself worldwide as the framework for the true governance of America. The overriding goal is to transform the current situation through a series of future announcements. Strategically, the exact timing of these announcements needs to be kept hidden from the public. It is therefore vital that this, and the prosperity project, proceed secretly until the proper time for full disclosure. It is our joint policy to keep all of this confidential until the security matters associated with it are completely resolved.
As these stages of secrecy are completed, we move ever closer to disclosure. It is to be much easier for us to operate when we are able to talk publicly with you and delineate what Heaven has decreed. We realize just how vital it is to be able to operate away from the currently required shadows. Our liaisons have been forced to maintain certain protocols that are a bit clumsy. We have kept these up mainly to assuage our partners. In the coming months, this need can fade away as we begin to address you directly. The extent of pollution and climate change promulgated by the Anunnaki’s minions is most troubling. You have caused an amazing degree of imbalance in your atmosphere and oceans, and on your land. They need to be corrected. To us, these tasks are a simple set of operations. However, those who control governments hold policies that are against such procedures. We need to wait until disclosure is formally announced. As you can see, we are approaching a series of events that is to alter the way this global society operates. Hallelujah! Hallelujah!
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! This special time of the year is heightened in joy by what is about ready to appear. The great spiritual gift of financial freedom is near. Therefore, let us be merry and of good cheer. This is a time, as well, when the energy of spiritual renewal manifests. Know that this energy is a symbol of a new pledge by Heaven to shower you with grace and action. This symbolizes how committed the Heavenly Hosts are to your safety and redemption from a flow of energies that are positively roaring throughout this realm. Let all humanity take note that this very special compensation is manifesting. Let this holiday season be celebrated in the knowledge that the monstrous evil that has been your bane is lifting. The happiest of holidays to one and all! It is truly a time to be looked upon with joy and heartfelt thanks to Heaven! Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!
As it always does, this glorious time began to seem beset with delays and the usual frustrations. Across this globe a grand renaissance of consciousness has pushed Gaia’s surface realm to new heights. Long lists of global humanitarian projects have accumulated, along with the funds amassed to provide for their completion. It is a time when the stresses of population growth and the blessings of a new reality are to merge. This glorious planet is to see a birth of miracles that is to bring it the dawn of world peace, founded on your soaring visions. These blessings are to manifest, and an explosion of activity is to see a new attitude arise the world over, driven by this planet’s growing consciousness. Heaven has long planted special seeds to make possible this splendid event. The shaping of this new reality is just the beginning. So stand back in anticipation and watch as this new reality quickly assumes its magnificent new form.
As you can see, so many wondrous miracles are just around the proverbial corner. We Masters are proud of what you are to do when you finally receive your freedom and prosperity. These series of phenomena are to show you just how much you are truly capable of. We have watched patiently and seen how ruthlessly the Anunnaki’s minions have kept you down. All of this is now to change as you transform this beautiful orb that is your home. You are to develop plans to use new technology to clean your waters, air and land. When at last we reveal a number of key truths to you, even more miracles are to suddenly manifest. After your Space family finally lands, you will be able to demonstrate the extent to which your consciousness has grown. Even the Agarthans are to be in joy at what you have accomplished. It is this marvelous place that can now reunite with the Inner Realms to form a new Gaia!
Today, we continued with our weekly reports. This magical time of the year has brought us much joy! The coming time is sure to bring all a resplendent sequence of wonders. It is also a time for you to use your amazing visions to manifest the true marvel that is humanity! Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
______________________
12/26/16
More from Kuthumi
World Teacher of this Solar System
Under the Auspices of the Great Central Sun Government
from earthascends.com
We have many, many ships that are going through your atmosphere at all times; and now and then, here and there, we are helping more people to experience sightings of the ships, and some are being taken for trips. There is more of this type of activity, but it is just incidental. We are looking forward to the time when we can land in great numbers. We cannot land as long as too many Earth beings have fear. The condition of your feeling world is our test to tell whether or not we should bring in the ships in large numbers and land, before the serious cataclysmic activities on Earth may come about.
We can test the feeling world of Humankind, and judge exactly the level of its development. At the present time the percentage of your people who have more fear than we would want to cause, is about six percent. Now the question is, how low must that percent register before we could take a chance on landing in large numbers? We feel that if it goes down below three percent, we can land in quite large numbers. We would experiment with it, if the number got down to that point. However, the percentage has not been lowering very much, so we hope there will be an improvement.
There are more people in certain areas who would allow fear, and in this regard, your United States is a little bit lower than some of the other places because of experience and more publicity about UFOs, but you are still not down to three percent.
We have been preventing your Earth from going into a flip on its axis, which would change the positions of your polar regions by displacing your equator. Such a displacement cataclysm would practically wipe out most of the life on Planet Earth; and if we needed to do this, we would just withdraw the help which we have been giving, to hold your World in its orbit. Should it become necessary to withdraw our help, your planet would go into the flip on its axis, which in turn would soon end wars of any kind, and wash and cleanse the whole of Earth and begin its final purification.
If that happened, it would only be a matter of minutes - an hour at the most -during which we can pick up the persons to be saved. There are almost 13,000,000 (thirteen million) Space Ships close to your Earth now. Most are still in the finer dimension, so you do not see them. However, we can shift into another dimension which would be closer to your Third Dimension - close enough so we could pick up all of you beloved, precious ones in your physical bodies, and save those of you who would be proper to populate the Earth in the New Age, when you will have 'Heaven on Earth.'
Work on your feeling world so that you are always at peace. Do not become disturbed. A disturbed climate would be dangerous if suddenly this activity of Earth's flip on the axis took place. Do not let anything in to disturb you. If someone started an atomic war, or earthquakes, hurricanes or any violence of that nature appeared, your inner disturbance and fear would endanger you. Without fear, you are protected by the Light which you have drawn about you, and the greater Light which you continue to draw.
Sad to relate, as the energies are stepped up and frequencies increased, the evil forces are more active. They are in their last throes, as it were, and some of them are getting desperate. They feel that they may not be able to accomplish their mission in controlling others to promote undesirable deeds. Their desperation has caused them to step up evil happenings, and the evil is receiving more publicity.
From Monka (Protector of Planet Earth and Earth representative on the Great Council of the Ashtar Space Command. An ascended human based in the higher dimensions of Saturn.)
______________________________
12/25/16
Galactic Federation of Light
via Jenny Schiltz
channelingthemasters.org
(Jenny Shiltz speaking) I would like to share with everyone an experience where I found myself being drawn into meeting with the Galactic Council for Light (GCL). In this meeting, I asked a number of questions that I thought was relevant to what I am seeing in regards to clients and other observations, as well as what I have been experiencing myself. This is an extract of the conversation that I had with the GCL.
Jenny: These past few months have been exceptionally intense. One of my clients described to me that it is as if she is in the middle of the road, hit by a truck and as she stood up again, hit by another truck. I feel and believe that many people can relate to this sentiment.
GCL: Yes, this intensity that you speak of has increased not only for the physical body, but also the dissonance held within one’s thoughts, beliefs, and actions is also being exaggerated.
Jenny: What is the purpose of this increase in intensity?
GCL: Simply put, integration. It is of utmost importance that each person integrate all of their being. Each person must choose to willfully integrate with all of their lower density parts; in order for complete integration of the higher aspects of their soul to be integrated. Some refer to these pieces as their shadow, their wounded inner child and while this is accurate; there are also fractions that have been squashed or separated from the whole because one feels they should or must act a certain way or become a certain persona. These roles, are now crumbling as the parts wanting to come to the whole are getting louder. This is the reason many are seeing the ego rise up, even in those who have proclaimed to have overcome such separation.
It is important to understand that your life is a microcosm of the macrocosm. Source created all; the galaxies, the worlds, the star systems. Each soul created was Source fracturing into millions of pieces so that information could be gathered and returned. Source wanted to experience all that is and all that it is not. As each soul expresses its own version of learning the main goal is to return to the one with information and a new perspective. . This is no different than the goal each being on earth has undertaken. Each soul that chooses to come to earth, do so to experience all that it is and all that it is not. This experience may take many, many lifetimes or it may only take a few. The main goal is the same: to learn, to grow, to experience, then to integrate.
When source integrates the pieces that have returned to it, it is not done in disdain for the experiences but with deep love and understanding. For you see, while the intent was to explore all that Source was not as well as what it is, what has been learned is SOURCE IS ALL. There is NO distinction between what was considered part of Source and what was considered impossible characteristics. When Source integrates these lessons, experiences, feelings and emotions, it is done with great love and joy. As each integration brings more understanding and oneness. This is what is being asked of each of you as well. To integrate fully with each piece, each experience, each lesson with joy and love. This is the only way that true oneness can be reached.
As we move forward on this journey many are finding that they are able to hold great light, higher frequencies, yet there is still dysfunction hidden deep within. There is a tendency that the more light a person holds the more they would like to deny the parts that still reside in the lower dimensions. It is these pieces that are showing themselves very strongly now.
As you were shown, in the next few months we will begin the process of separating the frequencies. Each person will be required to maintain their frequency at a higher rate in each moment. In order to do this, the pieces that still reside in the lower dimensions must be integrated and welcomed home with love.
(To read about what I was shown click here: Update on the New Earth)
Jenny: What does this look like for people?
GCL: For many the topic at hand is self-worth and the undoing of eons of conditioning that preached sacrifice of self and unworthiness. For others deep wounds will open to be healed, accepted, forgiven and then integrated. For some it will be a deep shaking of all beliefs so that one is forced to take a look at what they are creating, allowing in, and there by perpetuating in their life. To understand what people are going through one must only look to the collective. Here again is an example of a microcosm revealing itself in a macrocosm.
Jenny: It was explained to me that in a few months the separating of frequencies is to begin, but will be slow and last almost 2 years. Is this accurate?
GCL: Yes, the purpose of the separation is for the lower densities to completely collapse. If it was done in an instant, many would be unable to live in the higher frequencies. Everything is being done so that every soul has the opportunity to go forward. We are very hopeful that this will be the case for the majority of humanity.
Jenny: So right now, the most important thing is the self-work? The integration?
GCL: Yes, but one cannot forget that in all of this the return to joy is needed. Joy and love are your natural state. Returning to self, being fully integrated within your soul, will require you to return to this.
Jenny: Joy is a hard concept for many
GCL: Yes, many must get in touch with who they were as a child before layers of obligations and beliefs were heaped upon them. Yet, what must be understood is that being in a state of joy does not mean that all I perfect in the moment, but that all is happening for the highest perfection.
Jenny: Thank you!
GCL: It has been our pleasure.
I hope that this is as helpful for you as it has been to me. Thank you to all who share this work. It means the world.
Jenny
______________________
12/24/16
Message from your Galactic Family
via Suzanne Lie
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
We, your Galactic Family, are joyous to inform you that you, the ascending ones of humanity, as well as Mother Gaia’s planetary body, are moving into a higher dimensional, and thus more challenging, energy field.
This energy field contains many higher fourth dimensional, Delta Waves, which are the predecessors of the fifth dimensional, Gamma Waves. These energy waves are arriving in Gaia’s atmosphere from far beyond the planet, beyond your Solar System, and even beyond this Galaxy. These inter-dimensional waves of light are also multidimensional.
These waves of light will come into your reality much like ocean waves come onto the shore. There are “sets” of the highest frequency Gamma waves, followed by sets of lower frequency Delta Waves. The slightly lower frequency Delta waves give you an opportunity to adapt to the higher frequency Gamma Waves.
The Delta Waves give the receptive ones, which are those who are ready to accept a higher frequency of reality into their body, a chance to adapt to the extremely high frequency Gamma Waves. The Delta frequency waves resonate to what those on Earth might call the “fourth dimension,” whereas the Gamma frequency waves resonate to the “fifth dimension and beyond.”
We say “fifth dimension and beyond,” because once one resonates to the fifth dimension, they are no longer limited the concepts and beliefs of the physical world. Free of those concepts of limitation and being “good enough,” will allow humanity to function with a greater sense of community with each other and with their planet Gaia.
All the other beings on Gaia experience a sense of community with Gaia. Thus they do notquestion Nature. In fact all non-human members of Gaia naturally and innately flow with the cycles of Gaia. When humanity can accept the lessons that the animal kingdom is teaching, they will remember that Nature includes them.
Then, humanity will not try to change Nature, dominate Nature, or avoid Nature. Then humanity will realize that Nature IS the reality in which they have logged onto. Of course, animals do not realize that they have “logged into” a specific frequency of realty because they are NOT separate from that reality in any manner.
On the other hand, “modern man” has developed the belief that not only is humanity separate from Gaia, but they have developed the belief that they are “dominant over” Gaia. It is because of this belief that Gaia has been damaged “almost” to the edge of not being able to repair Her.
Fortunately, more and more of humanity are awakening to the FACT that Gaia is a living being. The reason why humans could be so cruel and destructive to their Mother Earth was because they believed that Earth was “just a thing.” Humanity is the only kingdom that believes this myth, which was created by the Lost Ones who moved from planet to planet. These Lost Ones were more like renters than owners of their environment. Therefore, they could visit, leave a mess, not clean up the mess, and then move on.
This type of behavior is coming to a close because more and more human residents of Earth are remembering that Gaia is a living being. Therefore, just as they love their human family, they are remembering to love their planetary family. It is this form of planetary love that accelerates the consciousness of humanity into the threshold of the fifth dimension. The “threshold of the fifth dimension” is not a place. The threshold to the fifth dimension is a frequency.
Living in a third dimensional realty made is possible for humans to look deeply into only onepossible reality. Within your fifth dimensional self, there are many possible realities, but there are no road maps or guidelines. In the fifth dimension, there is only HERE and NOW.
Many of you have been trying to understand the concept of a fifth dimensional HERE and NOW because your third dimensional life is directed by your past, present and future. However, in the fifth dimension, NOW, just IS. The fifth dimensional NOW, is a collective reality in which individuality is your core, which is connected to the core of all life. You are individuals, meaning all of you have your own body, but you are simultaneously united into ONE.
Also, ONE is not a number such as 1, 2, 3… Being ONE is a state of consciousness, a fifth dimensional state of consciousness. While you are in this fifth dimensional consciousness of a reality, you are ALL ONE. It can be difficult for one who has forgotten their fifth dimensional, and beyond expressions of SELF, to understand that the fifth dimensional “ONE” means “Unity with ALL,” whereas the third dimensional ONE means, “a singular being,” a “stand alone.”
The transition from the third/fourth dimensional ONE, singular person in search of SELF, intothe fifth dimensional ONE, “WE are ALL One,” can be difficult to describe. When humans think of the term “ONE,” you often think of one singular, specific person, disconnected from any ONE else. But, in the fifth dimension and beyond, the ONE that includes All That IS. Being ONE is a reminder that you are intertwined with ALL life. Every molecule outside of you is actually ONE with every other molecule in your body.
Your body is a co-operative. If any part of your body stops interacting efficiently with the rest of your body, then you become “sick.” When all of the elementals, organs, thoughts, and emotions efficiently interact with your ONE human energy field, you are in robust health. But many of you do not think of your body as a collective. You also do not think of your reality as a collective. You may even ask, “What is a collective?” For the purpose of this message, The Collective means: shared, cooperative, communal, joint, united, mutual and/or group.
When you are ONE with your higher dimensional, telepathic, clairvoyant, clairaudient, and clairsentient Self, you remember how to share your thoughts and feeling with each other in the same manner that your thoughts and feelings intermingle into your one, physical body.
When your human thoughts and feelings remain ONE with the thoughts and feelings of your higher dimensional SELF, these messages easily intertwine with your physical body. It is through the process of expanding your consciousness UP into your Higher Self that you will remember how to create messages that interacts and becomes ONE with your body, as well as ONE with the body of the receiver of that message.
You are aware that your thoughts greatly affect your emotions, as well as your body. You may even tend to think of your thoughts as something in your brain that may or may not have any effect on your body. However, your human research has proven how your thoughts and emotions greatly affect your body.
In fact, your thoughts affect your emotions, your emotions affect your thoughts, and your thoughts and emotions greatly affect your body, and your body affects your thoughts and emotions. Therefore, your thoughts and emotions are ONE with your body. As you realize how your body is ONE with your every thought and emotion, you may begin to question how your body affects other people’s bodies? How does the “ONE collective of your personal body” affect the “ONE collective of another person’s body?”
As you become aware of how your thoughts, emotions, and physical body influences others, your concept of ONE begins to expand. If your body is ONE collective being that influences the ONE collective being of another, are you and that other person ONE? In the fifth dimension, the answer is YES. But in the fourth the dimension, the answer is maybe, and in the third dimension the answer is NO. Does a fifth dimensional reality have the concept of “another, separate person,” or do fifth dimensional beings have such a collective consciousness that they perceive everyone as ONE?
The members “primitive societies” have a level of Oness with their tribe, group, culture, that the “advanced societies” lost long ago in their search of their “individual” success. Sometimes that individual success created thoughts, creations, and technology from which every ONE could benefit. But, what if ONE of those people did not have the money to purchase that invention? Would some ONE else give it to them? There are only a few who are at the top of the third dimensional financial world, and how many of them share?
What if you had a “primitive, tribal” community in which everyone lined up on the beach when the fishermen came in, and every ONE, including the fishermen, got the same amount of fish? There are “primitive” societies that do just that. So are they primitive because they all share, or is the “advanced” world primitive because they don’t share.
You all want to just “wake up” to a fifth dimensional reality, but how will you know that it is fifth dimensional if you have not forged your own way to be fifth dimensional your self? If you did not go through your process of “becoming ONE with your SELF, it would be like going to sleep as a child and waking up the next morning as a fully educated, wise and loving adult.
Therefore, if you “flash into your fifth dimensional Lightbody” are your thoughts and emotions also instantly transmuted? Or, are you like infants who will need to be taken care of until you adapt? Or, will you instantly be ONE with the Higher Beings? There are so many questions that the ascending ones will ask, such as, “Do we need to take a “being fifth dimensional” class?” “Who would teach that class?” “Would the teacher need to be a fifth dimensional being?” “Would you be able to trust a fifth dimensional being?” and “How would you be able to perceive a fifth dimensional being?
Can you perceive what you cannot conceive? Can you stretch your conceptions into the unknown and have the courage to “stay the course?” Some can, and some do. These people are the “Way-showers,” the pioneers, who are willing to forge a way into the unknown, then return to tell the others what they have discovered.
The ones who “show the way” are very brave, but it often takes even more courage to come back and tell the others. When people get information that they cannot understand, they often become very frightened and angry. Then they become hostile and turn against the Way-shower who was trying to share their adventure.
Hence, the humans of Earth are dividing into “Those who want to know about fifth dimensional realty” and “Those who are resistant to change.” Those that are resistant to change can become very angry because they are being informed of a change that frightens them.
They are frightened because they cannot go into their memory, or thinking, or emotions to find any reason why they should believe such a “silly concept” as having reality resonate to a higher frequency. These people likely have no conception about frequencies of reality.
Therefore, what will happen if a fleet of Starships suddenly arrives in the sky? Will the people with no concept of a higher dimensional reality run for their guns because they are “being invaded?” Or will they peacefully look up into the sky and welcome their higher dimensional family? Yes, those with whom the Galactics are already communicating will definitely welcome our arrival, but what percentage of the uninformed, or non-believers, will be able to accept that we are fifth dimensional beings?
However, if those who believe in, and have personally experienced communications with fifth dimensional beings, shared their experience with others, the many could work as ONE to welcome the transition into the immense reality beyond the confines of third dimensional Earth.
If more people realized that they are not alone, and that their own higher dimensional expressions of their own Multidimensional SELF serves on these Ships, their concept of ONE would definitely shift. If you knew that you were one person on Earth wearing a 3D earth vessel, as well as one person serving on an inter-galactic Starship, your concept of ONE would take on an expanded meaning.
If your human earth body is a living vessel that you wear while incarnating on third dimensional Earth, while you are, simultaneously, wearing an Arcturian, Pleiadian, Antarian, Andromeda vessel in the higher dimensions, then you will search to find the definition of “being ONE.” f you are ONE with a Galactic Being, you can more easily conceive yourselves as being ONE with the planetary being of Earth. There are many “Beings” that humanity has not experienced because your perception was limited to the third dimensional version of reality.
The third dimension is much like “kindergarten” where you first learn to socialize with other physical people. Then, in the fourth dimension you begin to socialize with other astral people. Eventually, as you return to your SELF in the fifth dimension, you begin your socialization with galactic people. When you were children, many of you communicated with your “invisible friends.” Then you grew up and many of you stopped communicating with those friends because your adult self told your child self that you were, “talking to their self.”
However, what if your adult self finally grew up, in consciousness, and you realized that the “higher being” that “suddenly” came into your life was the very same “invisible friend” that you had as a child? The only difference was that your child saw these friends through their childhood imagination, because to children, imagination is real.
Then many of you “grew up” and imagination was NOT real. Fortunately, more and more of you finally remembered that “3D imagination” is actually “5D reality.” It is then that your imagination became the passageway into the higher dimensions of realty.
As more and more adults remember what they always knew, but forgot, they will return to their own Multidimensional SELF. Within this Multidimensional SELF they finally remember that ONE means “ONE with all life on all planes and dimensions.”Must important, once you remember that you are ONE, you are never alone. For one thing, WE, your Galactic Family, are with you always.
Within your NOW, we remind you that YOU are WE are ONE.
Your Galactic Family
_____________________
12/24/16
The Arcturians
via Suzanne Lie
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
We, your Galactic Family, are joyous to inform you that you, the ascending ones of humanity, as well as Mother Gaia’s planetary body, are moving into a higher dimensional, and thus more challenging, energy field.
This energy field contains many higher fourth dimensional, Delta Waves, which are the predecessors of the fifth dimensional, Gamma Waves. These energy waves are arriving in Gaia’s atmosphere from far beyond the planet, beyond your Solar System, and even beyond this Galaxy. These inter-dimensional waves of light are also multidimensional.
These waves of light will come into your reality much like ocean waves come onto the shore. There are “sets” of the highest frequency Gamma waves, followed by sets of lower frequency Delta Waves. The slightly lower frequency Delta waves give you an opportunity to adapt to the higher frequency Gamma Waves.
The Delta Waves give the receptive ones, which are those who are ready to accept a higher frequency of reality into their body, a chance to adapt to the extremely high frequency Gamma Waves. The Delta frequency waves resonate to what those on Earth might call the “fourth dimension,” whereas the Gamma frequency waves resonate to the “fifth dimension and beyond.”
We say “fifth dimension and beyond,” because once one resonates to the fifth dimension, they are no longer limited the concepts and beliefs of the physical world. Free of those concepts of limitation and being “good enough,” will allow humanity to function with a greater sense of community with each other and with their planet Gaia.
All the other beings on Gaia experience a sense of community with Gaia. Thus they do notquestion Nature. In fact all non-human members of Gaia naturally and innately flow with the cycles of Gaia. When humanity can accept the lessons that the animal kingdom is teaching, they will remember that Nature includes them.
Then, humanity will not try to change Nature, dominate Nature, or avoid Nature. Then humanity will realize that Nature IS the reality in which they have logged onto. Of course, animals do not realize that they have “logged into” a specific frequency of realty because they are NOT separate from that reality in any manner.
On the other hand, “modern man” has developed the belief that not only is humanity separate from Gaia, but they have developed the belief that they are “dominant over” Gaia. It is because of this belief that Gaia has been damaged “almost” to the edge of not being able to repair Her.
Fortunately, more and more of humanity are awakening to the FACT that Gaia is a living being. The reason why humans could be so cruel and destructive to their Mother Earth was because they believed that Earth was “just a thing.”
Humanity is the only kingdom that believes this myth, which was created by the Lost Ones who moved from planet to planet. These Lost Ones were more like renters than owners of their environment. Therefore, they could visit, leave a mess, not clean up the mess, and then move on.
This type of behavior is coming to a close because more and more human residents of Earth are remembering that Gaia is a living being. Therefore, just as they love their human family, they are remembering to love their planetary family.
It is this form of planetary love that accelerates the consciousness of humanity into the threshold of the fifth dimension. The “threshold of the fifth dimension” is not a place. The threshold to the fifth dimension is a frequency.
Living in a third dimensional realty made is possible for humans to look deeply into only onepossible reality. Within your fifth dimensional self, there are many possible realities, but there are no road maps or guidelines. In the fifth dimension, there is only HERE and NOW.
Many of you have been trying to understand the concept of a fifth dimensional HERE and NOW because your third dimensional life is directed by your past, present and future. However, in the fifth dimension, NOW, just IS.
The fifth dimensional NOW, is a collective reality in which individuality is your core, which is connected to the core of all life. You are individuals, meaning all of you have your own body, but you are simultaneously united into ONE.
Also, ONE is not a number such as 1, 2, 3… Being ONE is a state of consciousness, a fifth dimensional state of consciousness. While you are in this fifth dimensional consciousness of a reality, you are ALL ONE.
It can be difficult for one who has forgotten their fifth dimensional, and beyond expressions of SELF, to understand that the fifth dimensional “ONE” means “Unity with ALL,” whereas the third dimensional ONE means, “a singular being,” a “stand alone.” The transition from the third/fourth dimensional ONE, singular person in search of SELF, intothe fifth dimensional ONE, “WE are ALL One,” can be difficult to describe. When humans think of the term “ONE,” you often think of one singular, specific person, disconnected from any ONE else.
But, in the fifth dimension and beyond, the ONE that includes All That IS. Being ONE is a reminder that you are intertwined with ALL life. Every molecule outside of you is actually ONEwith every other molecule in your body.
Your body is a co-operative. If any part of your body stops interacting efficiently with the rest of your body, then you become “sick.” When all of the elementals, organs, thoughts, and emotions efficiently interact with your ONE human energy field, you are in robust health.
But many of you do not think of your body as a collective. You also do not think of your reality as a collective. You may even ask, “What is a collective?” For the purpose of this message, The Collective means: shared, cooperative, communal, joint, united, mutual and/or group.
When you are ONE with your higher dimensional, telepathic, clairvoyant, clairaudient, and clairsentient Self, you remember how to share your thoughts and feeling with each other in the same manner that your thoughts and feelings intermingle into your one, physical body.
When your human thoughts and feelings remain ONE with the thoughts and feelings of your higher dimensional SELF, these messages easily intertwine with your physical body. It is through the process of expanding your consciousness UP into your Higher Self that you will remember how to create messages that interacts and becomes ONE with your body, as well as ONE with the body of the receiver of that message.
You are aware that your thoughts greatly affect your emotions, as well as your body. You may even tend to think of your thoughts as something in your brain that may or may not have any effect on your body. However, your human research has proven how your thoughts and emotions greatly affect your body.
In fact, your thoughts affect your emotions, your emotions affect your thoughts, and your thoughts and emotions greatly affect your body, and your body affects your thoughts and emotions. Therefore, your thoughts and emotions are ONE with your body.
As you realize how your body is ONE with your every thought and emotion, you may begin to question how your body affects other people’s bodies? How does the “ONE collective of your personal body” affect the “ONE collective of another person’s body?”
As you become aware of how your thoughts, emotions, and physical body influences others, your concept of ONE begins to expand. If your body is ONE collective being that influences the ONE collective being of another, are you and that other person ONE? In the fifth dimension, the answer is YES. But in the fourth the dimension, the answer is maybe, and in the third dimension the answer is NO. Does a fifth dimensional reality have the concept of “another, separate person,” or do fifth dimensional beings have such a collective consciousness that they perceive everyone as ONE?
The members “primitive societies” have a level of Oness with their tribe, group, culture, that the “advanced societies” lost long ago in their search of their “individual” success. Sometimes that individual success created thoughts, creations, and technology from which every ONE could benefit.
But, what if ONE of those people did not have the money to purchase that invention? Would some ONE else give it to them? There are only a few who are at the top of the third dimensional financial world, and how many of them share?
What if you had a “primitive, tribal” community in which everyone lined up on the beach when the fishermen came in, and every ONE, including the fishermen, got the same amount of fish? There are “primitive” societies that do just that. So are they primitive because they all share, or is the “advanced” world primitive because they don’t share.
You all want to just “wake up” to a fifth dimensional reality, but how will you know that it is fifth dimensional if you have not forged your own way to be fifth dimensional your self? If you did not go through your process of “becoming ONE with your SELF, it would be like going to sleep as a child and waking up the next morning as a fully educated, wise and loving adult.
Therefore, if you “flash into your fifth dimensional Lightbody” are your thoughts and emotions also instantly transmuted? Or, are you like infants who will need to be taken care of until you adapt? Or, will you instantly be ONE with the Higher Beings?
There are so many questions that the ascending ones will ask, such as, “Do we need to take a “being fifth dimensional” class?” “Who would teach that class?” “Would the teacher need to be a fifth dimensional being?” “Would you be able to trust a fifth dimensional being?” and “How would you be able to perceive a fifth dimensional being?
Can you perceive what you cannot conceive? Can you stretch your conceptions into the unknown and have the courage to “stay the course?” Some can, and some do. These people are the “Way-showers,” the pioneers, who are willing to forge a way into the unknown, then return to tell the others what they have discovered.
The ones who “show the way” are very brave, but it often takes even more courage to come back and tell the others. When people get information that they cannot understand, they often become very frightened and angry. Then they become hostile and turn against the Way-shower who was trying to share their adventure.
Hence, the humans of Earth are dividing into “Those who want to know about fifth dimensional realty” and “Those who are resistant to change.” Those that are resistant to change can become very angry because they are being informed of a change that frightens them.
They are frightened because they cannot go into their memory, or thinking, or emotions to find any reason why they should believe such a “silly concept” as having reality resonate to a higher frequency. These people likely have no conception about frequencies of reality.
Therefore, what will happen if a fleet of Starships suddenly arrives in the sky? Will the people with no concept of a higher dimensional reality run for their guns because they are “being invaded?” Or will they peacefully look up into the sky and welcome their higher dimensional family?
Yes, those with whom the Galactics are already communicating will definitely welcome our arrival, but what percentage of the uninformed, or non-believers, will be able to accept that we are fifth dimensional beings?
However, if those who believe in, and have personally experienced communications with fifth dimensional beings, shared their experience with others, the many could work as ONE to welcome the transition into the immense reality beyond the confines of third dimensional Earth.
If more people realized that they are not alone, and that their own higher dimensional expressions of their own Multidimensional SELF serves on these Ships, their concept of ONE would definitely shift.
If you knew that you were one person on Earth wearing a 3D earth vessel, as well as one person serving on an inter-galactic Starship, your concept of ONE would take on an expanded meaning.
If your human earth body is a living vessel that you wear while incarnating on third dimensional Earth, while you are, simultaneously, wearing an Arcturian, Pleiadian, Antarian, Andromeda vessel in the higher dimensions, then you will search to find the definition of “being ONE.”
If you are ONE with a Galactic Being, you can more easily conceive yourselves as being ONE with the planetary being of Earth. There are many “Beings” that humanity has not experienced because your perception was limited to the third dimensional version of reality.
The third dimension is much like “kindergarten” where you first learn to socialize with other physical people. Then, in the fourth dimension you begin to socialize with other astral people. Eventually, as you return to your SELF in the fifth dimension, you begin your socialization with galactic people.
When you were children, many of you communicated with your “invisible friends.” Then you grew up and many of you stopped communicating with those friends because your adult self told your child self that you were, “talking to their self.”
However, what if your adult self finally grew up, in consciousness, and you realized that the “higher being” that “suddenly” came into your life was the very same “invisible friend” that you had as a child? The only difference was that your child saw these friends through their childhood imagination, because to children, imagination is real.
Then many of you “grew up” and imagination was NOT real. Fortunately, more and more of you finally remembered that “3D imagination” is actually “5D reality.” It is then that your imagination became the passageway into the higher dimensions of realty.
As more and more adults remember what they always knew, but forgot, they will return to their own Multidimensional SELF. Within this Multidimensional SELF they finally remember that ONE means “ONE with all life on all planes and dimensions.”Must important, once you remember that you are ONE, you are never alone. For one thing, WE, your Galactic Family, are with you always.
Within your NOW, we remind you that YOU are WE are ONE.
Your Galactic Family
______________________
12/22/16
Kuthumi
World Teacher of this Solar System
Under the auspices of the Great Central Sun Government
from earthascends.com
(Editor's note: The Galactic Federation of Light works side by side with the Ascended Masters who have remained invisible to the masses of mankind, just as the Galactic Federation has remained invisible. We are being visited by both the GFL and the Ascended Ones. GFL comes from outer space, the Ascended Masters come from inner space, including but not restricted to Hollow Earth. The company of heaven comes in many guises and levels, also known as the cosmic hierarchy.)
"The Spiritual Hierarchy of the Solar System has concluded that Man has reached that point in his spiritual awakening when a fuller revelation of the closing portion of the Divine Plan for Earth may be revealed to him.
This light is not a new thing. Glimmers have appeared here and there through many at different points in time. Yet broadly speaking, it has not been a known thing either. Or perhaps it has appeared in distorted form. It has not been stressed or particularly emphasized by us until this generation. There are many present, even within the folds of New Age concepts, who will cry that these things must not be spoken of. Yet where will they be when the word is needed to comfort the hearts of millions, when the sky is darkened with spacecraft, come to lift them to safety?
So we must have our nucleus of messengers with the stamina and the courage to dare to get the message to the people of Earth, that this hour will come, and that when it does, there will be help ready in the skies to care for them! We do not involve ourselves with the dogmas of Earth or crystallizations of the doctrines of Men. If our alerting messages or warnings or any portion thereof seems to be at odds with accepted traditional interpretations of things, then let tradition update its information by returning to direct contact with the Celestial Government of this Solar System!
Souls of Divine Illumination will not be overcome with fear because of a foreknowledge of coming events, but will, rather, be filled with a joyous confidence in the Heavenly Father and take refuge in His shadow until these calamities be passed.
This, then, is your refuge from the storm, your shadow from the heat. With these revelations we share with you some of the details involved in the Father's Protective Presence and the means with which it will be manifested in the crisis hour for the children of God. It is well to trust in the general principle that, 'come what may, God will take care of me.' It is even more comforting to be apprised of His method and His Plan for doing so. Many have long walked by faith, believing but not seeing. This faith now finds its fruit within this body of practical revelation as it applies to the physical octave.
In the darkest hour that can come for this planet, when its very existence would be destroyed were it not for the intervention of the Father's Hand, the millions who have dared to trust in Him when they had no other evidence other than their own faith, will be rewarded openly by being lifted into His Ark of Safety. As a hen gathereth her chicks under her wings, this Ark provided will be the great armadas of floating cities that orbit the Earth on their Mission of Mercy!
All of the units of Heaven have laboured together on this great Plan, counselled together and served earnestly to bring to consummation the greatest rescue of souls, of all time. The beloved sons and daughters of God will be hidden under our wings until the planet Earth is once more habitable. Then that which has been 'plucked up' shall be 'planted again,' and the Earth shall bring forth beautiful fruit in the Father's Name, within the cleansed and purified vibrations of a new Heaven and a New Earth.
Do not despair that others are not telling the story. The world has not been ready to hear. Many, at least, are close to the facts, though they know it not. But once again, through this means, we who guard your World now tell unto Man that which is before him. Let him choose wisely his response to the Plan.
I am Kuthumi, World Teacher of this Solar System under the auspices of the Great Central Sun Government.”
______________________
12/21/16
Galactic Federation of Light
via Sheldan Nidle
www.paoweb.com
Dratzo! Those in charge of the RV’s distribution and the prosperity packages are working swiftly to see that they are brought out together. At present the RV is being revealed through the various levels that were set up by these diligent workers of the Light. They know the importance of these many prosperity packages. Once more than 70% of these special monies are delivered, the creation of the NESARA Republic is legally assured. This one factor makes this process essential to what currently is being carried out by our earthly associates. Meanwhile, there is the process for the RV. This is to assure that the extremely large sums of monies are successfully transferred to the underprivileged throughout this globe. These humanitarian projects enable this world to easily supply the freedom, food, sanitation, housing, clothing and electricity needed to bring everyone up to speed. This provides the literacy and Internet education necessary to comprehend what we are doing. As you can see, a great deal of progress is being made. Much more is still required before we reach our prescribed goals.
Our associates on this world are doing a marvelous job. However, there are still many of the cabal that have only recently revealed themselves. Most of the lower-level miscreants have been nabbed. This group has helped in the last few weeks to arrest most of the next level of scalawags. This process has helped us, as well, to uncover how these scurrilous rats operated, enabling us to identify this devious operation almost to its highest levels. Our operatives are busy putting together the last pieces of this nefarious puzzle. The purpose of this final series of investigations is to ready our associates to perform the final global takedown of this monstrously intertwined evil. The Anunnaki created an appallingly devious organization of the dark. It permeated every nook and cranny of this globe. Thus, ferreting out these criminals has proven to be quite a study in the thought processes of these devious rats. Our joint intention has been to secure the funds and end massive global corruption. Those goals are now in sight. It pleases us to know that every day brings us closer to disclosure, and to NESARA!
Our fleet continues to monitor Gaia’s surface lands. Every corner of this globe is under attack by two major forces. The first is climate change. This process, driven by the rapid globalization of your primitive industrial age, has spewed untold amounts of atmospheric, oceanic and land-based pollutants. This horrific operation has gained massive global traction in the period following the conclusion of the Second World War. Watching from space, we have been able to measure the amounts of pollution that have been added in the last forty years alone. We recognize just how dangerous all of these poisons truly are. The second factor is the process used by Gaia to ready this surface world for its future reunion with the 5D paradise of Inner Earth. This vast operation is taking place at a relatively slower pace than the first factor. The degree of artificial pollution affecting this natural change is astounding! It has caused unusual temperature gradients to form. It has produced a series of clumps of plastic to appear in the oceans and skewed their natural current flow.
These alterations have tended to increase the rate by which your points of global habitation are deteriorating. This concerns us, as we wish to free you to solve these problems with joint technology tied into your ever-growing consciousness. The degree of radiation pumped into oceans, when combined with growing sandy dust from North Asia, creates a problem that truly requires a critically-needed and world-wide series of solutions. We have explained our concerns to your leaders and asked that a timetable for global disclosure be moved up. It is essential that a number of difficulties that you seem to be ignoring be soundly addressed and a succession of urgent actions be promptly taken. Many of your politicians hold beliefs that, in the short run, are dangerous to all of you. We have thus taken some small and preliminary actions to give you a little additional time to solve many of these serious questions. It is our perception that changes to your governance can address these grievances globally. It is vital that most of these problems be attacked and not ignored!
Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! The world is in the midst of blessed changes. Those who have overseen these changes realize it is to take longer than initially estimated. Yet, despite this, these alterations are to truly permit everyone to know a form of freedom not experienced since before the fated fall of Atlantis. In this light, the grand prosperity is to allow you to finally fulfill your grandest dreams and clearly see that your long-lost abilities have been restored to you. We Masters have worked closely with Heaven and our earthly associates to ensure that this work is fully protected, and secure from whatever the old order could possibly wish to do. Thus, this whole project took us much longer. Nevertheless, stay positive, dear Ones! Know deep in your Hearts that this new time at long last is near. It is to be a time for celebration, knowing that you are shortly to greet the rest of your heavenly and galactic families!
This coming time is to clearly delineate your final path to full consciousness. These moments are, therefore, a period when you can begin to establish a clear picture of how you were able to escape the bondage of the Anunnaki’s minions. We Masters are most encouraged by the progress of this process and how it is quickly approaching its concluding stages. Then the monies are to swiftly arrive, as this is the appropriate time to declare the rise of the NESARA Republic. We and the Agarthans are handling this divine operation. We understand its complexity and simply ask you to maintain your positive visions. As noted before, they have a most wonderful energy that is helping all to succeed. This joint action is only successful because of what you continue to accomplish. Many wonderful events are getting ready to happen. This dark morass is moving toward its end.
This entire project has been a wonder to us. Our sacred heavenly Council was first created some 900,000 years ago when the Lemuria colony was on its way to Gaia. The purpose for this colony was to forge a galactic human, heavenly and planetary union. It was to acknowledge the special bond created, and to partner with the marvelous Cetacean Nation. But a number of dark factors caused the special timeline to be rewritten. Our Sister- and Brotherhoods adjusted, as decreed by Heaven. Thus, we advance into the present in full knowledge that the events described by us are taking place. Our galactic and earthly brothers and sisters are now completing actions that are to give you a most welcome set of gifts. Let the end of this year, and the start of the new one, be a time for rejoicing and e Beginnings of all that you intend to do with your magnificent passions. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!
Today, as always, we reported what is occurring across this worldwide realm. Use this remaining time to finish your many preparations. Heaven is intending to give you the gifts you most desire. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
_______________________
12/13/16
Galactic Federation of Light
via Sheldan Nidle
www.paoweb.com
Dratzo! Events are moving forward. The top of the RV payout is now in place. This means that the deliveries of the prosperity funds are very close to actually occurring. We expect this process ultimately to lead to the formal announcement of NESARA and the new American Republic. This series of operations is to follow in a set sequence, and a number of joint legal decisions are to ensure that it is quickly and efficiently carried out. Thus, we anticipate that numerous actions are to follow one another so this new reality can be properly manifested. These sequences are to be followed swiftly with full disclosure of our benevolent existence! At that time, as noted previously, we are to broadcast a brief outline of possible actions that are to lead to a potential time for mass landings. Each of these events is linked to the other. A long series of meetings involving the different factions has contributed to a very complex timetable. This process has brought together various teams, assisting us in moving forward! Hence, we ask for patience as these joint timetables are taking place.
The whole process of altering this planetary society has been much more complicated than first imagined. This realm was initially conceived of by the Anunnaki as a land that possessed a primary belief that those in power were invincible. Thus, the present group of minions saw themselves as Beings capable of overcoming anything that might reduce or end their power. A most arrogant set of beliefs was deeply etched into everyone’s psyche. One of the many reasons for our difficulty in aiding our partners in the Light was these insane core conceptions. This belief is now receding as, day by day, Heaven aims a burst of positive and consciousness-raising energies at humanity. We have watched as our earthly partners succeeded in altering this negative belief and initiated a series of major arrests among this global group of minions. The aim of this operation is to ensure that prosperity leads directly into a GESARA for this long-suffering world. Step by step, this is indeed becoming the case!
These events are part of a larger project, which is to form the foundation of the realm where we intend to land when the divine time is right. This is a continuation of a position that we, with the Ascended Masters, wish to complete in the very near future. Gaia’s peoples are in the midst of an ever-growing series of population cycles. Our responsibility is to make sure that the most critical aspects of this globe achieve the funds required to set up a number of key objectives. These include fresh water, electrification and a modern sewage system. It is horrifying to us that most of this planet lacks the means to connect to the Internet and to live at night in an electrified environment. These primitive conditions need to be transformed quickly. There are enough energy and funds in this world to swiftly change this. These problems, along with a growing need for literacy, are to be addressed by our earthly associates.
Heaven first created this entire project long ago when they solemnly addressed the Ascended Masters. They decreed that the new reality that was to free surface humanity was to be noted for its never-ending prosperity, accompanied by the return of your long-awaited freedom. Humanity was to regain the individual sovereignty lost by the illegal proclamations of the Anunnaki, thereby divinely righting this grievous wrong. It was to be the prime mission of the Ascended Masters to oversee and aid humanity as provided for by several rules designated to this task by Heaven. These rules were followed, as well as the edict to provide the necessary monies to set up such an immense prosperity. In addition, a special team was to be established to legally overthrow the Anunnaki’s minions when required. Now that this task is complete, you are ready to feast on the fruits of this mighty effort. These projects were further supported by our arrival as commanded by Heaven. The next steps are to enable the completion of the events that constitute this special operation and prepare us for first contact.
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! This next period in your spiritual development precludes a return by the dark to any semblance of power. The blessed Administrations of Heaven preordained their defeat. This is a divine process you can truly celebrate. Be truly aware of what is happening and apply your exceptional visionary skills to this vital topic. Heaven has orchestrated a process that is quite divine. Look upon this current reality as a clever way to check who is on board for the extraordinary changes that are to follow. Thirteen millennia ago, the dark took charge of this reality and created a world that was horrific for all of its surface humanity. It is vital that all who are opposed to these changes show their true colors and be added to the already-long list of those who are to be divinely isolated from you. Therefore, this blessed scenario is in readiness to reveal who supports, or does not support, the new Republic!
We ask simply that you bear with this and prepare yourselves for a coming grand announcement. Heaven does not wish anyone to continue to suffer. Once this process has finished, we fully intend to introduce the true American governance and end the dark farce that commenced nearly 150 years ago. When the original Constitution was first proclaimed, it lacked the Bill of Rights. Once added, this system of governance was legally proclaimed. The same is true now. Only the blessed documents of NESARA are to become legal. Have patience and know in your heart what is to happen shortly. Come together and be aware of what is occurring and use your energies to enable us to triumph! Those who now so arrogantly parade around are to be isolated by our sacred associates! This operation has already begun! Be patient and allow it to manifest and transform this reality.
Remember, dear Ones, this reality is resolutely breaking away from the darkness and bringing in the Light. This operation requires a series of “false flags” to secure the proposition that all aspects of the old oligarchy are successfully captured and firmly isolated from you. This process needed a means to permit those secured under their proverbial rocks to come out and clearly reveal themselves to our associates. This operation is taking a little longer than at first proposed. Be patient, b2wlessed Ones! This entire process is soon to be altered by a series of key announcements. Then the new governance can reveal itself and this reality can truly be transformed for the better. This divine operation is bringing out all who were buried so deeply that selected sweeps by our associates were unable to find them. The time that we divinely intend to manifest is quite near. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!
Today, we carried on with our weekly report. We have reviewed what is developing across this beautiful blue-green orb and see how the forces of the Light are putting bringing together their great victory. Much is unfolding that is about to transform this world for the better. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
12/8/16
The Galactic Federation of Light
via Sheldan Nidle, December 6, 2016
www.paoweb.com
Selamat Balik! The process of defeating the cabal is not easy. They slyly used this most recent election to reinsert their dominance. The good part is that their great slide toward this current elected administration has made it easy to prepare the actual arrest scenarios. Meanwhile, the strategy for distributing the immensity of funds continues to move forward! At present, the rise of your new banking system is in place. The old banks have revealed how they intended to rebuild their coffers for a last attempt at a return to a position of dominance. This most insidious strategy is failing. The Elders and their royal counterparts are now busily arresting those who wished so hard to “put one over on us!” It has allowed our partners to take over a number of U.S.-headquartered banks and their counterparts in Europe. We expect that the initial distributions are primed to proceed and the first part of the vast wealth can be given to many who have waited so long to receive their promised earnings. The rest of this complicated procedure, likewise, is gradually moving toward its thrilling conclusion. The future is bright for the Light and its numerous associates. Stay patient! The best is yet to come!
It is important for you to truly realize that the present situations to which you are witness are only a ruse. The NESARA Republic is shortly to be declared, and prodigious sums have been set aside for all the exchanges and for the promised prosperity funds. Use this sacred time to divinely ready your mind for what is about to happen. You are destined to receive funds that are only meant temporarily to let you get used to the power and terror that money symbolized in this realm. The rising consciousness in you is to look beyond these beliefs, and in a short time, various devices such as our trans-matter processor are designed to make money obsolete. Nevertheless, people need to go through a period when they can clear their minds of the vast and ridiculous beliefs about money and wealth. Money was invented by the Anunnaki long ago to emphasize the difference between you and their minions. This exercise is to release you of the lies and misperceptions that you have long held about wealth. Do what you truly wish, and you will learn some basic truths about this particular subject.
Your realm has long suffered from the false divisions that wealth and power have caused. It has created class distinctions and developed the insane concept of privilege. The current exercise of wealth redistribution is a case in point. Right now, you are busily being raised in consciousness as a prelude for several Ascension protocols. These heavenly procedures are needed for preliminary changes to alter you at the right time for the greater transformations to occur in your Crystal Light Chamber. This project has many stages. First, you need to collectively experience a general prosperity to understand how these funds can rapidly transform this world. Second, you need to experience the general bliss created by this process. Finally, you need to realize just how powerful and magnificent you are as an interconnected group. This process is to open you to receive new perceptions of each other, allowing this realm to function in a whole new way. You are empowering your world to become a true global enterprise! It is this new perception that frees you to easily accept each other!
It is at this point that your freedom, prosperity and new governance join together and allow us to gently intervene. Our mentors are then to see how well you each have performed. This next level is to use your new self-knowledge to begin to develop a new inner dossier for yourselves. Your experiences need to be evaluated from your own perspectives, and in the light of your now-known past histories from Atlantis to the present. Together, you and your mentor are to decide how this collection of data fits together. This process is to create a profile that enables you, finally, to get the “big picture” of how you fit in. That is, to understand how your inner perceptions dovetail succinctly into this newly reformed realm. This is a process that needs deep exploration and frank evaluation, which is why you are so carefully examined every night by our medical teams. This is the physical data that needs to be recombined with the spiritual data you and your mentor piece together. This process requires some joint inner work, followed by a basic overview of how it fits into the collective. Hoorah! Hoorah! Hoorah!
Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! The world that surrounds you is changing quickly. Heaven is moving vast amounts of sacred fire into the Gaia plane. This energy is transforming the life fields that encompass you. These energies, in turn, are affecting how your inner aura fields operate. These divine flashes of energy are preparing you to consciously alter your perceptions about how this global society works. This process is to allow you before long to see the validity in transmuting the old de facto government into the new de jure NESARA one. This change is planned to occur shortly and can permit this new government to formally announce the reality of the Inner Earth realm of Agartha, as well as the formal disclosure of your galactic family. These series of actions are also to launch the formal establishment of the new global banking system and the new treasury bank monies. These blessed actions are a result of the great visions that you have held. Hosanna! Hosanna! Hosanna!
What your dreams and visions have accomplished is being positively reflected back to you in a series of heavenly acts. Those who have worked diligently to manifest this began with the vast sums of monies created by our fellow Masters. This is to be swiftly followed by the glorious fruits promised you by NESARA. Heaven wishes to free you from the evil ones who arrogantly run this presently illegal American government and its many Allies. This excessive corruption is to be capped by the formal rise of the NESARA Republic and a new, and fairer, banking system. Blessedly, our sacred associates have procured a means to permit such a momentous change to materialize. Use this freedom and prosperity to make possible your dreams and your pursuit of inner happiness. Throw off all the fears and worries that somehow still encircle you. Let this new time define who you truly are!
In this new realm, you are at last to break free of the perceived limitations imposed first upon you by the Anunnaki and then by their minions. These lackeys are to be arrested and isolated from you. Let the force of your Heart and the path provided by Spirit be your Soul’s guide. Come together and shape a whole new reality based upon inner cooperation. Cooperation that creates a world that transforms hatred and division into spiritual unity and leads you back to the incredible Spirit and Love that is at the Heart of all humanity. It is this sacred society that We Masters have been slowly constructing since our Sisterhoods and Brotherhoods were first mandated by AEON. We are encouraged by some of the events of this time. It is a moment when a whole new world can be built that sets the stage for your rise from to planetary humans, to galactic and Spiritual Humans! Hallelujah!
Today we continued with our weekly reports. Some of you believe that what we say is hypothetical. Instead, our words depict a land that is now being born in selected places across this vast globe. It is to this promise that we joyfully dedicate these reports. Know, dear Ones, that the countless supply and never-ending prosperity of Heaven are indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!
12/8/16
The Arcturians via Daniel Scranton
http://danielscranton.com
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.
We have taken as many steps as we can to ensure the smoothest possible transition for humanity. We have only advice and suggestions for you at this point. There is an opportunity for all of you to shift completely within the next several months. This is a collective decision that you will make, and you will also be deciding as individuals whether you want to be on that timeline with this collective.
You can decide to be with a collective that takes it a bit slower. It is entirely up to you. Now we hear all of you saying that you want to be on the timeline that gets there the soonest, but you also have to take into consideration whether that serves you in your evolution.
So as you consider the best possible timeline for yourself, recognize that you want to get to the fifth dimension as the whole you, as your higher self. You don’t want to bring any baggage with you that then manifests at an exponential rate. So you will continue to work through what you need to work through as a fourth dimensional being.
There are no timelines that require you to do something in order to be on them. This is not about taking an action to get you to where you want to go. This is about feeling the essence of that timeline within yourself. This is about becoming the timeline that you want to experience. And as you make that decision and you feel for the energy of that timeline, you will need to face any of that baggage that you have, and you will need to process and clear whatever is holding you down energetically.
As you reassemble all of your various parts, you will find that there is strength within you that you did not know you had. You will find that your ability to elevate your frequency has never been more attuned. You are all in a place now of receiving higher-frequency information and downloads, and you are ready to use that which you have accessed to put you on the timeline that serves you most.
It is all about feeling your way there. It is all about deciding what type of reality you want to experience and what type of person you want to be.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have enjoyed connecting with you.